Media 106202 en

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 2008 – 2009
for courses in the Faculties

of Arts, Law, Business &
Social Sciences and Science
Senate Office
The University of Glasgow
Glasgow
G12 8QQ
September 2008
While care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of this Catalogue at the time of going to press courses may be
changed subsequently. Up-to-date information may be obtained on enquiry to the department which teaches the
course.
The University reserves the right to limit numbers on individual courses having regard to the availability of
accommodation and other resources.
Editor: Ms Helen Clegg

Senate Office
University of Glasgow, G12 8QQ
University
c of Glasgow 2008
ISSN 1465–4342
Text preparation by Management Information Services and the Senate Office, University of Glasgow.
Typeset using LATEX by IT Services, University of Glasgow.
Printed by Bell & Bain Ltd, 303 Burnfield Road, Thornliebank, Glasgow G36 7UQ.
Published by the University of Glasgow, Glasgow G12 8QQ.
ii University of Glasgow
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
The Undergraduate Course Catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Degrees covered by this Catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Designated Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Part-time study towards a degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
How to obtain information on other degrees offered by the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Other useful sources of information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
List of departments offering courses in this catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Guide to Course Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Course Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Accounting & Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Adult & Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Archaeology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Biomedical and Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Celtic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Central & East European Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Classics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Computing Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Economic & Social History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Educational Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Electronics & Electrical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
English Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
English Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Geographical and Earth Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Hispanic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
History of Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Humanities Advanced Technology & Information Institute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Immunology, Infection & Inflammation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Physics & Astronomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Public Policy (taught within the Department of Urban Studies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
School of Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Undergraduate Course Catalogue iii

CONTENTS CONTENTS
School of Modern Languages & Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Scottish Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Slavonic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Theatre Film & T.V. Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Theology and Religious Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Faculty course lists - courses available for degree programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Courses available in the Faculty of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Courses Available in the Faculties of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Index to Undergraduate Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
iv University of Glasgow
Introduction
Introduction pare for Honours study by including appropriate Level 1

and Level 2 courses in your first and second year choices
The Undergraduate Course Catalogue - these are indicated in the Catalogue under the Require-
ment for Entry for each Honours programme. However,
This Undergraduate Course Catalogue describes the decisions on admission to the Honours degrees covered
courses which you can choose to make up undergrad- by this Catalogue are not made until the end of your sec-
uate degrees of the University of Glasgow offered by its ond year of study. It should be stressed that admission
Faculties of Arts, Law, Business & Social Sciences, and to Honours is not automatic for any student. To guaran-
Science. The term Faculties of Science, throughout this tee admission you must satisfy the general requirements
document, refers to the three Faculties of Biomedical shown in the Degree Regulations, and in your Level 2
& Life Sciences, Information & Mathematical Sciences courses (and in some cases in Level 1 courses as well) ob-
and Physical Sciences. The degrees covered by the Cat- tain the grades shown under the Honours course entries
alogue are listed in the next section of this Introduction. in this Catalogue.
At this University you are admitted to a Faculty, and Individual Honours option courses in the Faculties of
in Arts and Science you have the freedom to choose Arts and Law, Business & Social Sciences are not de-
from a very large number of courses which can make up scribed in this Catalogue. However, information on
your degree programme. The same applies to Social Sci- these may be obtained from the relevant department
ences in the Faculty of Law, Business & Social Sciences. or from the University’s Web site. Some individual op-
Course prescriptions for degree programmes in the disci- tion courses may be taken by Visiting Students outwith
plines of Law and Financial Studies are more rigid. De- the degree structures.
tails of course requirements can be found in the Univer- As well as leading to degrees, the study of many of the
sity Calendar (www.glasgow.ac.uk/senate/calendar). courses shown in this Catalogue can lead to the award
The Undergraduate Course Catalogue tells you the aims of a Certificate of Higher Education or a Diploma of
of each course, and how your progress would be assessed. Higher Education for those not wishing or not able to
It also tells you what you need to know about how each complete a degree; again, see the Degree Regulations
course can be built into a degree programme – its level, in the online Calendar and Faculty booklets for further
credit value, and when it is taught. For each course it information.
also tells you which other courses, if any, you must take
The University also offers a number of professional de-
first and the relevant grades you must achieve before
grees, such as the degree in Medicine, where the cur-
you can enrol for the course – this is called the Require-
riculum is largely fixed and a Catalogue of this type
ment for Entry.
is not necessary. Page vii of the Introduction tells you
The Catalogue identifies the department offering each how to obtain information on degrees not covered by
course and, if you want more information, you should this Catalogue.
write to the head of that department at: The University
In addition, the University offers a large number of post-
of Glasgow, Glasgow G12 8QQ. Also, the University’s
graduate degrees. These are described in the Graduate
Web site: www.glasgow.ac.uk, contains additional in-
Prospectus – see page viii of this Introduction.
formation about most departments together with e-mail
contact addresses.
For detailed information on how you may combine Degrees covered by this Catalogue
courses to make up a particular degree programme
you should consult the Degree Regulations published in This Catalogue covers courses leading to the de-
the University Calendar - which is available online at: grees shown below. These degrees have a flexible
www.glasgow.ac.uk/senate/calendar. Faculty Offices curriculum which can be built from a wide num-
will also hold copies of relevant sections of the Calen- ber of combinations of courses shown in the Cata-
dar which students may consult. These regulations may logue. The Regulations for each degree are published
seem rather complicated. Faculties of Arts and Law, in the University Calendar, which is available online at:
Business & Social Sciences have also produced booklets www.glasgow.ac.uk/senate/calendar. Digests of reg-
which aim to simplify some of the degree regulations ulations for degrees in the Faculty of Arts and for the
found in the Calendar. Contact your Faculty Office to MA (Social Sciences) degree are also available. The
receive a copy. For information on Science degree reg- normal period of study for full-time students is shown
ulations, contact the Science Faculties Support Unit, in brackets for each degree. Many of the degrees may
Boyd Orr Building. Your Adviser of Studies can also be studied part-time – see the University Calendar for
help you to understand the Regulations and to choose details.
courses each year which will lead to your chosen de- Arts
gree, provided you achieve the required grades in these MA: Master of Arts
courses. The Faculty Course Lists on page 230 of this Designated Degree in General Humanities (three years)
Catalogue also provide information on courses available Honours Degree (four years)
for particular degree programmes in the Faculty of Arts, Honours degree in a foreign language or languages (five
Faculties of Science and some degrees in the Faculty of years)
Law, Business & Social Sciences.
The Degree Regulations also show which subjects may BMus: Bachelor of Music
be studied as Single Honours Degrees and which may be General Degree (three years)
combined in Joint and Combined Honours Degrees. If Honours Degree (four years)
you are aiming for an Honours degree you need to pre-
Undergraduate Course Catalogue v

Introduction
BD: Bachelor of Divinity designated degrees in the following subjects. For further
Degree in Theology and Religious Studies (three years) information contact the department listed below.
Honours Degree (four years)
Animal Biology (Institute of Biomedical & Life Sci-
BD (Ministry): Bachelor of Divinity (Ministry) ences)
General Degree (four years) Archaeological Studies (Department of Archaeology)
Honours Degree (four years) Astronomy (Combined Only) (Department of Physics
& Astronomy)
MA (Theology and Religious Studies): Master of Biology and Chemistry (Department of Chemistry and
Arts in Theology and Religious Studies Institute of Biomedical & Life Sciences)
General Degree (three years) Biomolecular Sciences (Institute of Biomedical & Life
Honours Degree (four years) Sciences)
Chemistry (Department of Chemistry)
Law, Business & Social Sciences Chemistry and Mathematics (Departments of Chem-
MA (SocSci): Master of Arts (Social Sciences) istry and Mathematics)
General Degree (three years) Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry (Department of
Honours Degree (four years) Chemistry)
Honours Degree with a Language (five years) Chemistry with Forensic Studies (Department of
Chemistry)
LLB: Bachelor of Laws Computing Science (Department of Computing Sci-
Ordinary Degree (three years) ence)
Honours Degree (four years) Earth Science (Department of Geographical & Earth
Honours Degree with a Language (four years) Sciences)
Environmental Chemistry (Department of Chemistry)
BAcc: Bachelor of Accountancy Geography (Department of Geographical & Earth
Ordinary Degree (three years) Sciences)
Honours Degree (four years) Geography, Chemistry and the Environment (Depart-
ment of Geographical & Earth Sciences)
Science Human Biology (Institute of Biomedical & Life Sci-
BSc: Bachelor of Science ences)
Designated Degree (three years) Infection Biology (Institute of Biomedical & Life
Honours Degree (four years) Sciences)
MSci: Master in Science Mathematical & Statistical Studies (Departments of
Advanced Honours Degree (five years) Mathematics and Statistics)
Mathematics (Department of Mathematics)
Physics (Department of Physics & Astronomy)
Physics with Astrophysics (Department of Physics &
Astronomy)
Designated Degrees Psychological Studies (Department of Psychology)
Sports Science (Institute of Biomedical & Life Sciences)
The Faculty of Arts offers Designated Degrees in Gen-
eral Humanities in the following areas:
Ancient Studies
Creative and Cultural Studies
European Civilisation
Historical Studies Credit Bearing Courses in the Department
Linguistic Studies of Adult & Continuing Education
Literary Studies
Philosophical Studies
Scottish Studies The Department of Adult & Continuing Education of-
fers a wide range of credit-bearing courses which can
Please see the Faculty Course Lists on page 230 for count towards a degree in the Faculties of Science. For
details of course prescriptions required to satisfy each further information contact the Principal Adviser of
of the designated degree requirements. As well as the Studies in Science.
courses offered by the Faculty of Arts, many courses
A course from the Department of Adult & Continuing
available in the Faculties of Science, and Law, Business
Education should not normally form part of a full-time
& Social Sciences might contribute to a degree in the
curriculum for a student in the Faculties of Science.
Faculty of Arts, as may some courses offered through
the Faculty of Education, including the Department of In the Faculty of Law, Business & Social Sciences
Adult & Continuing Education. For further information students may complete the MA (Social Sciences)
please contact your Adviser of Studies. General Degree with Level 3 non-Honours study in
In the Faculties of Science the successful completion most subjects offering an Honours degree in Social
of the first three years of any honours course qualifies a Sciences. Full details of the requirements to complete
student for a designated degree in that subject. In addi- the degree are listed in the University Calendar.
tion there are specific third year programmes leading to
vi University of Glasgow
Introduction
Part-time study towards a degree Aerospace Engineering:

Ms Audrey Queen, Department of Aerospace Engineer-
Daytime part-time study ing Departmental Secretary, James Watt (South) Build-
ing, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, G12 8QQ, tele-
Most courses offered by the Faculty of Arts, Faculties
phone: 0141 330 3575, email: aqueen@aero.gla.ac.uk
of Science and some in the Faculty of Law, Business &
Social Sciences are available for study during the day, Civil Engineering:
along with those offered by the Department of Adult & Ms Amanda Smith, Department of Civil Engineering,
Continuing Education. For those students wishing to University of Glasgow, Glasgow, G12 8QQ, telephone:
study part-time during the day, the normal timetable 0141 330 5201, email: a.smith@civil.gla.ac.uk
for daytime study applies. Electronics & Electrical Engineering:
Dr Scott Roy, Department of Electronics & Elec-
Evening part-time study trical Engineering, University of Glasgow, Glas-
gow, G12 8QQ, telephone: 0141 330 5218, email:
The Department of Adult & Continuing Education s.roy@elec.gla.ac.uk
also offers a wide range of credit-bearing courses for Mechanical Engineering:
study in the evening, many of which can count as Ms Jane Livingston, Department of Mechanical
credit towards a degree. These courses are detailed in Engineering, University of Glasgow, Glasgow,
the section for the Department of Adult & Continuing G12 8QQ, telephone: 0141 330 4342, email:
Education. j.livingston@mech.gla.ac.uk
Naval Architecture & Marine Engineering:
For information on the courses available for daytime
Simon Craufurd, Henry Dyer Building, John Anderson
part-time study please refer to the Part-time Degree
Campus, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, telephone:
Study Guide. Please contact Dawn Porecki, Assis-
0141 548 3875, email: s.craufurd@na-me.ac.uk
tant Director in the Recruitment, Admissions & Par-
ticipation Service, 12 Southpark Terrace, University of Medicine
Glasgow G12 8LG, telephone: 0141 330 3177 email: Medicine:
d.porecki@admin.gla.ac.uk Ms Coleen Doherty, Admissions Administrator, Wolfson
Medical School Building, University Avenue, telephone:
0141 330 6216, email: admissions@clinmed.gla.ac.uk
How to obtain information on other
Dentistry:
degrees offered by the University
Linda McGinness, Admissions Secretary, Glasgow Den-
This Course Catalogue contains information about tal Hospital & School, 378 Sauchiehall Street, Glas-
courses only in the Faculties of Arts, Law, Busi- gow G2 3JZ, telephone: 0141 211 9708, email:
ness & Social Sciences and Science. For information l.mcginness@dental.gla.ac.uk
about courses and degree programmes in other Facul- Nursing:
ties (namely Education, Engineering, Medicine and Vet- Karen Payne, Undergraduate Secretary, Nursing &
erinary Medicine), and in the University’s Associated Health Care, 59 Oakfield Avenue, University of Glas-
Institutions, please contact the people/offices below or gow, Glasgow G12 8LW, telephone: 0141 330 4804,
consult the University’s Undergraduate Prospectus. email: k.payne@clinmed.gla.ac.uk
Education (for the degrees of Bachelor of Ed- Veterinary Medicine
ucation in Primary Education, MA Education
Joyce Wason, Admissions Convenor and Student Affairs
with Primary Teaching and MA in Religious and
Co-ordinator, University of Glasgow Faculty of Vet-
Philosophical Education with Teaching Qualifi-
erinary Medicine, Bearsden Road, Glasgow G61 1QH,
cations)
email: j.wason@vet.gla.ac.uk
Miss Vanessa Loison, Faculty of Education, St An- Dumfries Campus
drew’s Building, telephone: 0141 330 2463, email:
admissions@educ.gla.ac.uk Recruitment Officer, University of Glasgow, Ruther-
ford/McCowan Building, Crichton University Campus,
Bachelor of Technological Education Dumfries DG1 4ZL, telephone: 01387 702131, email:
Mrs Joyce Scobie (0141 330 3097, email: admissions@crichton.gla.ac.uk
j.scobie@elec.gla.ac.uk) or Mr Eddie Mack, Robert The Glasgow School of Art (for degrees in Ar-
Clark Centre for Technological Education, St Andrew’s chitecture, Design and Fine Art)
Building, University of Glasgow, G3 6NH, telephone:
Academic Registry, The Glasgow School of Art, 167
0141 330 3092, email: e.mack@educ.gla.ac.uk
Renfrew Street, Glasgow, G3 6RQ, telephone: 0141 353
Bachelor of Technology Studies in Technology and Man- 4512/4514, email: info@gsa.ac.uk.
agement
Scottish Agricultural College (SAC) (for degrees
Mrs Joyce Scobie (0141 330 3097, email: in Activity Tourism, Agricultural Science, Agri-
j.scobie@elec.gla.ac.uk) or Dr Maggie Pollock, Robert culture, Applied Animal Science, Countryside
Clark Centre for Technological Education, St Andrew’s Management, Green Technology, Horticulture,
Building, University of Glasgow, G3 6NH, telephone: Outdoor Pursuits Management, Rural Business
0141 330 3092, email: m.pollock@mech.gla.ac.uk Management, Sports Coaching & Development,
Engineering and Sport & Recreation Management)
Undergraduate Course Catalogue vii

Introduction
The Recruitment & Admissions Office, SAC, Auchin- gow, G12 8QQ, telephone: 0141 330-4245, email:
cruive Estate, Ayr, KA6 5HW, telephone: 0800 269453, reg.enq@admin.gla.ac.uk.
email recruitment@sac.ac.uk International student’s handbook: has been com-
The Free Church of Scotland (Bachelor of The- piled to help international students through most of the
ology) formalities and procedures both before and after arrival
Free Church College, The Mound, Edinburgh in Glasgow and to offer advice and support. This is
EH1 2LS, telephone: 0131 226 5286, email: available online at:
contact@freescotcoll.ac.uk www.glasgow.ac.uk/publications/ish. For further
information please contact the International Stu-
dent Advisers email: a.mcgregor@admin.gla.ac.uk or
Other useful sources of information k.heggie@admin.gla.ac.uk.
Incoming Study & Exchange students: course
The University’s world-wide web site: provides a information contained within this Catalogue is relevant
wide variety of information about the University and its to students coming to the University of Glasgow for a
faculties, departments and courses: Study Abroad or Exchange period. Further information
www.glasgow.ac.uk. on the Study Abroad & Exchange Programme can be
Undergraduate Prospectus: gives you information found at:
about entrance requirements to the University, how to www.glasgow.ac.uk/international/studyabroadprogramme.
apply, the facilities the University has to offer and more For further information please contact International &
besides. You can obtain a copy from: Recruitment, Postgraduate Service, No. 1 The Square, University
Admissions & Participation Service, University of Glas- of Glasgow, Glasgow, G12 8QQ, telephone: +44
gow, Glasgow, G12 8QQ, telephone: 0141 330 3282 or (0)141 330 6516, fax: +44 (0)141 330 4045, email:
browse through it online: c.mcgowan@admin.gla.ac.uk
www.glasgow.ac.uk/undergraduate/prospectus.
Graduate Prospectus: gives information about Fac-
ulties and Graduate schools, as well as departmental
research interests and themes. It also contains in-
formation about the University’s taught postgraduate
courses. You can obtain a copy from: International &
Postgraduate Service, No 1 The Square, University of
Glasgow, Glasgow, G12 8QQ, telephone: 0141 330 4440
or browse through it online at:
www.glasgow.ac.uk/postgraduate/prospectus
Courses for adults: a number of courses available
in the Department of Adult & Continuing Education
are contained in the Catalogue on pages 9 – 17. Fur-
ther information on these, and other, Adult & Con-
tinuing Education courses, including language courses,
can be obtained from the Department. Courses may be
timetabled for day, evening or weekends. Contact: the
Enrolment Secretary, DACE, St Andrew’s Building, 11
Eldon Street, Glasgow G3 6NH or browse online at:
www.glasgow.ac.uk/adulteducation
Disability statement for students: this states the
University’s policy regarding students with disabili-
ties. For a copy please contact: Student Disability
Adviser, John McIntyre Building, University of Glas-
gow, G12 8QQ, telephone: 0141 330 5497, email:
studentdisability@gla.ac.uk or browse online at:
www.glasgow.ac.uk/studentdisability.
Glasgow University Library: produces a leaflet
that will introduce you to the library and the facili-
ties it offers. For a copy please contact: The Enquiry
Desk, Glasgow University Library, University of Glas-
gow, Glasgow, G12 8QQ, telephone: 0141 330 6704,
email: library@lib.gla.ac.uk or browse online at:
www.glasgow.ac.uk/library.
A guide to Registry services: contains information
about the services the Registry provides for students.
All the information contained in the guide as well as lots
more is available online at: www.gla.ac.uk/registry.
For further information please contact: The Registry,
Gilbert Scott Building, University of Glasgow, Glas-
viii University of Glasgow

Introduction
List of departments offering courses in

this catalogue
Accounting & Finance
Adult & Continuing Education
Archaeology
Biomedical & Life Sciences
Celtic
Central & East European Studies
Chemistry
Classics
Computing Science
Economic & Social History
Economics
Educational Studies
Electronics & Electrical Engineering
English Language
English Literature
Geographical & Earth Sciences
History
History of Art
Humanities Advanced Technology & Information
Institute
Immunology, Infection & Inflammation
Law, School of
Management Studies
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physics & Astronomy
Politics
Psychology
Public Policy (taught within the Department of Urban
Studies)
School of Modern Languages & Cultures
- French
- German
- Hispanic Studies
- Italian
- Slavonic Studies
Scottish Literature
Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social Sciences
Statistics
Theatre, Film & Television Studies
Theology & Religious Studies
Undergraduate Course Catalogue ix

Guide to Course Entries
Guide to Course Entries

CO-REQUISITE
DEPARTMENT An entry requirement that requires a course to be
The department that teaches the course. Some taken in the same year.
courses are taught by more than one department:
consult the Course Index at the end of the Catalogue to EXCLUDED COMBINATIONS
identify the department under which the course is listed. Courses that are mutually exclusive as part of a
minimum graduating curriculum, i.e. only one of the
COURSE NAME/CODE courses can count towards your degree.
Most Honours programmes are essentially two year
courses taught over levels 3 and 4. Where this is the ASSESSMENT
case, the course description appears under the level 3 How the course is assessed – includes all examinations,
entry and the level 4 entry references this. essays, project work and other coursework that counts
toward the final grade or Honours classification to-
CREDITS gether with the weighting of each.
Number of credits assigned to each course. 360 credits
are required for a General/Designated Degree (except DEGREE EXAMINATION TAKEN IN
for the BD (Ministry) General Degree, for which The month(s) the degree examination is usually held.
480 credits are required). 480 credits are required
for an Honours Degree (excluding credit for the year RESIT EXAMINATION TAKEN IN
abroad spent by students studying a foreign language The month(s) the resit examination is usually held.
at Honours Degree level). Students who commenced
study in the Faculty of Arts or on the MA (Social
AIMS
Sciences) prior to October 2000 should consult their
The aims of a course are a statement of what the
Adviser of Studies to confirm the credit rating of their
department is setting out to provide educationally
degree.
for students taking the course. As well as aims, for
each course there are also intended learning outcomes
LEVEL which indicate what students should know and be able
Except for Level 1 courses, courses normally have one or to do at the end of the course. Learning outcomes
more prerequisites (see Requirements of Entry below) are included in course documentation provided by
at the previous level: e.g. Level 2 courses have prereq- departments to students taking a course.
uisites at Level 1, Level 3 courses have prerequisites
at Level 2, etc. Some Honours courses are shown as
HONOURS COURSE PRESCRIPTION
Level 3 / 4: these are essentially two year courses with
A description of what Honours courses are necessary
prerequisites at Level 2 (and sometimes also at Level 1).
to satisfy the requirements for the Honours degree
concerned.
WHEN TAUGHT
Indicates when a course is taught during the academic COURSE CO-ORDINATOR
year: The member of staff responsible for the course including
“Full Year” is a thirty week teaching and examination its administration.
period running throughout semesters 1 and 2.
“Semester 1” is a fifteen week teaching and examina-
tion block running from September to January in the
first half of the academic session.
“Semester 2” is a fifteen week teaching and examina-
tion block running from January to June in the second
half of the academic session.
TIMETABLE
The days and times of classes and the method of
teaching/learning used, including laboratory work, field
work, tutorials, etc. Please note that this information
can be subject to change. Up to date information can
be obtained from the Department.
REQUIREMENTS OF ENTRY
The requirement guaranteeing entry to the course,
usually involving courses taken in earlier years
(prerequisites). For admission to Honours, Faculty
requirements must be met in addition – see Degree
Regulations in the University Calendar. If an entry
requirement involves a course taken in the same year,
it is termed a co-requisite.
x University of Glasgow
Course Entries Assessment: One 2-hour degree paper (75%), plus class
test (25%)
Accounting & Finance Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Resit Examination taken in: August/September
8BHU BUSINESS REPORTING & Aims: This course is a compulsory first year B.Acc
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1 course which introduces students to the fundamentals
of Corporate Finance. It focuses on identifying the fi-
Credits: 20 Level: 1
nancial objective of the firm and on understanding how
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) the principal financial decisions should be made within
Timetable: Lectures: Wednesday 12-1pm and Thursday the firm in order to achieve this objective. Coverage
12-1pm, tutorials tba. will include sources of company finance, an introduction
Requirements of entry: There are no pre-requisites for to capital markets and the principles of security valua-
entry to this course. tion, methods of investment appraisal and an overview
of portfolio theory. These ideas are developed in the
Excluded Courses: Students cannot take this course
second year course, Finance 2, and together these two
along with Financial Accounting 1
courses provide the basis necessary for students who
Assessment: Class Test (a 45 minute objective test in wish to take Finance options at Honours level.
the last lecture slot in week 26) = 50%, Degree exami- Course Co-ordinator: Mr Michael Keeley
nation (1 21 -2 hours) = 50%
Degree Examination taken in: April/May
3BLU FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1
Aims: The general aims of this course are: 1) to provide Credits: 20 Level: 1
students with a challenging and interesting introduction When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
to the ideas and practices of financial accounting, 2)
Timetable: Monday 10.00 - 11.00 am; Tuesday 12.00
to examine the collection and processing of accounting
- 1.00 pm, Thursday 1.00 - 2.00 pm. Tutorials: one
data in order to prepare financial statements, 3) to ex-
tutorial per week. Plus computer laboratories.
amine the concepts that underpin financial accounting,
4) to examine the use of financial accounting informa- Requirements of entry: This course is only available to
tion. 5) to introduce students to the social and political students in the Department of Accounting and Finance.
role of accounting. For alternative courses see Business Reporting and Fi-
nancial Management and Management Accounting and
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Suzanne McCallum
Finance.
Assessment: Assessment will be based on coursework
4YJU ENVIRONMENT OF and final degree examinations. The coursework consists
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS of one computer based project, which will account for
25% of the total assessment. The degree examinations
Credits: 15 Level: 1 will account for the remaining 75% of the total assess-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) ment.
Timetable: Seminars are held during Semester 1 each Degree Examination taken in: December
Friday from 2.00 pm to 5.00 pm. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Assessment: Coursework Project 40%; Degree exami- Aims: The general aim of this course is to provide
nation: 60%. No exemptions. a challenging and interesting introduction to the the-
Degree Examination taken in: December ory and practice of financial accounting. Coverage will
Resit Examination taken in: August/September include discussion of the role of financial accounting
within society. Exploring the collection and processing
Aims: The overall aim of the course is to give students
of accounting data in order to prepare financial state-
a broad and critical understanding of the international
ments, with reference to both the underlying concepts
business environment within which multinational cor-
and the use of that information. The course also in-
porations operate, and to understand the major strate-
cludes the use of computers largely through computer
gic planning issues facing MNC management. Students
assisted learning and coursework. Finally, the course
will develop critical skills in assessing the impact of the
aims to help you develop certain personal transferable
business environment on real-world company situations.
skills, such as listening and taking notes in lectures,
The emphasis throughout is on understanding and be-
gathering, organising and interpreting information and
ing able to articulate the fundamental issues involved.
working with others. This will be achieved in various
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Shameen Prashantham ways including your participation in tutorials and com-
puter laboratories.
6KHU FINANCE 1 Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Suzanne McCallum
5LGU INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
STATISTICS 1
Timetable: Lectures - Tuesday 1.00 - 2.00 pm, Wednes-
day 11.00 - 12.00 noon. One tutorial over 6 weeks. Credits: 15 Level: 1
Undergraduate Course Catalogue 1

When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Assessment: The course work and / or class exams will
Timetable: 2 Lectures per week, Wednesday - 10.00 am, account for 30% and the degree examination (2 hours)
Friday - 11.00 am. 4 Tutorials + 1 Lab throughout the for 70% of the total assessment.
Semester. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: One 2-hour paper (75%); coursework Resit Examination taken in: August/September
(25%). Aims: The general aim of this course is to provide you
Degree Examination taken in: December with an introduction to Cost and Management Account-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ing. The course is taught in the context of principles
and theories relevant to the study of cost and manage-
Aims: The aim of the course is to enable students to
ment accounting systems, where the teaching of com-
develop an understanding of the introductory statisti-
putational skills is aimed at relating accounting tech-
cal concepts and quantitative methods for data analysis,
niques to these theoretical frameworks. The course is
which are used in the study and practice of account-
set within an organisation theory approach to manage-
ing and finance. The investigation of the statistical
ment accounting and specifically identifies the need to
and quantitative concepts will take place in a decision-
utilise different financial and non-financial data for dif-
making context, which focuses on the variety of business
ferent management purposes. The course also aims to
problems found in the field of accounting and finance.
provide you with skills, which will be used in the work-
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Margaret Milner ing environment such as gathering, organising and in-
terpreting information and working with others.
3CGU MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING Course Co-ordinator: Mr Christopher Coles
& FINANCE 1
5MJV BUSINESS STATISTICS 2
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Credits: 15 Level: 2
Timetable: Lectures will be held on Wednesday and When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Thursday lunchtimes from 12.00 - 1.00 pm. Tutorials Timetable: 2 Lectures per week - Wednesday 10am and
- 1 tutorial over 4 weeks. Friday 11am. Tutorials TBA (will not run every week
Requirements of entry: Students cannot take this course and will be a mix of computational/discussion sessions
in conjunction with or if they have already taken Man- and computer laboratories).1 tut for 4 weeks, 1 Lab for
agement Accounting 1. Students will be assumed to 2 weeks.
have sufficient experience in the use of computers to Requirements of entry: Introduction to Business Statis-
use simple PC based Computer Assisted Learning Ma- tics 1
terials.
Assessment: One 2-hour paper (75%): project (25%).
Assessment: The summative assessment for this course
will be based on the aggregate of marks awarded for
course work (test assessment) and the final degree ex- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
amination. 50% coursework and 50% final degree ex- Aims: The aim of this course is to enable students to
amination. develop an understanding of the applications of statis-
Degree Examination taken in: December tical concepts and quantitative methods in the study
and practice of accounting and finance. The course will
cover a variety of statistical techniques and quantitative
Aims: This course aims to provide students with an in- models that support decision-making processes. Models
troduction to management accounting and investment and modelling process will be a prime focus.
appraisal so as to help them understand the role of ac-
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Suzanne McCallum
counting and financial information within management
and improve their knowledge of the use of financial in-
formation in decision making. 6KHV FINANCE 2
Course Co-ordinator: Prof David Marginson
3BPU MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 1 Timetable: One two-hour lecture per week plus tutorials
TBA. Lectures Monday 9.00 to 11.00 am, Tutorials 1
per week over 6 weeks.
Requirements of entry: Students should normally have
Timetable: Lectures and Workshops: normally Monday attained a pass at minimum Grade D in Finance 1 or
(3.00-5.00 pm) and Tuesday (3.00-4.00 pm). Weekly equivalent.
tutorials TBA (not all sessions will be used in all weeks)
Assessment: One 2-hour paper (75%) and group project
1 Tutorial over 8 weeks.
(25%).
Requirements of entry: Basic IT Skills. This course
is only available to students in the Department of Ac-
counting and Finance. For alternative courses see Busi- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ness Reporting and Financial Management and Man- Aims: This course builds on the ideas introduced in Fi-
agement Accounting and Finance. nance 1 and Finance 2 aims to provide students with
2 University of Glasgow
a thorough understanding of corporate finance, while Degree Examination taken in: December
also introducing aspects of capital markets finance. To- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
gether, Finance 1 and 2 aim to provide students with
Aims: The principal aim of this course is to enable stu-
the core finance knowledge required of BAcc students.
dents to develop an understanding of the nature and role
Finance 2 also aims to provide students with a thorough
of information systems within organisations, together
foundation for the study of subsequent optional finance
with an awareness of the practical implications of some
courses. Finance 2 aims to consolidate ideas introduced
of the crucial aspects of the working and development
in Finance 1 by applying them to specific special top-
of information systems. As most organisations use com-
ics such as leasing, acquisitions and options, as well as
puters to aid, or form the basis of, their information
introducing the analysis of the financing decision. The
systems it is essential that students have a rudimentary
course emphasises the practical implications of finance
knowledge of computers and Information Technology
theory and its application in financial decision-making.
(IT) and are aware of the problems and benefits associ-
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Christopher Coles ated with the use of computers and IT to perform organ-
isational/business tasks. Consequently, secondary aims
3BLV FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2 of the course include: to ensure that students are ac-
quainted with a basic core knowledge of computers and
Credits: 20 Level: 2 IT, to provide students with an understanding of, and
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) ‘hands-on’ IT skills in the use of, a PC based database
management system, and to provide an understanding
Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday (10-11am) and Friday of the principal effects that computers and IT may have
(9-11am). Tutorials plus computer assisted learning on information systems within organisations. It is im-
(CAL) hours TBA. portant to stress that, so far as this course is concerned,
Requirements of entry: Successful completion of a level computing and IT knowledge is NOT an ‘end’ in itself
1 financial accountancy course, normally Financial Ac- but is an important element in the understanding of
counting 1. contemporary information systems. In addition to the
Assessment: The assessment will be based on the ag- specific subject based aims noted above, the course also
gregate of marks awarded for the course-work and / or aims to enhance students’ critical and analytical skills
class exam(s) (25%) and the degree examination (75%). and to further develop group and interpersonal skills,
Degree Examination taken in: December through the teaching and assessment of the course.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Mr Gregory Stoner
Aims: This is an intermediate course that builds on the
knowledge gained in Financial Accounting 1. It covers 3BPV MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 2
a range of advanced financial accounting concepts and
encourages students to think about the theory behind Credits: 20 Level: 2
accounting practice. Emphasis will be placed on the When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
reasons behind financial accounting procedures, rather
Timetable: 2 lectures per week. Thursday 9-11am; Fri-
than simply the mechanics of transactions. The course
day 10-11am. 1 tutorial held fortnightly over 8 weeks
aims to: (i) advance students’ ability to prepare ac-
total.
counts in accordance with relevant standards; (ii) en-
courage students to apply a critical and analytical ap- Requirements of entry: Successful completion of a first
proach to accounting, and (iii) enhance students’ ana- level management accounting course; B.Acc. students
lytical and presentational skills. must normally have a pass in Accountancy 1 or Man-
agement Accounting 1.
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Gregory Stoner
Assessment: The assessment for this course will be
based on the aggregate of marks awarded: Personal
471B INFORMATION AND COMPUTER coursework 25%; 2 hour degree examination 75%.
SYSTEMS BACC Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Resit Examination taken in: August/September
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Aims: The aims of the course are to help students to
develop a thorough knowledge and understanding of the
Timetable: 2 lectures per week, Monday 12.00 noon,
theory, principles, concepts and techniques used in man-
Wednesday 12.00 noon. Weekly tutorials/computer
agement accounting primarily to assist managers in run-
labs TBA.
ning a more effective business; and, to critically exam-
Requirements of entry: Financial Accounting 1 and ine the suitability and effectiveness of management ac-
Management Accounting 1, or similar and Basic IT counting approaches for a variety of management chal-
Skills. lenges.
Assessment: One 3-hour paper (75%). Course work Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kirsten Kininmonth
Project (with group work) (25%) Summative assess-
ment (assessment that contributes towards the formal
assessment of course performance) is a combination of 345B TAXATION
coursework and the final degree examination, the de-
tails of which are set out in the section on ‘Method of Credits: 30 Level: 2
Final Assessment’ When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Timetable: Lectures: Semester 1 Monday 9.00-11.00am, hour coaching session per group per week for five weeks
Tuesday 9.00-10.00 am Semester 2 Monday 4.00-5.00 in semester 2 (January-March); otherwise independent
pm, Tuesday 4.00-5.00 pm, Thursday 4.00-5.00 pm and study.
1 tutorial per week over 10 weeks. Requirements of entry: A pass at a minimum of grade
Requirements of entry: Financial Accounting 1 and D in Management Accounting 2 (or equivalent) and in
Management Accounting 1. Information and Computer Systems (or equivalent) will
Co-requisites: None normally be prerequisite for entry to the course. Stu-
Excluded Courses: 8ZLV Tax Law 2 dents will also be strongly advised to take Accounting
for Management Control in the third year of their study.
Assessment: Assessment: based on class exam in
Semester 1, group coursework in Semester 2 and final Co-requisites: There are no co-requisites.
degree examinations. The class exam will account for Excluded Courses: None
25% and the coursework will also account for 25% with
Assessment: Summative assessment will be based on a
the balance of 50% based on the final degree exam.
group project report which accounts for 40% of each
Degree Examination taken in: April/May student’s overall grade, which is to be submitted by the
Resit Examination taken in: August/September end of semester 2 ; a group presentation reflecting a fur-
Aims: The aims of the course are: (1) to explain the ther 10%, which is scheduled to be given at the end of
most important elements of the principal UK taxes; semester 2 ; and a 2-hour degree examination in May /
(2) to develop a critical understanding of the differ- June accounting for the remaining 50% of the total sum-
ent sources of tax law; (3) to provide students with the mative assessment in the course. With respect to the
knowledge and skills necessary to calculate income tax, assessment of the group project report, a self and peer
corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and assessment system will be utilised, which will allow the
value added tax liabilities; (4) to introduce students to course coordinator(s) to assess not only the product or
the legal skills relevant to the interpretation of fiscal outcome of the group’s work, but more crucially the pro-
legislation; (5) to meet the accreditation requirements cess(es) through which this outcome has been produced
of the appropriate accountancy professional bodies. by the group. A special form, which will require stu-
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Elspeth Napier dents in each group to assess the relative contribution
made in each of these areas by each of the members of
their group (including themselves), will be specifically
91TC ACCOUNTING & BUSINESS designed. This self and peer assessment form will be
ETHICS 3 requested of each group member together with the sub-
mission of the group report, and in cases where there is
Credits: 15 Level: 3 agreement within the group that a specific member had
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) a significantly smaller contribution, a meeting will be
Timetable: Most seminars will be held each Monday arranged with the group to explore the situation and
during Semester 2 from 12-2pm. consider differential marking for group members. In
terms of the assessment of the group oral presentation,
Requirements of entry: Prerequisites for the course will
all students in the group will typically receive the total
normally be a pass in Financial Accounting 2 however,
mark assigned to the group presentation.
entry to the course will be at the discretion of the course
coordinator. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: Assessment of the course will be based on Aims: The course has four key aims : firstly, to pro-
one piece of coursework (40%) and a degree exam in mote the integration and critical evaluation of theo-
May/June (60%). retical knowledge and technical skills already acquired
Degree Examination taken in: April/May during students’ previous years’ accounting education
through real-world observation and the application of
this knowledge and skills in practice. Secondly, to assist
Aims: This course has three key aims: firstly to give in the development of students’ basic academic (reading,
students the opportunity to explore the ethical foun- writing, oral and written presentation of ideas), higher-
dations upon which accounting practice is based; sec- level thinking (problem-solving, decision-making, and
ondly to study the way in which ethical decision making analytical, synthetic and critical thinking), and inter-
takes place within the context of business organisations; personal (listening, communicating and team-working)
and finally to give students the opportunity to explore skills by allowing them to deal with unstructured real-
a number of different ethical theories and apply those world problems. Thirdly, to increase students’ aware-
theories in the analysis of business ethics dilemmas. ness of the regulatory context within which charities
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Kenneth McPhail and other non-governmental organisations (NGOs) op-
erate and the different issues these organisations face.
Last, but not least, to instill in students a sense of civic
87PJ ACCOUNTING & CIVIC
responsibility and community involvement, of caring for
RESPONSIBILITY
others and ‘giving back’ to one’s community by engag-
Credits: 30 Level: 3 ing them in a meaningful consulting service to local not-
for-profit agencies.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: One two-hour lecture per week for ten Honours Course Prescription: None
weeks in semester 1 (September-December); one one- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Georgios Kominis
93WW ACCOUNTING FOR 87CG ACCOUNTING HISTORY

MANAGEMENT CONTROL (SEMESTER 2)
Credits: 15 Level: 3 Credits: 15 Level: 3
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Timetable: 1 Lecture per week (2-4pm) and Tutorials Timetable: Two hours of seminars per week (Wednes-
fortnightly. day 10-12 noon), weekly tutorials.
Requirements of entry: Management Accounting 2 Requirements of entry: Normally a pass at a minimum
Assessment: One 2-hour exam paper (Ordinary) or one of grade D in Financial Accounting 2 and Management
3-hour exam paper (Hons) worth 75% and one group Accounting 2 will be required.
case study worth 25%. Assessment: The assessment for this course will be
Degree Examination taken in: April/May based on the aggregate of marks awarded. Group as-
sessment of presentations/essays 40%. 3 hour degree
Aims: Modern business enterprises operate in dynamic
examination 60%.
complex environments where the management control
system (MCS) must be responsive and flexible. Using Degree Examination taken in: April/May
contingency theory, transaction cost economics and mo- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
tivation theory, an analysis of the interaction between Aims: The primary aim of this course is to broaden stu-
the MCS and managerial behaviour is undertaken. This dents’ perspective and appreciation of the evolution of
is effected through an MCS framework which considers accounting thought and practice from early civilisation
the choice of performance indicators, targets, rewards to present times in a comprehensive yet critical manner,
and learning relative to corporate strategy. Specific top- within the context of the social, political and economic
ics such as EVA, balanced score card, transfer pricing, environment at times. The process of professionalisa-
allocation and strategic investment decisions enable the tion in the evolving structure of the accounting profes-
practical and theoretical dimensions to be considered si- sion and its relationship with the state is considered
multaneously. The course aims to improve understand- within differing theoretical frameworks. Consideration
ing of the MCS and the design choices available; critical will be given to the introduction and development of
appraisal of literatures; competence in numerical com- management accounting in organisations and the rela-
putation; development of interpersonal and group skills. tionship of theory to practice. In addition students will
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Clive Emmanuel develop research and analytical skills in accounting his-
tory through archival research and critical appraisal of
research papers. Key skills will be developed through
91JK ACCOUNTING HISTORY
the group presentations for presentations and participa-
Credits: 15 Level: 3 tion in seminars and tutorials.
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kirsten Kininmonth
Timetable: Two hours of seminars per week (Wednes-
day 10-12 noon), weekly tutorials. 89KY ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Requirements of entry: Normally a pass at a minimum THEORY
of grade D in Financial Accounting 2 and Management
Accounting 2 will be required. Credits: 15 Level: 3
Assessment: The assessment for this course will be When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
based on the aggregate of marks awarded. Group as- Timetable: 1 lecture per week (Friday 2.00-4.00 pm)
sessment of presentations/essays 40%. 3 hour degree and one tutorial per fortnight.
examination 60%. Requirements of entry: A pass in Financial Accounting
Degree Examination taken in: December 2 (3BLV) or equivalent.
Aims: The primary aim of this course is to broaden stu- Co-requisites: None
dents’ perspective and appreciation of the evolution of Excluded Courses: None
accounting thought and practice from early civilisation Assessment: One 2-hour paper (75%) and continuous
to present times in a comprehensive yet critical manner, assessment (25%)
within the context of the social, political and economic
environment at times. The process of professionalisa-
tion in the evolving structure of the accounting profes- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
sion and its relationship with the state is considered Aims: The course will provide students with a criti-
within differing theoretical frameworks. Consideration cal overview of the different approaches to research in
will be given to the introduction and development of financial accounting and the main research areas in fi-
management accounting in organisations and the rela- nancial accounting, and will specifically review : 1) the
tionship of theory to practice. In addition students will development of accounting theory and practice and the
develop research and analytical skills in accounting his- link between the two; 2) the different bases of account-
tory through archival research and critical appraisal of ing theory - alternative methodological approaches and
research papers. Key skills will be developed through foundation disciplines; 3) the development of account-
the group presentations for presentations and participa- ing policy; and 4) the main research areas in financial
tion in seminars and tutorials. accounting research.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kirsten Kininmonth Course Co-ordinator: Prof Pauline Weetman

93WN ADVANCED FINANCIAL of risk, return and valuation are central to developing
ACCOUNTING PRACTICE this understanding, various asset pricing models will be
applied to practical investment problems. The tutori-
Credits: 15 Level: 3 als are structured to encourage students to apply the
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) principles taught in the lectures to problems actively
Timetable: One Lecture per week (Tuesday 2-4pm). Tu- arising in the Financial Markets. Whenever possible,
torials will run one per fortnight. current issues in the Financial Markets will be examined
to demonstrate how to apply investment principles.
Requirements of entry: A pass in Financial Accounting
2 or equivalent. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Juliana Jetty
Assessment: Degree examination (75%) and coursework
(25%).
93WQ CONTEMPORARY FINANCIAL
Degree Examination taken in: December
REPORTING ISSUES
Aims: To critically examine current financial account-
ing practice for a selection of topics, some of which are Credits: 15 Level: 3
controversial. To develop a thorough knowledge and
understanding of the accounting principles, concepts, When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
regulations and techniques, applicable to the selected Timetable: One seminar per week, Friday (11-1pm).
topics.
Requirements of entry: A pass in Financial Accounting
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John McKernan 2 or equivalent.
Assessment: Degree Examination (60%) and course-
87CM AUDITING THEORY AND work (40%).
PRACTICE Degree Examination taken in: December
Credits: 15 Level: 3 Aims: By examining financial reporting through vari-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) ous critical lenses, this course aims to help students to:
1) develop more critical and theoretically informed eval-
Timetable: One Lecture per week (Monday 12-2pm).
uative insight into the discipline of accounting and its
One tutorial per fortnight.
functioning in society; 2) recognise financial reporting
Requirements of entry: A pass in Financial Accounting as an interested social practice; 3) critically appreciate
2 or equivalent. what is at stake in certain contemporary financial re-
Excluded Courses: 93WM Auditing Theory and Prac- porting debates.
tice
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John McKernan
Assessment: Degree Examination (75%) and course-
work (25%).
Degree Examination taken in: December 89KR ENVIRONMENTAL
Aims: The course will provide students with an in- ACCOUNTING, FINANCE AND
troduction to the principles of auditing and auditing REPORTING
techniques. The course will specifically review: 1) the
theory of auditing; 2) the practical application of that Credits: 15 Level: 3
theory; 3) the regulatory framework for audit; 4) the
pressures and problems facing the audit profession.
Timetable: Two hours of weekly lectures in Semester
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John McKernan
2. Six hourly tutorials in Semester 2 and a student
presentation.
90CB CAPITAL MARKETS THEORY
Requirements of entry: Financial Accounting 2, Man-
Credits: 15 Level: 3 agement Accounting 2 or Finance 2.
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Excluded Courses: 90CC Social, Ethical & Environmen-
Timetable: One two hour lecture per week (Monday tal Accounting
2.00-4.00 pm) plus tutorials TBA. Assessment: 3-hour paper (65%); presentations in sem-
Requirements of entry: Students should normally have inars (10%) and coursework essay (25%).
attained a pass at a minimum Grade D in Finance 2 or Degree Examination taken in: April/May
equivalent.
Aims: The aim of this course is to develop students’
Assessment: One 3-hour paper (75%) and continuous understanding of environmental accountability and in
assessment (25%). so doing, their ability to critically analyse accounting,
Degree Examination taken in: December finance, reporting and auditing practices. Existing en-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September vironmental accounting, finance reporting and auditing
Aims: The aim of this course is to provide students with practices are studied. Emphasis will also be placed on
a thorough understanding of the nature of financial mar- developing the key skills of critical analysis, collecting,
kets and of the securities that are traded on them. The organising and interpreting materials, and written and
course stresses the necessity of deciding on the Invest- oral communication.
ment Goals before taking any other decisions. Concepts Course Co-ordinator: Prof Kenneth McPhail
92EZ FINANCIAL MARKETS & Course Co-ordinator: Mr Mark Aleksanyan

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Credits: 15 Level: 3 93WT INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) ACCOUNTING
Timetable: Lectures: every Friday at 12-2pm during Credits: 15 Level: 3
Semester 2. Tutorials: TBA
Requirements of entry: Finance 1 and Finance 2.
Timetable: One seminar per week, fortnightly tutorials.
Assessment: Students will be required to submit one Tuesday 11-1pm.
piece of written work, which will count for 25% of the
Requirements of entry: Accountancy 2 or Financial Ac-
total assessment. The remaining 75% will be based on
counting 2 and Management Accounting 2.
the degree examination.
Assessment: Ordinary course: one 2-hour paper; Hon-
ours course: 3-hour paper (75%) of total marks. One
Resit Examination taken in: August/September group coursework assignment (20%); group tutorial pre-
Aims: The overall aim of this twenty-hour course is to sentations (5%).
give students a comprehensive and up to date coverage Degree Examination taken in: April/May
of the modern theory and practice of financial markets
Aims: The aims of this course are: (1) To provide stu-
and financial institutions. The course has a strong inter-
dents with an understanding of the nature of, and influ-
national dimension. The specific aims of the course are:-
ences on, financial reporting practices in different coun-
(1) to understand the nature of the domestic and inter-
tries. Emphasis is placed on the importance of a coun-
national markets for capital and financial services and
try’s cultural, social, economic, legal and political envi-
the central role of banks and other financial institutions
ronment in determining the nature of the rules and reg-
in these markets. (2) to understand the specific nature
ulations which govern its financial reporting practices.
of retail, wholesale and corporate banks as independent
(2) To provide students with an understanding of the
banks and as constituent elements of a larger universal
efforts made by the IASB to harmonise accounting dis-
bank. (3) to understand the specific nature of insurance,
closures. (3) To enable students to begin to understand
pension fund, unit trust and investment trust financial
and critically evaluate the economic objectives that un-
institutions, and their corresponding fund management
derpin the IASB’s project. (4) To introduce students
arms. (4) to understand the common underlying the-
to some of the key contemporary accounting issues that
ory (information asymmetry, adverse selection, moral
the IASB has attempted to address. These issues will
hazard at the level of transactions, and financial inter-
change year on year to reflect the current important
mediation theory at the level of financial institutions)
topics as they emerge.
underpinning our understanding of all of these financial
institutions. (5) to understand the role of intangibles Course Co-ordinator: Prof Kenneth McPhail
in intermediation in these financial institutions. (6) to
understand how financial institutions play a central role 96TG INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
in market based mechanisms for the production of in-
MANAGEMENT
formation and the governance of companies. (7) to un-
derstand how and why the above financial institutions Credits: 15 Level: 3
are regulated in retail and wholesale markets.
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John Holland
Timetable: One two hour lecture per week plus tutorials
TBA. Thursday 12 noon - 2.00pm.
92GR FINANCIAL STATEMENT Requirements of entry: Students should normally have
ANALYSIS attained a pass at a minimum of Grade D in Finance 2
or equivalent.
Assessment: The final assessment for this course will be
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) based on a 2-hour unseen written examination (75%)
Timetable: One seminar per week (Thursday 11-1pm) and the assessable course work (25%).
and tutorials TBA. Degree Examination taken in: December
Requirements of entry: Financial Accounting 2 and Fi- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
nance 2.
Aims: The course explores the complexities of corpo-
Assessment: Assessment will be by means of group as- rate financial management in an international setting,
signment (35%) and a 3-hour exam (65%) where companies are subject to exchange rate risk. Ex-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May change rate theories and their practical implications are
Aims: The course presents a theoretically informed analysed, as well as the merit of foreign exchange risk
analysis of firm value using accounting data. By the management. The course also aims to provide students
end of the course students should be able to undertake with a thorough understanding of international invest-
a coherent analysis of company performance and poten- ment and financing decisions. The course emphasises
tial shareholder value using published accounts. Con- the practical implications of finance theory and its ap-
siderable emphasis is placed on the analysis of published plication in international financial management.
accounts for major UK companies. Course Co-ordinator: Prof Kenneth McPhail

1X6D MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 89MU SOCIAL ACCOUNTING,

AND ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR REPORTING AND FINANCE 3 (ONLY
AVAILABLE IN 2008-2009)
Timetable: Lectures: Thursday 10:00 - 12:00 pm; tuto-
Timetable: Weekly lectures of two hours. Later on in
rials: fortnightly.
the week a seminar/tutorial.
Requirements of entry: Management Accounting 2 Requirements of entry: Pass at Grade D or higher of
Assessment: The assessment for this course will be one of the following; Financial Accounting 2, Finance 2
based on the aggregate of marks awarded: personal or Management Accounting 2.
coursework 25%; three-hour degree examination 75%. Co-requisites: There are no co-requisites but the course
Degree Examination taken in: December should complement, particularly well, both Environ-
mental Accounting and ABE.
Aims: The aim of this course is to make students aware
of the organisational context of management account-
ing and to provide an understanding of developments Resit Examination taken in: August/September
in managerial accounting theory and practice. The in- Aims: Knowledge-based: The aim of this course is to
tention is to make students aware of the wider context develop student’s understanding of accountability and
in which formal accounting controls are set. Thus, the the place of accounting and social accounting within
aim is to complement traditional management account- it. In so doing, the course aims to provide the student
ing literatures and widen the scope for a broader study with the opportunity to develop their ability to crit-
of the subject. The study is widened to encompass the ically analyse accounting, reporting and finance prac-
European dimension of theory and practice. The course tices. Existing social accounting, reporting and finance
aims to: improve the knowledge base and understand- practices are studied and the possibilities for new and
ing of the nature and role of managerial accounting; different forms of accounting are explored. Skill-based:
encourage a critical appraisal of the literatures; develop Emphasis will be also be placed on developing the key
interpersonal and presentational skills and stimulate re- skills of critical analysis, collecting, organising and in-
search interests and perspectives. terpreting materials, and written and oral communica-
tion. In addition, the opportunity to develop reasoning,
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kirsten Kininmonth
debating and imaginative skills will be provided.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Kenneth McPhail
91DC RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
88CT ACCOUNTING AND LITERATURE
Timetable: January - March Timetable: One Seminar per week, Wednesday (10 - 12
Requirements of entry: There are no prerequisites. noon)
Co-requisites: Within the B.Acc degree students are al- Requirements of entry: Due to the seminar style of the
lowed to take the dissertation, which is weighted equiv- course the size of class will be limited to 20 students.
alent to two taught courses as an option. A pass in Financial Accounting 2 or an equivalent will
normally be prerequisite for entry to the course. Should
Excluded Courses: Undertaking a dissertation without demand exceed supply, admission will be based upon
first completing the Research Methodology course is, performance in Financial Accounting 2.
normally, not allowed.
Co-requisites: None
Assessment: Coursework: (Research Proposal) 30%; Fi- Excluded Courses: None
nal Examination: 70%.
Assessment: Degree examination (60%) continuous as-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May sessment (40%)
Aims: The course has three related but separable aims: Degree Examination taken in: December
To provide students with a critical awareness and un- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
derstanding of the range of different methodological ap- Aims: Students will be encouraged to see accounts as
proaches that may be adopted in research, together with texts, written, or authored, read, interpreted and criti-
an understanding of the beliefs and assumptions that cised in much the same way as any piece of “literature”.
underlie them. To identify the range of research meth- The course will have certain recurring themes at its core:
ods that are used in the domains of accounting and fi- For example the nature of truth in accounting and lit-
nance generally, in order that the merits of different ap- erature, the fact versus fiction dichotomy, and the re-
proaches to particular issues can be critically evaluated. lationship between intention and meaning. This course
To provide students with the background necessary to aims to: (1) enable students to test and explore an im-
enable them to formulate and plan their own research portant perspective on accounts; that of “accounts as
and, in particular, their own dissertation. literature”; (2) help students to develop an appreciation
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Clive Emmanuel of the ways in which our understanding of the nature
and role of accounting might change if we approach it 1XM7 CLASSICAL GREEK

through the lens of literary theory; (3) introduce stu- CIVILISATION 1B
dents to a range of literary theories, help them appre-
ciate how literary theory has developed in recent times, Credits: 20 Level: 1
and enable them to bring that theory into a productive When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
confrontation with accounting. Timetable: Mondays, 19.30-21.30. 21 meetings.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John McKernan Requirements of entry: None
Assessment: Two essays (both weighted at 25% of final
grade). One final unseen exam - 2 hours - (50% of final
Adult & Continuing Education grade).
9CW7 ANCIENT EGYPTIAN TEXTS 1 Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Credits: 10 Level: 1 Aims: The Classical Greek Civilisation course is de-
signed as two separate courses, 1A and 1B. Ideally Clas-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) sical Greek Civilisation 1A is taken in the first year of
Timetable: Tuesdays, 19.00-21.00. 11 meetings. One study and Classical Greek Civilisation 1B in the second
study day (library/museum for example). 12 meetings year of study. However, both courses may be taken inde-
in total. pendently, or in reverse order provided the student who
takes course 1B undertakes some additional background
Co-requisites: None.
reading. The course will provide a solid foundation for
Assessment: Translation exercises: week 7, 30% Trans- study of the subject at a higher level, but it will also of-
lation exercises: week 10, 30% Examination: end of fer the opportunity for useful background study to those
course, 40% whose principal area of study lies elsewhere. The course
Degree Examination taken in: December is multi-disciplinary in character: history, literature, art
and philosophy will all be studied. In all of these areas
Resit Examination taken in: April/May
the contribution of Greece to the development of later
Aims: This course will look at the hieroglyphic monu- Western culture has been immense. Study will be based
ments of Ancient Egypt, with particular emphasis on fu- on English translations of Classical Greek authors.
nerary inscriptions from the Middle Kingdom, c. 2100- Classical Greek Civilisation 1B aims to assist students
1750 BC. Students will study hieroglyphic writing and in developing: 1) A knowledge and understanding of
the Ancient Egyptian language in order to read various Greek civilisation through the topics studied. 2) A
funerary inscriptions. The course will also look at the deeper understanding of their own civilisation by un-
social life and religion of Ancient Egyptians in order to derstanding more about its origins. 3) The practice of
explain these monuments. Particular emphasis will be four key modes of study of the ancient world - archae-
put on using real monuments as primary sources for the ological, historical, literary and philosophical, and the
study of Ancient Egypt. skills of constructive criticism associated with them. 4)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Angela McDonald Skills that will be transferable by the students to other
situations - namely careful reading; accurate, clear and
perceptive essay writing; reasoned argument in writing
9CX7 ANCIENT EGYPTIAN TEXTS 2 and orally; visual sensitivity to architecture and art.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Angela McDonald
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) 0NS7 CONTROVERSIES OF THE
Timetable: Tuesdays, 19.00-21.00. 11 meetings. One SCOTTISH ENLIGHTENMENT
study day (library or museum). 12 meetings in total.
Requirements of entry: Students enrolling for this
course would normally have completed Course 9CW7
(Ancient Egyptian Texts 1). Timetable: Mondays, 19.00-21.00. 20 meetings.
Co-requisites: None. Requirements of entry: None
Co-requisites: None
Assessment: Translation exercises: week 7, 30% Trans-
lation exercises: week 10, 30% Examination: end of Excluded Courses: None
course, 40% Assessment: A short essay of around 800 words should
Degree Examination taken in: April/May be submitted by students at the first meeting of the
second semester (25% weighting). For the second piece
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of assessed work (75% weighting), students will have the
Aims: This course builds upon skills and knowledge ac- choice of writing an essay of around 2,500 words to be
quired in Ancient Egyptian Texts 1. We will continue submitted at the final meeting of the second semester,
to look at and read the hieroglyphic monuments of An- or taking a one hour traditional unseen examination at
cient Egypt, including funerary inscriptions and royal the end of the course.
inscriptions. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Angela McDonald Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Aims: The course aims to: 1. Define the main ele- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ments of the Enlightenment in Scotland and in gen- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
eral; 2. Present some ideas and controversies during
Aims: To introduce students to university level study
the Enlightenment of Scotland; 3. Place these within
in creative writing for children. To build upon the com-
the context of the needs of a transitional society and its
pulsory initial course contributing to a new Certificate
ideology of improvement; 4. Give brief descriptions of
in Creative Writing. To build students’ confidence in
the intellectual histories of the most notable men asso-
their ability to interpret and analyse a set text series
ciated with these ideas and controversies; 5. Support
in children’s literature. To enable students to take their
participants to critically examine and analyse ideas in
creative writing skills to the appropriate level in relation
a historical context; 6. Assist them to develop a criti-
to writing for children.
cal understanding of their own ideas of social transition;
7. Help them analyse and define various unfamiliar key Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Innes
concepts and doctrines; 8. Support them to study se-
lected key writings from the relevant primary and sec-
ondary literature and help them resolve problems they 5XJ7 DUTCH 17TH CENTURY
have with eighteenth century vocabulary, literary style PAINTING
and argument; 9. Create a safe environment for partic-
ipants to raise questions and engage in discussion and Credits: 10 Level: 1
debate; 10. Guide participants through assessment and When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
submission requirements; 11. Give continuous positive Timetable: Thursdays, 10.00-12.00. 10 meetings.
feedback to every student’s oral and written contribu-
Requirements of entry: None
tions; 12. Encourage students to form co-operative and
supportive relationships. Assessment: 1. Essay (approximately 1500 words) from
a choice of titles (70%). 2. Slide test: identification and
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Hamilton
discussion of slides (30%)
JKP6 CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION
Credits: 40 Level: 1 Aims: This course sets Dutch seventeenth century
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) painting in its historical context. Starting with a broad
overview of the art of Late Mannerism, the course will
Timetable: Wednesdays, 18.00-21.00 and Saturdays,
go on to focus on the wide variety of art produced in
10.00-13.00 (note: two separate cohorts). 22 meetings.
the Netherlands in the 17th century. During this period
Assessment: Two essays each of 2,000 words (2 x 20%) the Dutch established themselves as a new nation in
and one project of 3,000 words (60%). Students must Europe, becoming the continent’s wealthiest and most
complete each piece of assessment. powerful maritime nation. An account of the develop-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ment of artistic categories, such as portraiture, flower-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September pieces and still life painting, will be given. The course
as a whole also offers an introduction to the discipline of
Aims: To introduce students to university level study
Art History and provides a solid foundation for further
in creative writing in the novel and the short story. To
study in the field.
act as the compulsory initial course contributing to a
new Certificate in Creative Writing, enabling students Course Co-ordinator: Dr Maureen Park
to go on to choose from other available courses that also
count towards the Certificate. To introduce students to
1NA7 FROM GIOTTO TO GAUGUIN:
required norms of study skills associated with the field
of Creative Writing. To build students’ confidence in EUROPEAN PAINTING 1300- 1900
their ability to interpret and analyse set texts, both in
creative writing and in study skills. To enable students
to take their creative writing skills to the appropriate When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
level in relation to fiction. Timetable: Wednesdays, 10.00-12.00. 22 meetings.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Innes Requirements of entry: None
Assessment: Written presentation 20%; Oral presenta-
JKR6 CREATIVE WRITING: WRITING tion 20%; Essay 40%; Slide test 20%.
FOR CHILDREN Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: 1. To provide an introduction to the discipline
of art history through the study of European painting,
Timetable: Thursdays, 19.00-21.00. 22 meetings. 1300-1900. 2. To present European painting within
Requirements of entry: JKP6: Creative Writing:Fiction the cultural and historical context of Europe. 3. To
Assessment: Two essays, each of 1,000 words (2 x 20%), study the principles and techniques of major European
and one project of 2,000 words (60%). The final assess- painters. 4. To study the changing role of the arts in
ment will take the form of a chapter in a novel or short society of the period.
story. Students must complete each piece of assessment. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Maureen Park
1PJ7 FUNDAMENTALS OF study day - as appropriate for class cohort). 12 meetings

PSYCHOLOGY in total.
Requirements of entry: Students enrolling for this
course would normally have completed course 9AY7 (In-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) troduction to Ancient Egypt 1).
Timetable: Tuesdays, 19.00-21.00 (22 meetings) and Co-requisites: None.
Saturdays, 10.00-16.00, with an hour for lunch (6 meet-
Excluded Courses: Students who have previously stud-
ings).
ied Course 2DE7 (Egyptology 1: History & Society in
Requirements of entry: None Ancient Egypt) are excluded from this course. Other-
Assessment: Final 150-minute Examination (45% wise there are no restrictions on access.
weighting); Two Class Exams (10% weighting for each Assessment: Essay 1, 30% Essay 2, 30% Examination,
class exam); Completion of Laboratory Work and Re- 40%
ports (15% weighting); Two Essays of 1,500 words (10%
weighting for each essay). Students must complete all Degree Examination taken in: April/May
assessments. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: This course builds upon skills and knowledge
Resit Examination taken in: August/September acquired in Introduction to Ancient Egypt 1. It cov-
ers the background necessary for students to read and
Aims: This course aims to: 1) Provide a basic under-
write confidently about the history and social life of the
standing of how psychologists study human behaviour.
Ancient Egyptians during the New Kingdom and after,
2) Give an introduction to the most significant concepts
c. 1500-600 BC. Students will be asked to learn about
and findings of psychology. 3) Create a firm foundation
politics, religion and the rule of the pharaohs in Egypt
for progressing into level 2 courses in Psychology.
at this time, and also about the wider history of the
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Victoria O’Donnell ancient world as revealed through Egypt’s interaction
with other nations.
9AY7 INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT Course Co-ordinator: Dr Angela McDonald
EGYPT 1
Credits: 10 Level: 1 8JT7 INTRODUCTION TO ART

When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) THERAPY
Timetable: Wednesdays, 19.00-21.00. 11 meetings. 1
additional meeting (for Library study day, museum Credits: 40 Level: 1
study day - as appropriate for class cohort). 12 meetings When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
in total. Timetable: Thursdays, 18.45-21.15, and two Saturday
Co-requisites: None. workshops. 24 meetings in total.
Excluded Courses: Students who have previously stud- Assessment: Assessment of students will be on the basis
ied Course 2DE7 (Egyptology 1: History & Society in of the following: (i) 800-1000 words Literature Review
Ancient Egypt) are excluded from this course. Other- (15%) (ii) Oral Presentation of 10 minutes (20%) (iii)
wise there are no restrictions on access. Critical Essay of 1500 words (25%) (iv) Personal Ac-
Assessment: Essay 1, 30% Essay 2, 30% Examination, count of 3000 words (40%).
40% Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Degree Examination taken in: December Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Resit Examination taken in: April/May Aims: This course aims to provide: i) A critical account
Aims: This course covers the background necessary for of the theories, principles and practice of Art Ther-
students to read and write confidently about the history apy, ii) A basic introduction to the history and devel-
and social life of the Ancient Egyptians from earliest opment of Art Therapy as a profession, (iii) offer skills
history until the New Kingdom, c. 3000-1500 BC. Stu- and knowledge to individuals and professional who want
dents will learn about politics, religion and the rule of to expand their understanding of working with people
the pharaohs in Egypt at this time, and also about the creatively and iv) A firm foundation for possible pro-
wider history of the ancient world as revealed through gression on the Postgraduate Diploma Training scheme
Egypt’s interaction with other nations. recognised by the British Association of Art Therapists.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Angela McDonald Students should be aware that a significant part of the
course is given to the hands on making of artwork. Stu-
dents will be expected to take part in practical, exper-
9AZ7 INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT imental, directive and non-directive workshops, group
EGYPT 2 discussions and feedback. There will be an opportunity
to work with a range of different media i.e. paint, clay,
Credits: 10 Level: 1 collage. Emphasis is placed on peer group participation
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) and exchange of personal knowledge through experience
Timetable: Wednesdays, 19.00-21.00. 11 meetings. 1 as a method essential to the process of learning.
additional meeting (for Library study day, museum Course Co-ordinator: Dr Maureen Park

KQC7 INTRODUCTION TO them through a number of classical and contemporary

EVOLUTION AND ECOLOGY readings and by introducing them to central issues and
developments in the philosophy of mind.
Credits: 20 Level: 1 3. To acquaint the students with the basic philosophi-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) cal problems of the current study of the philosophy of
Timetable: Mondays, 19.00-21.00 (22 meetings) plus 3 mind and make known to them all the major solutions
study days. to these problems offered in classical and contemporary
readings.
Requirements of entry: No specific entry requirements
are required but guidance is provided by DACE as to Course Co-ordinator: Mr Keith Hammond
the suitability of individual applicants. Where it is felt
necessary applicants will be advised to delay entry until
1ND7 INTRODUCTION TO SCOTTISH
they have completed a suitable preparatory course.
LITERATURE: BURNS TO
Assessment: Semester 1: Report on study day 2 = 20%. MACDIARMID
Semester 2 Project essay = 20%, Report of field work
= 20%. Written examination of 60 minutes = 40% Credits: 20 Level: 1
Degree Examination taken in: April/May When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: Wednesdays, 19.00-21.00. 22 meetings.
Aims: The aim of this course is to provide students Requirements of entry: None
with an understanding of how evolution and ecology
Assessment: Assessment of students will be on the ba-
may explain the diversity of life on Earth. This will
sis of the following methods: i) Practical criticism of
allow students to develop a broad understanding of the
around 300 words (5% of final grade); ii) Practical crit-
complexity of biological life and ecological systems.
icism of around 500 words (10% of final grade); iii) One
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Dominic McCafferty essay of around 1200 words (35% of final grade) and;
iv) One examination based upon an unseen practical
LYJ7 INTRODUCTION TO LATIN criticism and answers to 3 questions seen by students
before hand to be completed in 90minutes (50% of final
Credits: 20 Level: 1 grade).
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Timetable: Tuesdays, 19.30-21.30. 21 meetings. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Requirements of entry: None Aims: The course aims to assist students in developing:
Assessment: Assessments 1-5: translation exercises i) A knowledge and understanding of Scottish literature
(10%) each. Exam (50%). through the works studied; ii) A deeper understanding
of Scottish identity by reading well known works as well
as those which are currently being re-evaluated; iii) An
Resit Examination taken in: August/September awareness of the different literary strengths of four gen-
Aims: - To introduce students to the key concepts in res - poetry, the novel, the short story and drama - and
the study of Latin language. - To familiarise students the analytical skills by which these strengths can be ar-
with the basic concepts of Latin grammar and syntax. ticulated; iv) Skills which the students will be able to
- To equip students with a basic Latin vocabulary. - apply to other areas - precision reading; clear and per-
To enable students to comprehend and translate simple ceptive oral and written analysis; accurate and reasoned
passages of Latin. essay writing; critical judgement.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Angela McDonald Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Innes
LWP7 INTRODUCTION TO 2XX7 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL

PHILOSOPHY OF MIND PSYCHOLOGY
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Wednesdays, 19.00-21.00. 22 meetings.
Timetable: Mondays, 18.30-20.30 (22 meetings) plus
Assessment: 1. One 2,500 word essay to be submitted three Saturdays, 10.00-15.00 (with an hour for lunch).
by the end of week 17 on one of the suggested essay
questions. (50%). 2. Written examination (90 minutes)
at the end of course (50%). Assessment: Students will be asked to complete the fol-
lowing course assignments: (i) A practice essay (ii) One
unseen one hour practice examination (iii) Two essays,
Resit Examination taken in: August/September each approximately 1500 words in length (25% each of
Aims: 1. To introduce students to the basic philosophi- final mark) (iv) Two class multiple choice tests, requir-
cal terms used in the contemporary philosophy of mind. ing answers to questions on a broad spread of topics
2. To provide students with a general understanding drawn from the course content (10% each of final mark)
and appreciation of some key philosophical issues dis- (v) One final, unseen 60-minute examination, with a
cussed in contemporary philosophy of mind, by guiding choice of essay-type questions relating to the whole
course, under normal examination conditions (30% of group work; exam (40%): short answer questions (60
final mark). minutes).
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: Social Psychology is concerned with all aspects Aims: The aim of this course is to introduce students
of social behaviour; it studies the individual in society to the varied life of mammals by examing their evo-
and behaviour in groups. The aims of the course are to lution, biology and ecology. It examines factors influ-
study how people relate to each other, and to examine encing past and present UK mammal populations and
the ways in which behaviour is influenced by interaction develops key identification skills and field methods used
with other individuals and groups of individuals and by to study mammals.
social settings. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Dominic McCafferty
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Victoria O’Donnell
6JA7 LITERATURE IN SCOTLAND IN

6HT7 INTRODUCTION TO THE THE LATE 20TH CENTURY
COMPOSITION AND STRUCTURE OF
THE EARTH Credits: 20 Level: 1
Timetable: Thursdays, 19.00-21.00. 22 meetings.
Assessment: Two essays both worth 30% each and Final
Timetable: Wednesdays, 19.30-21.30 (22 meetings). Examination (of 90 minutes) worth 40%
Additional classes and field trips (2) by arrangement.
24 meetings in total. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Requirements of entry: None Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Assessment: Class essays (15%); one hour examination Aims: 1) To give a broad overview of literature in Scot-
(30%); continuous assessment and practical work (25%); land during the latter part of the twentieth century.
field report project (10%); map assessment (20%). 2) To contextualise developments in Scottish literature
within wider literary and cultural frameworks. 3) To
outline and familiarise students with a range of differ-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ent techniques and approaches employed by writers in
Aims: The aim of the course is to introduce students the latter part of the twentieth century.
to: i) The Earth in its context as a planet in the solar Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Innes
system; evidence for its internal structure and the part
played by the mantle and core in relation to internal
processes, and the Earth’s magnetic field; ii) The na- KPG7 MARINE MAMMAL FIELD
ture of the lithosphere, geological and geophysical ev- COURSE
idence of Plate Tectonics and its significance for the
interpretation of such features as ocean floor spread- Credits: 20 Level: 1
ing, the formation of mountain belts, volcanic activity, When Taught: Terms 3 and 4 (April - September)
earthquakes and related features of the dynamic Earth; Timetable: This is a residential field course during mid
iii) The chemical and mineralogical composition of the July. Exact date to be confirmed due to availability of
Earth; iv) The origins of rocks and the processes leading accommodation and research vessels.
to their diversity, including the generation and evolution
of magmas, surface processes leading to the break down
of rocks and minerals and their deposition and recon- Assessment: Assessment will consist of assignments to
stitution as sedimentary rocks, and the transformation be completed at home and an examination. The writ-
or crustal material by heat and pressure to form meta- ten assignments consist of a field journal (40%) and a
morphic rocks; v) The chemical and physical properties 1500 word essay (20%). The final 60-minute examina-
of minerals; mineral associations and textures used in tion (40%) consists of short answer questions.
the identification, and in determination of the origins of Degree Examination taken in: August/September
rocks. Resit Examination taken in: December
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michael Keen Aims: The aim of this course is to examine the diver-
sity of seals and cetaceans encountered in UK waters
MJB7 LIFE OF MAMMALS and throughout the World. It concentrates on the iden-
tification and behaviour of marine mammals and ex-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 amines ways in which these are animals are adapted to
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) their aquatic existence.
Timetable: 2 hour weekly lectures, plus 8 hours on-line, Course Co-ordinator: Dr Dominic McCafferty
and 4-day residential field course.
Assessment: Assessment will consist of: site guide 1AK7 PHILOSOPHICAL ETHICS OF
(20%): guide to local site identifying key mammal habi- SOCRATES, PLATO AND ARISTOTLE
tats; data report (20%): summary statistics from data
collection; group poster (20%): species guide from small Credits: 20 Level: 1

When Taught: Full Session (September - March) music and the role it plays within contemporary soci-
Timetable: Thursdays, 19.00-21.00. 22 meetings. ety and develop student understanding of this. To in-
troduce the nature of the international popular music
Assessment: Essay of 2,000 words (40% weighting).
industries and develop student understanding of them.
Exam of 90 minutes (60% weighting).
To introduce, and develop student understanding of the
Degree Examination taken in: April/May “politics” of popular music including popular music pol-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September icy. To develop students’ understanding of the impor-
Aims: (1) To enable students to develop a grasp of the tance of gender in popular music. To develop students’
key ideas in the philosophical ethics of Socrates, Plato skills (including verbal and written) in the presentation
and Aristotle. (2) To acquaint students with Socratic of ideas about popular music. To encourage reflection
dialogue and its definitional aims and aporetic conclu- about students’ own use of popular music. To encour-
sion in some of the early dialogues. (3) To introduce age critical engagement with key texts in Popular Music
students to the distinctive ethical features of Plato’s studies.
epistemology and metaphysics in the Symposium. (4) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Dominic McCafferty
To develop an appreciation of Aristotle’s ethics in the
aims and methods of the Nicomachean Ethics.
KRJ7 STARS AND THE UNIVERSE
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Keith Hammond
9DT7 PHILOSOPHY AND EMOTION When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Wednesdays, 19.30-21.30. 22 meetings.
Requirements of entry: Some elementary mathematical
skills are needed before the end of the course (substi-
Timetable: Tuesdays, 19.00-21.00. 22 meetings. tution of numerical values into expressions; qualitative
Assessment: Essay of 2,000 words (40%). Examina- interpretation of graphs) but these will be developed as
tion of 90 minutes; students will answer three questions needed and there are no mathematical prerequisites.
(60%). Assessment: Mix of final exam and continuous assess-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ment, comprising: final 60-minute examination (40%);
Resit Examination taken in: August/September short class test end Oct (10%) and longer test mid
Aims: (1) To develop students’ critical and analytical March (20%); report on observational project or, excep-
skills through reading of philosophical texts, discussion, tionally, extended essay involving independent reading,
essay-writing and examination. (2) To introduce stu- with assessment broken into a preliminary plan (10%;
dents to the basic arguments in the philosophy of mind end October) and final report (20%; end April).
and moral psychology concerning: sensation, thought, Degree Examination taken in: April/May
intentionality and action. (3) To present students with Resit Examination taken in: August/September
a range of philosophical perspectives on the nature of
Aims: This is the second of two courses aiming to
emotions - behaviourism to cognitivism. (4) To intro-
provide a broad introduction to Astronomy. The two
duce students to different evaluations of emotions in dif-
courses together aim to:
ferent ethical theories.
1) give an accessible, up-to-date ‘liberal arts’ introduc-
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Keith Hammond tion to Astronomy, developing necessary knowledge of
Physics and elementary Mathematical skills as needed;
2) provide opportunities for observing experiences that
0QC7 POPULAR MUSIC STUDIES: AN
reinforce course content.
INTRODUCTION
This course deals in particular with stellar astrophysics
Credits: 20 Level: 1 and cosmology; solar system science is studied in the
companion module, ‘Sun and Solar System’. Specific
aims are to:
Timetable: Tuesdays, 18.30-20.30. 11 meetings. 1) survey statistical properties of stars as summarised in
Requirements of entry: None the Hertzsprung-Russell Diagram and outline the theo-
Co-requisites: None ries of stellar structure, evolution and nucleosynthesis;
2) describe the physical states in which interstellar mat-
Assessment: One essay of up to 2,000 words (60%) and
ter is found (neutral and ionised gas, dust) and explain
one 60-minute exam (40%) based on the ILOs. The es-
how these result in the various observed bright and dark
say titles will be drawn up by the course tutor. There
nebulae, etc.;
will also be scope for students to develop their own ques-
tions in order to pursue their particular interests (in 3) describe the various morphological classes of galaxies
consultation with the course tutor). and how stellar populations and chemical abundances
evolve in each;
4) explain the physical natures of white dwarves, neu-
Resit Examination taken in: April/May tron stars and black holes, describe the evidence for the
Aims: The overall aim of this course is to introduce existence of these objects and discuss some key topics
students to Popular Music Studies as an academic dis- of high-energy astrophysics;
cipline. Within this broad remit the course will aim 5) introduce key ideas and observations of modern cos-
more specifically: To introduce the nature of popular mology, describe their roles in leading to the Hot Big
Bang picture and discuss how far the latest observa- surround the variety of art from the last century. The
tions support this picture; course as a whole offers an introduction to the disci-
6) elucidate the links between quantum mechanics, ele- pline of Art History and provides a solid foundation for
mentary particles and forces and the present form and further study in the field.
evolution of the universe. 8UM7 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alexander MacKinnon ADDICTIONS
6HY7 THE ANCIENT CELTS Credits: 20 Level: 1

Timetable: Mondays, 18.30-21.30 (17 meetings).
Timetable: Wednesdays, 19.00-21.00 (22) + field visit
(1). 23 meetings in total. Assessment: Three essays. Essay 1, 25%; Essay 2, 25%;
Essay 3, 50%.
Requirements of entry: No assumptions are made con-
cerning prior knowledge of students entering the class Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and there are no specific entry requirements. NB No Resit Examination taken in: August/September
knowledge of a Celtic language is required. Aims: To examine a range of excessive activities linked
Excluded Courses: Celtic Civilisation 1A 3MYU to concepts of addiction (and, sometimes, to that of
Assessment: An essay (1500-2000 words) to be submit- compulsion and attachment), including both substance
ted by the end of semester 1 (25%). An essay (1500-2000 - centred (e.g., drinking alcohol) and behavioural (e.g.,
words) to be submitted in semester 2 (25%). An end of sex or gambling). To review the theoretical systems
course examination (90 minutes) (50%) devised to account for their development, the psycho-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May logical and social problems arising from them and the
theory, practice and outcomes of some of the “treat-
ments” applied to them.
Aims: To enable students to get a coherent picture of
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Victoria O’Donnell
salient aspects of the earlier history, institutions, society
and culture of the Celtic speaking people up to AD 400. LYC7 UNDERSTANDING
To enable students to understand and use critically the ARCHAEOLOGY
source of material from which a picture of the ancient
Celtic world may be formed. To introduce students to Credits: 10 Level: 1
current scholarly approaches to the Celts and Celticity When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
including areas of particular controvesy and debate. To Timetable: Thursdays, 19.00-21.00. 11 meetings.
develop students’ critical and analytical skills through
essay writing, source criticism, discussion and examina- Assessment: Worksheet (completed during class time)
tion. - Week 6 (20%); Essay (1200-1400 words) - Week 9 -
(20%); Journal - (150-300 word responses each week to
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Hamilton
set questions) - Week 11 - 40%; Seminar presentation
1NB7 THE ART OF THE 20TH students’ choice of topic; may be based on essay - Week
CENTURY 11 - 20%.
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Degree Examination taken in: April/May

When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Timetable: Thursdays, 18.30-20.30. 22 meetings. Aims: This course aims to encourage in students an
appreciation of a variety of themes and current issues
in archaeology, many of which will be based on issues
Assessment: Students will be asked to complete: (i) currently in the media, using case studies to provide real
One short written presentation, 800-1000 words (20% world examples.
of the final grade); (ii) One oral presentation, 5-10 min-
utes (20% of the final grade); (iii) One essay, 1500-2000 Course Co-ordinator: Dr Angela McDonald
words (40% of the final grade); One slide test (20% of 5XL7 WAR REFORMATION AND
the final grade). UNION: SCOTLAND 1500- 1715
Aims: The art of the twentieth century can be both
exhilarating and intimidating. Often people feel they Timetable: Tuesdays, 19.00-21.00 and Wednesdays,
would like to know more about it but are afraid that 10.00-12.00 (note: two separate cohorts). (20 meetings).
they will not be able to understand it or that they will Requirements of entry: None
be confused by all the different ‘isms’ of twentieth cen-
Assessment: Students will be required to complete: i)
tury movements. This course is all about understand-
an essay of 1500 words (30%), ii) a second essay of 1500
ing modern art. It aims to provide a general overview
words (30%), iii) an examination (90 mins) (40%).
of some of the major movements, artists and ideas of
twentieth century art and also introduces students to Degree Examination taken in: April/May
some of the important debates and controversies which Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Aims: This course aims to introduce students to the Assessment: Two essays each of 1,500 words (2 x 20%)
major themes in the political, religious, military and and one project of 4,000 words (60%). This final project
international development of Scotland from the reign will take the form of a chapter in a novel or a short story.
of James IV to the Jacobite War of 1715. It aims to Students must complete each piece of assessment.
provide a background to the Late Medieval period, and Aims: To follow on from the students’ existing knowl-
will assess the ‘kingship’ and rule of James IV to Mary edge of university level study in creative writing in the
Stewart, war and diplomacy with France and England, novel and the short story, as developed in the compul-
the impact of royal minorities, and the religious and sory level 1 course JKP6 Creative Writing: Fiction. To
political upheaval of the Reformation crisis. The focus increase student skills in the required norms of writing
is on the political and religious disruption of Scotland and assessment in the field of Creative Writing. To en-
in the Reformation century. The focus of the seven- able students to take their creative writing skills to an
teenth century begins with an examination of the union intermediate level in relation to fiction.
of 1603 and its origins, the Imperial Kingship of James
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Innes
VI and Charles I, the Covenanting movement, the High-
land Problem, the British Civil Wars and relations with KXY7 MIND AND WORLD
Ireland. In the second term the aim is to examine the
early attempts to create a British state and the opposi- Credits: 20 Level: 2
tion and problems such moves met. Finally the course When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
aims to focus on the period 1688-1715 and examine the Timetable: Mondays, 19.00-21.00. 22 meetings.
‘Glorious Revolution’, the Jacobite threat, the origins
Requirements of entry: Successful completion of one
of the Treaty of Union and its impact on Scotland.
level one Philosophy course.
The course aims to provide a thorough preparation and
foundation of knowledge and skills to enable students Assessment: Essay (50%), and 90-minute exam (50%).
to proceed with confidence to further study at a more Degree Examination taken in: April/May
advanced level. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Hamilton Aims: To familiarise students with a range of issues in
8TU7 DRAWING AND PAINTING: contemporary philosophy of mind. To present various
COMPOSITION key philosophical positions in relation to those issues,
and introduce students to critical perspectives on those
Credits: 40 Level: 2 positions.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Course Co-ordinator: Mr Keith Hammond
Timetable: Thursdays, 13.00-16.00. 22 meetings. 2 ex- 0QD7 POPULAR MUSIC HISTORY
tra meetings spread over year. (24 meetings in total).
Requirements of entry: Students must have completed Credits: 20 Level: 2
at least one Practical Art course at Level 1, or equiva- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
lent, and will be admitted at the discretion of the tutor. Timetable: Tuesdays, 18.30-20.30. 11 meetings.
Assessment: Practical project work (home and stu-
Requirements of entry: Successful completion of 0QC7
dio) 40%; assignment/sketchbooks and class contribu-
Popular Music Studies: An Introduction, or 20 credits
tion (contribution to discussions and commitment to
at level 1 in a related field, or relevant music industry
course) 45%; essay (2,000-2,500 words) 15%.
experience.
Co-requisites: None
Assessment: One essay of up to 2,000 words (60%) and
Aims: This course aims: To increase levels of visual one 60-minute exam (40%) based on the ILOs. The es-
perception with reference to composition in the visual say titles will be drawn up by the course tutor. There
arts. To make students aware of the different elements will also be scope for students to develop their own ques-
of composition and demonstrate this understanding in tions in order to pursue their particular interests (in
their practical work. To build upon the student’s un- consultation with the course tutor).
derstanding of colour, form, light and space as taught
in Level 1 courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Maureen Park
Aims: The overall aim of this course is to place the
LXY7 INTERMEDIATE FICTION
study of the history of Popular Music within broader
WRITING socio-economic trends and increase students’ under-
Credits: 40 Level: 2 standing of Popular Music Studies as an area of aca-
demic study. Within this broad remit the course will
aim more specifically: To increase understanding of the
Timetable: Saturdays, 14.00-17.00. 22 meetings. nature of popular music history and its interaction with
Requirements of entry: Intermediate Fiction writing is broader societal trends. To critically engage with com-
designed to take students’ experience in the area a step peting versions of popular music history. To critically
forward. It follows on from the Level 1 course Creative evaluate the role of various agencies including artists,
Writing: Fiction. Students must have taken the Level 1 industry and technology in the development of popu-
course to be eligible for Level 2. However, they do not lar music history. To understand and be able to cri-
have to have taken other Level 1 courses. tique feminist critiques of popular music history. To
Archaeology
encourage the development of skills in verbal and writ- to experience a range of technology and to examine the
ten presentation of ideas about popular music history. pedagogical benefits and challenges of each.
To encourage critical engagement with key texts in Pop- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alexander MacKinnon
ular Music Studies. To understand and evaluate the im-
portance of such social constructs as genre, gender and Archaeology
popular to the history and study of popular music.
2KJU ARCHAEOLOGY 1X:
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Dominic McCafferty
INTRODUCTION TO
7EYV THE LEARNING SOCIETY: ARCHAEOLOGICAL PRACTICE
ADULT & CONTINUING EDUCATION 2
Timetable: Two lectures a week (Tuesday/Thursday
Timetable: 22 lectures/seminars on Tuesdays, 13.00- 12.00 noon). Practicals, tutorials or seminars once a
15.00 and Thursdays, 13.30-15.00 weekly. week, 1 one-day field class.
Requirements of entry: A Grade D or above in an ap- Assessment: Examination (50%); Coursework consist-
propriate Level 1 course offered by the Faculty of Arts ing of an essay (25%) and two practical worksheets
or Social Sciences (e.g. education, history, philosophy, (25%)
sociology or social policy). Students are also encouraged
to take the preceding Level 2 course, The Learning So-
ciety: Issues in Modern Education. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Co-requisites: The Learning Society: Issues In Modern Aims: This course introduces the methodologies by
Education. which archaeologists recover and study material culture
from the past. Students will gain an understanding of
Assessment: One essay (40%) and two further pieces
how archaeological remains survive, are discovered, re-
of work, each worth 30%, from a choice of: two essays;
covered, examined and interpreted.
essay plus exam question; two exam questions. (60 min-
utes per exam question.) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Allan Hall
Resit Examination taken in: August/September 2KKU ARCHAEOLOGY 1Y:
Aims: The course aims to: a) introduce you to adult ARCHAEOLOGY OF SCOTLAND
and continuing education as a field of study and prac-
tice b) promote your understanding of the theoretical Credits: 20 Level: 1
and policy concerns being addressed by adult educators When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
in the context of the ‘learning society’ c) develop your Timetable: Two lectures a week (Tuesday/Thursday
capacity for critical self-awareness and other skills which 12.00 noon), practical classes or seminars once a week
are helpful to ‘lifelong learning’. Also see 8JJV under (afternoon), 2 one-day field classes.
Educational Studies. Assessment: Examination (50%); coursework consisting
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Amanda Benjamin of an essay (20%) and a notebook (30%)
9MEW NEW TECHNOLOGY AND Degree Examination taken in: April/May
LIFELONG LEARNING Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Credits: 30 Level: 3 Aims: This course provides an understanding of the cul-
tural evolution of Scotland from the end of the last Ice
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Age until the modern era and the contribution made by
Timetable: Face-to-face sessions to be arranged. archaeological evidence. Students will gain an appre-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ciation of the indigenous characteristics of Scotland’s
Resit Examination taken in: August/September material heritage and recognise the significance of Scot-
land’s contacts with the wider world.
Aims: The aims of this course are as follows: To pro-
vide a rationale for and an understanding of the use of Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Driscoll
new technology in support of lifelong learning; To con-
sider the social, political and economic issues involved 2LDU ARCHAEOLOGY 1Z:
in the application of new technology in widening access ARCHAEOLOGY IN CONTEMPORARY
to both formal and informal education; To provide an
SOCIETY
asynchronous forum in which to explore, discuss, ex-
amine and reflect on these issues within a computer Credits: 20 Level: 1
conferencing environment; To enable students to gain
experience of a variation in learning modes, particu-
larly that of computer mediated collaborative learning, Timetable: Lectures - Monday and Friday 12.00 noon.
and to understand the role and significance of teaching Practicals, tutorials and seminars - one hour per week
and learning within a Computer Mediated Conferenc- on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday afternoons
ing (CMC) environment; To familiarise students with at times to be arranged.
the various technological options for electronically me- Assessment: One examination paper (50%); one as-
diated education by providing practical opportunities sessed essay (25%); plus practical worksheets (25%)

Archaeology
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 0AJV ARCHAEOLOGY 2H :

Resit Examination taken in: August/September ANALYTICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
Aims: To illustrate the ways in which archaeologists Credits: 20 Level: 2
interpret material culture to reveal the past; and illus-
trate the use of archaeology in promoting particular so-
cial and political views of the past. By the end of the Timetable: Lectures - Weds & Fri 12 noon; plus tutori-
course, students will understand the relevance of archae- als and practicals.
ology in a modern society and the issues involved in the Requirements of entry: Two Archaeology level 1 courses
preservation and interpretation of the past. at grade D or above, one of which must be Introduction
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jeremy Huggett to Archaeological Practice (2KJU) if the student intends
to proceed to Honours (3H)
Excluded Courses: This course is for students in the
0AKV ARCHAEOLOGY 2F : FIELD Science Faculty and cannot be taken in conjunction with
ARCHAEOLOGY IN THEORY Archaeology 2K: Interpreting Archaeology.
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Assessment: one examination (50%); coursework (50%)
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Timetable: This course consists of lectures - Mondays Resit Examination taken in: August/September
12 noon with tutorials and some classroom practicals. Aims: (1) to introduce students to the key developments
Requirements of entry: Two Archaeology level 1 courses in archaeological thought; (2) to show how interpre-
at grade D or above. This course is the equivalent of tations are grounded in particular theoretical perspec-
the first half of Archaeology 2G : Field Archaeology in tives; (3) to provide students with a scientific perspec-
Theory & Practice and does not allow the student to tive on archaeological data and their interpretation; (4)
proceed to Honours Archaeology (3H). Those wishing to train students in transferable as well as more specif-
to do so should register for the full course Archaeology ically archaeological skills.
2G : Field Archaeology in Theory & Practice (9CRV). Course Co-ordinator: Dr Richard Jones
Assessment: Coursework (100%)
Aims: The aims of this course are: (1) to provide stu- 9ZAV ARCHAEOLOGY 2J :
dents with an introduction to the historiography of field ARCHAEOLOGY OF EUROPE & THE
archaeology; (2) to examine a series of key developments MEDITERRANEAN
in field techniques through the medium of selected sites
and excavators; (3) to introduce the structures and or- Credits: 20 Level: 2
ganisation of field archaeology. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christopher Dalglish Timetable: Lectures - Weds & Fri 12 noon; plus tutori-
als.
Requirements of entry: Two Archaeology level 1 courses
9CRV ARCHAEOLOGY 2G : FIELD
at grade D or above, one of which must be Introduction
ARCHAEOLOGY IN THEORY AND
to Archaeological Practice (2KJU) if the student intends
PRACTICE 2 to proceed to Honours (3H)
Timetable: The first part of the course (semester 1) con- Aims: This course aims: (1) to introduce students to
sists of lectures - Mondays 12 noon with tutorials and the key themes of European and Mediterranean archae-
some classroom practicals. The second part (semester ology; (2) to situate these themes in a broad regional
2) consists of the equivalent of a total of 25 hours of and chronological framework; (3) to train students in
practicals. transferable as well as more specifically archaeological
skills; (4) to provide an archaeological framework for
Requirements of entry: Two Archaeology level 1 courses
other level 2 courses.
at grade D or above, one of which must be Introduction
to Archaeological Practice (2KJU) if the student intends Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michael Given
to proceed to Honours (3H). This course (9CRV) is a
requirement for entry to Honours (3H). 9CSV ARCHAEOLOGY 2K :
Assessment: Coursework (100%) INTERPRETING ARCHAEOLOGY
Aims: The aims of this course are: (1) to provide stu-
dents with an introduction to the historiography of field
archaeology; (2) to examine a series of key developments When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
in field techniques through the medium of selected sites Timetable: Lectures - Weds & Fri 12 noon; plus tutori-
and excavators; (3) to introduce the structures and or- als.
ganisation of field archaeology; (4) to introduce students Requirements of entry: Two Archaeology level 1 courses
through practical experience to basic fieldwork methods at grade D or above, one of which must be Introduction
and laboratory techniques used in archaeology. to Archaeological Practice (2KJU) if the student intends
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christopher Dalglish to proceed to Honours (3H)
Archaeology
Excluded Courses: This course is not available for stu- Requirements of entry: At Level 1, students must obtain
dents in the Science Faculty and cannot be taken in a minimum of 40 credits in Archaeology at an average
conjunction with Archaeology 2H: Analytical Archaeol- of grade D or above. At Level 2, students must obtain
ogy. a minimum of 40 credits in Archaeology at an average
Assessment: one examination (50%); coursework (50%) of grade D or above.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Assessment: As for the Honours courses taken: assess-
ment of coursework and (usually) written examination.
Three-Year Degree assessment criteria used.
Aims: The aims of this course are: (1) to provide stu-
dents with an introduction to the key developments
in archaeological thought; (2) to introduce students to Aims: The aims of this course are: (1) to equip the
a series of key themes in contemporary archaeological student with a basic knowledge of archaeology suitable
practice; (3) to examine the relationship between ar- to a career where the specialism is a subsidiary or ‘in-
chaeological data and current interpretative stances. terest only’ requirement, through a broad overview of
modern archaeology across a wide chronological and ge-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kenneth Brophy
ographical range; and (2) to provide the student with an
appreciation of cultural resources, and the importance
6WXW ARCHAEOLOGICAL STUDIES 3 of issues such as their protection, conservation and ap-
propriate exploration.
Credits: 80 Level: 3 Course Co-ordinator: Dr Allan Hall
Timetable: There are typically four lectures and up to
100F ARCHAEOLOGY 3H (JOINT)
six hours of practical/tutorials weekly throughout the
session. Students take the core course Recovery and In- Credits: 60 Level: 3
terpretation of Archaeological Data and 3 other taught
optional courses (see Archaeology 3H for details). The
fieldwork requirement is 3 weeks before graduation. It Timetable: To be advised
is expected that students will have completed the field- Requirements of entry: 40 archaeology credits at Level
work requirement prior to entering Level 3. 1, which must include Archaeological Practice, and 60
Requirements of entry: At level 1 students must obtain credits at Level 2 made up of the Archaeology of Eu-
a minimum of 40 credits in Archaeology at an average rope and the Mediterranean, Field Archaeology in The-
of grade D or above. At level 2 students must obtain a ory and Practice, and EITHER Interpreting Archaeol-
minimum of 60 credits in Archaeology at an average of ogy (Arts students) OR Analytical Archaeology (Sci-
grade D or above. ence students); completion of 3 weeks approved field-
work (which may be acquired by attending the Depart-
Assessment: As for the Honours courses taken: course-
mental Field School which runs in the summer vacation
work and (usually) written examination. Three-Year
each year); attendance at a University IT course.
Degree assessment criteria used.
Assessment: Assessed course work and (usually) writ-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ten examination taken in the same year as the course.
Aims: The aims of the programme are: (1) to equip the Degree Examination taken in: April/May
student with a basic knowledge of archaeology suitable
to a career where the specialism is a subsidiary, or ‘in- Aims: The aim of the programme is to provide a basic
terest only’ requirement, through a broad overview of grounding in the theoretical background and method-
modern archaeology across a wide chronological and geological techniques of modern archaeology, and demon-
ographical range; and (2) to provide the student with an strate their application across a wide chronological and
appreciation of cultural resources, and the importance geographical range.
of issues such as their protection, conservation and ap- Honours Course Prescription: Students take two core
propriate exploration. courses (see Archaeology 3H Single for details) and a
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Allan Hall practical work portfolio (20 credits).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Allan Hall
100D ARCHAEOLOGY 3 (ARTS)

100H ARCHAEOLOGY 3H (SINGLE)
Timetable: Four lectures and up to six hours of prac-
ticals/tutorials weekly that are taught throughout the Timetable: To be advised
session. Students take the core course, Recovery and In- Requirements of entry: 40 archaeology credits at Level
terpretion of Archaeological Data, and two other taught 1, which must include Archaeological Practice, and 60
optional courses which as far as possible will focus on credits at Level 2 made up of the Archaeology of Eu-
a students area of specialisation where one is defined rope and the Mediterranean, Field Archaeology in The-
(see Archaeology 3H for details). Students must have ory and Practice, and EITHER Interpreting Archaeol-
completed 3 weeks of fieldwork by graduation. It is ex- ogy (Arts students) OR Analytical Archaeology (Sci-
pected that students will have completed the fieldwork ence students); completion of 3 weeks approved field-
requirement prior to entering Level 3. work (which may be acquired by attending the Depart-

Biomedical and Life Sciences
mental Field School which runs in the summer vacation 100J ARCHAEOLOGY 4H (SINGLE)
each year); attendance at a University basic IT course.
Assessment: Assessed course work and (usually) writ- Credits: 120 Level: 4
ten examination taken in the same year as the course. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Timetable: To be advised
Aims: The aim of the programme is to provide a basic Requirements of entry: Satisfactory performance at
grounding in the theoretical background and method- level 3H
ological techniques of modern archaeology, and demon- Assessment: Assessed course work and (usually) writ-
strate their application across a wide chronological and ten examination taken in the same year as the course.
geographical range.
Honours Course Prescription: Students take 2 core
Aims: The aim of the programme is to provide a basic
courses - Recovery and Interpretation of Archaeologi-
grounding in the theoretical background and method-
cal Data; Theory and and Interpretation in Archaeol-
ological techniques of modern archaeology, and demon-
ogy and 2 other optional taught courses from the list
strate their application across a wide chronological and
below (not all on offer every year), plus a portfolio of
geographical range.
practical work (40 credits). Optional taught courses
include: Interpretation and Analysis of Archaeological Honours Course Prescription: Students take 4 optional
Ceramics; Examining Archaeological Materials; Geoar- taught courses and a dissertation (40 credits) - see Ar-
chaeology and Palaeoecology; Archaeology and Mate- chaeology 3H for details of taught courses (not all on
rial Culture; Archaeology of Life and Death; Aspects offer every year).
of the British Neolithic; Ceramic Production; Com- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Allan Hall
puter Based Data Management in Archaeology; Com-
puter Based Graphical Analysis in Archaeology; Devel-
opment of Greek and Roman Coinage; Early Medieval Biomedical and Life Sciences
Gaeldom: 6th - 8th centuries; Founding of Scotland;
Expansion and Control of the Roman Empire; Land- KNPU BIOLOGY 1A
scape Archaeologies past and present; Medieval Ireland
(800-1100); Post-Roman Celtic Britain; The Picts and Credits: 20 Level: 1
formation of Alba; Production and Trade in the An- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
cient Mediterranean World; Roman Britain: Accultur- Timetable: Lectures 9am, 2pm, and 5pm on Monday
ation and Change; Rural Settlement, Society and Land- - Friday (each student is assigned to one lecture slot
scape in Scotland, c1100-c1700 AD; Settlement and So- per day). Laboratories: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thurs-
ciety in Scandinavian Scotland; Settlement and Land- day and Friday morning and afternoons as required by
scape in Scottish Gaeldom,1750-1850; Viking Age Scan- course numbers (each student only attends one labora-
dinavia; Viking Movements; The Archaeology of Reli- tory session per week).
gion; Cities and Colonies in the Late Prehistoric West-
Requirements of entry: As for Faculties of Science entry
ern Mediterranean; Communities and Landscapes in the
Neolithic of Northwest Europe; Historical Landscapes Excluded Courses: 6KEU Biology 1Y
of the Eastern Mediterranean; Rural Landscapes and Assessment: A 90-minute examination at the end of the
Peasant Communities in Ancient Italy. course, which counts as 50%; assessment of coursework,
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Allan Hall which counts as 50%. For the resit diet, the examina-
tion component is increased to 70% and the coursework
component is reduced to 30%.
100G ARCHAEOLOGY 4H (JOINT)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: to provide a broad-based understanding of mod-
Timetable: To be advised ern biology at the organismal level; to provide the
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory performance at knowledge appropriate for continuing studies in biol-
level 3H ogy; to encourage the acquisition of general scientific
skills and transferable skills; to introduce you to the
Assessment: Assessed course work and (usually) writ-
use of email, the Internet, basic word processing and
ten examination taken in the same year as the course.
spreadsheets.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Douglas Neil
Aims: The aim of the programme is to provide a basic
grounding in the theoretical background and method-
ological techniques of modern archaeology, and demon- KNMU BIOLOGY 1B
strate their application across a wide chronological and
geographical range. Credits: 20 Level: 1
Honours Course Prescription: Students take 3 optional When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
courses selected from two groups, (see Archaeology 3H Timetable: Lectures: 9 am, 2 pm and 5 pm on Monday
for details); a dissertation (20 credits) may be substi- - Friday (each student is assigned to one lecture slot
tuted in place of 1 course. per day). Laboratories: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thurs-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Allan Hall day and Friday morning and afternoons as required by
course numbers (each student only attends one labora- Assessment: Class tests (40%), laboratory assessment
tory session per week). (20%), end of session examination (40%).
Requirements of entry: As for Faculties of Science entry Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Excluded Courses: 6KDU Biology 1X Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Assessment: A 90-minute degree examination at the Aims: Environmental Science 1 aims to provide an
end of the course, which counts as 50%; assessment of introduction to the science of the environment and a
coursework, which counts as 50%. For the resit exami- broad basis for the specialist environmental sciences
nation, the end-of-course examination component is in- studies in later years. It is taught by a team drawn
creased to 70% and the coursework component is re- from the Departments of Chemistry, Geographical and
duced to 30%. Earth Sciences, Physics and Astronomy and the Insti-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May tute of Biomedical and Life Sciences using an integrated
Resit Examination taken in: August/September multi-disciplinary approach. The course aims to cover
a wide range of environmental topics in four sections:
Aims: to provide a broad-based understanding of mod- The Physical World (e.g. the diversity of plants and
ern biology at the molecular & cellular level; to provide animals, animal ecology, human populations) Soils and
the knowledge appropriate for continuing studies in bi- Pollution (e.g. soils, environmental radioactivity, water
ology; to encourage the acquisition of general scientific pollution, the ozone layer) and Resources and Conserva-
skills and transferable skills; to introduce you to the tion (e.g. resource reserves, energy from biomass, green
use of email, the Internet, basic word processing and politics, vulnerable habitats).
spreadsheets.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stewart White
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Michael Blatt
KPLU COMMUNICATING SCIENCE 1 5KYV ANIMAL DIVERSITY 2 (4A)

When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Timetable: Four lectures per week at 1pm Monday - Timetable: Lectures Wednesday and Friday from 11 am-
Thursday. One 3-hr practical session per week at times 12 noon; one laboratory; one tutorial.
to be arranged. Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
Requirements of entry: None of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
Co-requisites: None Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.
Excluded Courses: 7NYV Science Communication &
Commerce 2 (13B) Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
90-min examination paper in the December diet (70%)
Assessment: End-of-course examination (50%), group and in-course assessment (30%).
project (20%) and other assignments (30%).
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: survey the
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: survey the
variety of animal life, from protozoa to mammals, with
social and political context in which scientists operate;
an emphasis on the evolutionary forces that have cre-
show how science is communicated (a) to scientists and
ated this diversity; demonstrate the fundamental unity
(b) to different sectors of the general public; provide stu-
of animal life, in terms of the mechanisms that organise
dents with the skills needed to access different sources
body plans; illustrate the adaptations of animals to dif-
of scientific information; enable students to reflect on
ferent lifestyles in different habitats; examine the causes
and improve their skills in written and oral communi-
of mass extinctions and new waves of adaptive radiation;
cation of science to different kinds of audiences; provide
to analyse the interactions of human beings with other
students with opportunities to reflect on how people de-
animals.
velop knowledge and understanding of scientific ideas;
provide students with an understanding of the nature Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roderic Page
of sciences as an enquiry-led activity.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roger Downie
1LAP BASIC GENETICS 2 (1A)
4N7B ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 1 Credits: 10 Level: 2

Timetable: Lectures are on Mondays and Wednesdays
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) at 9.00 am or 1.00 pm; two laboratories; optional tuto-
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, rials.
Thursday at 1.00 pm. One three-hour laboratory ses- Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
sion per week starting at 10.00 am or 2.00 pm on Tues- of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
day or Wednesday. Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
Requirements of entry: Not applicable. Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.

Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: introduce
90-min examination paper in the December diet (70%) basic techniques for the collection and presentation of
and in-course assessment (30%). data; introduce some fundamental models for data; in-
Degree Examination taken in: December troduce some basic concepts in statistical inference.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vincent MacAulay
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: present the
principles of eukaryotic transmission genetics and their JJEV BUILDING AN ORGANISM:
applications in genetic analysis; describe the nature of GENES, CELLS AND DEVELOPMENT 2
the gene and to show how genes function in develop- (10A)
ment and affect the phenotype of the organism; enable
students to appreciate the role of genetics in the study Credits: 10 Level: 2
of many fields of biology.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Roger Sutcliffe
Timetable: Lectures on Tuesdays and Thursdays at
2pm.
3YAV BIOLOGICAL CLOCKS 2 (11A) Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.
Timetable: Lectures Tuesday and Thursday at 11.00 Excluded Courses: 9b: Reproduction and the Embryo
am; group project. (1LYP) and 12b: Development: Cells, Molecules and
Requirements of entry: None Genes (1MCP)
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
90-min examination paper in the December diet (70%) 90-min examination paper in the December diet (70%)
and in-course assessment (30%). and in-course assessment (30%).
Degree Examination taken in: December Degree Examination taken in: December
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: enable you Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: provide
to appreciate a biological phenomenon across the spec- a basic understanding of development in animals and
trum of biology from the molecular to the behavioural plants; illustrate the cellular and genetic basis of de-
viewpoint; encourage you, in addition to learning fac- velopment; provide an introduction to the concepts of
tual information, to work effectively within in a group development which prepares students for further studies
and to communicate with clarity; introduce you to the at the cellular, molecular and organismal levels; provide
human relevance and commercial applications of the practical experience of studying development.
study of biological rhythms. Course Co-ordinator: Prof Gareth Jenkins
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Pamela Scott
JFZV CELLS AND TISSUES IN HEALTH
1MFP BIOMETRICS 2 (14B) AND DISEASE 2 (8B)

Timetable: Lectures on Monday and Tuesday at 5pm. Timetable: Lectures either Thursday and Friday at
Requirements of entry: None 9.00am (Group 1 students) or Thursday and Friday at
12.00pm (Group 2 students)
Co-requisites: None
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
Excluded Courses: Any Level 1 Statistics course; 2CHB
Statistics 1C: Statistics for Psychologists and Social Sci-
Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
entists; 2CJB Statistics 1R: Probability; 2CKB Statis-
tics 1S: Statistical Methods; 2CLB Statistics 1T: De-
sign Of Experiments and Analysis Of Variance; 2CMB Excluded Courses: 2a: Cells: Structure and Function
Statistics 1X: Statistical Methods for Paired Data; (1LBP) and 8b: Human Tissues in Health and Disease
409B Statistics 1 (Ord); 413P Statistics 1 Half (Ord); (1LXP)
4RHU Statistics 1Y: Probability and Statistical Meth- Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
ods; 4RJU Statistics 1Z: Design Of Experiments and 90-min examination paper in the May/June diet (70%)
Analysis Of Variance; 8T9B Statistics 1A; 8W9B Statis- and in-course assessment (30%).
tics 1B: Practical Statistics Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Resit Examination taken in: August/September
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: describe
in-course assessment (30%).
how cells are studied; provide knowledge of the basic
Degree Examination taken in: April/May structure of cells; introduce students to microanatom-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ical aspects of tissues; stress the interactions between
structural and functional characteristics; describe the Timetable: Lectures: Group 1 Monday at 12:00 and
changes resulting from disease processes. Friday at 9:00; Group 2 Monday at 17:00 and Friday at
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Maureen Griffiths 13:00; one laboratory, a post-lab and a tutorial.
1LWP DRUGS AND DISEASE 2 (7B)
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
Timetable: 19 lectures and 1 laboratory. Group 1: Mon-
and in-course assessment (30%).
day and Wednesday at 9.00am; Group 2: Monday and
Wednesday at 12.00noon Degree Examination taken in: December
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average Resit Examination taken in: August/September
of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1 Aims: The aims of the course are to: show how solar
Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science energy is used by microorganisms and plants to gener-
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. ate chemical energy; show how this chemical energy is
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a used by these organisms to synthesize sugars from car-
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and bon dioxide; describe the common chemical pathways
in-course assessment (30%). by which living organisms metabolize carbohydrate, and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May the crucial role of membranes and hydrogen ion gradi-
ents in obtaining chemical energy from this; describe
Resit Examination taken in: August/September the specific roles of various mammalian tissues in the
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: intro- provision, utilization and storage of carbohydrate, fatty
duce the principles of pharmacology; describe the ef- acid and triglyceride in the fed and fasted state and
fects, mechanisms of action and clinical uses of drugs; during exercise; describe how atmospheric nitrogen is
outline the processes of drug development. converted to amino acids by organisms symbiotic with
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen Yarwood plants, and how amino acids in animals are synthesized
and broken down.
MKAV ECOLOGY AND Course Co-ordinator: Dr Maureen Griffiths
CONSERVATION 2 (1C)
1LMP EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY 2
(2B)
Timetable: 1-hour lectures. Semester 1: noon on Tues- Credits: 10 Level: 2
day and Thursday Semester 2: 11am on Tuesday and When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Thursday Timetable: Lectures Wednesday and Thursday at 5pm.
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1 of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
biology courses and in either Chemistry-1 or Science Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
Fundamentals-1X and 1Y. Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. Some students
Excluded Courses: Ecology 2 (1LHP), Conservation Bi- will benefit from having completed the level-2 Basic Ge-
ology 2 (3YDV) and Ecology & Conservation 2 half netics (1A) course.
(MJXV). Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a 90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and
2-hour examination paper in the May diet (70%) and in-course assessment (30%).
in-course assessment (30%). Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Aims: The overall aims of the course are: to show how
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: provide current studies of genetic variation and taxonomy can
a basic understanding of the interactions which control be integrated to provide new insights into evolution,
the distribution and abundance of animals and plants as population biology and biodiversity; to introduce the
species, populations and communities; outline the main methods used in reconstructing evolutionary trees, and
threats to wild plants, animals and habitats; discuss discuss the role of phylogenies in understanding evolu-
why conservation is necessary and important; outline tionary processes; to show how evolutionary processes
the biological bases of conservation practice; illustrate are reflected in the development of organisms and in
conservation-in-action by means of detailed case studies. their behaviour; to describe and interpret macroevolu-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stewart White tionary processes including species extinction.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mark Bailey
1LTP ENERGY METABOLISM 2 (14A)
0DRV EXERCISE SCIENCE 2 (18B)

When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Angela Watt
Timetable: Lectures at 11am Monday and 9am Tues-
day; 2 practicals 1LGP HUMAN FORM AND FUNCTION
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average 2 (7A)
Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science Credits: 10 Level: 2
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Timetable: Lectures either Tuesday and Thursday at
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and 9.00am (Group 1 students) or Tuesday and Thursday
in-course assessment (30%). at 1.00pm (Group 2 students); two practicals.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: expand the Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
students’ understanding of physiology in active humans; Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.
expand the students’ understanding of physical activity, Co-requisites: None
well being and health; allow students to study science Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
in the context of sports performance. 90-min examination paper in the December diet (70%)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jason Gill and in-course assessment (30%).
0XWV EXTREME BIOLOGY 2 (15B) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: The overall aims of the course are: to introduce
students primarily to gross topographical aspects of the
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) human body stressing the interactions between struc-
Timetable: Tuesdays 12-13 and Wednesday 10-11 tural and functional characteristics; to provide knowl-
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average edge of those features of the basic body plan which have
of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1 been uniquely adapted in humans including prehension,
Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science the erect gait and aspects of human speech; to provide
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. an introduction to human form and function which pre-
pares students for further study of Human Biology.
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and Course Co-ordinator: Prof Robert Smith
in-course assessment (30%).
Degree Examination taken in: April/May JGWV HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 2 (3A)
Aims: The aims of the course are: to create an under-
standing of how key biological processes can be modu- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
lated to function in extreme conditions and where the Timetable: Lectures either Tuesday and Thursday at
limits are; to offer a fully integrated view of biology; to 9.00am (Group 1 students) or Tuesday and Thursday
provide the chance for independent investigation. at 1.00pm (Group 2 students); one practical
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Anna Amtmann Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
JGHV FORENSIC BIOSCIENCE 2 (2A) Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Excluded Courses: 3a: Physiological Systems I (1LCP)
and 4b: Physiological Systems II (1LPP)
Timetable: Lectures Monday and Wednesday at 1pm.
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average and in-course assessment (30%).
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Aims: The overall aims of the course are to provide
90-min examination paper in the December diet (70%) an introduction to integrative physiology using exam-
and in-course assessment (30%). ples from the cardio-respiratory, gastrointestinal and en-
docrine systems.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michael Lucas
Aims: The overall aims of the course are: to provide
students with an insight to the science which forms the 7NWV IMMUNOLOGY 2 (13A)
basis of Forensic Bioscience; to demonstrate the impor-
tance of Forensic Bioscience in the provision of evidence Credits: 10 Level: 2
relating to a crime or identity of individuals. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Timetable: Two 1-hour Lectures per week(Mondays and biology courses and in either Chemistry-1 or Science
Wednesdays at 09:00). One class test and one essay (in Fundamentals-1X and 1Y.
a lecture slot). Excluded Courses: 1LJP Microorganisms 2 (9a), 7NXV
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average Practical Microbiology 2 (11b) and MJZV Microbiology
of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1 2 (half)
Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. 2-hour examination paper in the May diet (70%) and
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a in-course assessment (30%).
90-min examination paper in the December diet (70%) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and in-course assessment (30%). Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: December Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: highlight
Resit Examination taken in: August/September the unique aspects of microorganisms and their diver-
Aims: The aims of the course are: to introduce stu- sity; provide an introduction to the beneficial and detri-
dents to the immune system, how it distinguishes self mental activities of microorganisms; provide a broad-
from non-self and responds appropriately; to promote based introduction to practical and applied aspects of
an appreciation of the consequences of perturbations in Microbiology; highlight the industrial and economic im-
immune function in the context of infectious disease, pact of microbiology; provide a broad-based introduc-
autoimmunity, allergy and transplantation; to explain tion to Microbiology which prepares students for further
the importance of the immune system and how it can studies in the subject.
be usefully manipulated e.g. immunotherapy or vacci- Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Coote
nation.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr J Gracie 1LLP MOLECULAR GENETICS 2 (1B)
1LNP INFECTION AND IMMUNITY 2
(3B)
Timetable: Lectures Thursday and Friday at 1.00 pm;
Credits: 10 Level: 2 two practicals and optional tutorials
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
Timetable: Lectures either Monday and Wednesday at of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
1.00pm (Group 1 students) or Monday and Wednesday Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
at 4.00pm (Group 2 students). Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.
Co-requisites: 1LAP Basic Genetics 2 (1A)
of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1 Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science 90-min examination paper in the May/June diet (70%)
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. and in-course assessment (30%).
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Degree Examination taken in: April/May
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and Resit Examination taken in: August/September
in-course assessment (30%). Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: develop
Degree Examination taken in: April/May the theme of the molecular nature of the gene and its
Resit Examination taken in: August/September application in the study of microbial genetics; describe
the nature of eukaryotic genome organisation and the
Aims: The aims of the course are to consider se- role of genes in development; demonstrate the principles
lected examples of bacterial, parasite, viral and fungal of recombinant DNA technology, and its use in medical
pathogens, and prions, in order to develop an under- genetic research.
standing of: how these agents infect their hosts; how
they evade or subvert the innate and acquired defences Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kevin O’Dell
of the host immune system; how they cause disease;
how they can be controlled; how the immune system MJVV MOLECULES OF LIFE 2 (3C)
can be manipulated by vaccines, where appropriate, to
establish immunity in advance of infection. Credits: 20 Level: 2
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Roger Parton When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Semester 1: Group 1 Monday at 12:00 and
Friday at 9:00; Group 2 Monday at 17:00 and Friday
MJYV MICROBIOLOGY 2 (2C) at 13:00. Semester 2: Group 1 Thursday and Friday
Credits: 20 Level: 2 at 9:00; Group 2 Thursday and Friday at 12:00. Both
groups will run in Semester 1, but if small enough cohort
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) of students, only Group 1 will run in Semester 2.
Timetable: Lectures Wednesday and Friday at noon in Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
Semester 1, and Friday at 10am in Semester 2. of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average biology courses and in either Chemistry-1 or Science
of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1 Fundamentals-1X and 1Y.

Excluded Courses: 1LEP Proteins: Structure and Func- Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
tion 2, 1LFP Nucleic Acids: Structure and Function 2 of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
and MJWV Molecules of Life 2 (half) Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade.
2-hour examination paper in the May diet (70%) and Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a
in-course assessment (30%). 90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May in-course assessment (30%).
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The overall aims are: to present an introduc- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
tory account of; (1) information storage and flow from Aims: The overall aims of the course are: to show that
the base sequence in DNA through mRNA to the pri- different static positions of the body, and the stances of
mary structure and folding of proteins, (2) the relation- animals, are subject to forces which require specific mus-
ships between the structures and functions of proteins cular action; to demonstrate that the different sizes of
involved in catalysis, signalling and transport, and (3) living organisms subject the tissues to different stresses
the structures and replication of nucleic acids; to pre- and strains, and that there are important consequences
pare students for further studies in the fields of biochem- for the forms and the movements of animals and plants
istry, genetics and molecular cell biology; to provide depending on whether they are large or small; to discuss
practical experience of modern methods for the anal- the different types of motion exhibited by animals on
ysis of DNA and proteins. land, in water and in the air; to be familiar with elemen-
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Angela Watt tary thermodynamic concepts relating to free energy
and energy transformation processes; to understand the
importance of diffusion and the implications for organ-
JGZV NEUROSCIENCE AND isms of the much higher diffusion rates of gases in air
BEHAVIOUR 2 (10B) than in water; to recognise that different mechanisms
exist for the transfer of heat and understand how ani-
Credits: 10 Level: 2 mals control their body temperature in air and water.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ross Galloway
Timetable: Lectures either Monday & Wednesday at
9am (Group 1 students) or Monday & Wednesday at
12noon (Group 2 students); two practicals. 4HFV PLANT SCIENCE: FOOD AND
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average FAMINE 2 (5B)
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Excluded Courses: 10a: Neuroscience and Behaviour Timetable: Lectures Monday and Thursday at 10.00
(0ZXV) and 10a: Neuroscience (1LKP) am; and one tutorial
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and of grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1
in-course assessment (30%). Biology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and
Aims: The overall aims of this course are to: Provide an in-course assessment (30%).
introduction to the structure and function of nerve cells
and how they communicate with one another; Show how
neurones in different parts of the nervous system are Resit Examination taken in: August/September
arranged and connected and how they interact; Show Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: show how
how simple nervous systems generate behaviour; Show the growth and development of plants are regulated by
how nervous systems have evolved greater complexity their environment; describe the role of internal regu-
of structure and function; Show how complex, moti- lators and differential gene expression in these control
vated behaviour arises. Show how complex behaviour processes; show how food production from plants is af-
develops; Show how behaviour contributes to Darwinian fected by biotic and abiotic stress factors; discuss the
fitness. role of plant breeding and genetic engineering in main-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Felicity Huntingford taining and improving food production in a changing
global environment.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Peter Dominy
2KXP PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES OF
BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES 2 (16B)
5LAV PLANTS, POLLUTION AND
Credits: 10 Level: 2 GLOBAL CHANGE 2 (12A)
Timetable: 20 lectures, five x 1-hour practicals. Lec- Credits: 10 Level: 2
tures: Thursday and Friday at 1.00 pm. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Timetable: Lectures are on Tuesday 10.00am and all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi-
Thursday 10.00am, weeks 1-8. Tutorials: Weeks 7-12, site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive,
to be arranged. and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average of requirements.
grade D (grade-point average of 10) in the Level-1 Bi- Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
ology courses and EITHER Chemistry-1 OR Science course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
Fundamentals-1X and -1Y at D grade. (For students ument for more detail.
on the Environmental Design degree, normally a grade Degree Examination taken in: April/May
D in Environmental Science 1).
Aims: To provide you with a broad-based knowledge
and understanding of the subject which is appropriate
and in-course assessment (30%).
for further study at the final year Honours level or for
Degree Examination taken in: December employment as a BSc Ordinary graduate in a wide range
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of employment; To provide you with the basic practi-
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: under- cal skills and an introduction to laboratory techniques;
stand the complex interactions between plants and an- To develop skills relating to the systematic acquisition
imals principally humans, at different levels of ecologi- of factual information and data; To develop in you the
cal organisation; understand the impacts of global-scale ability to solve problems and to critically analyse, in-
changes (eg global warming, pollution, eutrophication) terpret and discuss factual information and data; To
on plant animal interactions. provide you with opportunities to practise and improve
written and oral communication skills; To introduce you
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Peter Dominy to the use of computers in Anatomy.
Honours Course Prescription: 87XC Anatomy 3 and
JHQV REPRODUCTION AND 87XN Human Biology H3
DEVELOPMENT 2 (9B) Course Co-ordinator: Prof Anthony Payne
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) 8HFW ANIMAL BIOLOGY 3
Timetable: Lectures on Wednesday and Friday at 11 am Credits: 120 Level: 3
Requirements of entry: Normally, an overall average When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
nars etc as organised.
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
Excluded Courses: 1LYP Reproduction and the Embryo
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
(9b) 1MCP Development: Cells, Molecules and Genes
should include: Animal Diversity 2; Ecology 2; At least
(12b)
D grades are normally required in all prerequisite sub-
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of a jects, while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will
90-min examination paper in the May diet (70%) and guarantee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guar-
in-course assessment (30%). anteed merely by satisfying the minimum requirements.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of
Resit Examination taken in: August/September examination in the spring diet and in-course assessment.
Aims: The overall aims of the course are to: introduce The published result will be based on the best 75% of
students to the physiology, anatomy, biochemistry and the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of
ecology of reproduction; provide an understanding of the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that
the development of animals; provide an understanding teaching is shared with students taking related courses
of the vertebrate embryo and the control of its develop- at Honours level. See the Course Information Document
ment. for more details.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sarah MacKay
Aims: To provide you with broad-based knowledge and
500H ANATOMY 3H understanding of Animal Biology which is appropriate
for employment as a BSc Designated Degree graduate
in a wide range of employments; To provide you with
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) the basic practical skills and an introduction to labora-
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- tory and field techniques in Animal Biology; To develop
nars etc as organised. skills relating to the systematic acquisition of factual in-
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at formation and data; To provide you with opportunities
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these to practise and improve written and oral communica-
should include: Human Physiology 2; Human Form & tion skills; To introduce you to the use of computers in
Function 2; Drugs & Disease 2; Neuroscience & Be- Animal Biology.
haviour 2; At least D grades are normally required in Course Co-ordinator: Dr Isabel Coombs

502H BIOCHEMISTRY 3H employment; To provide you with the basic practical

skills and an introduction to laboratory techniques; To
Credits: 120 Level: 3 develop skills relating to the systematic acquisition of
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) factual information and data; To develop in you the
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- ability to solve problems and to critically analyse, in-
nars etc as organised. terpret and discuss factual information and data; To
provide you with opportunities to practise and improve
written and oral communication skills; To develop skills
in Bioinformatics.
should include: 5a: Proteins: Structure & Function 2;
6a: Nucleic Acids: Structure & Function 2; 6b: Energy Honours Course Prescription: 87XF Biomedical Sci-
Metabolism 2; At least D grades are normally required ences 3A and 87XD Biomedical Sciences 3B
in all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all pre- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Smith
requisite subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is com-
petitive, and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the
minimum requirements. 8GLW BIOMOLECULAR SCIENCES
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- (BIOCHEMISTRY) 3
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
ument for more detail. Credits: 120 Level: 3
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
Aims: To provide a broad-based knowledge and under-
standing of the subject which is appropriate for further Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
study at the final year Honours level, or for employment grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
as a BSc designated degree graduate in a wide range of should include: 5a: Proteins: Structure & Function 2;
employment; To provide you with the basic practical 6a: Nucleic Acids: Structure & Function 2; 6b: Energy
skills and an introduction to laboratory techniques; To Metabolism 2; At least D grades are normally required
develop skills relating to the systematic acquisition of in all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all pre-
factual information and data; To develop in you the requisite subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is com-
ability to solve problems and to critically analyse, in- petitive, and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the
terpret and discuss factual information and data; To minimum requirements.
provide you with opportunities to practise and improve Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of
written and oral communication skills; To develop skills examination in the spring diet and in-course assessment.
in Bioinformatics. The published result will be based on the best 75% of
Honours Course Prescription: 87XR Biochemistry 3A the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of
and 87XK Biochemistry 3B the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that
teaching is shared with students taking related courses
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Smith
at Honours level. See the Course Information Document
for more details.
JGFH BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES 3H Degree Examination taken in: April/May
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: To provide a broad-based knowledge and under-
standing of the subject which is appropriate for employ-
ment as a BSc designated degree graduate in a wide
range of employment; To provide you with the basic
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at practical skills and an introduction to laboratory tech-
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these niques; To develop skills relating to the systematic ac-
should include: 5a: Proteins: Structure & Function 2; quisition of factual information and data; To develop in
6a: Nucleic Acids: Structure & Function 2; 6b: Energy you the ability to solve problems and to critically anal-
Metabolism 2; At least D grades are normally required yse, interpret and discuss factual information and data;
in all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all pre- To provide you with opportunities to practise and im-
requisite subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is com- prove written and oral communication skills; To develop
petitive, and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the skills in Bioinformatics.
minimum requirements.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Smith
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
ument for more detail. 8KXW BIOMOLECULAR SCIENCES
Degree Examination taken in: April/May (GENETICS) 3
Aims: To provide a broad-based knowledge and under-
standing of the subject which is appropriate for further When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
study at the final year Honours level, or for employment Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
as a BSc Designated degree graduate in a wide range of nars etc as organised.
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at help you develop basic laboratory skills and provide
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these you with experience of major techniques (such as those
should include: Basic Genetics 2; Evolutionary Biology of DNA manipulation, cell culture and bioinformatics)
2; Molecular Genetics 2; Nucleic Acids: Structure & used in molecular and cellular biology; To give you prac-
Function 2; Proteins: Structure & Function 2; At least tice in problem-solving, in use of important communi-
D grades are normally required in all prerequisite sub- cation skills, such as written and verbal presentation of
jects, while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will information, and in collaboration in groups; To develop
guarantee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guar- your appreciation of the importance of the concepts,
anteed merely by satisfying the minimum requirements. data and techniques of contemporary biology to the fu-
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of ture well-being of mankind, and of the ethical issues
examination in the spring diet and in-course assessment. which these raise; To prepare you for one of many forms
The published result will be based on the best 75% of of employment as a BSc designated degree graduate.
the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of Course Co-ordinator: Dr Susan Rosser
the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that
teaching is shared with students taking related courses
at Honours level. See the Course Information Document 2KTH BIOTECHNOLOGY 3H
for more details.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Credits: 120 Level: 3
Resit Examination taken in: August/September When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Aims: The course aims to foster: appreciation of the Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
continuity of classical and molecular genetics: the clas- nars etc as organised.
sical foundations of molecular genetics and the applica- Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
tion of both to understanding of populations and evo- grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
lution; appreciation of the broad application of genetics should include: Basic Genetics 2; Proteins 2; Nucleic
within modern biology, biotechnology and medicine; un- Acids 2; Molecular Genetics 2; At least D grades are
derstanding that research involves serious thought and normally required in all prerequisite subjects, while B
reliable experimentation, and that scientific knowledge grades in all prerequisite subjects will guarantee entry.
can be hard won; a sense of the excitement of a rapidly- Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed merely by
advancing field of study; successful completion of an satisfying the minimum requirements.
important step on the road to a rewarding career.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kevin O’Dell course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
ument for more detail.
8GNW BIOMOLECULAR SCIENCES Degree Examination taken in: April/May
(MOLECULAR & CELLULAR BIOLOGY) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
3
Aims: To provide you with the means of acquiring
Credits: 120 Level: 3 broad-based knowledge and unified understanding of bi-
ology, from genomics via gene expression and macro-
molecular structure, to cells, tissues and organisms; To
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- help you develop basic laboratory skills and provide
nars etc as organised. you with experience of major techniques (such as those
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at of DNA manipulation, cell culture and bioinformatics)
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these used in molecular and cellular biology; To give you prac-
should include: Basic Genetics 2; Proteins 2; Nucleic tice in problem-solving, in use of important communi-
Acids 2; Molecular Genetics 2; At least D grades are cation skills, such as written and verbal presentation of
normally required in all prerequisite subjects, while B information, and in collaboration in groups; To develop
grades in all prerequisite subjects will guarantee entry. your appreciation of the importance of the concepts,
Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed merely by data and techniques of contemporary biology to the fu-
satisfying the minimum requirements. ture well-being of mankind, and of the ethical issues
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of which these raise; To prepare you for advanced study of
examination in the spring diet and in-course assessment. specialised biological topics and conduct of a research
The published result will be based on the best 75% of project, in final Honours year, or for one of many forms
the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of of employment as a BSc designated degree graduate.
the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that Honours Course Prescription: 87WU Biotechnology 3A
teaching is shared with students taking related courses and 87XQ Biotechnology 3B
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Susan Rosser
for more details.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September 4NWW ESSENTIAL MOLECULAR
Aims: To provide you with the means of acquiring BIOLOGY 3
broad-based knowledge and unified understanding of bi-
ology, from genomics via gene expression and macro- Credits: 60 Level: 3
molecular structure, to cells, tissues and organisms; To When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Timetable: Most lectures will be at 9.00 am (occasion- Aims: The course aims to foster: appreciation of the
ally at other times). Laboratories will be between 10.00 continuity of classical and molecular genetics: the clas-
am and 5.00 pm on certain days. sical foundations of molecular genetics and the applica-
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at tion of both to understanding of populations and evo-
grade D, including 20 credits at grade C, or above in Bi- lution; appreciation of the broad application of genetics
ology courses above Level-1. These should include: 5a: within modern biology, biotechnology and medicine; un-
Proteins: Structure & Function 2; 6a: Nucleic Acids: derstanding that research involves serious thought and
Structure & Function 2; 6b: Energy Metabolism 2; At reliable experimentation, and that scientific knowledge
least D grades are normally required in all prerequisite can be hard won; a sense of the excitement of a rapidly
subjects. Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed advancing field of study; successful completion of an
merely by satisfying the minimum requirements. important step on the road to a rewarding career.
Co-requisites: MEMW Organic chemistry 3 (half) Honours Course Prescription: 87XB Genetics 3A and
MENW Inorganic chemistry 3 (half) MEPW Physical 87XS Genetics 3B
chemistry 3 (half) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kevin O’Dell
Excluded Courses: Biochemistry 3H, Medical Biochem-
istry 3H, Biochemistry 3A, Biochemistry 3B 8GYW HUMAN BIOLOGY
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of (NEUROSCIENCE) 3
two 90-min examination papers (70%) in the May /
June diet and in-course assessment (30%). The pub- Credits: 120 Level: 3
lished result will be based on the best 75% of the assess- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of the course Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
(as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that teaching is nars etc as organised.
shared with students taking related courses at Honours
level. Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
Degree Examination taken in: April/May should include: Human Physiology 2; Human Form &
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Function 2; Drugs & Disease 2; Neuroscience & Be-
Aims: To provide a broad-based knowledge and under- haviour 2; At least D grades are normally required in
standing of the subject which is appropriate for employ- all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi-
ment as a BSc designated degree graduate in a wide site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive,
range of employment; To provide you with the basic and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum
practical skills and an introduction to laboratory tech- requirements.
niques; To develop skills relating to the systematic ac- Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of
quisition of factual information and data; To develop in examination in the spring diet and in-course assessment.
you the ability to solve problems and to critically anal- The published result will be based on the best 75% of
yse, interpret and discuss factual information and data; the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of
To provide you with opportunities to practise and im- the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that
prove written and oral communication skills; To develop teaching is shared with students taking related courses
skills in Bioinformatics. at Honours level. See the Course Information Document
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Smith for more details.
505H GENETICS 3H
Credits: 120 Level: 3 and understanding of the subject which is appropriate
for employment as a BSc Designated Degree graduate
in a wide range of employment; To provide you with
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- the basic practical skills and an introduction to labo-
nars etc as organised. ratory techniques; To develop skills relating to the sys-
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at tematic acquisition of factual information and data; To
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these develop in you the ability to solve problems and to crit-
should include: Basic Genetics 2; Evolutionary Biology ically analyse, interpret and discuss factual information
2; Molecular Genetics 2; Nucleic Acids: Structure & and data; To provide you with opportunities to prac-
Function 2; Proteins: Structure & Function 2; At least tise and improve written and oral communication skills;
D grades are normally required in all prerequisite sub- To introduce you to the use of computers in Biological
jects, while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will Sciences.
guarantee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guar- Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Riddell
anteed merely by satisfying the minimum requirements.
8HBW HUMAN BIOLOGY
(PHYSIOLOGY) 3
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- for employment as a BSc Designated degree graduate
nars etc as organised. in a wide range of employment; To provide you with
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at the basic practical skills and an introduction to labo-
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these ratory techniques; To develop skills related to the sys-
should include: Human Physiology 2; Human Form & tematic acquisition of factual information and data; To
Function 2; Drugs & Disease 2; Neuroscience & Be- develop in you the ability to solve problems and to crit-
haviour 2; At least D grades are normally required in ically analyse, interpret and discuss factual information
all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi- and data; To provide you with opportunities to prac-
site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive, tise and improve written and oral communication skills;
and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum To introduce you to the use of computers in Biological
requirements. Sciences.
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mary Tatner
examination in the spring diet and in-course assessment.
The published result will be based on the best 75% of JFRH MARINE & FRESHWATER
the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of
BIOLOGY 3H
the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that
teaching is shared with students taking related courses Credits: 120 Level: 3
for more details.
Aims: To provide you with a broad-based knowledge grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
and understanding of the subject which is appropriate should include: Animal Diversity; Ecology; At least D
for employment as a BSc Designated degree graduate grades are normally required in all prerequisite subjects,
in a wide range of employment; To provide you with while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will guaran-
the basic practical skills and an introduction to labo- tee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed
ratory techniques; To develop skills relating to the sys- merely by satisfying the minimum requirements.
tematic acquisition of factual information and data; To
Excluded Courses: Aquatic Bioscience 3H (1B3H)
develop in you the ability to solve problems and to crit-
ically analyse, interpret and discuss factual information Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
and data; To provide you with opportunities to prac- course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
tise and improve written and oral communication skills; ument for more detail.
To introduce you to the use of computers in Biological Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Sciences. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michael Lucas Aims: To provide you with broad-based knowledge and
understanding of Marine & Freshwater Biology which
4YTW INFECTION BIOLOGY 3 is appropriate for the further study of Marine & Fresh-
water Biology at the final year Honours level or for em-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 ployment as a BSc Designated Degree graduate in a
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) wide range of employments; to provide you with the
basic practical skills and an introduction to laboratory
and field techniques in Marine & Freshwater Biology;
to develop skills relating to the systematic acquisition
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at of factual information and data; to provide you with
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these opportunities to practise and improve written and oral
should include: 9a: Microorganisms 2; 3b: Infection & communication skills; to introduce you to the use of
Immunity 2; 11b: Practical Microbiology 2; At least D computers in Marine & Freshwater Biology.
grades are normally required in all prerequisite subjects,
while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will guaran- Honours Course Prescription: 87WX Marine & Fresh-
tee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed water Biology 3A and 87WW Marine & Freshwater Bi-
merely by satisfying the minimum requirements. ology 3B
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of Course Co-ordinator: Dr Isabel Coombs
The published result will be based on the best 75% of 4P7H MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 3H
the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of
the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that Credits: 120 Level: 3
teaching is shared with students taking related courses When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
for more details.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
Aims: To provide you with a broad-based knowledge should include: 5a: Proteins: Structure & Function 2;
and understanding of the subject which is appropriate 6a: Nucleic Acids: Structure & Function 2; 6b: Energy

Metabolism 2; At least D grades are normally required Honours Course Prescription: 87XL Pathogen Biology
in all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all pre- 3A and 87WZ Pathogenesis of Infectious Diseases 3B
requisite subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is com- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mary Tatner
petitive, and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the
minimum requirements.
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- 4YPH MOLECULAR & CELLULAR
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- BIOLOGY 3H
Aims: To provide a broad-based knowledge and under- nars etc as organised.
standing of the subject which is appropriate for further
study at the final year Honours level, or for employment
as a BSc designated degree graduate in a wide range of
should include: Basic Genetics 2; Proteins 2; Nucleic
employment; To provide you with the basic practical
Acids 2; Molecular Genetics 2; At least D grades are
skills and an introduction to laboratory techniques; To
normally required in all prerequisite subjects, while B
develop skills relating to the systematic acquisition of
grades in all prerequisite subjects will guarantee entry.
factual information and data; To develop in you the
Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed merely by
ability to solve problems and to critically analyse, in-
satisfying the minimum requirements.
terpret and discuss factual information and data; To
provide you with opportunities to practise and improve Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
written and oral communication skills; To develop skills course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
in Bioinformatics. ument for more detail.
Honours Course Prescription: 87XR Biochemistry 3A Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and 87XK Biochemistry 3B Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Smith Aims: To provide you with the means of acquiring
broad-based knowledge and unified understanding of bi-
ology, from genomics via gene expression and macro-
511H MICROBIOLOGY 3H molecular structure, to cells, tissues and organisms; To
help you develop basic laboratory skills and provide
Credits: 120 Level: 3 you with experience of major techniques (such as those
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) of DNA manipulation, cell culture and bioinformatics)
used in molecular and cellular biology; To give you prac-
tice in problem-solving, in use of important communi-
cation skills, such as written and verbal presentation of
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at information, and in collaboration in groups; To develop
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these your appreciation of the importance of the concepts,
should include: 9a: Microorganisms 2 3b: Infection & data and techniques of contemporary biology to the fu-
Immunity 2 11b: Practical Microbiology 2 At least D ture well-being of mankind, and of the ethical issues
grades are normally required in all prerequisite subjects, which these raise; To prepare you for advanced study of
while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will guaran- specialised biological topics and conduct of a research
tee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed project, in final Honours year, or for one of many forms
merely by satisfying the minimum requirements. of employment as a BSc designated degree graduate.
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- Honours Course Prescription: 87XJ Molecular & Cellu-
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- lar Biology 3A and 87XE Molecular & Cellular Biology
ument for more detail. 3B
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Dr Susan Rosser
Aims: To provide you with a broad-based knowledge 4C1H NEUROSCIENCE 3H
for further study at the final year Honours level, or for Credits: 120 Level: 3
employment as a BSc Designated degree graduate in
a wide range of employment; To provide you with the
basic practical skills and an introduction to laboratory Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
techniques; To develop skills related to the systematic nars etc as organised.
acquisition of factual information and data; To develop Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
in you the ability to solve problems and to critically grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
analyse, interpret and discuss factual information and should include: Human Physiology 2; Human Form &
data; To provide you with opportunities to practise and Function 2; Drugs & Disease 2; Neuroscience & Be-
improve written and oral communication skills; To in- haviour 2; At least D grades are normally required in
troduce you to the use of computers in Biological Sci- all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi-
ences. site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive,
and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum 408H PHARMACOLOGY 3H

requirements.
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ument for more detail. Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May nars etc as organised.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
should include: Human Physiology 2; Human Form &
Function 2; Drugs & Disease 2; Neuroscience & Be-
for further study at the final year Honours level, or for
haviour 2; At least D grades are normally required in
employment as a BSc Designated Degree graduate in
all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi-
site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive,
and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum
techniques; To develop skills relating to the systematic
requirements.
acquisition of factual information and data; To develop
in you the ability to solve problems and to critically Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
analyse, interpret and discuss factual information and course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
data; To provide you with opportunities to practise and ument for more detail.
improve written and oral communication skills; To in- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
troduce you to the use of computers in Biological Sci- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ences.
Honours Course Prescription: 87XG Neuroscience 3 and understanding of the subject which is appropriate
and 87XN Human Biology H3 for further study at the final year Honours level, or for
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Riddell employment as a BSc Designated Degree graduate in
517H PARASITOLOGY 3H
techniques; To develop skills relating to the systematic
Credits: 120 Level: 3 acquisition of factual information and data; To develop
in you the ability to solve problems and to critically
analyse, interpret and discuss factual information and
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- data; To provide you with opportunities to practise and
nars etc as organised. improve written and oral communication skills; To in-
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at troduce you to the use of computers in Biological Sci-
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these ences; To develop an appreciation of the ethics of Sci-
should include: 9a: Microorganisms 2; 3b: Infection & ence.
Immunity 2; 11b: Practical Microbiology 2; At least D Honours Course Prescription: 87XH Pharmacology 3
grades are normally required in all prerequisite subjects, and 87XN Human Biology H3
while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will guaran-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Dorothy Aidulis
tee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed
merely by satisfying the minimum requirements.
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- 427H PHYSIOLOGY & SPORTS
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- SCIENCE 3H
for further study at the final year Honours level, or for Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits
employment as a BSc Designated degree graduate in at grade D or above in Biology courses above Level
a wide range of employment; To provide you with the 1; these should include: Human Physiology 2; Human
basic practical skills and an introduction to laboratory Form & Function 2; Neuroscience & Behaviour 2; En-
techniques; To develop skills related to the systematic ergy Metabolism 2 OR Physical principles of Biological
acquisition of factual information and data; To develop Processes 2; At least D grades are normally required in
in you the ability to solve problems and to critically all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi-
analyse, interpret and discuss factual information and site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive,
data; To provide you with opportunities to practise and and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum
improve written and oral communication skills; To in- requirements.
troduce you to the use of computers in Biological Sci- Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
ences. course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
Honours Course Prescription: 87XL Pathogen Biology ument for more detail.
3A and 87WZ Pathogenesis of Infectious Diseases 3B Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mary Tatner Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Aims: To provide you with a broad-based knowledge Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
and understanding of Physiology and Sports Science grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
which is appropriate for the further study or for em- should include: Human Physiology 2; Human Form &
ployment as a BSc graduate in a wide range of employ- Function 2; Drugs & Disease 2; Neuroscience & Be-
ment; To provide you with the basic practical skills and haviour 2; At least D grades are normally required in
an introduction to laboratory techniques in Physiology all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi-
and Sports Science; To develop skills relating to the sys- site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive,
tematic acquisition of factual information and data; To and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum
develop in you the ability to solve problems and to crit- requirements.
ically analyse, interpret and discuss factual information Excluded Courses: Physiology-3H, Human Biology-3
and data; To provide you with opportunities to practise
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of
and improve written and oral communication skills; To
a 1-hour examination (10%) in the winter diet, two 90-
extend your computer skills.
minute examinations (60%) in the spring diet and in-
Honours Course Prescription: 87XM Physiology & course assessment (30%).
Sports Science 3A and 87WV Physiology & Sports Sci- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ence 3B
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Barbara Cogdell
Aims: The Combined Honours programme in Physiol-
ogy allows the students to study in depth selected ar-
507H PHYSIOLOGY 3H eas of physiology. The physiology component of the
programme covers homeostatic mechanisms: the con-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 trol and regulation of the internal processes of the body
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) and neurophysiology, including information processing
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- in the nervous system.
nars etc as organised. Course Co-ordinator: Dr James Morrison
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these 6E1H PLANT SCIENCE 3H
should include: Human Physiology 2; Human Form &
Function 2; Drugs & Disease 2; Neuroscience & Be- Credits: 120 Level: 3
haviour 2; At least D grades are normally required in When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi- Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
site subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is competitive, nars etc as organised.
requirements.
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- should include: 5b: Plant Science: Food & Famine 2;
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- and at least two of: 1a: Basic Genetics 2; 5a: Proteins:
ument for more detail. Structure & Function 2; 6a: Nucleic Acids: Structure &
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Function 2; At least D grades are normally required in
Resit Examination taken in: August/September all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi-
requirements.
for further study at the final year Honours level, or for
employment as a BSc Designated degree graduate in Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
a wide range of employment; To provide you with the course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
basic practical skills and an introduction to laboratory ument for more detail.
techniques; To develop skills relating to the systematic Degree Examination taken in: April/May
acquisition of factual information and data; To develop Resit Examination taken in: August/September
in you the ability to solve problems and to critically Aims: To provide you with the means of acquiring
analyse, interpret and discuss factual information and broad-based knowledge and unified understanding of
data; To provide you with opportunities to practise and plant biology, from genomics via gene expression and
improve written and oral communication skills; To in- macromolecular structure, to cells, tissues and organ-
troduce you to the use of computers in Biological Sci- isms. To help you develop basic laboratory skills and
ences. provide you with experience of major techniques (such
Honours Course Prescription: 87XA Physiology 3 and as those of DNA manipulation, cell culture and bioin-
87XN Human Biology H3 formatics) used in molecular and cellular biology. To
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michael Lucas give you practice in problem-solving, in use of important
communication skills, such as written and verbal presen-
tation of information, and in collaboration in groups.
507F PHYSIOLOGY 3H (COMBINED) To develop your appreciation of the importance of the
concepts, data and techniques of contemporary biology
to the future well-being of mankind, and of the ethical
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) issues which these raise. To prepare you for advanced
Timetable: As arranged. study of specialised biological topics and conduct of a
research project, in final Honours year, or for one of Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
many forms of employment as a BSc designated degree course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
graduate. ument for more detail.
Honours Course Prescription: 87WY Plant Science 3A Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and 87WT Plant Science 3B Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Peter Dominy Aims: To provide you with a broad-based knowledge
6GAW SPORTS SCIENCE 3 for further study at the final year Honours level, or for
employment as a BSc Designated degree graduate in
Credits: 120 Level: 3 a wide range of employment; To provide you with the
techniques; To develop skills related to the systematic
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- acquisition of factual information and data; To develop
nars etc as organised. in you the ability to solve problems and to critically
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits analyse, interpret and discuss factual information and
at grade D or above in Biology courses above Level data; To provide you with opportunities to practise and
1; these should include: Human Physiology 2; Human improve written and oral communication skills; To in-
Form & Function 2; Neuroscience & Behaviour 2; En- troduce you to the use of computers in Biological Sci-
ergy Metabolism 2 OR Physical principles of Biological ences
Processes 2; At least D grades are normally required in Honours Course Prescription: 87XL Pathogen Biology
all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in all prerequi- 3A and 87WZ Pathogenesis of Infectious Diseases 3B
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mary Tatner
requirements.
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of 509H ZOOLOGY 3H
The published result will be based on the best 75% of
the assessment to reconcile the non-Honours nature of When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
the course (as specified by the ILOs) with the fact that Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi-
teaching is shared with students taking related courses nars etc as organised.
at Honours level. See the Course Information Document Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at
for more details. grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these
Degree Examination taken in: April/May should include: Animal Diversity 2; Ecology 2; At least
Resit Examination taken in: August/September D grades are normally required in all prerequisite sub-
jects, while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will
guarantee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guar-
and understanding of Sports Science which is appropri-
anteed merely by satisfying the minimum requirements.
ate for employment as a BSc graduate in a wide range
of employment; To provide you with the basic practi- Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
cal skills and an introduction to laboratory techniques course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
in Sports Science; To develop skills relating to the sys- ument for more detail.
tematic acquisition of factual information and data; To Degree Examination taken in: April/May
develop in you the ability to solve problems and to crit- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ically analyse, interpret and discuss factual information
Aims: To provide you with broad-based knowledge and
and data; To provide you with opportunities to practise
understanding of Zoology which is appropriate for the
and improve written and oral communication skills; To
further study of Zoology at the final year Honours level
extend your computer skills.
or for employment as a BSc Designated Degree grad-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Barbara Cogdell uate in a wide range of employments; To provide you
with the basic practical skills and an introduction to
laboratory and field techniques in Zoology; To develop
821H VIROLOGY 3H
skills relating to the systematic acquisition of factual in-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 formation and data; To provide you with opportunities
to practise and improve written and oral communica-
tion skills; To introduce you to the use of computers in
Timetable: Lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, semi- Zoology.
Honours Course Prescription: 87XP Zoology 3A and
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at 87XT Zoology 3B
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Isabel Coombs
should include: 9a: Microorganisms 2; 3b: Infection &
Immunity 2; 11b: Practical Microbiology 2; At least D
grades are normally required in all prerequisite subjects, 0XYF ZOOLOGY 3H (COMBINED)
while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will guaran-
tee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guaranteed Credits: 60 Level: 3
merely by satisfying the minimum requirements. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Timetable: Lectures, laboratory practical exercises, dis- Timetable: As organised.

cussions and tutorials etc as organised. Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Level 3H,
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at normally at the first attempt.
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1; these Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
should include: Animal Diversity 2; Ecology 2; At least course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
D grades are normally required in all prerequisite sub- ument for more detail.
jects, while B grades in all prerequisite subjects will
guarantee entry. Entry is competitive, and is not guar-
anteed merely by satisfying the minimum requirements. Aims: To describe the current state of knowledge and
aims of research in defined areas; to develop a range of
Excluded Courses: Zoology 3H, Animal Biology (Zool-
investigative skills including: assessing the literature in
ogy) 3
a specific field, planning and carrying out an investi-
Assessment: The course will be assessed by means of gation, and analysing the results, mastering a defined
two 90-minute examinations (70%) in the May diet and group of practical skills (not necessarily laboratory-
in-course assessment (30%). based), organising and presenting written and oral re-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ports.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Honours Course Prescription: Biochemistry/Medical
Aims: To provide general knowledge and understanding Biochemistry Project & Dissertation 4, Biochem-
of Zoology which is appropriate for further studies of Zo- istry/Medical Biochemistry Advanced Studies 4, four
ology at the final year Honours level, or for employment Honours option courses.
as a BSc graduate in a wide range of fields; To provide Course Co-ordinator: Prof Gwyn Gould
and field techniques in Zoology; To develop skills relat-
2KGJ BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES 4H
ing to the systematic acquisition of factual information
and data; To develop the ability to solve problems and Credits: 120 Level: 4
to critically analyse, interpret and discuss factual infor-
mation and data; To provide opportunities to practise
and improve written and oral communication skills; To Timetable: As organised.
introduce the use of computers in Zoology. Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Biomedical
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jan Lindstrom Sciences 3H, normally at the first attempt.
500J ANATOMY 4H
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: To describe the current state of knowledge and
Timetable: As organised. aims of research in defined areas; to develop a range
of investigative skills including: (1) assessing the litera-
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Anatomy
ture in a specific field; (2) planning and carrying out an
3H, normally at the first attempt.
investigation and analysing the results; (3) mastering a
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- defined group of practical skills (not necessarily labora-
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- tory based); (4) organising and presenting written and
ument for more detail. oral reports.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Honours Course Prescription: Biomedical Sciences
Aims: To provide you with in depth knowledge and un- Project & Dissertation 4, Biomedical Sciences Advanced
derstanding of Anatomy; To provide you with practical Studies 4, four Honours option courses.
skills in laboratory techniques; To encourage indepen- Course Co-ordinator: Prof William Cushley
dent thinking in the execution of an Honours research
project; To develop skills relating to the systematic ac-
quisition of factual information and data; To develop 2KTJ BIOTECHNOLOGY 4H
in you the ability to solve problems and to critically
analyse, interpret and discuss factual information and
data; To provide you with opportunities to practise and When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
improve written and oral communication skills; To use Timetable: As organised.
computers effectively in the study of Anatomy. Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Biotechnol-
Honours Course Prescription: Anatomy Project 4, ogy 3H, normally at the first attempt.
Anatomy Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
courses. course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Anthony Payne ument for more detail.
502J BIOCHEMISTRY 4H Aims: To give you the experience of an individual
laboratory-based research project, and a literature-
Credits: 120 Level: 4 based investigation. To provide you with the oppor-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) tunity for advanced study of four specialised biological
topics chosen from a series of options. To give you prac- information and data; To develop in you the ability to
tice in problem-solving, in use of important communi- solve problems and to critically analyse, interpret and
cation skills, such as written and verbal presentation of discuss factual information and data; To provide you
information, and in collaboration in groups. To develop with opportunities to practise and improve written and
your appreciation of the importance of the concepts, oral communication skills; To provide you with oppor-
data and techniques of contemporary biology to the fu- tunities to practise and improve your use of computers..
ture well-being of mankind, and of the ethical issues Honours Course Prescription: Marine and Freshwater
which these raise. Biology Project 4, Marine and Freshwater Biology Ad-
Honours Course Prescription: Molecular & Cellular Bi- vanced Studies 4, four Honours option courses
ology/Biotechnology Project & Dissertation 4, Molecu- Course Co-ordinator: Prof Graeme Ruxton
lar & Cellular Biology/Biotechnology Advanced Studies
4, four Honours option courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Iain Johnstone 4P7J MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 4H

505J GENETICS 4H When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Credits: 120 Level: 4 Timetable: As organised.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Level 3H,
normally at the first attempt.
Timetable: As organised.
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Genetics 3H,
Aims: To describe the current state of knowledge and
aims of research in defined areas; to develop a range of
investigative skills including: assessing the literature in
Degree Examination taken in: April/May a specific field, planning and carrying out an investi-
Aims: Appreciation of the continuity of genetics - al- gation, and analysing the results, mastering a defined
though many of the major questions have not changed group of practical skills (not necessarily laboratory-
since the inception of the subject, our ability to an- based), organising and presenting written and oral re-
swer them has increased dramatically; a knowledgeable ports.
overview of the theoretical and practical foundations Honours Course Prescription: Biochemistry/Medical
of classical and molecular genetics; appreciation of the Biochemistry Project & Dissertation 4, Biochem-
broad application of genetics within modern biology, istry/Medical Biochemistry Advanced Studies 4, four
biotechnology and medicine; in-depth knowledge of se- Honours option courses.
lected areas, and confidence that in-depth knowledge of
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Gwyn Gould
any area is within one’s grasp.
Honours Course Prescription: Genetics Project & Dis-
sertation 4, Genetics Advanced Studies 4, four Honours 511J MICROBIOLOGY 4H
option courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Shireen Davies Credits: 120 Level: 4
JGCJ MARINE & FRESHWATER
BIOLOGY 4H Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Microbiology
Credits: 120 Level: 4 Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
Timetable: As organised. ument for more detail.
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Marine & Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Freshwater Biology-3H, normally at the first attempt. Aims: To consolidate the knowledge and appreciation
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- of Microbiology acquired during Level-2 and Level-3; To
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- introduce the student to the satisfactions and insights
ument for more detail. of original research work, through the Project; To pro-
mote familiarity with scientific methods by analysing
the technical data and conclusions in original research
Resit Examination taken in: August/September papers; To develop familiarity with the use of comput-
Aims: To provide you with a deep knowledge and un- ers for data analysis, word-processing and graphics; To
derstanding of specific aspects of Marine & Freshwater provide the opportunity for microbiological fieldwork,
Biology; To provide you with an opportunity to use the with laboratory follow-up, through the Marine Micro-
basic practical skills acquired in Level-3 in such a way as biology course at the Universities Marine Station, Mill-
to allow you to investigate a novel problem in Marine & port; To prepare students for employment as Honours
Freshwater Biology by means of a project; To develop graduates by a) encouraging them to organise their own
skills relating to the systematic acquisition of factual programme of work b) developing their motivation and

individual work ethic and c) further developing the abil- Honours Course Prescription: Neuroscience Project 4,
ity for concise writing and verbal communication on sci- Neuroscience Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option
entific topics. courses.
Honours Course Prescription: Microbiology Project 4, Course Co-ordinator: Prof David Maxwell
Microbiology Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option
courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Gillian Douce 517J PARASITOLOGY 4H

4YPJ MOLECULAR & CELLULAR
BIOLOGY 4H
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Parasitology
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) 3H, normally at the first attempt.
Timetable: As organised. Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
Requirements of entry: At least Grade D in Level-3H course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
Molecular and Cellular Biology, normally at the first ument for more detail.
attempt. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and understanding of Parasitology which is appropriate
for employment as a BSc Honours graduate; To provide
Degree Examination taken in: April/May you with research and laboratory skills in Parasitology;
Aims: To give you the experience of an individual To develop skills relating to the systematic acquisition
laboratory-based research project, and a literature- of factual information and data; To develop in you the
based investigation. To provide you with the oppor- ability to solve problems and to analyse critically, in-
tunity for advanced study of four specialised biological terpret and discuss factual information and data; To
topics chosen from a series of options. To give you prac- provide you with opportunities to practise and improve
tice in problem-solving, in use of important communi- written and oral communication skills; To reinforce the
cation skills, such as written and verbal presentation of use of computers in Parasitology.
information, and in collaboration in groups. To develop Honours Course Prescription: Parasitology Project 4,
your appreciation of the importance of the concepts, Parasitology Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option
data and techniques of contemporary biology to the fu- courses.
ture well-being of mankind, and of the ethical issues
which these raise. Course Co-ordinator: Prof Jeremy Mottram
Honours Course Prescription: Molecular & Cellular Bi-

ology/Biotechnology Project & Dissertation 4, Molecu-
lar & Cellular Biology/Biotechnology Advanced Studies 408J PHARMACOLOGY 4H
4, four Honours option courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Iain Johnstone
4C1J NEUROSCIENCE 4H
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Pharmacol-
Credits: 120 Level: 4 ogy 3H, normally at the first attempt.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
Timetable: As organised. course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Neuroscience
3H, normally at the first attempt. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- Aims: The options in the course are intended to provide
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- students with an in-depth view of current knowledge
ument for more detail. and research developments in selected areas of phar-
macology, including drug metabolism. The research
project is intended to provide hands-on experience in a
Aims: To provide you with the basic practical skills research laboratory or other research environment, and
and an introduction to laboratory techniques in Neuro- the opportunity to design and perform original exper-
science; To develop skills relating to the systematic ac- iments, or the opportunity to undertake an in-depth
quisition of factual information and data; To develop in critical analysis of an area of relevant scientific interest.
you the ability to solve problems and to critically anal-
yse, interpret and discuss factual information and data; Honours Course Prescription: Pharmacology Project 4,
To provide you with opportunities to practise and im- Pharmacology Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option
prove written and oral communication skills; To further courses.
your knowledge of the use of computers in Neuroscience. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stuart Cobb
427J PHYSIOLOGY & SPORTS SCIENCE 507G PHYSIOLOGY 4H (COMBINED)

4H
Credits: 120 Level: 4 When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Timetable: As organised.
Timetable: As organised. Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Physiology-3
Combined component, normally at the first attempt.
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Physiology
& Sports Science-3H, normally at the first attempt. Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
ument for more detail. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: The Combined Honours programme in Physiol-
ogy allows the students to study in depth selected areas
Aims: To equip students to serve the community, of physiology. The physiology component of the pro-
whether at the level of basic health or of high-level sport, gramme is divided into two streams; one concerned with
as researchers, teachers, counsellors and leaders in the homeostatic mechanisms - the control and regulation of
exercise sciences; To develop the critical appraisal of the internal processes of the body; and the other cov-
literature in human and cellular physiology, nutrition ering neurophysiology including information processing
and the exercise and sports sciences; To impart trans- in the nervous system.
ferable skills in relation to the experimental study and
structured observation of the human subject, labora- Honours Course Prescription: Physiology/Computing
tory competence, scientific writing and literature sur- Science Project 4 or Physiology/Psychology Project 4,
vey, statistical analysis and the use of information tech- two Honours option courses.
nology, together with an appreciation of the philosophy Course Co-ordinator: Dr James Morrison
and ethics of science.
Honours Course Prescription: Physiology and Sports 3YLJ PHYSIOLOGY, SPORTS SCIENCE
Science Project 4, Physiology and Sports Science Ad- AND NUTRITION 4H
vanced Studies 4, four Honours option courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Baxendale Credits: 120 Level: 4
507J PHYSIOLOGY 4H
Credits: 120 Level: 4 & Sports Science-3H, normally at the first attempt.
Assessment: Three examination papers (70%). Hon-
ours Project (30%). Viva.
Aims: The aims of the course are: to provide a thorough
grounding in the principles of human nutrition with a
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- specialisation in sports nutrition; to equip graduates
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- with the knowledge and skills necessary for a success-
ument for more detail. ful career in nutrition, sports nutrition, or sports sci-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ence; to enable graduates to engage in, and contribute
to, current debates about major issues in nutrition and
Aims: Students will be introduced to the original litera-
sports nutrition; to provide in-depth training in the
ture in several areas, as well as becoming familiar with a
skills necessary for engaging in and interpreting nutri-
number of advanced experimental techniques. The aim
tion research.
is to further develop in the student an understanding
of experimental procedures including the formulation Honours Course Prescription: Units include: Food, Nu-
of a problem, the design of an experiment, the analysis trients, and Dietary Recommendations, Digestion, Ab-
of the results, and the preparation of a written report. sorption and Metabolism, Dietary Assessment Tech-
A graduate with an Honours Degree in Physiology will niques, Body Composition and Energy Expenditure,
have developed the discipline and necessary experimen- Nutritional Aspects of Growth, Development and Age-
tal skills to pursue further advanced studies in Physi- ing, Food Choice and Eating Behaviour, Public Health
ology leading to a higher degree. The Honours degree Nutrition, Sports and Exercise Nutrition, Exercise and
in Physiology also provides a good general education in Public Health. Students will also carry out a substantial
scientific methods so that a graduate should be able to research project.
pursue careers in areas as diverse as Scientific Publish- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alison Parrett
ing or Public Health.
Honours Course Prescription: Physiology Project 4, 6E1J PLANT SCIENCE 4H
Physiology Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option
courses. Credits: 120 Level: 4
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Craig Daly When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Timetable: As organised. Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-

Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Plant course assessment. See the Course Information Doc-
Science-3H, normally at first attempt ument for more detail.
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- Aims: To provide students with in depth knowledge
ument for more detail. and understanding of Virology and practical skills in
Aims: To provide you with a knowledge and under- laboratory techniques; To encourage independent think-
standing of the Plant Sciences which is appropriate for ing in the execution of an Honours research project; To
the further study of the subject at postgraduate level or develop skills relating to the systematic acquisition of
for employment as a BSc Honours graduate in a wide factual information and data; To develop in the stu-
range of employments; To provide you with practical dent the ability to solve problems and to critically anal-
skills and laboratory techniques in a selected area of yse, interpret and discuss factual information and data;
the Plant Sciences; To develop skills relating to the sys- To provide students with opportunities to practise and
tematic acquisition of factual information and data; To improve written and oral communication skills; To use
develop in you the ability to solve problems and to crit- computers effectively in the study of Virology.
ically analyse, interpret and discuss factual information Honours Course Prescription: Virology Project 4,
and data; To provide you with opportunities to practise Virology Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option
and improve written and oral communication skills; To courses.
develop your skills in the use of computers in the Plant Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sheila Graham
Sciences.
Honours Course Prescription: Plant Science Project 4,
509J ZOOLOGY 4H
Plant Science Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option
courses. Credits: 120 Level: 4
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Joel Milner When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
2BYJ SPORTS MEDICINE 4H Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Zoology 3H,
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Physiology Degree Examination taken in: April/May
& Sports Science 3H, normally at the first attempt. Aims: To provide you with a deep knowledge and un-
Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in- derstanding of specific aspects of Zoology; To provide
course assessment. See the Course Information Doc- you with an opportunity to use the basic practical skills
ument for more detail. acquired in Level-3 in such a way as to allow you to
Degree Examination taken in: April/May investigate a novel problem in Zoology by means of a
project; To develop skills relating to the systematic ac-
Aims: The aims are that students acquire: communi-
quisition of factual information and data; To develop in
cation skills; information retrieval skills; ability to criti-
you the ability to solve problems and to critically anal-
cally review the literature; ability to work in teams; the
yse, interpret and discuss factual information and data;
ability to read, with critical comprehension, current re-
To provide you with opportunities to practise and im-
search papers related to exercise and common medical
prove written and oral communication skills; To provide
conditions; an understanding of the benefits of regular
you with opportunities to practise and improve your use
exercise in the prevention, diagnosis and management
of computers.
of medical conditions. And also to gain an understand-
ing of: basic scientific procedures in experimental re- Honours Course Prescription: Zoology Project 4, Zool-
search; ethical aspects of medical research, hypothesis ogy Advanced Studies 4, four Honours option courses.
generation and experimental design; data collection and Course Co-ordinator: Prof Graeme Ruxton
analysis.
Honours Course Prescription: Sports Medicine Project 0YBG ZOOLOGY 4H (COMBINED)
4, Sports Medicine Advanced Studies 4, four Honours
option courses. Credits: 60 Level: 4
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul MacIntyre When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
821J VIROLOGY 4H Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Zoology 3H
Combined, normally at the first attempt.
Credits: 120 Level: 4 Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-
Requirements of entry: At least Grade D in Virology Degree Examination taken in: April/May
3H, normally at the first attempt. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Celtic
Aims: To provide advanced knowledge and understand- Timetable: Lectures on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday,
ing of specific aspects of Zoology; To provide an oppor- Friday at 11.00 am and 1 hour tutorial to be arranged.
tunity to use the basic practical skills acquired in Level- Requirements of entry: A pass in Advanced Higher
3 in such a way as to allow students to investigate a Gaidhlig, or Higher Gaidhlig, with good comprehension
novel problem by means of a Project; To develop skills ability in the language.
relating to the systematic acquisition of factual informa-
Excluded Courses: Gaelic 1B; Gaelic 1C
tion and data; To develop the ability to solve problems
and to critically analyse, interpret and discuss factual Assessment: Essay in Gaelic on a topic relating to prose
information and data; To provide opportunities to prac- texts to be submitted by the end of week 12 (10%);
tise and improve written and oral communication skills; Essay in Gaelic on a topic relating to poetry texts to
To provide opportunities to practise and improve use of be submitted by the end of week 20 (10%); Language
computers. practice exercises to be submitted on a weekly basis
throughout the year (10%); Continuous assessment of
Honours Course Prescription: Zoology/Applied Math-
oral competence in conversation class (5%); one 1-hour
ematics Project 4, two Honours option courses.
class test in week 12 (15%); one 2-hour examination pa-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jan Lindstrom per at the end of the course (35%); an oral examination
at the end of the course (15%).
Celtic
3YMU CELTIC CIVILISATION 1A Aims: (1) To broaden and deepen the four language
skills (reading, writing, listening and speaking) in
Gaelic; (2) to introduce a range of Gaelic prose and po-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) etry; (3) to develop an understanding of the historical
Timetable: Lectures: Monday and Tuesday, 1.00-2.00 and social context of the literature studied; (4) to pro-
pm; Tutorial: Thursday OR Friday 1.00-2.00 pm vide a linguistic description of aspects of the language;
Assessment: Two essays (1500-2000 words), one worth (5) to encourage the development of appropriate study
20% and the other 30%, and examination (2 hours), skills.
50%. Course Co-ordinator: Dr M Byrne
Resit Examination taken in: August/September 163B GAELIC 1B
Aims: To enable students to get a coherent picture of
salient aspects of the earlier history, institutions, society
and culture of the Celtic peoples up to 400 A.D.; to en- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
able students to understand and use critically the source Timetable: Lectures on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday,
material from which a picture of the ancient Celtic world Friday at 2.00 pm, plus one other tutorial hour to be
may be formed. arranged.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Katherine Forsyth Excluded Courses: Gaelic 1A, Gaelic 1C
Assessment: Language practice exercises will be set
3YNU CELTIC CIVILISATION 1B twice a week throughout the year, based on the work
covered in class (20%); 3 x 1-hour class tests in weeks 6,
Credits: 20 Level: 1 12 & 18 (20%); an oral examination in week 12 (10%);
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) one 2-hour examination at the end of the course (35%);
oral examination at the end of the course (15%)
Timetable: Lectures: Monday and Tuesday 1.00-2.00
pm; Tutorial: Thursday OR Friday 1.00-2.00 pm
Co-requisites: Normally, Celtic Civilisation 1A
Aims: (1) to enable students to acquire basic language
Assessment: Two essays (1500-2000 words), each 25%
skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing) in Gaelic;
and an examination (two hours), 50%.
(2) to introduce students to a range of appropriate vo-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May cabulary and to the grammatical framework of the lan-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September guage; (3) to study some Gaelic prose texts; (4) to give
Aims: To provide a coherent picture of salient aspects students an overview of the historical and sociolinguistic
of the history, societies and culture of the Celtic peoples context of Gaelic and of the history of Gaelic literature.
400-1200 AD; to enable students to understand and use Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sheila Kidd
critically the source materials available for study of this
period.
4GWU GAELIC 1C
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Thomas Clancy
162B GAELIC 1A When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Lectures on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday,
Credits: 40 Level: 1 Friday at 1.00 pm and 1 further tutorial hour to be
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) arranged.

Celtic
Requirements of entry: Normally a pass in Higher Aims: (1) to trace the developments in the histories of
Gaelic (Learners) Gaelic Scotland, Ireland and Wales from c.1750 to the
Excluded Courses: Gaelic 1A, Gaelic 1B present day; (2) to introduce salient aspects of the dis-
tinctive institutions, cultures and literatures of Scottish
Assessment: Essay to be submitted by the end of Week
Gaelic, Irish and Welsh societies in the period 1750 to
12 (10%); Review in Gaelic (c.600 words) to be sub-
the present; (3) to examine the common features and
mitted by the end of Week 20 (5%); Weekly language
differing experiences of the three societies; (4) to exam-
exercises (15%); Continuous assessment of oral compe-
ine the forces pertaining to language decline and lin-
tence in conversation class (5%); 1-hour class test in
guistic and cultural revivals.
week 12 (15%); One 2-hour examination paper at the
end of the course (35%); Oral examination at the end Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michel Byrne
of the course (15%)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 7FTV GAELIC 2A
Aims: To build on and develop existing Gaelic language Credits: 40 Level: 2
skills (reading, writing, listening and speaking); to in- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
troduce students to a range of poetry and prose; to Timetable: Lectures on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday,
develop an understanding of the historical and social Friday at 3.00 pm plus one tutorial hour to be arranged.
context of the literature studied; to adopt an integrated
Requirements of entry: Normally, Gaelic 1A at grade D,
approach to language practice and oral classes which
or Gaelic 1C at grade C
will reinforce vocabulary and grammar; to encourage
the development of appropriate study skills. Excluded Courses: Gaelic 2B
Course Co-ordinator: Dr M Byrne Assessment: Essay in Gaelic, Week 12 (10%); Fort-
nightly linguistics exercises in Semester 2 (10%); Weekly
language exercises (10%); Continuous assessment of oral
7FGV CELTIC CIVILISATION 2A competence in conversation class throughout the year
(5%); 1-hour class test in week 12 (15%); one 2-hour
examination paper at the end of the course (35%); an
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) oral examination at the end of the course (15%).
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday at 4.00 pm Tu- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
torial: Thursday 10.00 am or 4.00 pm
Requirements of entry: Normally Celtic Civilisation 1A
and 1B at grade D. Aims: (1) to extend the four language skills (reading,
writing, listening and speaking) developed in Gaelic 1A
Co-requisites: Normally, Celtic Civilisation 2B or Gaelic 1C; (2) to extend students’ vocabulary, with a
Assessment: Two essays (1500-2000 words), 25% each particular emphasis on spoken Gaelic; (3) to introduce
and examination (2 hours), 50%. students to a range of Gaelic poetry from the period up
Degree Examination taken in: December to and including 1745 and to develop an understanding
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of the role of the poet in Gaelic society; (4) to study
a range of functional Gaelic prose writings in terms of
Aims: During the course we will (1) survey the politi-
subject-matter and style; (5) to provide opportunities
cal and cultural changes in Wales, Ireland and Scotland
for students to write and translate functional texts; (6)
from 1066 until the union of the Scottish and English
to introduce students to aspects of Gaelic linguistics.
crowns; (2) compare the effects of political conquest and
cultural influence on the status and nature of the rel- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sheila Kidd
evant Celtic languages during this period; (3) discuss
texts and artistic products of this period, and examine
7FRV GAELIC 2B
them as a source for social and cultural change.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Thomas Clancy Credits: 40 Level: 2
7FHV CELTIC CIVILISATION 2B Timetable: Lectures on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday at 1.00 pm and 1 further tutorial hour
Credits: 20 Level: 2 to be arranged.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Requirements of entry: Gaelic 1B at grade D
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday 4.00 pm.; Tuto- Excluded Courses: Gaelic 2A
rial: Thursday 10.00 am or 4.00 pm
Assessment: Two essays in Gaelic (25%). Weekly gram-
Requirements of entry: Normally Celtic Civilisation 1A mar exercises (15%); Continuous assessment of oral
and 1B at grade D. competence in conversation class (5%); Linguistic ex-
Co-requisites: Normally, Celtic Civilisation 2A ercises (5%), One 2-hour examination paper at the end
Assessment: Two essays (1500-2000 words), 25% each of the course (35%); Oral examination at the end of the
and examination (two hours), 50%. course (15%)
Celtic
Aims: (1) to build on and develop Gaelic language skills these courses should be a B, and a satisfactory perfor-
(reading, writing, listening and speaking) acquired in mance in Celtic Civilisation 1A and 1B; OR a B grade
Gaelic 1B; (2) to introduce students to a wide range of in Gaelic 2A or 2B, and a satisfactory performance in
poetry from the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries; Gaelic 1A or 1B or 1C.
(3) to read and discuss a range of fiction and non-fiction Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami-
Gaelic texts from the twentieth century; (4) to study nations.
some of the main genres and trends in Gaelic literature
since the sixteenth century; (5) to adopt an integrated
approach to language practice and oral classes which Aims: The MA (Hons) in Celtic Studies has as its pri-
will reinforce vocabulary and grammar; (6) to introduce mary aim the provision of courses offering in-depth,
students to aspects of Gaelic linguistics. research-led study of Celtic cultures, literatures and his-
tories, alongside the language study necessary for stu-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michel Byrne
dents to develop deeper, more independent and enquiry-
led research skills.
6B2F CELTIC CIVILISATION 3H Honours Course Prescription: 120 credits over two
(JOINT) years, chosen from courses (mostly 20 credits each) as
directed by departmental guidelines. The MA (Hons)
Credits: 60 Level: 3 in Celtic Studies has two main streams: 1) Students
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) studying medieval Celtic languages alongside their lit-
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen eratures and cultures; 2) Students studying Celtic cul-
tures, literatures and histories whilst acquiring or fur-
Requirements of entry: Normally a C average in Celtic thering their knowledge of a Celtic language, modern or
Civilisation 2A and 2B, of which the grade for at least medieval. All Joint Honours students must do a Disser-
one of these courses should be a B. Performance in level tation with one of their departments. Students doing a
1 Celtic Civilisation courses will be taken into account, Dissertation in the Department of Celtic will do a Joint
and you should have satisfactorily completed at least 3 Honours Dissertation (20 credits). For the MA (Hons)
of the 4 level 1 & 2 Celtic Civilisation courses. in Celtic Studies, students must do at least 40 credits
Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami- of language study, which may include as appropriate:
nation. Introduction to Early Gaelic (Old and Middle Irish);
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Introduction to Medieval Welsh; Honours Gaelic Ab
Aims: The MA (Hons) in Celtic Civilisation, which Initio; Honours Gaelic Intermediate; Honours Gàidhlig
must be taken jointly with another subject, aims pri- airson Fileantaich [all 40 credits courses]; Introduction
marily to offer in-depth, research-led courses in the to Modern Irish; Introduction to Classical Gaelic [20-
history, literature and cultures of the Celtic-speaking credit courses]. The remaining courses are chosen from
peoples, deepening students’ abilities to approach these a menu of 20-credit courses as appropriate (see Celtic
topics critically from an enquiry-led standpoint. Studies 3H Single for details).
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roibeard O Maolalaigh
Honours Course Prescription: 120 credits over two
years, chosen from courses (mostly 20 credits each)
as directed by departmental guidelines. A Disserta- JSMH CELTIC STUDIES 3H (SINGLE)
tion must be done in one of the two departments in
which the student is studying. If a Dissertation is done Credits: 120 Level: 3
with Celtic, it must be a Joint Honours Dissertation When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
(20 credits). Otherwise courses are chosen which may Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen
include, as appropriate: Iona, 563-present; The Celtic
Requirements of entry: Normally a C average in Celtic
Place-Names of Scotland; Early Gaelic Literature in
Civilisation 2A and 2B, of which the grade for one of
translation; Medieval Welsh Literature in translation;
these courses should be a B, and a satisfactory perfor-
The World of Dafydd ap Gwilym and Iolo Goch; Be-
mance in Celtic Civilisation 1A and 1B; OR a B grade
lief and Culture: Early Medieval Ireland and Scotland;
in Gaelic 2A or 2B, and a satisfactory performance in
Legal Traditions and Social Reflections; Courses taught
Gaelic 1A or 1B or 1C.
through School of History and Archaeology: Picts and
the formation of Alba; Early Medieval Gaeldom; The Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami-
Northern Britons 400-1100; Gaelic Scotland and the nations.
British State; The Highland Clearances; Medieval Ire- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
land 800 - 1100. Aims: The MA (Hons) in Celtic Studies has as its pri-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roibeard O Maolalaigh mary aim the provision of courses offering in-depth,
research-led study of Celtic cultures, literatures and his-
JSLF CELTIC STUDIES 3H (JOINT) dents to develop deeper, more independent and enquiry-
years, chosen from courses (mostly 20 credits each) as
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen directed by departmental guidelines. The MA (Hons) in
Requirements of entry: Normally a C average in Celtic Celtic Studies has two main streams: 1) Students study-
Civilisation 2A and 2B, of which the grade for one of ing medieval Celtic languages alongside their literatures

Celtic
and cultures; 2) Students studying Celtic cultures, liter- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sheila Kidd
atures and histories whilst acquiring or furthering their
knowledge of a Celtic language, modern or medieval.
JRXF GAELIC 3H (JOINT)
All Single Honours students must do a Dissertation (40
credits). For the MA (Hons) in Celtic Studies, students Credits: 60 Level: 3
must do at least 40 credits of language study, which may
include as appropriate: Introduction to Early Gaelic
(Old and Middle Irish); Introduction to Medieval Welsh; Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen
Honours Gaelic Ab Initio; Honours Gaelic Intermedi- Requirements of entry: Normally a B grade in Gaelic
ate; Honours Gàidhlig airson Fileantaich [all 40 cred- 2A or 2B, and a satisfactory performance in Gaelic 1A
its courses]; Introduction to Modern Irish; Introduction or 1B or 1C.
to Classical Gaelic [20-credit courses]. The remaining Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami-
courses are chosen from a menu of 20-credit courses nations.
which may include as appropriate: Iona, 563-present;
The Celtic Place-Names of Scotland; Early Gaelic Lit-
erature (in translation); Medieval Welsh Literature (in Aims: This degree seeks primarily to foster and develop
translation); The World of Dafydd ap Gwilym and the study of Gaelic language, literature and culture in
Iolo Goch; Belief and Culture: Early Medieval Ire- an environment which integrates teaching and research;
land and Scotland; Historical development of Gaelic; to develop a thorough knowledge and considered appli-
Gaelic dialectology; 20th century Irish Poetry; Dánta cation of Gaelic; to provide access to a range of learning
Grádha; Early Gaelic Poetry; Advanced Early Gaelic resources for the purpose of studying Gaelic language,
Texts; Medieval Welsh Poetry; Advanced Medieval literature and cultures; to impart to students an in-
Welsh Texts; Bàrdachd agus Ar-a-mach; Seann ‘s Ùr depth knowledge of the relevant culture; to encourage
ann am Bàrdachd na 18mh linn; Guth nam Ban 1450- and promote an appreciation of the Gaelic languages in
1750; Am Bàrd Baile; Bàrdachd Cogaidh 1930-1950; an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship.
Bàrdachd Gàidhlig o 1950; An 19mh linn tro shùilean Honours Course Prescription: 120 credits over two
nan Gaidheal; Fèin-Eachdraidh ann an Gàidhlig; Fic- years, chosen from courses (normally 20 credits) as di-
sean Gàidhlig san 20mh linn; Courses taught through rected by departmental guidelines. Students are re-
School of History and Archaeology: Legal Traditions quired to do Sgilean Cànain (40-credit, 2-year skills
and Social Reflections; Picts and the formation of Alba; course, examined in Senior Honours year); and must
Early Medieval Gaeldom; Medieval Ireland 800-1100; do a Dissertation with one of their two departments. If
The Northern Britons 400-1100; Gaelic Scotland and it is with Celtic, then it will be a Joint Honours dis-
the British State; The Highland Clearances. sertation. In addition to these, students select from a
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roibeard O Maolalaigh variety of 20-credit courses in Gaelic language, litera-
ture and culture (for which see Gaelic 3H Single).
110D GAELIC 3
Credits: 60 Level: 3 JRYH GAELIC 3H (SINGLE)
Timetable: 3 hours per week (lectures); 1 hour per week
(tutorial). Times to be arranged. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Requirements of entry: Gaelic 2A at grade D or Gaelic Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen
2B at grade C Requirements of entry: Normally a B grade in Gaelic
Assessment: An essay in Gaelic (1500 words) in 2A or 2B, and a satisfactory performance in Gaelic 1A
Semester 1 (10%); a Gaelic oral presentation in or 1B or 1C.
Semester 1 (5%); an essay in Gaelic (1500 words) Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami-
in Semester 2 (10%); a Gaelic oral presentation in nation.
Semester 2 (5%); language practice exercises to be sub- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
mitted fortnightly throughout the year (10%); continu-
Aims: The MA (Hons) in Gaelic aims primarily to fos-
ous assessment of oral competence in conversation class
ter and develop the study of Gaelic language, literature
throughout the year (5%); two 1.5-hour examination pa-
and culture in an environment which integrates teach-
pers at the end of the course (45%); an oral examination
ing and research; to develop a thorough knowledge of,
at the end of the course (10%).
and spoken and written ability in Gaelic; to encourage
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and promote an appreciation of Gaelic language, litera-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ture and culture and in an atmosphere conducive to the
Aims: (1) to extend the four language skills (reading, pursuit of scholarship.
writing, listening and speaking) developed in Gaelic 2A Honours Course Prescription: 240 credits over two
or 2B; (2) to extend students’ vocabulary, in both writ- years, chosen from courses (normally 20-credit) as di-
ten and spoken Gaelic; (3) to broaden students’ knowl- rected by departmental guidelines. All students must do
edge of Gaelic poetry; (4) to broaden students’ knowl- a Dissertation (40 credits), submitted in Senior Honours
edge of Gaelic prose; (5) to encourage students to think year; and Sgilean Cànain (40 credits), taught over two
critically about Gaelic literature and identify elements years. Students also choose from a variety of courses,
of continuity and innovation in the literature studied. in accordance with departmental guidelines, which may
Celtic
include: Bàrdachd agus Ar-a-mach; Seann ‘s Ùr ann these courses should be a B, and a satisfactory perfor-
am Bàrdachd na 18mh linn; Guth nam Ban 1450- mance in Celtic Civilisation 1A and 1B; OR a B grade
1750; Am Bàrd Baile; Bàrdachd Cogaidh 1930-1950; in Gaelic 2A or 2B, and a satisfactory performance in
Bàrdachd Gàidhlig o 1950; An 19mh linn tro shùilean Gaelic 1A or 1B or 1C.
nan Gaidheal; Fèin-Eachdraidh ann an Gàidhlig; Fic- Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami-
sean Gàidhlig san 20mh linn; Historical development of nations.
Gaelic; Gaelic dialectology; Gaelic sociolinguistics; In-
troduction to Modern Irish; 20th century Irish Poetry;
Introduction to Classical Gaelic; Dánta Grádha; Intro- Aims: The MA (Hons) in Celtic Studies has as its pri-
duction to Early Gaelic (Old and Middle Irish); Early mary aim the provision of courses offering in-depth,
Gaelic Poetry; Advanced Early Gaelic Texts; Introduc- research-led study of Celtic cultures, literatures and his-
tion to Medieval Welsh; Medieval Welsh Poetry; Ad- tories, alongside the language study necessary for stu-
vanced Medieval Welsh Texts; Iona, 563-present; The dents to develop deeper, more independent and enquiry-
Celtic Place-Names of Scotland; Early Gaelic Literature led research skills.
(in translation); Medieval Welsh Literature (in transla- Honours Course Prescription: 120 credits over two
tion); The World of Dafydd ap Gwilym and Iolo Goch years, chosen from courses (mostly 20 credits each) as
(texts in translation); Belief and Culture: Early Me- directed by departmental guidelines. The MA (Hons)
dieval Ireland and Scotland; Courses taught through in Celtic Studies has two main streams: 1) Students
School of History and Archaeology: Picts and the for- studying medieval Celtic languages alongside their lit-
mation of Alba; Early Medieval Gaeldom; Medieval Ire- eratures and cultures; 2) Students studying Celtic cul-
land 800-1100; The Northern Britons 400-1100; Gaelic tures, literatures and histories whilst acquiring or fur-
Scotland and the British State; The Highland Clear- thering their knowledge of a Celtic language, modern or
ances. medieval. All Joint Honours students must do a Disser-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roibeard Maolalaigh tation with one of their departments. Students doing a
Dissertation in the Department of Celtic will do a Joint
Honours Dissertation (20 credits). For the MA (Hons)
6B2G CELTIC CIVILISATION 4H in Celtic Studies, students must do at least 40 credits
(JOINT) of language study, which may include as appropriate:
Introduction to Early Gaelic (Old and Middle Irish);
Introduction to Medieval Welsh; Honours Gaelic Ab
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Initio; Honours Gaelic Intermediate; Honours Gàidhlig
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen airson Fileantaich [all 40 credits courses]; Introduction
Requirements of entry: Normally a C average in Celtic to Modern Irish; Introduction to Classical Gaelic [20-
Civilisation 2A and 2B, of which the grade for at least credit courses]. The remaining courses are chosen from
one of these courses should be a B. Performance in level a menu of 20-credit courses as appropriate (see Celtic
1 Celtic Civilisation courses will be taken into account, Studies 3H Single for details).
and you should have satisfactorily completed at least 3 Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roibeard O Maolalaigh
of the 4 level 1 & 2 Celtic Civilisation courses.
Assessment: Five papers taken in 4H year JSPJ CELTIC STUDIES 4H (SINGLE)
Aims: The MA (Hons) in Celtic Civilisation, which Credits: 120 Level: 4
must be taken jointly with another subject, aims pri- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
marily to offer in-depth, research-led courses in the Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen
history, literature and cultures of the Celtic-speaking Requirements of entry: Normally a C average in Celtic
peoples, deepening students’ abilities to approach these Civilisation 2A and 2B, of which the grade for one of
topics critically from an enquiry-led standpoint. these courses should be a B, and a satisfactory perfor-
Honours Course Prescription: 120 credits over two mance in Celtic Civilisation 1A and 1B; OR a B grade
years, chosen from courses (mostly 20 credits each) in Gaelic 2A or 2B, and a satisfactory performance in
as directed by departmental guidelines. A Disserta- Gaelic 1A or 1B or 1C.
tion must be done in one of the two departments in Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami-
which the student is studying. If a Dissertation is done nations.
with Celtic, it must be a Joint Honours Dissertation (20
credits). Otherwise courses are chosen from a menu of
courses (for which see Celtic Civilisation 3H). Aims: The MA (Hons) in Celtic Studies has as its pri-
mary aim the provision of courses offering in-depth,
research-led study of Celtic cultures, literatures and his-
JSNG CELTIC STUDIES 4H (JOINT) dents to develop deeper, more independent and enquiry-
years, chosen from courses (mostly 20 credits each) as
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen directed by departmental guidelines. The MA (Hons) in
Requirements of entry: Normally a C average in Celtic Celtic Studies has two main streams: 1) Students study-
Civilisation 2A and 2B, of which the grade for one of ing medieval Celtic languages alongside their literatures

and cultures; 2) Students studying Celtic cultures, liter- Aims: This degree seeks primarily to foster and develop
atures and histories whilst acquiring or furthering their the study of Gaelic language, literature and culture in
knowledge of a Celtic language, modern or medieval. an environment which integrates teaching and research;
All Single Honours students must do a Dissertation (40 to develop a thorough knowledge and considered appli-
credits). For the MA (Hons) in Celtic Studies, students cation of Gaelic; to provide access to a range of learning
must do at least 40 credits of language study, which may resources for the purpose of studying Gaelic language,
include as appropriate: Introduction to Early Gaelic literature and cultures; to impart to students an in-
(Old and Middle Irish); Introduction to Medieval Welsh; depth knowledge of the relevant culture; to encourage
Honours Gaelic Ab Initio; Honours Gaelic Intermedi- and promote an appreciation of the Gaelic languages in
ate; Honours Gàidhlig airson Fileantaich [all 40 cred- an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship.
its courses]; Introduction to Modern Irish; Introduction Honours Course Prescription: Twelve courses or course
to Classical Gaelic [20-credit courses]. The remaining equivalents over two years as directed by departmen-
courses are chosen from a menu of 20-credit courses as tal guidelines. All students must do a Dissertation 40
appropriate (for details, see Celtic Studies 3H Single). credits), submitted in Senior Honours year; and Sgilean
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Roibeard O Maolalaigh Cànain (40 credits), taught over two years. Students
also choose from a variety of courses, in accordance with
departmental guidelines, for which see Gaelic 3H Single.
JRZG GAELIC 4H (JOINT)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Central & East European Studies
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen
Requirements of entry: Normally a B grade in Gaelic
237U CENTRAL AND EAST EUROPEAN
2A or 2B, and a satisfactory performance in Gaelic 1A STUDIES 1
or 1B or 1C.
Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
nations.
Timetable: 1 hour on Monday, Tuesday and Thursday
Degree Examination taken in: April/May at 4 p.m. each week
Aims: The MA (Hons) in Gaelic aims primarily to fos- Assessment: Two essays of approx 2,000 words, each
ter and develop the study of Gaelic language, literature worth 25% of the final mark. Unseen examination, 2
and culture in an environment which integrates teach- hours, worth 50%.
ing and research; to develop a thorough knowledge of,
and spoken and written ability in Gaelic; to encourage
and promote an appreciation of Gaelic language, litera- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ture and culture and in an atmosphere conducive to the Aims: The course will demonstrate the following: 1) the
pursuit of scholarship. importance of the region to European development; 2)
Honours Course Prescription: 120 credits over two the impact of geography on regional development; 3) the
years, chosen from among courses (mostly 20-credit) as complexity of the various ethnic groups of the region;
directed by departmental guidelines. Students are re- 4) the historical development of Russia and Central Eu-
quired to do Sgilean Cànain (40 credits) a 2-year skills rope, including the role of the state and its relationship
course, examined in Senior Honours year; and must do to society; 5) the importance of cultural development,
a Dissertation with one of their two departments. If it is the position of various socio-cultural groups and the pol-
with Celtic, then it will be a Joint Honours dissertation itics of gender in the region; 6) the processes behind
(20 credits). In addition to these, students select from Stalinisation and ‘communisation’ in the region; 7) the
a variety of courses in Gaelic language, literature and impact of communism in its economic, social and polit-
culture, for which see the description under Gaelic 3H ical forms in the region and the differences between the
Single. experiences of various countries; 8) the reasons for the
collapse of the communist system and its consequences.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Geoffrey Swain
JSAJ GAELIC 4H (SINGLE)

237V CENTRAL AND EAST EUROPEAN
Credits: 120 Level: 4 STUDIES 2
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Credits: 40 Level: 2
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Requirements of entry: Students may be admitted into Timetable: 1 hour on Monday, Tuesday and Thursday
the Honours courses in Celtic if they have sucessfully at- at 2 p.m. each week
tained: Normally a B grade in Gaelic 1A/1C and Gaelic
Requirements of entry: Applicants are considered for
2A or in Gaelic 1B and 2B.
direct entry to second year on the basis of a student
Assessment: Essays, seminars and end of year exami- completing a cognate subject in Arts or Social Sciences.
nation. Besides Central and East European Studies Level 1, this
Degree Examination taken in: April/May will include Economics Level 1, History Level 1, Politics
Level 1, Slavonic Studies Level 1 and Sociology Level 1. Assessment: 2 essays (circa 2,500 words) each worth
Applications from students with other level 1 subjects 25% of the final mark, plus a project resulting in an
will be considered by the Head of Department. essay (circa 3,000 words) worth 50%.
Excluded Courses: N/A Aims: To examine how the three Baltic peoples have re-
Assessment: Two essays of approx 2,000 words, each sponded to the challenges of state and nation-building
worth 25% of the final mark. Unseen examination, 2 and European reconstruction during the inter-war pe-
hours, worth 50%. riod and the more recent era of post-Soviet transition.
To analyse the above issues in comparative perspective.
To account for the divergent historical experiences of the
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Baltic States and Finland and the varying perspectives
Aims: The course will demonstrate the following: The of these two actors on current region-building projects
reasons for the collapse of the communist system and in the Baltic Sea Area. Through discussion of Baltic
its consequences; the complexities behind the process of developments, to analyse critically aspects of the wider
democratisation in the region including the relationship literature on nation, state and region-building, minor-
between state and citizen; the nature of economic and ity rights and ethnic conflict regulation in Central and
social change brought about in the 1990s; the nature of Eastern Europe.
cultural politics, identity and gender in the transition Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Smith
era; changes in the media, literature and the arts; the
importance of the region for Europe as a whole, includ-
ing a focus on EU/Central East European relations. 237F CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Smith STUDIES 3H (COMBINED)
9JYW CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
STUDIES 3: CIVIL SOCIETY AND
Timetable: Various times.
STATE IN EAST CENTRAL EUROPE
Requirements of entry: Grade C in Central and East
Credits: 30 Level: 3 European Studies Level 2.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: The Department operates a split diet sys-
Timetable: Weekly on Mondays 12 - 2 pm. tem of final honours examinations. This means that
students taking honours options in the Department will
Requirements of entry: Grade D at level 2 Central and sit final honours examinations in the same year as the
East European Studies option is taken, i.e. options taken in Junior Honours
Assessment: 2 essays (circa 2,500 words each) each are examined at the end of the Junior Honours year,
worth 25% of the final mark, plus a project resulting and options taken in Senior Honours are examined at
in an essay (circa 3,000 words) worth 50%. the end of the Senior Honours year. Joint Honours stu-
Aims: The course aims to give students an understand- dents must take four options in the Department of Cen-
ing of the political issues and themes which have run tral and East European Studies. Two options are stud-
through European politics since the end of the Second ied in the Junior Honours year and two are studied in
World War. The various dynamics of change between Senior Honours. A dissertation on an approved topic
state policies and structures, and social politics and so- must be substituted for one of the two papers taken in
cial movements are identified and analysed. This nec- Senior Honours if you are not writing a dissertation for
essarily includes helping students to understand the de- your other Honours subject. All options are assessed as
velopments in Central and Eastern Europe, which led to follows: coursework worth 50%; unseen examination, 2
regime changes in 1989. The course should provide an hours, worth 50%.
analysis of the progress of the transitions to democracy Degree Examination taken in: April/May
in Central and Eastern Europe since 1989. Students will
Aims: The course aims to provide a multi-disciplinary
also have an opportunity to gain an in depth knowledge
approach to the region. Students are given a wide range
of how the processes connected with European integra-
of subject options based on different approaches to the
tion have altered relationships between civil societies
subject area using a number of teaching methods. The
and states in East Central Europe.
diversity of options available allows students to benefit
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Clare McManus-Czubinska from the specialised knowledge of staff in areas particu-
lar to their research and from teaching methods tailored
to the aims and objectives of the course studied. This
9JZW CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN
includes access to complementary honours courses de-
STUDIES 3: STATEHOOD,
livered by cognate departments. The programme will
NATIONALITY AND IDENTITY: THE thus provide honours students with a range of courses
BALTIC STATES SINCE 1918 from which to make an informed choice in Central and
East European Studies as part of a joint honours pro-
gramme.
Honours Course Prescription: Honours Course pre-
Timetable: Weekly on Thursdays 9 - 11 am scription: Subject to availability, any three from: An
Requirements of entry: Grade D at level 2 Central and Economic and Social History of Eastern Europe, 1918-
East European Studies 1989; Central and Eastern Europe: Perspectives on Se-

curity since 1945; Civil Society and the State in East East European Studies as part of a single honours pro-
Central Europe; Cultural Politics and Social Change in gramme.
Soviet and Post Soviet Russia; Estonian Society, Cul- Honours Course Prescription: Honours Course pre-
ture and Language (1); Estonian Society, Culture and scription: Students are required to undertake two com-
Language (2); Hungarian History, Society, Culture and pulsory courses in Honours - (1) Social Science and Hu-
Language (1); Latvian History, Society, Culture and manities research methods in Russian and Central and
Language (1); Latvian History, Society, Culture and East European Studies: theory and practice (2) Dis-
Language (2); Post Soviet Russia: Renegotiating Global sertation. In addition, subject to availability, you will
and Local Identities; Society and Environment in the choose any six courses from: An Economic and Social
Post Socialist World; Statehood, Nationality and Iden- History of Eastern Europe, 1918- 1989; Central and
tity: The Baltic States since 1918; The Russian Revolu- Eastern Europe: Perspectives on Security since 1945;
tion and Civil War, 1917 - 1921, plus Dissertation if you Civil Society and the State in East Central Europe;
are not writing a dissertation for your other Honours Cultural Politics and Social Change in Soviet and Post
subject. Students should note that no more than one Soviet Russia; Estonian Society, Culture and Language
recommended outside paper (30 credits) may be taken (1); Estonian Society, Culture and Language (2); Hun-
during the two years of Honours study. In cases where garian History, Society, Culture and Language (1); Lat-
the outside paper is worth only 15 credits, students must vian History, Society, Culture and Language (1); Lat-
mix and match with other courses to find another pa- vian History, Society, Culture and Language (2); Post
per worth 15 credits to make a full (30 credit) Honours Soviet Russia: Renegotiating Global and Local Iden-
option. All outside papers have to be approved by the tities; Society and Environment in the Post Socialist
Head of Department and the course lecturer concerned. World; Statehood, Nationality and Identity: The Baltic
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jonathan Oldfield States since 1918; The Russian Revolution and Civil
War, 1917 - 1921. Students should note that no more
than two outside papers (30 credits each) may be taken
237H CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN during the two years of Honours study (one per year).
STUDIES 3H (SINGLE) In cases where the outside paper is worth only 15 cred-
its, students must mix and match with other courses to
Credits: 120 Level: 3 find another paper worth 15 credits to make a full (30
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) credit) Honours option. All outside papers have to be
approved by the Head of Department and the course
Timetable: Various Times
lecturer concerned.
Requirements of entry: Grade C in Central and East Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jonathan Oldfield
European Studies Level 2.
Assessment: The Department operates a split diet sys-
237G CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN
tem of final honours examinations. This means that
students taking honours options in the Department will
STUDIES 4H (COMBINED)
sit final honours examinations in the same year as the Credits: 60 Level: 4
option is taken, i.e. options taken in Junior Honours
are examined at the end of the Junior Honours year,
and options taken in Senior Honours are examined at Timetable: Various times.
the end of the Senior Honours year. Single Honours Requirements of entry: Grade C in Central and East
students must take four options in the Department of European Studies Level 2.
Central and East European Studies. Four options are Assessment: The Department operates a split diet sys-
studied in the Junior Honours year and four are studied tem of final honours examinations. This means that
in Senior Honours. These options include a dissertation students taking honours options in the Department will
on an approved topic to be submitted in Senior Honours sit final honours examinations in the same year as the
and completion of a research methods course in Junior option is taken, i.e. options taken in Junior Honours
Honours. All options are assessed as follows: course- are examined at the end of the Junior Honours year,
work worth 50%; unseen examination, 2 hours, worth and options taken in Senior Honours are examined at
50%, with the exception of the dissertation and research the end of the Senior Honours year. Joint Honours stu-
methods class which are worth 100% coursework. dents must take four options in the Department of Cen-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May tral and East European Studies. Two options are stud-
ied in the Junior Honours year and two are studied in
Aims: The course aims to provide a multi-disciplinary
Senior Honours. A dissertation on an approved topic
approach to the region. Students are given a wide range
must be substituted for one of the two papers taken in
of subject options based on different approaches to the
Senior Honours if you are not writing a dissertation for
subject area using a number of teaching methods. The
your other Honours subject. All options are assessed as
diversity of options available allows students to benefit
follows: coursework worth 50%; unseen examination, 2
from the specialised knowledge of staff in areas particu-
hours, worth 50%.
lar to their research and from teaching methods tailored
to the aims and objectives of the course studied. This Degree Examination taken in: April/May
includes access to complementary honours courses de- Aims: The course aims to provide a multi-disciplinary
livered by cognate departments. The programme will approach to the region. Students are given a wide range
thus provide honours students with a range of courses of subject options based on different approaches to the
from which to make an informed choice in Central and subject area using a number of teaching methods. The
Chemistry
diversity of options available allows students to benefit Degree Examination taken in: April/May
from the specialised knowledge of staff in areas particu- Aims: The course aims to provide a multi-disciplinary
lar to their research and from teaching methods tailored approach to the region. Students are given a wide range
to the aims and objectives of the course studied. This of subject options based on different approaches to the
includes access to complementary honours courses de- subject area using a number of teaching methods. The
livered by cognate departments. The programme will diversity of options available allows students to benefit
thus provide honours students with a range of courses from the specialised knowledge of staff in areas particu-
from which to make an informed choice in Central and lar to their research and from teaching methods tailored
East European Studies as part of a joint honours pro- to the aims and objectives of the course studied. This
gramme. includes access to complementary honours courses de-
Honours Course Prescription: Honours Course pre- livered by cognate departments. The programme will
scription: Subject to availability, any three from: An thus provide honours students with a range of courses
Economic and Social History of Eastern Europe, 1918- from which to make an informed choice in Central and
1989; Central and Eastern Europe: Perspectives on Se- East European Studies as part of a single honours pro-
curity since 1945; Civil Society and the State in East gramme.
Central Europe; Cultural Politics and Social Change in Honours Course Prescription: Honours Course pre-
Soviet and Post Soviet Russia; Estonian Society, Cul- scription: Students are required to undertake two com-
ture and Language (1); Estonian Society, Culture and pulsory courses in Honours - (1) Social Science and Hu-
Language (2); Hungarian History, Society, Culture and manities research methods in Russian and Central and
Language (1); Latvian History, Society, Culture and East European Studies: theory and practice (2) Dis-
Language (1); Latvian History, Society, Culture and sertation. In addition, subject to availability, you will
Language (2); Post Soviet Russia: Renegotiating Global choose any six courses from: An Economic and Social
and Local Identities; Society and Environment in the History of Eastern Europe, 1918- 1989; Central and
Post Socialist World; Statehood, Nationality and Iden- Eastern Europe: Perspectives on Security since 1945;
tity: The Baltic States since 1918; The Russian Revolu- Civil Society and the State in East Central Europe;
tion and Civil War, 1917 - 1921, plus Dissertation if you Cultural Politics and Social Change in Soviet and Post
are not writing a dissertation for your other Honours Soviet Russia; Estonian Society, Culture and Language
subject. Students should note that no more than one (1); Estonian Society, Culture and Language (2); Hun-
recommended outside paper (30 credits) may be taken garian History, Society, Culture and Language (1); Lat-
during the two years of Honours study. In cases where vian History, Society, Culture and Language (1); Lat-
the outside paper is worth only 15 credits, students must vian History, Society, Culture and Language (2); Post
mix and match with other courses to find another pa- Soviet Russia: Renegotiating Global and Local Iden-
per worth 15 credits to make a full (30 credit) Honours tities; Society and Environment in the Post Socialist
option. All outside papers have to be approved by the World; Statehood, Nationality and Identity: The Baltic
Head of Department and the course lecturer concerned. States since 1918; The Russian Revolution and Civil
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jonathan Oldfield War, 1917 - 1921. Students should note that no more
than two outside papers (30 credits each) may be taken
during the two years of Honours study (one per year).
237J CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN In cases where the outside paper is worth only 15 cred-
STUDIES 4H (SINGLE) its, students must mix and match with other courses to
find another paper worth 15 credits to make a full (30
credit) Honours option. All outside papers have to be
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) approved by the Head of Department and the course
Timetable: Various Times lecturer concerned.
Requirements of entry: Grade C in Central and East Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jonathan Oldfield
European Studies Level 2.
Assessment: The Department operates a split diet sys- Chemistry
tem of final honours examinations. This means that
students taking honours options in the Department will 402B CHEMISTRY 1
sit final honours examinations in the same year as the
option is taken, i.e. options taken in Junior Honours Credits: 40 Level: 1
are examined at the end of the Junior Honours year, When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
and options taken in Senior Honours are examined at Timetable: 22 weeks of five lectures per week at 10.00
the end of the Senior Honours year. Single Honours am or 3.00 pm; weekly laboratory (3 hours) starting at
students must take four options in the Department of either 10.00 am or 2.00 pm; workshops and tutorials
Central and East European Studies. Four options are during lecture times.
studied in the Junior Honours year and four are studied
Requirements of entry: Normally at least Higher Chem-
in Senior Honours. These options include a dissertation
istry at grade B or equivalent.
on an approved topic to be submitted in Senior Honours
and completion of a research methods course in Junior Excluded Courses: General Chemistry-1 (7N9B), Sci-
Honours. All options are assessed as follows: course- ence Fundamentals 1X (9XXU), Science Fundamentals
work worth 50%; unseen examination, 2 hours, worth 1Y (9XYU)
50%, with the exception of the dissertation and research Assessment: One 2-hour examination (50%), December
methods class which are worth 100% coursework. examination (30%), practical mark (10%), assessments

Chemistry
(10%) 1RFP CHEMISTRY 2X

Aims: To broaden students’ knowledge of the facts,
theories, concepts, applications, development and im- Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday, and some Mondays -
portance of chemistry; to enhance skills in - handling 11.00 am; laboratory one 3 hour session (2.00-5.00 pm)
numbers, units, equations, diagrams and abstract ideas; per week; tutorials as arranged.
analysing data; prioritising information; making deduc- Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in
tions; taking decisions; making and justifying proposals; Chemistry 1
and in communicating and reporting clearly; to provide Assessment: One 2-hour examination. (50%); three
a sound basis for those students who may decide to pro- class tests (20%); December Class examination (15%);
ceed to Honours in Chemistry or a related science; to practical work (10%), Interactive Teaching Units (5%)
encourage interest in the subject and its interaction with
other sciences; to give experience in the safe and accu- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
rate handling of chemical substances and apparatus; to Resit Examination taken in: August/September
encourage development of learning strategies. Aims: Following on from Chemistry-1 to consolidate
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Robert Hill students’ knowledge of the facts, theories, concepts, ap-
plications, development and importance of fundamental
9XXU SCIENCE FUNDAMENTALS-1X molecular chemistry; to further enhance skills in - han-
dling numbers, units, equations, diagrams and abstract
Credits: 20 Level: 1 ideas; analysing data; prioritising information; making
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) deductions; taking decisions; making and justifying pro-
posals; and in communicating and reporting clearly; to
Timetable: Daily 10-11 or 3-4
continue to provide a sound basis for those students who
Excluded Courses: Chemistry-1, Physics-1P/Q, may decide to proceed to Honours in Chemistry or a re-
Physics-1X/Y lated science; to encourage interest in the subject and
Assessment: Two class tests (20%), coursework (20%), its interaction with other sciences; to give further ex-
two-hour final examination (60%) perience in the safe and accurate handling of chemical
Degree Examination taken in: December substances and apparatus; to encourage development
of learning strategies; to generate awareness of chemi-
cal factors in industrial and other decision making pro-
Aims: To provide a broad understanding, at an in- cesses.
troductory level, of the fundamentals of mathematics,
statistics, physics and chemistry, particularly as they Course Co-ordinator: Dr Linnea Soler
apply to living organisms. To encourage the acquisition
of general scientific skills relating interpretation and dis-
1RGP CHEMISTRY 2Y
cussion of factual information and data. To encourage
a positive and inquisitive attitude to the personal inves- Credits: 30 Level: 2
tigation of science.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Adrian Lapthorn
Timetable: Wednesday, Friday, and some Mondays -
11.00 am; laboratory one 3 hour session (2.00-5.00 pm)
9XYU SCIENCE FUNDAMENTALS-1Y per week; tutorials as arranged.
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in
Chemistry 1
Timetable: 10-11 or 3-4 daily Assessment: One 2-hour examination. (50%); three
class tests (20%); December Class examination (15%);
Co-requisites: Science Fundamentals-1X
practical work (10%), Interactive Teaching Units (5%)
Excluded Courses: Chemistry-1, Physics-1P/Q,
Physics-1X/Y
Assessment: Two class tests (20%), coursework (20%),
two-hour final examination (60%) Aims: Following on from Chemistry-1 to consolidate
Degree Examination taken in: April/May students’ knowledge of the facts, theories, concepts, ap-
plications, development and importance of the chem-
istry of the natural world; to further enhance skills in
Aims: To provide a broad understanding, at an in- - handling numbers, units, equations, diagrams and ab-
troductory level, of the fundamentals of mathematics, stract ideas; analysing data; prioritising information;
physics and chemistry, particularly as they apply to liv- making deductions; taking decisions; making and jus-
ing organisms. To encourage the acquisition of general tifying proposals; and in communicating and report-
scientific skills relating interpretation and discussion of ing clearly; to continue to provide a sound basis for
factual information and data. To encourage a positive those students who may decide to proceed to Honours
and inquisitive attitude to the personal investigation of in Chemistry or a related science; to encourage interest
science. in the subject and its interaction with other sciences; to
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Adrian Lapthorn give further experience in the safe and accurate handling
Chemistry
of chemical substances and apparatus; to encourage de- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford
velopment of learning strategies; to generate awareness
of chemical factors in industrial and other decision mak-
ing processes.
JQUW CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Linnea Soler Credits: 120 Level: 3
5KUV ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Timetable: Lectures, laboratories and tutorials to be
2A - THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT arranged.
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y at a grade
point average of 10, Chemistry 2X and 2Y at a grade
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) point average of 10. All normally at first diet of exami-
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Fri- nations.
day - 13.00 (tutorials and class tests also at this time). Assessment: Examinations in chemistry (42.5%) and
Laboratory classes: Monday and Friday, 14.00 - 17.00. physics (33.3%); assessment of physics laboratory/IT
Requirements of entry: Normally Grade D in Chem- skills (16.7%) and chemistry laboratory (7.5%).
istry 1 or Science Fundamentals 1X and 1X. Grade C Degree Examination taken in: April/May
in Environmental Science 1 will be acceptable with an
appropriate pre-university qualification in chemistry.
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
Excluded Courses: Environmental Chemistry 2E and
which provides the student with knowledge and under-
Environmental Chemistry 2F
standing of modern aspects of inorganic & physical and
Assessment: December examination (1.5 hours) (40%), theoretical chemistry and of modern physics; (2) To pro-
two class tests (20%); laboratory reports (35%); other vide the opportunity to study in depth a choice of top-
coursework (5%) ics relevant to current developments in chemical physics
Degree Examination taken in: December and its applications; (3) To develop the practical skills
Resit Examination taken in: August/September necessary for a chemical physicist by means of individual
laboratory experiments, to provide training in scientific
Aims: This course aims to describe the chemistry and
data analysis, and to give the opportunity for the stu-
functioning of the components of the natural environ-
dent to apply these in performing an extended project;
ment, the interactions between these components and
(4) To develop the student’s transferable skills, in the
the processes which operate within and between them.
writing of reports on individual project work, and in
This will provide an understanding of the chemistry
verbal communication of such results; (5) To develop
of rocks, soils, sediments, water, air and living organ-
the students’ ability to work effectively and to reinforce
isms. Particular attention will be paid to the processes
their individual responsibility for their own learning.
which cause mobilisation or immobilisation of chemical
species, their mobility and cycling between the different Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods;
environmental components. Waves and Diffraction; Quantum Mechanics; Hetero-
geneous catalysis; Coordination chemistry; Solid state
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford
chemistry; Biomolecular interactions; Quantum me-
chanics and symmetry; Kinetics; Spectroscopy; Diffrac-
5KWV ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY tion; Photochemistry.
2B - ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS AND Course Co-ordinator: Dr Malcolm Kadodwala
POLLUTION
Credits: 30 Level: 2 403H CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3H
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Fri-
day - 13.00 (tutorials and class tests also at this time).
Laboratory classes: Monday and Friday, 14.00 - 17.00. Timetable: Lectures, laboratories and tutorials to be
arranged.
Requirements of entry: Normally Grade D in Chemistry
1 or Science Fundamentals 1X and 1Y. Grade C in En- Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y at a grade
vironmental Science 1 is acceptable with an appropriate point average of 10, Chemistry 2X and 2Y at a grade
pre-university qualification in chemistry. point average of 10. All normally at first diet of exami-
nations.
Excluded Courses: Environmental Chemistry 2E and
Environmental Chemistry 2F Assessment: Examinations in chemistry (42.5%) and
physics (33.3%); assessment of physics laboratory/IT
Assessment: May examination (1.5 hours) (40%), two
skills (16.7%) and chemistry laboratory (7.5%).
class tests (20%); laboratory reports and project (35%);
essay (5%). Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
Resit Examination taken in: August/September theoretical chemistry and of modern physics; (2) To pro-
Aims: This course aims to describe the chemistry and vide the opportunity to study in depth a choice of top-
behaviour of environmental systems and the effect of ics relevant to current developments in chemical physics
human activity on them. and its applications; (3) To develop the practical skills

Chemistry
necessary for a chemical physicist by means of individual 0TLH CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3M*
data analysis, and to give the opportunity for the stu- Credits: 160 Level: 3
dent to apply these in performing an extended project; When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
(4) To develop the student’s transferable skills, in the Timetable: Lectures, tutorials and laboratories at times
writing of reports on individual project work, and in to be arranged.
the students’ ability to work effectively and to reinforce Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y at a grade
their individual responsibility for their own learning. point average of 14, Chemistry 2X and 2Y at a grade
point average of 14, all normally at first diet of exami-
Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods; nation.
Waves and Diffraction; Quantum Mechanics; Hetero-
Assessment: Examinations in physics and chemistry
geneous catalysis; Coordination chemistry; Solid state
components of course (80.0%); assessment of physics
chemistry; Biomolecular interactions; Quantum me-
laboratory/IT skills (12.5%) and chemistry laboratory
chanics and symmetry; Kinetics; Spectroscopy; Diffrac-
(7.5%).
tion; Photochemistry.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Malcolm Kadodwala
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
0TMH CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3M modern chemical physics at a level appropriate for a
professional chemical physicist; (2) To provide the op-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 portunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ments and applications of aspects of modern chemical
physics; (3) To provide further training and experience
Timetable: Lectures, laboratories and tutorials to be
in the principles and practice of physical measurement
arranged.
techniques, using advanced instrumentation where ap-
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y at a grade propriate, and in the critical analysis of experimental
point average of 14, Chemistry 2X and 2Y at a grade data; (4) To develop problem solving abilities, critical
point average of 14, all normally at first diet of exami- assessment and communication skills, to a level appro-
nation. priate for a career of leadership in academia or industry,
Assessment: Examinations in chemistry (42.5%) and and to give students the experience of group work; (5)
physics (33.3%); assessment of physics laboratory/IT To offer the opportunity to apply measurement, prob-
skills (16.7%) and chemistry laboratory (7.5%). lem solving and critical assessment, and communication
skills in performing and writing a report on an extended
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and demanding project; (6) To encourage students to
Resit Examination taken in: August/September work effectively, to develop a professional attitude to
what they do and to take full responsibility for their
own learning.
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods;
chemical physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to Waves and Diffraction; Quantum Mechanics; Electro-
study in depth a choice of advanced treatments and ap- magnetism 1; Mathematical Methods 2; Heterogeneous
plications of aspects of modern chemical physics; (3) To catalysis; Coordination chemistry; Solid state chem-
provide further training and experience in the principles istry; Biomolecular interactions; Quantum mechanics
and practice of physical measurement techniques, us- and symmetry; Kinetics; Spectroscopy; Diffraction;
ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in Photochemistry; Frontiers of chemistry.
the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop Course Co-ordinator: Dr Malcolm Kadodwala
problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com-
munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of
leadership in academia or industry, and to give students 0TRN CHEMICAL PHYSICS MSCI:
the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu- WORK PLACEMENT YEAR
nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical
assessment, and communication skills in performing and
writing a report on an extended and demanding project; When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
(6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop Timetable: The placement year is the fourth year of
a professional attitude to what they do and to take full the Chemical physics with work placement MSci degree,
responsibility for their own learning. and lasts between 10-12 months.
Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods; Requirements of entry: Admission to the MSci Chem-
Waves and Diffraction; Quantum Mechanics; Hetero- ical Physics-3M* course; selection following interview;
geneous catalysis; Coordination chemistry; Solid state successful external application for placement; grade B
chemistry; Biomolecular interactions; Quantum me- or better at level 3M*.
chanics and symmetry; Kinetics; Spectroscopy; Diffrac- Assessment: Oral presentation (23.5%) and project re-
tion; Photochemistry port (76.5%).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Malcolm Kadodwala Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Chemistry
Aims: The placement year aims are to provide stu- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
dents with: Enhanced training in practical skills; Ex- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
perience of alternative professional environments; Op-
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific edu-
portunities for enhancing communication skills; Oppor-
cation at tertiary level and lay foundations for a wide
tunities for demonstrating initiative in a practical envi-
and rigorous treatment of selected topics of chemistry.
ronment; First-hand experience of scientific research.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke
Honours Course Prescription: The placement year in-
volves a project carrried out in an industrial establish-
ment or equivalent. 2YGH CHEMISTRY 3M
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Graeme Cooke
JQQW CHEMISTRY 3
Timetable: 169 lectures at 9.00 am, 10.00 am, 11.00 am
Credits: 120 Level: 3 and other times as arranged. Average 12 hours labora-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) tory work in afternoons and 2 tutorials per week.
Timetable: 144 lectures at 9.00 am, 10.00 am and 11.00 Requirements of entry: Normally grade B in Chemistry
am. Average of 12 hours laboratory work in afternoons 2X and 2Y.
and 2 tutorials at 10.00 am per week. Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (80%), essay (5%)
Requirements of entry: Grade point average of 10 in and assessment of laboratory work (15%).
Chemistry 2X and Chemistry 2Y Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (85%) and assessment Resit Examination taken in: August/September
of laboratory work (15%). Aims: To provide a broadly-based education and train-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ing in all branches of Chemistry appropriate for those
Resit Examination taken in: August/September who will become professional chemists working probably
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed- in a research environment, together with specialisations
ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a in areas of the subject where significant advances and
wide understanding of chemistry. developments are currently being made, with enhance-
ment of professional skills.
402H CHEMISTRY 3H
LBMF CHEMISTRY 3M (COMBINED)
Timetable: 144 lectures at 9.00 am, 10.00 am and 11.00
am. Average of 12 hours laboratory work in afternoons Timetable: 72 lectures at 10.00 am and 11.00 am. Aver-
and 2 tutorials at 10.00 am per week. age 6 hours laboratory work in afternoons and 1 tutorial
at 10.00 am per week.
Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in Chemistry
2X and Chemistry 2Y Requirements of entry: Grade B or above in Chemistry-
Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (85%) and assessment 2X and Chemistry-2Y
of laboratory work (15%). Assessment: Three 1.5-hour papers (80%), essay (5%)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and assessment of laboratory work (15%)
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific educa-
wide and rigorous treatment of chemistry, appropriate tion at tertiary level and lay foundations for a wide and
to an aspiring professional chemist. rigorous treatment of selected topics of chemistry appro-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke priate for those who will become professional chemists.
8RPF CHEMISTRY 3H (COMBINED)
6MBN CHEMISTRY MSCI: WORK
Credits: 60 Level: 3 PLACEMENT YEAR
Timetable: 72 lectures at 10.00 am and 11.00 am. Aver- Credits: 120 Level: 3
age 6 hours laboratory work in afternoons and 1 tutorial When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
at 10.00 am per week. Timetable: The placement year is taken between L3 and
Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in Chemistry- L4, and lasts between 10-12 months.
2X and Chemistry-2Y Requirements of entry: Normally first-time passes in
Assessment: Three 1.5-hour papers (85%) and assess- Chemistry 2X and 2Y at grade B or better; selection
ment of laboratory work (15%) following interview; successful external application for

Chemistry
placement; grade B or better at level 3M and acceptance 0TWH CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC
for level 4M. STUDIES 3H
Assessment: Oral presentation (23.5%) and project re-
port (76.5%). Assessment contributes 18.5% towards Credits: 120 Level: 3
final degree mark with other assessment pro-rata for When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
the corresponding non-placement course. Timetable: 144 lectures at 9.00 am, 10.00 am, 11.00 am
Aims: The placement year aims are to provide students and other times as arranged. Average 12 hours labora-
with: Enhanced training in practical chemistry skills; tory work in afternoons and 2 tutorials per week.
Experience of alternative professional environments; Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Chemistry
Opportunities for enhancing communication skills; Op- 2X and 2Y.
portunities for demonstrating initiative in a practi- Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (85%) and assessment
cal environment; First-hand experience of scientific re- of laboratory work (15%).
search.
Aims: To provide a broadly-based education and train-
6LXN CHEMISTRY WITH EUROPEAN ing in all branches of Chemistry and analytical and
PLACEMENT MSCI: EUROPEAN forensic techniques appropriate for those who will be-
PLACEMENT YEAR come professional chemists.
0TUH CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC
Timetable: The placement year is taken between L3 and
STUDIES 3M
L4, and lasts between 10-12 months.
Requirements of entry: Normally first-time passes in Credits: 140 Level: 3
Chemistry 2X and 2Y at Grade B or better; selection When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
following interview; successful external application for
placement; grade B or better at level 3M and acceptance
and other times as arranged. Average 12 hours labora-
for level 4M.
tory work in afternoons and 2 tutorials per week.
Assessment: Oral presentation (23.5%) and project re- Requirements of entry: Normally grade B in both
port (76.5%). Assessment contributes 18.5% towards Chemistry 2X and 2Y.
final degree mark with the other assessment pro-rata
for the corresponding non-placement degree. Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (80%), essay (5%)
and assessment of laboratory work (15%).
Aims: The placement year aims are to provide students
with: Enhanced training in practical chemistry skills;
Experience of alternative professional environments; Aims: To provide a broadly-based education and train-
Opportunities for enhancing communication skills; Op- ing in all branches of Chemistry and analytical and
portunities for demonstrating initiative in a practi- forensic techniques appropriate for those who will be-
cal environment; First-hand experience of scientific re- come professional chemists working probably in a re-
search; Opportunities to improve language skills. search environment, together with specialisations in ar-
eas of the subject where significant advances and devel-
opments are currently being made, with enhancement
of professional skills.
JQTW CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke
STUDIES 3
Credits: 120 Level: 30UKN CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) STUDIES MSCI: WORK PLACEMENT
YEAR
and other times as arranged. Average 12 hours labora- Credits: 120 Level: 3
tory work in afternoons and 2 tutorials per week.
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in Chemistry
Timetable: The placement year is the fourth year of the
2X and 2Y.
Chemistry with Forensic Studies with Work Placement
Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (85%) and assessment MSci degree, and lasts between 10-12 months.
of laboratory work (15%).
Requirements of entry: Admission to the MSci Chem-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May istry with Forensic Studies-3M course; selection follow-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ing interview; successful external application for place-
Aims: To provide a broadly-based education and train- ment; normally grade B or better at level 3M.
ing in all branches of Chemistry and analytical and Assessment: Oral presentation (23.5%) and project re-
forensic techniques. port (76.5%).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Chemistry
Aims: The placement year aims are to provide stu- Requirements of entry: Normally grade B in Chemistry
dents with: Enhanced training in practical skills; Ex- 2X and 2Y.
perience of alternative professional environments; Op- Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (80%), essay (5%)
portunities for enhancing communication skills; Oppor- and assessment of laboratory work (15%).
tunities for demonstrating initiative in a practical envi-
ronment; First-hand experience of scientific research.
Honours Course Prescription: The placement year in-
volves a project carried out in an industrial establish- Aims: To provide a broadly-based education and train-
ment or equivalent. ing in all branches of Chemistry with Medicinal Chem-
istry appropriate for those who will become professional
chemists working probably in a research environment,
together with specialisations in areas of the subject
JQSW CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL where significant advances and developments are cur-
CHEMISTRY 3 rently being made, with enhancement of professional
skills.
Credits: 120 Level: 3 Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke
6LYN CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL
am. Average of 12 hours laboratory work in afternoons
CHEMISTRY MSCI: EUROPEAN
and 2 tutorials at 10.00 am per week.
PLACEMENT YEAR
2X and Chemistry 2Y Credits: 120 Level: 3
Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (85%) and assessment When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May L4, and lasts between 10-12 months.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Requirements of entry: Normally first-time passes in
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific educa- Chemistry 2X and 2Y at grade B or better; selection
tion at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a wide following interview; successful external application for
understanding of Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry. placement; grade B or better at level 3M and acceptance
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke for 4M.
Assessment: Oral presentation (23.5%) and project re-
port (76.5%). Assessment contributes 18.5% towards
4M7H CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL final degree mark with other assessment pro-rata for
CHEMISTRY 3H the corresponding non-placement course.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: The placement year aims are to provide students
with: Enhanced training in practical chemistry skills;
Experience of alternative professional environments;
am. Average of 12 hours laboratory work in afternoons
Opportunities for enhancing communication skills; Op-
and 2 tutorials at 10.00 am per week.
portunities for demonstrating initiative in a practi-
Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in Chemistry cal environment; First-hand experience of scientific re-
2X and Chemistry 2Y search; Opportunities to improve language skills.
Assessment: Three 3-hour papers (85%) and assessment Course Co-ordinator: Dr Graeme Cooke
6MAN CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL
CHEMISTRY MSCI:WORK
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed- PLACEMENT YEAR
ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a
wide and rigorous treatment of Chemistry with Medic- Credits: 120 Level: 3
inal Chemistry, appropriate to an aspiring professional When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
chemist.
L4, and lasts between 10-12 months.
Requirements of entry: Normally first-time passes in
2YHH CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL Chemistry 2X and 2Y at Grade B or better; selection
CHEMISTRY 3M following interview; successful external application for
placement; grade B or better at level 3M and acceptance
Credits: 140 Level: 3 for level 4M.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: Oral presentation (23.5%) and project re-
Timetable: 169 lectures at 9.00 am, 10.00 am 11.00 am port (76.5%). Assessment contributes 18.5% towards
and other times as arranged. Average 12 hours labora- final degree mark with other assessment pro-rata for
tory work in afternoons and 2 tutorials per week. the corresponding non-placement course..

Chemistry
Aims: The placement year aims are to provide students Land, Carbon and Nitrogen Cycling in the Environ-
with: Enhanced training in practical chemistry skills; ment, Pesticides B, Movement of Chemicals in the En-
Experience of alternative professional environments; vironment.
Opportunities for enhancing communication skills; Op- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford
portunities for demonstrating initiative in a practi-
cal environment; First-hand experience of scientific re-
search. 7M6H ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Graeme Cooke 3H
8K1H ENVIRONMENTAL When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
BIOGEOCHEMISTRY 3H Timetable: Lectures: 10.00 am and 11.00 am Monday,
Tuesday, Thursday, Friday; Laboratories: 2.00-5.00 pm
Tuesday and Thursday; Field trips to be arranged.
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D in both Envi-
Timetable: To be advised ronmental Chemistry 2A and 2B or Chemistry 2Y and
Requirements of entry: GPA of 11 at end of Level 2 2X
Earth Science; Completion of all credit-bearing Earth Assessment: Laboratory work (20%); Project and field
Science courses from Level 2 at Grade D or better. En- work (20%); Degree examination - four papers (60%).
vironmental Chemistry 2A and 2B, at Grade D or bet-
ter.
Excluded Courses: N/A
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed-
Assessment: Chemistry - Lab work (12.5%), Mid ses-
sion examination (12.5%), end of session examination
wide and rigorous treatment of Environmental Chem-
- two papers (25%). Geology - Theory and practical
istry, appropriate to an aspiring professional environ-
examination (50%).
mental chemist.
Honours Course Prescription: Taught every year: Anal-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ysis of Environmental Materials (inorganic), Analy-
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed- sis of Environmental Materials (chromatographic), Ra-
ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a diochemical Analysis, Experimental Skills, Pesticides.
wide and rigorous treatment of Environmental Biogeo- Taught in alternate years: Organic Waste Materials,
chemistry, appropriate to an aspiring professional envi- Chemistry of Soil Processes, Industrial Crops, Pesti-
ronmental biogeochemist. cides A. or Reclamation of Contaminated and Derelict
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford Land, Carbon and Nitrogen Cycling in the Environ-
ment, Pesticides B, Movement of Chemicals in the En-
vironment.
JQVW ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford
3
Credits: 120 Level: 3 5YTH ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) AND GEOGRAPHY 3H
Timetable: Lectures: 10.00 am and 11.00 am Monday,
Tuesday, Thursday, Friday; Laboratories: 2.00-5.00 pm
Tuesday and Thursday; Field trips to be arranged. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D in both Envi- Timetable: Year 3: Monday 10.00; Monday 11.00
ronmental Chemistry 2A and 2B or Chemistry 2Y and (weeks 1-10); Tues, Thurs, Fri 10.00 (weeks 1-15); Tues,
2X Thurs 9.00 (weeks 1-10). Option course during semester
2: Mon/Wed/Thurs 11.00-1.30; Tues. Wed. Thurs.
Assessment: Laboratory work (20%); Project and field
1400-1700 (weeks 1-10), Easter Vacation Field Work
work (20%); Degree examination - four papers (60%).
semester 2 field work 6 days. Year 4: Tues, Thurs, Fri
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 10.00 (weeks 1-15); Mon 10.00 (weeks 1-10); Mon 12.00
Resit Examination taken in: August/September (weeks 1-10); Tues 11.00 (weeks 1-10). 2 option courses
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific educa- (semester 2) Dissertation fieldwork as scheduled; Labo-
tion at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a gen- ratory project as scheduled.
eral treatment of Environmental Chemistry, appropri- Requirements of entry: Normally Environmental Chem-
ate to an aspiring professional environmental chemist. istry 2A - D; Environmental Chemistry 2B - D; Geog-
Honours Course Prescription: Taught every year: Anal- raphy 2 C; Exceptionally Geography 2 high D.
ysis of Environmental Materials (inorganic), Analy- Assessment: Chemistry (Environmental) Third Year:
sis of Environmental Materials (chromatographic), Ra- Jun 3 hr exam 6; Jun 3 hr exam 9; Continuous assess-
diochemical Analysis, Experimental Skills, Pesticides. ment 13; Final Year: Jun 1.5 hr exam 6; Jun 2 hr exam
Taught in alternate years: Organic Waste Materials, 9; Jun 1.5 hr essay paper 6; Project 27. Geography:
Chemistry of Soil Processes, Industrial Crops, Pesti- Third Year Jun 3 hr exam 18; Continuous assessment
cides A. or Reclamation of Contaminated and Derelict field work project 13; Laboratory continuous assessment
Chemistry
9; Final Year: Jun. 3 hr exam plus continuous assess- Experimental Design and Data Handling courses: IT
ment 18; Jun 3 hr exam plus continuous assessment 18; skills; presentational skills; group and individual work-
Jun 1.5 hr essay paper 6. Dissertation 18. ing; chemical analysis; laboratory safety; experimental
Degree Examination taken in: April/May design, data handling and presentation; field working.
Aims: This degree course, taught jointly by the Chem- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford
istry (environmental) and Geographical and Earth Sci-
ences Departments, will provide an integrated approach MENW INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3
to the physical environment via an appreciation of the (HALF)
structure of surface environments, their dynamics and
their management for the sustainable use of their re- Credits: 20 Level: 3
sources. The degree course will give students specific When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
experience in, and an understanding of, the landforming
Timetable: 24 lectures at times to be arranged; average
processes and resources of surface environments and the
of 12 hours laboratory work in afternoons over 3 weeks
ways in which these have changed in the past and may
and tutorials at 10.00 am
change in the future (eg polar, coastal, fluvial, glacial,
arid); and the sustainable use of environments. This Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in Chemistry
programme of work aims to: stimulate an appreciation 2X and Chemistry 2Y
in the student of the importance of the surface envi- Assessment: Examination (85%); Laboratory (15%)
ronment; equip the student with a fundamental under- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
standing of the nature and functioning of the surface Resit Examination taken in: August/September
environment and the effects of anthropogenic activity
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed-
on it; provide the student with an advanced level of
training, laboratory skills, field skills and critical as-
wide and rigorous treatment of inorganic chemistry, ap-
sessment which allows them to gain employment in the
propriate to an aspiring professional chemist.
broad area of the environmental industry.
Honours Course Prescription: Selected parts of En-
vironmental Chemistry 3H/4H and Geography 3H/4H
courses. MEMW ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford (HALF)
5KXW GEOGRAPHY, CHEMISTRY When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
AND THE ENVIRONMENT 3 Timetable: 24 lectures at times to be arranged; average
of 12 hours laboratory work in afternoons over 3 weeks
and tutorials at 10.00 am
Timetable: Monday - 10.00; Monday - 11.00 (weeks 1- 2X and Chemistry 2Y
10); Tues, Thurs, Fri - 10.00 (weeks 1-15); Tues, Thur
Assessment: Examination (85%); Laboratory (15%)
- 9.00 (weeks 1-10); Option course during semester 2:
Mon/Wed/Thurs - 11.00-13.00; Tues, Wed, Thurs - Degree Examination taken in: April/May
14.00-17.00 (weeks 1-10); Easter vacation field work; Resit Examination taken in: August/September
field work 6 days. Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed-
Requirements of entry: Normally, Environmental ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a
Chemistry 2A - D; Environmental Chemistry 2B - D; wide and rigorous treatment of organic chemistry, ap-
Geography 2 - D. propriate to an aspiring professional chemist.
Assessment: Chemistry (Environmental): Third Year Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke
Jun 3 exam 8; Jun 3 hr exam 12; continuous assessment
19; total 55. Geography: Jun 3 hr exam 21, plus con- MEPW PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 3
tinuous assessment, field project: 12; laboratory contin-
(HALF)
uous assessment 12; total 45.
Aims: The course aims to provide an integrated ap- Timetable: 24 lectures at times to be arranged; average
proach to the physical environment giving students spe- of 12 hours laboratory work in afternoons over 3 weeks
cific experience in, and an understanding of, the land- and tutorials at 10.00 am
forming processes and resources of surface environments Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in Chemistry
and the ways in which these have changed in the past 2X and Chemistry 2Y
and may change in the future (eg polar, coastal, fluvial, Assessment: Examination (85%); Laboratory (15%)
glacial, arid); the chemical processes within the surface
environment; pollution sources and remediation; and
the sustainable use of environments. In addition stu- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
dents will gain transferable skills throughout the course Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed-
and in particular in the Geographical Techniques and ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a

Chemistry
wide and rigorous treatment of physical chemistry, ap- modern chemical physics at a level appropriate for a
propriate to an aspiring professional chemist. professional chemical physicist; (2) To provide the op-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Beth Paschke portunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat-
ments and applications of aspects of modern chemical
403J CHEMICAL PHYSICS 4H (BSC) in the principles and practice of physical measurement
techniques, using advanced instrumentation where ap-
propriate, and in the critical analysis of experimental
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) data; (4) To develop problem solving abilities, critical
Timetable: Lectures, tutorials and laboratories as ar- assessment and communication skills, to a level appro-
ranged. priate for a career of leadership in academia or industry,
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass in Chemical and to give students the experience of group work; (5)
Physics 3H at the preceding May/June examination To offer the opportunity to apply measurement, prob-
diet. lem solving and critical assessment, and communication
skills in performing and writing a report on an extended
Assessment: Examinations in chemistry and physics
and demanding project; (6) To encourage students to
components (79.2%); Physics level 3 laboratory assess-
work effectively, to develop a professional attitude to
ment (8.3%); project (12.5%).
what they do and to take full responsibility for their
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study own learning.
Honours Course Prescription: Chemistry: Frontiers
of chemistry; Colloids & Macromolecules; Thermody-
theoretical chemistry and of modern physics; (2) To pro-
namics; Surface Science; Inorganic Mechanisms; Ho-
vide the opportunity to study in depth a choice of top-
mogeneous Catalysis; Processing Chemical Data; Het-
ics relevant to current developments in chemical physics
erogeneous Catalysis; Physical Chemistry of Polymers;
and its applications; (3) To develop the practical skills
Molecular Simulation. Physics: Electromagnetism 1;
necessary for a chemical physicist by means of individual
Mathematical Methods 2. Two from list: Solid State;
Nuclear and Particle Physics; Atomic Systems. 1 op-
data analysis, and to give the opportunity for the stu-
tion from the list: Numerical Methods; Modern Optics;
dent to apply these in performing an extended project;
Medical Imaging; Astronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Mag-
(4) To develop the student’s transferable skills, in the
netism and Superconductivity; Semiconductor Physics
writing of reports on individual project work, and in
and Devices; Electronic Signal Transmission; Particle
Physics; Nuclear Physics. (Some options have prereq-
the students’ ability to work effectively and to reinforce
uisite core courses - refer to Course Guide).
their individual responsibility for their own learning.
Honours Course Prescription: Chemistry: Collids and
macromolecules; Thermodynamics; Surface science; In-
organic mechanisms; Homogeneous catalysis; Molec- 0TPJ CHEMICAL PHYSICS 4M*
ular recognition; simple fluorides; Electrochemistry;
Biomolecular separations. Physics: Electromagnetism Credits: 160 Level: 4
1; two from the following: Solid State; Nuclear and Par- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ticle Physics; Atomic Systems; 1 option from the list: Timetable: Lectures, tutorials and laboratories as ar-
Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging; ranged.
Astronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism and Supercon-
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3M* Chemi-
ductivity; Semiconductor Physics and Devices; Elec-
cal Physics normally at the May/June examination diet.
tronic Signal Transmission; Particle Physics; Nuclear
Physics. (Some options have prerequisite core courses - Assessment: Examinations in chemistry and physics
refer to Course Guide). components; (83.3%); Physics level 3 laboratory assess-
ment (5.6%); M project (11.1%).
0TNJ CHEMICAL PHYSICS 4M which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
Credits: 120 Level: 4 modern chemical physics at a level appropriate for a
professional chemical physicist; (2) To provide the op-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) portunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat-
Timetable: Lectures, tutorials and laboratories as ar- ments and applications of aspects of modern chemical
ranged. physics; (3) To provide further training and experience
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3M Chemical in the principles and practice of physical and chemical
Physics normally at the May/June examination diet. measurement techniques, using advanced instrumenta-
Assessment: Examinations corresponding to the chem- tion where appropriate, and in the critical analysis of
istry and physics course components (100%). experimental data; (4) To develop problem solving abil-
ities, critical assessment and communication skills, to a
level appropriate for a career of leadership in academia
Resit Examination taken in: August/September or industry, and to give students the experience of group
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study work; (5) To offer the opportunity to apply measure-
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of ment, problem solving and critical assessment, and com-
Chemistry
munication skills in performing and writing a report on Honours Course Prescription: Chemistry: Molecu-
an extended and demanding project; (6) To encourage lar Recognition; Metal Oxides as Advanced Materials;
students to work effectively, to develop a professional Simple Fluorides - Reactivity and Catalysis; Electro-
attitude to what they do and to take full responsibility chemistry; Biomolecular Separations; Vibrational Spec-
for their own learning. troscopy; Applications of Synchotron Radiation; Molec-
Honours Course Prescription: Chemistry: Colloids & ular Magnetism; Modern Techniques in Surface Science.
Macromolecules; Thermodynamics; Surface Science; In- Physics: 1 option from the list: Numerical Methods;
organic Mechanisms; Homogeneous Catalysis; Process- Modern Optics; Medical Imaging; Astronomy 1; As-
ing Chemical Data; Heterogeneous Catalysis; Physical tronomy 2; Magnetism and Superconductivity; Semi-
Chemistry of Polymers; Molecular Simulation; Molecu- conductor Physics and Devices; Electronic Signal Trans-
lar Recognition; Metal Oxides as Advanced Materials; mission; Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics; 2 options
Simple Fluorides - Reactivity and Catalysis; Electro- from the list: Advanced Quantum Mechanics; Electro-
chemistry; Biomolecular Separations; Vibrational Spec- magnetism 2; Statistical Mechanics; Imaging and Mi-
troscopy; Applications of Synchotron Radiation; Molec- croanalysis; Dynamics and Relativity; Detectors for Nu-
ular Magnetism; Modern Techniques in Surface Science clear and Particle Physics. (Some options have prereq-
Physics: 2 options from the list: Solid State; Nuclear uisite core courses - refer to Course Guide).
and Particle Physics; Atomic Systems; 2 options from Course Co-ordinator: Dr Malcolm Kadodwala
the list: Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Med-
ical Imaging; Astronomy1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism
0TSJ CHEMICAL PHYSICS 5M* (WP)
and Superconductivity; Semiconductor Physics and De-
vices; Electronic Signal Transmission; Particle Physics; Credits: 160 Level: 4
Nuclear Physics; 2 options from the list: Advanced When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Quantum Mechanics; Electromagnetism 2; Statistical
Mechanics; Imaging and Microanalysis; Dynamics and Timetable: Lectures, tutorials and laboratories as ar-
Relativity; Detectors for Nuclear and Particle Physics. ranged.
(Some options have prerequisite core courses - refer to Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3M* Chemi-
Course Guide) cal Physics normally at the May/June examination diet.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Malcolm Kadodwala Assessment: Examinations in chemistry and physics
components (61.4%); M project (6.8%); third year
physics laboratory (4.5%); work placement year
0TQJ CHEMICAL PHYSICS 5M (27.3%).
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
Timetable: Lectures, tutorials and laboratories as ar- modern chemical physics at a level appropriate for a
ranged. professional chemical physicist; (2) To provide the op-
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 4M Physics portunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat-
(single) at May/June examination diet. ments and applications of aspects of modern chemical
Assessment: Examinations in chemistry and physics in the principles and practice of physical and chemical
components; (83.3%); Physics level 3 laboratory assess- measurement techniques, using advanced instrumenta-
ment (5.6%); M project (11.1%). tion where appropriate, and in the critical analysis of
Degree Examination taken in: April/May experimental data; (4) To develop problem solving abil-
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study ities, critical assessment and communication skills, to a
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of level appropriate for a career of leadership in academia
modern chemical physics at a level appropriate for a or industry, and to give students the experience of group
professional chemical physicist; (2) To provide the op- work; (5) To offer the opportunity to apply measure-
portunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treatment, problem solving and critical assessment, and com-
ments and applications of aspects of modern chemical munication skills in performing and writing a report on
physics; (3) To provide further training and experience an extended and demanding project; (6) To encourage
in the principles and practice of physical and chemical students to work effectively, to develop a professional
measurement techniques, using advanced instrumenta- attitude to what they do and to take full responsibility
tion where appropriate, and in the critical analysis of for their own learning.
experimental data; (4) To develop problem solving abil- Honours Course Prescription: Chemistry: Colloids &
ities, critical assessment and communication skills, to a Macromolecules; Thermodynamics; Surface Science; In-
level appropriate for a career of leadership in academia organic Mechanisms; Homogeneous Catalysis; Process-
or industry, and to give students the experience of group ing Chemical Data; Heterogeneous Catalysis; Physical
work; (5) To offer the opportunity to apply measure- Chemistry of Polymers; Molecular Simulation; Molecu-
ment, problem solving and critical assessment, and com- lar Recognition; Metal Oxides as Advanced Materials;
munication skills in performing and writing a report on Simple Fluorides - Reactivity and Catalysis; Electro-
an extended and demanding project; (6) To encourage chemistry; Biomolecular Separations; Vibrational Spec-
students to work effectively, to develop a professional troscopy; Applications of Synchotron Radiation; Molec-
attitude to what they do and to take full responsibility ular Magnetism; Modern Techniques in Surface Science
for their own learning. Physics: 2 options from the list: Solid State; Nuclear

Chemistry
and Particle Physics; Atomic Systems; 2 options from Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific edu-
the list: Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medi- cation at tertiary level, together with a wide and rigor-
cal Imaging; Astronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism ous treatment of Chemistry, appropriate for an aspiring
and Superconductivity; Semiconductor Physics and De- professional chemist.
vices; Electronic Signal Transmission; Particle Physics; Honours Course Prescription: Molecular Spectroscopy;
Nuclear Physics; 1 option from the list: Advanced Colloids and macromolecules; Surface Science; Main
Quantum Mechanics; Electromagnetism 2; Statistical Group Organometallics; Reactivity of Organometallics;
Mechanics; Imaging and Microanalysis; Dynamics and Heterogeneous Catalysis; Organic Synthesis; Hetero-
Relativity; Detectors for Nuclear and Particle Physics. cyclic Systems. Options from: Statistical Thermody-
(Some options have prerequisite core courses - refer to namics; Modern Molecular Calculations; Laser Spec-
Course Guide) troscopy; Protein Structures - Design & Engineering;
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Malcolm Kadodwala Chirality; Homogeneous Catalysis; Simple Fluorides -
Reactivity & Catalysis; Solid State Chemistry; Anti-
Cancer Drugs; Modern Synthetic Methods; Asymmetric
0TJJ CHEMICAL PHYSICS M PROJECT Synthesis; Enzymes.
Credits: 40 Level: 4 Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia
Timetable: At times to be arranged with supervisors 8RQG CHEMISTRY 4H (COMBINED)
Requirements of entry: Grade A - D pass at 3M* or 4M
Chemical Physics at May/June examination diet.
Assessment: Project report (100%) When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Timetable: 68 lectures; Research project 15 weeks (10
hours per week); Tutorials 15 hours.
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of Degree Examination taken in: April/May
modern aspects of inorganic & physical and theoretical Resit Examination taken in: August/September
chemistry and of modern physics at a level appropri- Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific educa-
ate for a professional chemical physicist; (2) To pro- tion at tertiary level, together with a wide and rigorous
vide the opportunity to study in depth a choice of ad- treatment of selected topics of chemistry.
vanced treatments and applications of aspects of mod-
Honours Course Prescription: As for selected parts of
ern physics and chemistry; (3) To develop the practical
the Chemistry-4H full course.
skills necessary for a professional chemical physicist by
means of individual laboratory experiments, using ad- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia
vanced instrumentation where appropriate; (4) To de-
velop problem solving abilities, critical assessment and
communication skills, to a level appropriate for a ca- 2YGJ CHEMISTRY 4M
reer of leadership in academia or industry; (5) To offer
the opportunity to apply measurement, problem solv-
ing and critical assessment, and communication skills in When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
performing, writing a report on and making a presen- Timetable: 160 lectures; Research project, 20 weeks (20
tation about an extended and demanding project; (6) hours per week); 29 tutorials as arranged.
To encourage students to work effectively, to develop a Requirements of entry: Normally grade B in Chemistry
professional attitude to what they do and to take full 3M.
responsibility for their own learning.
Assessment: Carry over from 3M (6.6%); essays (8%);
Honours Course Prescription: Project comprises tech- five 3 hour papers (66.7%); research project (13.3%) and
nical essay, project work, report and poster or oral pre- oral presentation (5.3%).
sentation.
ing in all branches of advanced Chemistry appropriate
402J CHEMISTRY 4H for those who will become professional chemists work-
ing probably in a research environment, together with
Credits: 120 Level: 4 specialisations in areas of the subject where significant
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) advances and developments are currently being made,
with enhancement of professional skills.
Timetable: 136 lectures; Research project, 15 weeks.
(20 hours per week); Tutorials (29 hours). Honours Course Prescription: Molecular Spectroscopy;
Colloids and macromolecules; Surface Science; Main
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Chemistry
Group Organometallics; Reactivity of Organometallics;
3H
Heterogeneous Catalysis; Organic Synthesis; Hetero-
Assessment: Four 3-hour papers (72.7%); thesis cyclic Systems. Options from: Statistical Thermody-
(18.2%); carry-over of marks from 3H (9.1%); oral at namics; Modern Molecular Calculations; Laser Spec-
discretion of examiners. troscopy; Protein Structures - Design & Engineering;
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Chirality; Homogeneous Catalysis; Simple Fluorides -
Chemistry
Reactivity & Catalysis; Solid State Chemistry; Anti- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Cancer Drugs; Modern Synthetic Methods; Asymmetric Timetable: 168 lectures; Research project, 20 weeks (20
Synthesis; Enzymes. hours per week); 29 tutorials as arranged.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia Requirements of entry: Normally at least grade B in
Chemistry with Forensic Studies 3M.
LBLG CHEMISTRY 4M (COMBINED) Assessment: Carry over from 3M (5.6%); work place-
ment assessment (19.1%); essay (3.4%); examinations
(56.2%); research project (11.2%) and oral presentation
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) (4.5%).
Timetable: 88 lectures; Research project, 9 weeks (20 Degree Examination taken in: April/May
hours per week); 20 tutorials as arranged.
Requirements of entry: Normally grade B in Chemistry ing in all branches of advanced Chemistry and analytical
3M (combined). and forensic techniques appropriate for those who will
Assessment: Essay (4%); five 1.5-hour papers (75%); become professional chemists working probably in a re-
Research project (15%) and oral presentation (6%). search environment, together with specialisations in ar-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May eas of the subject where significant advances and devel-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September opments are currently being made, with enhancement
of professional skills.
ing in all branches of advanced chemistry appropriate Honours Course Prescription: Heterocyclic Sys-
for those who will become professional chemists work- tems; Pericyclic Reactions; Advanced Organic Syn-
ing probably in a research environment, together with thesis; Colloids & Macromolecules; Thermodynam-
specialisations in areas of the subject where significant ics; Nanoscience; Reactivity of Transition Metal
advances and developments are currently being made, Organometallic Compounds; Inorganic Mechanisms;
with enhancement of professional skills. Homogeneous catalysis; Processing Chemical Data;
Heterogeneous Catalysis; Advanced Retrosynthesis; In-
Honours Course Prescription: As for selected parts of
organic Supramolecular Chemistry; Physical Chemistry
the Chemistry 4M course with a balance or organic,
of Polymers; Asymmetric Synthesis; Molecular Simula-
inorganic and physical chemistry
tion; Metals in Medicine; Enzyme Catalysis in Organic
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia Reactions; Options from list in course handbook includ-
ing Forensic and Analytical options; Project on a topic
0TXH CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC relating to Forensic or Analytical Chemistry.
STUDIES 4H Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia

When Taught: Full Session (September - March) 4M7J CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL
Timetable: 112 lectures; Research project, 16 weeks (20 CHEMISTRY 4H
hours per week); 29 tutorials as arranged.
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D in Chemistry
with Forensic Studies 3H. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Assessment: Carry over from 3H (7.7%); Examinations Timetable: 136 lectures; Research project, 15 weeks.
(76.9%); research project (15.4%). (20 hours per week); Tutorials (29 hours).
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Chemistry
Aims: To provide a broadly-based education and train- with Medicinal Chemistry 3H
ing in all branches of advanced Chemistry and analytical Assessment: Three 3-hour papers and 2 one and a
and forensic techniques appropriate for those who will half hour papers (72.7%); thesis (18.2%); carry-over of
become professional chemists. marks from 3H (9.1%); oral at discretion of examiners.
Honours Course Prescription: Spectroscopic Tech- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
niques; Heterocyclic Systems; Advanced Organic Syn- Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific edu-
thesis; Colloids & Macromolecules; Thermodynam- cation at tertiary level, together with a wide and rigor-
ics; Nanoscience; Reactivity of Transition Metal ous treatment of Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry,
Organometallic Compounds; Inorganic Mechanisms; appropriate for an aspiring professional chemist.
Homogeneous catalysis; Options from list in course
Honours Course Prescription: Pharmacology; Medici-
handbook including Forensic and Analytical options;
nal Chemistry; Organic Synthesis I; Industrial Medic-
Project on a topic relating to Forensic or Analytical
inal Chemistry; Aromatic Systems; Reactivity of
Chemistry.
Organometallics; Biophysical Chemistry; Organic Syn-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia thesis II. Options from: Statistical Thermodynamics;
Chem/Pharmacology of Anti-Cancer Drugs; Chiral-
0UGJ CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC ity; Simple Fluorides - Reactivity & Catalysis; CNS
STUDIES 4M Pharmacology - Neurotransmitters and Disease; Pro-
tein Structures - Design & Engineering; Modern Syn-
Credits: 160 Level: 4 thetic Methods; Solid State Chemistry - Materials &

Chemistry
Microstructure; Laser Spectroscopy; Asymmetic Syn- 7M6J ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

thesis; Homogeneous Catalysis; Modern Molecular Cal- 4H
culations; Enzymes in Organic Chemistry
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia Credits: 120 Level: 4
2YHJ CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL Timetable: To be advised

CHEMISTRY 4M Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Environ-
mental Chemistry 3H
Credits: 160 Level: 4 Assessment: The Final Year assessment is based on a
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) 30% carry over from level 3, one Final Year project and
Timetable: 160 lectures; Research project, 20 weeks (20 4 Final Year examination papers. Level 3 carry over
hours per week); 29 tutorials as arranged. (30%), Project (30%), Degree papers 1-4 (40%).
Requirements of entry: Normally grade B in Chemistry Degree Examination taken in: April/May
with Medicinal Chemistry 3M. Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed-
Assessment: Carry over from 3M (6.7%); essay (4%); ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a
five 3-hour papers (66.7%); Research project (13.3%) wide and rigorous treatment of Environmental Chem-
and oral presentation (5.3%). istry, appropriate to an aspiring professional environ-
mental chemist. Also to provide its graduates with a
highly marketable skills in the chemical analysis of en-
Aims: To provide a broadly-based education and train- vironmental materials.
ing in all branches of advanced chemistry with medicinal
chemistry appropriate for those who will become profes- Honours Course Prescription: Taught every year: At-
sional chemists working probably in a research environ- mospheric Pollution, Water pollution, Radionuclides
ment, together with specialisations in areas of the sub- in the Environment, Stable Isotopes in Environmental
ject where significant advances and developments are Studies. Taught in alternate years: Organic Waste Ma-
currently being made, with enhancement of professional terials, Chemistry of Soil Processes, Industrial Crops,
skills. Pesticides A. or Reclamation of Contaminated and
Derelict Land, Carbon and Nitrogen Cycling in the En-
Honours Course Prescription: Pharmacology; Medici- vironment, Pesticides B, Movement of Chemicals in the
nal Chemistry; Organic Synthesis I; Industrial Medic- Environment.
inal Chemistry; Aromatic Systems; Reactivity of
Organometallics; Biophysical Chemistry; Organic Syn- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford
thesis II. Options from: Statistical Thermodynamics;
Chem/Pharmacology of Anti-Cancer Drugs; Chiral- 1BDJ ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
ity; Simple Fluorides - Reactivity & Catalysis; CNS
4M
Pharmacology - Neurotransmitters and Disease; Pro-
tein Structures - Design & Engineering; Modern Syn- Credits: 120 Level: 4
thetic Methods; Solid State Chemistry - Materials &
Microstructure; Laser Spectroscopy; Asymmetic Syn-
thesis; Homogeneous Catalysis; Modern Molecular Cal- Timetable: To be advised
culations; Enzymes in Organic Chemistry Requirements of entry: Normally grade B or better in
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia Environmental Chemistry 3H
Assessment: The Final Year assessment is based on a
30% carry over from level 3, one Final Year project and
8K1J ENVIRONMENTAL
3 Final Year examination papers. Level 3 carry over
BIOGEOCHEMISTRY 4H (30%), Project (30%), Degree papers 1-4 (40%).
Timetable: To be advised Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed-
Requirements of entry: Level 3 Environmental Biogeo- ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a
chemistry at Grade D or better wide and rigorous treatment of Environmental Chem-
istry, appropriate to an aspiring professional environ-
Assessment: Chemistry - Level 3 carry over (20%),
mental chemist. Also to provide its graduates with a
Project (10%), Degree papers 1-3 (20%) Geology - Level
highly marketable skills in the chemical analysis of en-
3 carry over (20%), Project and Fieldwork (10%), De-
vironmental materials. Students on this course subse-
gree papers (20%).
quently complete a work placement year.
Honours Course Prescription: Taught every year: At-
Aims: To provide students with a broad scientific ed- mospheric Pollution, Water pollution, Radionuclides
ucation at tertiary level and lay the foundations for a in the Environment, Stable Isotopes in Environmental
wide and rigorous treatment of advanced Environmen- Studies. Taught in alternate years: Organic Waste Ma-
tal Biogeochemistry, appropriate to an aspiring profes- terials, Chemistry of Soil Processes, Industrial Crops,
sional environmental biogeochemist. Pesticides A. or Reclamation of Contaminated and
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford Derelict Land, Carbon and Nitrogen Cycling in the En-
Classics
vironment, Pesticides B, Movement of Chemicals in the Co-requisites: None

Environment. Assessment: Two essays (20% each), end of course ex-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford amination (60%)
9FVN ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Resit Examination taken in: August/September
WITH WORK PLACEMENT (WP YEAR) Aims: This course will provide the opportunity for stu-
dents 1. To receive an introduction to the literature,
history, and material and intellectual culture of Greece
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) in the period 776-479 B.C. 2. To explore the range of
Timetable: Length and timing of work placements vary. source material available for the study of this period
Normally 9 - 10 months. and a variety of methodologies appropriate to its use.
Degree Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox
Aims: The placement year aims are to provide stu-
dents with: Enhanced training in practical environmen- KZLU CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 1B:
tal chemistry skills; Experience of alternative profes- REPUBLICAN ROME, 220-19 B.C.
sional environments; Opportunities for enhancing com-
munication skills; Opportunities for demonstrating ini- Credits: 20 Level: 1
tiative in a practical environment; First-hand experi- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
ence of scientific research.
Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday and Friday at 3pm; and
Honours Course Prescription: Work placement with
eight tutorials
various companies involving environmental and analyt-
ical chemistry Requirements of entry: None
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford Co-requisites: None
Assessment: Two essays (20% each), end of course ex-
amination (60%)
LBNG CHEMISTRY 5M (COMBINED)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: This course will provide the opportunity for stu-
Timetable: 88 lectures; Research project, 9 weeks (20 dents 1. To receive an introduction to the literature,
hours per week); 20 tutorials as arranged. history and material and intellectual culture of Rome
Requirements of entry: Normally grade B in Chemistry in the period 220-19 B.C. 2. To explore the range of
4M (combined). source material available for the study of this period
and a variety of methodologies appropriate to its use.
Assessment: Carry forward from years 3 (14%) and 4
(28%); essay (4%); five 1.5-hour papers (35%); Research Course Co-ordinator: Prof Matthew Fox
project (14%) and oral presentation (6%).
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 116B GREEK 1A
ing in all branches of advanced chemistry appropriate When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
for those who will become professional chemists work- Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - at 11
ing probably in a research environment, together with am
specialisations in areas of the subject where significant Requirements of entry: None
advances and developments are currently being made, Co-requisites: None
with enhancement of professional skills.
Excluded Courses: New Testament Greek 1 456U; Greek
Honours Course Prescription: As for selected parts of 1A (1999-2000)
the Chemistry 4M course with a balance or organic,
Assessment: Two class tests (20% each), end of course
inorganic and physical chemistry
examination (60%)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Louis Farrugia
Classics Aims: To introduce students to the language of classical
Greece
KXVU CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 1A:
EARLY GREECE, FROM TROY TO Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Linda Knox
PLATAEA, 776-479 B.C.
2HHU GREEK 1B
Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday and Friday at 3pm; and When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
eight tutorials Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - at 11
Requirements of entry: None am

Classics
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Co-requisites: None

Greek 1A, or at the discretion of the Head of Depart- Excluded Courses: 2HLU Latin 1A.
ment
Co-requisites: None
examination (60%)
Excluded Courses: Greek 1B (1999-2000).
examination (60%) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: To develop your ability in reading Latin authors,
Resit Examination taken in: August/September with due attention to grammar, style and vocabulary,
and to understand the aims, background and subject
Aims: To advance your understanding of the language matter of chosen authors
of classical Greece
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Luke Houghton
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Linda Knox
2HLU LATIN 1A: BEGINNING LATIN 2HPU LATIN 1D: READING LATIN
(ADVANCED)
Timetable: Daily - 9.00 am; lectures and weekly tutori- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
als.
Timetable: Daily - 9.00 am
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Latin
Co-requisites: None
1C, or at the discretion of the Head of Department
Excluded Courses: 2HNU Latin 1C
Co-requisites: None
examination (60%) Excluded Courses: 2HMU Latin 1B
Degree Examination taken in: December Assessment: Two class tests (20% each), end of course
Resit Examination taken in: August/September examination (60%)
Aims: To introduce students to the grammar and syn- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
tax of the Latin language and to lay the basis for the Resit Examination taken in: August/September
acquisition of necessary vocabulary.
Aims: To develop your skills in the reading of Latin and
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Costas Panayotakis improve your grasp of the language; to understand the
aims, background and subject matter of the prescribed
2HMU LATIN 1B: READING LATIN authors.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Luke Houghton
Timetable: Daily 9.00 am MDJV CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 2A.
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Latin THE CIVIC DISCOURSE OF CLASSICAL
1A, or at the discretion of the Head of Department ATHENS
Co-requisites: None
Excluded Courses: 2HPU Latin 1D
Assessment: Two class tests (20% each), end of course When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
examination (60%) Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 1pm
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and Ten weekly seminars, starting in week two of the
course.
Aims: To improve your grasp of the language and de- Requirements of entry: A grade D or above in one of the
velop your skills in the reading of Latin; to understand following: Classical Civilisation 1A, Classical Civilisa-
the aims, background and subject-matter of the pre- tion1B, Classical Greek Civilisation 1 (DACE course 1
scribed classical authors. or 2), Latin 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, Greek 1A, 1B, or a course
at level 1 in Archaeology, Civil Law, or Religion.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Costas Panayotakis
Aims: This course provides the opportunity for students
to: study political organisation in the Greek world;
2HNU LATIN 1C: INTRODUCTORY explore dissent, debate and dialogue within the Athe-
READING OF LATIN nian radical democracy; investigate the relationship be-
tween ethics and politics; examine ideology and propa-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 ganda within the polis; relate the physical environment
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) of Athens to its political processes; set approaches to
Timetable: Daily 9.00 am Greek drama in their historical and cultural context.
Requirements of entry: SCE Higher Level or equivalent Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Ruffell
Classics
LEKV CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 2B: Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of

IMPERIAL ROME: CITY AND EMPIRE Greek 2A, or at the discretion of the Head of Depart-
19 BC - 180 AD ment
Co-requisites: None
Assessment: Two class tests (20% each), one essay
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) (20%), end of course examination (40%)
Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 1pm Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and Ten weekly tutorials (including two on visual and
material culture), starting in week 2 Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in any one of Aims: To enlarge your knowledge of the language and
the following: Classical Civilisation 1A; Classical Civili- literature of Classical Greece. The language part of the
sation 1B; Classical Greek Civilisation 1 (DACE module course involves translation from and into Greek.
1 or 2); Latin 1A; Latin 1B; Latin 1C; Latin 1D; Greek Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox
1A; Greek 1B; or a course at level 1 in Archaeology,
Civil Law, or Religion.
7FBV LATIN 2A: LETTERS AND
Co-requisites: None
SOCIETY
Assessment: one class essay (20%), one project (20%),
and the end of course examination (60%) Credits: 20 Level: 2
Degree Examination taken in: April/May When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: 4 days per week at 3.00 pm
Aims: This course provides the opportunity for stu- Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in Latin 1B
dents to: study the management of empire from the or 1D,or at the discretion of the Head of Department
Julio-Claudian to the Antonine periods; relate centre
Assessment: Two class tests (20% each), one essay
and periphery in the Roman world; examine the con-
(20%), end of course examination (40%)
ceptual and physical environment of the city - its perils,
delights, fascination, and horror; consider the develop- Degree Examination taken in: December
ment and practice of memorialisation and commemora- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
tion in different contexts; investigate what it means to Aims: To develop your knowledge of the Latin language
be Greek under Rome; explore philosophical and polit- and provide a detailed understanding and appreciation
ical responses to monarchy; explore key methods in the of prescribed literary texts and the society within which
study of Roman literature, culture and society. they were written.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Julia Shear Course Co-ordinator: Dr Julia Shear
7FDV GREEK 2A
7FAV LATIN 2B: AUGUSTAN POETRY
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday and Friday -
10.00 am Timetable: 4 days per week at 3.00 pm
Requirements of entry: D grade in Greek 1B, but a stu- Requirements of entry: Grade D or above in Latin 2A,
dent having previous knowledge of Greek judged suf- or at the discretion of the Head of Department
ficient by the Head of Department may be admitted Assessment: Two class tests (20% each), one essay
direct to 2A (20%), end of course examination (40%)
Co-requisites: None Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: Two class tests (20% each), one essay Resit Examination taken in: August/September
(20%), end of course examination (40%) Aims: To develop your knowledge of the Latin language
Degree Examination taken in: December and provide a detailed understanding and appreciation
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of prescribed literary texts and of the society within
which they were written.
Aims: To enlarge your knowledge of the language and
literature of Classical Greece. The language part of the Course Co-ordinator: Dr Julia Shear
course involves translation from and into Greek.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox 2Y5D CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 3
7FCV GREEK 2B
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De-
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) partment Honours handbook
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - 10.00 Requirements of entry: Grade D in Classical Civilisation
am 2A or 2B

Classics
Assessment: Three 20-credit Honours papers are cho- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
sen; form and timing of assessment varies depending on Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De-
options chosen. partment Honours handbook
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Requirements of entry: At least two level one courses
Resit Examination taken in: August/September and two level two courses in Classical Civilisation, Greek
Aims: The course aims to study the civilisation of and/or Latin with at least two Cs and two Ds. Three Ds
Greece and Rome at an advanced level, extending and and a C or four Ds may be considered for entry at the
deepening the knowledge and understanding achieved Head of Department’s discretion. Students who have
in the classes at Levels 1 and 2. Emphasis is placed on taken fewer than four courses may be considered for
three key modes of study of the ancient world, archae- Honours entry but will be expected to take the missing
ological, historical and literary. No knowledge of the courses in their Junior Honours year.
Greek and Latin languages is demanded but those who Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
wish to begin Latin or Greek will be offered the option are taught
of doing so. The student chooses three options from the Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Honours programme but is assessed in them at level 3
Aims: To study the civilisation of Greece and Rome at
General Humanities Standard.
an advanced level, extending and deepening the knowl-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox edge and understanding achieved in the courses taken
in first and second year. Emphasis is placed on the four
key modes of study of the ancient world, archaeolog-
9LGF CLASSICS 3H (JOINT)
ical, historical, literary and philosophical. No knowl-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 edge of the Greek and Latin languages is demanded
but those who wish to begin Latin or Greek will be
offered the option to do so. A primary aim is to pro-
Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De- mote direct intellectual engagement with ancient texts
partment Honours handbook and artefacts which constitute the legacy of the ancient
Requirements of entry: At least two level one courses world: a secondary one is to illuminate with the aid
and two level two courses in Classical Civilisation, Greek of modern scholarship the multiform interpretations of
and/or Latin with at least two Cs and two Ds. Three Ds them which more recent ages have evolved.
and a C or four Ds may be considered for entry at the Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours
Head of Department’s discretion. Students who have years students take Ten options (20 credits each) and a
taken fewer than four courses may be considered for dissertation worth 40 credits.
Honours entry but will be expected to take the missing
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox
courses in their Junior Honours year.
Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
are taught 116F GREEK 3H (JOINT)
Aims: To study the civilisation of Greece and Rome at When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
an advanced level, extending and deepening the knowl-
Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De-
edge and understanding achieved in the courses taken
partment Honours handbook
in first and second year. Emphasis is placed on the four
key modes of study of the ancient world, archeologi- Requirements of entry: A grade of B in Greek 2B guar-
cal, historical, literary and philosophical. No knowl- antees an offer of entry into Honours in Greek. A grade
edge of the Greek and Latin languages is demanded of C may be considered
but those who wish to begin Latin or Greek will be Co-requisites: None
offered the option of doing so. A primary aim is to pro- Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
mote direct intellectual engagement with ancient texts are taught
and artefacts which constitute the legacy of the ancient
world: a secondary one is to illuminate with the aid
of modern scholarship the multiform interpretations of Aims: The aim of the course is to study at an advanced
them which more recent ages have evolved. level the principal works of Greek literature (both prose
and poetry), as well as the language, history, philosophy,
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours
and archaeology of the classical period.
years students take either six options (normally three
in Junior Honours and three in Senior Honours) of 20 Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours
credits each; or four options of 20 credits each and a dis- years students must take options totalling 120 credits.
sertation (40 credits). Joint honours students must do a These must include either Greek Unprepared Transla-
dissertation; if you are doing a dissertation in your other tion 89DF or Greek Prose Composition and Unprepared
subject you may not take the dissertation in Classics. Translation 89DE; at least two papers from the Greek
options; and at least one paper from the Classics op-
tions. The remaining 40 credits may be derived from
either a dissertation (40 credits); or two further papers
9FYH CLASSICS 3H (SINGLE) from the Greek options; or one paper from the Greek
options and one paper from the Classics options. Un-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 less in special circumstances the Head of Department
Classics
approves a different choice of options. Joint honours students must do a dissertation; if you are doing a dis-
students must do a dissertation; if you are doing a dissertation in your other subject you may not take the
sertation in your other subject you may not take the dissertation in Latin.
dissertation in Greek. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Costas Panayotakis
9LFH LATIN 3H SINGLE
116H GREEK 3H (SINGLE)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De-
Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De- partment Honours handbook
partment Honours handbook Requirements of entry: A Grade of B in either level 2
Requirements of entry: A grade of B in Greek 2B guar- course (or, with the approval of the Head of Depart-
antees an offer of entry into Honours in Greek. A grade ment, a C) and at least a D in the other level 2 course
of C may be considered guarantees entry into Honours Latin
Co-requisites: None Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they are taught
are taught Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: The aim of this programme is to increase stu-
Aims: The aim of the course is to study at an advanced dents’ expertise in the Latin language, to develop an
level the principal works of Greek literature (both prose understanding of selected literary works of major impor-
and poetry), as well as the language, history, philosophy tance, and to study in depth various aspects of Classical
and archaeology of the classical period. culture.
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours
years students take ten options: Greek unprepared years students take ten options: Latin unprepared
translation or Greek prose composition and unprepared translation or Latin prose composition and unprepared
translation, six further papers from the Greek options, translation, six further papers from the Latin options,
three papers from the Classics options, and a disserta- three papers from the Classics options, and a disserta-
tion. tion.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox Course Co-ordinator: Dr Costas Panayotakis
9LBF LATIN 3H JOINT 9FXG CLASSICS 4H (JOINT)

Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De- Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De-
partment Honours handbook partment Honours handbook
Requirements of entry: A Grade of B in either level 2 Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Ju-
course (or, with the approval of the Head of Depart- nour Honours
ment, a C) and at least a D in the other level 2 course Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
guarantees entry into Honours Latin are taught
Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they Degree Examination taken in: April/May
are taught
Aims: To study the civilisation of Greece and Rome at
Degree Examination taken in: April/May an advanced level, extending and deepening the knowl-
Aims: The aim of this programme is to increase stu- edge and understanding achieved in the courses taken
dents’ expertise in the Latin language, to develop an in first and second year. Emphasis is placed on the four
understanding of selected literary works of major impor- key modes of study of the ancient world, archeologi-
tance, and to study in depth various aspects of Classical cal, historical, literary and philosophical. No knowl-
culture. edge of the Greek and Latin languages is demanded
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours but those who wish to begin Latin or Greek will be
years students must take options totalling 120 credits. offered the option of doing so. A primary aim is to pro-
These must include either Latin Unprepared Transla- mote direct intellectual engagement with ancient texts
tion 96NW or Latin Prose Composition and Unprepared and artefacts which constitute the legacy of the ancient
Translation 93VU; at least two papers from the Latin world: a secondary one is to illuminate with the aid
options; and at least one paper from the Classics op- of modern scholarship the multiform interpretations of
tions. The remaining 40 credits may be derived from them which more recent ages have evolved.
either a dissertation (40 credits); or two further papers Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours
from the Latin options; or one paper from the Latin years students take either six options (normally three
options and one paper from the Classics options. Un- in Junior Honours and three in Senior Honours) of 20
less in special circumstances the Head of Department credits each; or four options of 20 credits each and a dis-
approves a different choice of options. Joint honours sertation (40 credits). Joint honours students must do a

Classics
dissertation; if you are doing a dissertation in your other approves a different choice of options. Joint honours
subject you may not take the dissertation in Classics. students must do a dissertation; if you are doing a dis-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox sertation in your other subject you may not take the
dissertation in Greek.
9LHJ CLASSICS 4H (SINGLE)
Credits: 120 Level: 4 116J GREEK 4H (SINGLE)
partment Honours handbook When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Ju- Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De-
nour Honours partment Honours handbook
Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Ju-
are taught nior Honours
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Co-requisites: None
Aims: To study the civilisation of Greece and Rome at Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
an advanced level, extending and deepening the knowl- are taught
edge and understanding achieved in the courses taken Degree Examination taken in: April/May
in first and second year. Emphasis is placed on the four Aims: The aim of the course is to study at an advanced
key modes of study of the ancient world, archaeolog- level the principal works of Greek literature (both prose
ical, historical, literary and philosophical. No knowl- and poetry), as well as the language, history, philosophy
edge of the Greek and Latin languages is demanded and archaeology of the classical period.
but those who wish to begin Latin or Greek will be
offered the option to do so. A primary aim is to pro-
years students take ten options: Greek unprepared
mote direct intellectual engagement with ancient texts
translation or Greek prose composition and unprepared
and artefacts which constitute the legacy of the ancient
translation, six further papers from the Greek options,
world: a secondary one is to illuminate with the aid
three papers from the Classics options, and a disserta-
of modern scholarship the multiform interpretations of
tion.
them which more recent ages have evolved.
years students take Ten options (20 credits each) and a
dissertation worth 40 credits. 9LCG LATIN 4H JOINT
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ronald Knox Credits: 60 Level: 4
116G GREEK 4H (JOINT) Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De-
Credits: 60 Level: 4 partment Honours handbook
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Ju-
nior Honours
partment Honours handbook Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
are taught
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Ju-
nior Honours Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Co-requisites: None Aims: The aim of this programme is to increase stu-
dents’ expertise in the Latin language, to develop an
Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they
understanding of selected literary works of major impor-
are taught
tance, and to study in depth various aspects of Classical
Degree Examination taken in: April/May culture.
Aims: The aim of the course is to study at an advanced Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours
level the principal works of Greek literature (both prose years students must take options totalling 120 credits.
and poetry), as well as the language, history, philosophy, These must include either Latin Unprepared Transla-
and archaeology of the classical period. tion 96NW or Latin Prose Composition and Unprepared
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours Translation 93VU; at least two papers from the Latin
years students must take options totalling 120 credits. options; and at least one paper from the Classics op-
These must include either Greek Unprepared Transla- tions. The remaining 40 credits may be derived from
tion 89DF or Greek Prose Composition and Unprepared either a dissertation (40 credits); or two further papers
Translation 89DE; at least two papers from the Greek from the Latin options; or one paper from the Latin
options; and at least one paper from the Classics op- options and one paper from the Classics options. Un-
tions. The remaining 40 credits may be derived from less in special circumstances the Head of Department
either a dissertation (40 credits); or two further papers approves a different choice of options. Joint honours
from the Greek options; or one paper from the Greek students must do a dissertation; if you are doing a dis-
options and one paper from the Classics options. Un- sertation in your other subject you may not take the
less in special circumstances the Head of Department dissertation in Latin.
Computing Science
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Costas Panayotakis Course Co-ordinator: Dr Simon Gay
9LEJ LATIN 4H SINGLE 7FXU COMPUTING SCIENCE - 1Q

Timetable: Lectures and seminars as per Classics De- Timetable: 44 Lectures taught at 2 per week on Tuesday
partment Honours handbook and Thursday at 12.00 noon, one-hour tutorial and two-
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of Ju- hour laboratory session per fortnight, throughout the
nior Honours session.
Assessment: Options are assessed in the session they Requirements of entry: A Grade B or above in Higher
are taught Mathematics, or a Grade C in Higher Mathemat-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ics AND a Grade B or above in Higher Comput-
ing/Information Systems, or a suitable equivalent.
Aims: The aim of this programme is to increase stu-
dents’ expertise in the Latin language, to develop an Co-requisites: CS1P
understanding of selected literary works of major impor- Excluded Courses: The 20 credits for CS1Q cannot be
tance, and to study in depth various aspects of Classical counted in addition to credits for CS1X (CF1), CS1Y
culture. (HCI1) or Humanities Computing Level 1 courses.
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two Honours Assessment: One 2-hour examination (70%), class test
years students take ten options: Latin unprepared (10%) assessed coursework (20%)
translation or Latin prose composition and unprepared Degree Examination taken in: April/May
translation, six further papers from the Latin options, Resit Examination taken in: August/September
three papers from the Classics options, and a disserta-
tion. Aims: The aim of the CS1Q course is to give students an
understanding of: the structure of a computer system at
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Costas Panayotakis a range of levels: logic gates, functional units within the
CPU, functional units within the computer, the operat-
Computing Science ing system, the high-level programmer’s view, networks,
human-computer interaction: styles of interaction, re-
7FWU COMPUTING SCIENCE - 1P quirements for an interactive system in relation to the
nature of the tasks being supported, issues in the design
Credits: 20 Level: 1 of interactive systems, critical assessment of designs, the
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ways in which databases contribute to the management
Timetable: Lectures 44 taught at 2 per week on Wednes- of large amounts of data, the professional and ethical is-
day and Friday at 12.00 noon, and a 2-hour labo- sues raised by the existence of databases and networks,
ratory/tutorial session weekly throughout the session. mathematics to support the previous items and to pro-
One of the lecture sessions each week may take the form vide a foundation for level 2.
of a large group tutorial. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Simon Gay
Requirements of entry: Eligible students should have a
Grade B or above in Higher Mathematics, or a Grade KXDV COMPUTING SCIENCE 2P: JAVA
C in Higher Mathematics AND a Grade B or above in PROGRAMMING 2
Higher Computing/Information Systems, or a suitable
equivalent. Credits: 10 Level: 2
Excluded Courses: The 20 credits for CS1P cannot be When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
counted in addition to credits for CS1R (IP1), CS1S Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures per week tba (will be
(FP1), or IPEE1. taught within Computing Science Level 2 times of either
Assessment: One 2-hour examination (60%), class tests Mon, Tues or Wed at 11 am and either Wed at 1 pm or
(20%) and laboratory examinations (20%). Thurs or Fri at 11 am), one 2-hour laboratory per week.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Requirements of entry: Entry to Level 2 Computing Sci-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ence is guaranteed to students who achieve Grade C or
Aims: The aim of the CS1P course is to produce pro- better in each of CS1P and CS1Q at the first attempt.
grammers equipped with an understanding of: Funda- All others would be at the discretion of the Department.
mental computational concepts underlying most pro- Co-requisites: None.
gramming languages; A range of problem-solving tech- Excluded Courses: Level 2 Humanities Computing.
niques using computers; The role of programming Assessment: 1.5 hour degree examination (50%), 2
within the overall software development process; At- hour laboratory examination (30%), 1.5 hour class test
titudes and working practices appropriate for a pro- (20%).
fessional programmer; The skills supporting the solu-
tion of small problems using a programming language;
The clear expression of solutions at different levels of Resit Examination taken in: August/September
abstraction; Independent and self-motivated study in Aims: To further develop the students’ experience in
Computing Science. programming using a strongly typed language (Java)

Computing Science
and strengthen their problem solving skills; To intro- Aims: To provide a thorough understanding of the inte-
duce the ideas that underpin object-oriented program- gration of hardware and software components in a sim-
ming and ensure students gain the ability to appro- ple, but realistic, computer system.
priately utilise these concepts in developing small and Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Irving
medium sized software systems; To begin to develop
the ability to select and re-use existing software com-
ponents and libraries from a limited subset of stan- 8OYV COMPUTING SCIENCE 2U:
dard libraries; To provide an introduction to elementary INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 2
graphical user-interface (GUI) development.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Irving
Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures per week tba (will be
3ABV COMPUTING SCIENCE 2R: taught within Computing Science Level 2 times of either
ALGORITHMIC FOUNDATIONS 2 Mon, Tues or Wed at 11 am and either Wed at 1 pm
or Thurs or Fri at 11 am); one-hour Examples Class
Credits: 10 Level: 2 every 3 weeks and two-hour laboratory per fortnight as
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) arranged.
Requirements of entry: Entry to Level 2 Computing Sci-
ence is guaranteed to students who achieve Grade C or
taught within Computing Science Level 2 times of either
better in each of CS1P and CS1Q at the first attempt.
Mon, Tues or Wed at 11 am and either Wed at 1 pm or
All others would be at the discretion of the Department.
Thurs or Fri at 11 am); one hour Examples Class every
3 weeks; plus drop-in tutorials at times to be arranged. Co-requisites: None.
Requirements of entry: Entry to Level 2 Computing Sci- Excluded Courses: Level 2 Humanities Computing.
ence is guaranteed to students who achieve Grade C or Assessment: 1.5-hour examination (80%), plus assessed
better in each of CS1P and CS1Q at the first attempt. coursework (20%).
All others would be at the discretion of the Department. Degree Examination taken in: December
Co-requisites: Java Programming 2. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Excluded Courses: Level 2 Humanities Computing Aims: To develop competence, confidence, and profes-
Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (80%), plus assessed sionalism in designing and developing information sys-
coursework (20%). tems which provide computer interfaces to the manage-
ment of large collections of data, including delivery over
the world wide web.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Irving
Aims: To introduce the foundational mathematics
needed for Computing Science; To make students profi-
cient in their use; To show how they can be applied to
KXEV COMPUTING SCIENCE 2X:
advantage in understanding computational phenomena. ALGORITHMS & DATA STRUCTURES 2
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Irving Credits: 10 Level: 2
3ADV COMPUTING SCIENCE 2T: Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures per week tba (will be
COMPUTER SYSTEMS 2 taught within Computing Science Level 2 times of either
Mon, Tues or Wed at 11 am and either Wed at 1 pm or
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Thurs or Fri at 11 am), 1-hour examples classes every 3
weeks, 2-hour laboratory every fortnight.
ence is guaranteed to students who achieve Grade C or
taught within Computing Science Level 2 times of either
better in each of CS1P and CS1Q at the first attempt.
Mon, Tues or Wed at 11 am and either Wed at 1 pm
All others would be at the discretion of the Department.
or Thurs or Fri at 11 am); one-hour Examples Class
every 3 weeks and two-hour laboratory per fortnight as Co-requisites: Java Programming 2, Object-Oriented
arranged. Software Engineering 2.
Excluded Courses: Level 2 Humanities Computing
ence is guaranteed to students who achieve Grade C or Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (80%), coursework
better in each of CS1P and CS1Q at the first attempt. (20%).
All others would be at the discretion of the Department. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Co-requisites: None. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Excluded Courses: Level 2 Humanities Computing Aims: To familiarise students with fundamental data
types and data structures used in programming, with
Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (80%), plus assessed
the design and analysis of algorithms for the manipula-
coursework (20%).
tion of such structures, and to provide practice in the
Degree Examination taken in: December implementation and use of these structures and algo-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September rithms in a Java context.
Computing Science
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Irving LXTW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3:

EXTENDED PROJECT 3
KXFV COMPUTING SCIENCE 2Y: Credits: 10 Level: 3

OBJECT-ORIENTED SOFTWARE When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ENGINEERING 2 Timetable: Tuesdays at 4 pm for attendance at Profes-
sional Issues 4 course. Project group meets with super-
Credits: 10 Level: 2 visor once a week throughout duration of project.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Requirements of entry: Object Oriented Software En-
Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures per week tba (will be gineering 2, Algorithms and Data Structures 2, Java
taught within Computing Science Level 2 times of either Programming 2.
Mon, Tues or Wed at 11 am and either Wed at 1 pm This course is only available to Designated students.
or Thurs or Fri at 11 am), 1-hour examples classes ev- Co-requisites: Professional Software Development 3
ery 3 weeks, 2-hour laboratories every fortnight, drop-in Team Project 3
tutorials as arranged. Assessment: Class Essay 20%, Class Test 30%, Project
Requirements of entry: Entry to Level 2 Computing Sci- Report 50%
ence is guaranteed to students who achieve Grade C or Degree Examination taken in: April/May
better in each of CS1P and CS1Q at the first attempt. Aims: The aims of the course are: To familiarise stu-
All others would be at the discretion of the Department. dents with ethics and professional issues; To give stu-
Co-requisites: Java Programming 2, Algorithms and dents the opportunity to write an individual report
Data Structures 2. about their contribution to the group project.
Excluded Courses: Level 2 Humanities Computing Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (80%), coursework
(20%). LVSW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3:
Degree Examination taken in: April/May SECURITY 3
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Credits: 10 Level: 3
Aims: To introduce the basic concepts of software engi- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
neering; To present methods for the design, implemen- Timetable: Two one-hour lectures and one 2-hour lab-
tation and documentation of larger object-oriented pro- oratory session (timetable to be advised).
grams; To develop program comprehension and design
Requirements of entry: Java Programming 2, Algo-
skills by studying and extending existing programs.
rithms and Data Structures 2 and Object Oriented Soft-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Irving ware Engineering 2.
Only for Designated students.
Assessment: Examination 80%, Assignment 20%.
MNPW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3:
DISTRIBUTED INFORMATION Degree Examination taken in: April/May
MANAGEMENT 3 Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: To understand basic security concepts; To un-
Credits: 10 Level: 3 derstand areas in which security and cryptography are
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) important in developing secure software and secure dis-
tributed applications; To understand a number of stan-
Timetable: Lectures: Mondays and Wednesday at 12 dard techniques used to solve security problems, to be
noon, Labs/tutorials: Tuesdays 2-4 pm. able to evaluate their effectiveness in various situations
Requirements of entry: Information Management 2, and make sensible choices between them; To appreciate
Java Programming 2. the human factors involved in security; To understand
Co-requisites: Professional Software Development 3. security processes.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
Assessment: Assignment 30%, Examination 70%.
514F COMPUTING SCIENCE 3H
(COMBINED)
Aims: To give students an understanding of the struc- Credits: 60 Level: 3
ture of distributed applications, to teach them to de- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
velop such applications, to strengthen their understand- Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen
ing of the context and rationale of distributed systems; Requirements of entry: A grade point average of at least
To teach them to use XML as a communication mech- 12 (i.e. C average) over at least four Level 2 Comput-
anism; To develop the ability to implement and deploy ing Science courses, at the first attempt, including a
software running on a distributed application; To make grade D or better in Algorithms and Data Structures
them aware of ongoing developments in distributed ap- 2, Java Programming 2 and Object Oriented Software
plications using the Web as an example. Engineering 2, at the first attempt AND fulfil the re-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud quirements for the other subject.

Computing Science
Assessment: Each Computing Science course is assessed Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
by examination and coursework as detailed in the course 4PTW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3P:
descriptions.
ALGORITHMICS 3
Aims: As for Single Honours in Computing Science, Credits: 10 Level: 3
but with a reduced breadth due to the limit on the time When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
available for the study of CS material. The best Com- Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures Tuesday and Thurs-
bined Honours graduates will build links between their day at 12 noon. Labs/tutorials Friday 2-4 p.m.
two disciplines, allowing them to constructively apply
their technical skills and knowledge in interdisciplinary Requirements of entry: Algorithmic Foundations 2. Ob-
research and/or industrial settings. ject Oriented Software Engineering 2, Java Program-
ming 2. 40 credits of Level 1 Mathematics are strongly
Honours Course Prescription: Level 3: Profes- recommended. This course is only available to Honours
sional Software Development 3, Advanced Pro- students.
gramming 3 and three other taught courses (no
project). For further details, see our website: Assessment: Examination 80% Coursework 20%
http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud Resit Examination taken in: August/September
514H COMPUTING SCIENCE 3H Aims: To develop the student’s skills in the design and
(SINGLE) analysis of algorithms; To study algorithms for a range
of important standard problems; To introduce the stu-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 dent to the theory of NP-completeness together with
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) its practical implications; To make the student aware of
fundamental concepts of computability.
Timetable: Varies.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
Requirements of entry: The student must have a grade
point average of at least 12 (i.e. C average) over all six 4PYW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3Q:
Level 2 Computing Science courses, at the first attempt, ADVANCED PROGRAMMING 3
having passed (Grade D or better) the Level 2 Com-
puting Science courses Algorithms and Data Structures Credits: 10 Level: 3
2, Java Programming 2 and Object Oriented Software When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Engineering 2, at the first attempt. It is strongly rec-
Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures Wednesday and Fri-
ommended that 40 credits of Level 1 Mathematics are
day at 11 a.m. Labs/Tutorials Wednesday 2-4 p.m.
taken in year 1 or 2.
Requirements of entry: Java Programming 2, Object
Assessment: Each course is assessed by examination
Oriented Software Engineering 2, Algorithms and Data
and coursework as detailed in course descriptions.
Structures 2.
Assessment: Examination: (80%); Coursework (20%).
Aims: The academic aim is to provide students with a
deep understanding of the theory and practice of com-
puting science. Students study a broad range of core Resit Examination taken in: August/September
topics, and are encouraged to discover the connections Aims: The aims of the course are: to develop practi-
among these topics and to understand their common cal expertise in, and understanding of, concurrent pro-
theoretical foundations. The professional aim is to programming in Java; to explore a variety of different con-
duce graduates fit to occupy responsible positions in the currency control mechanisms; to substantially develop
information technology industry. Graduates will need a the knowledge of C gained during summer preparatory
broad knowledge of computing, deep knowledge of se- reading; to develop the students’ experience and un-
lected topics, and extensive practical experience. The derstanding of programming in a low-level language; to
technology is changing so rapidly that knowledge of spe- develop the ability to craft efficient and effective code
cific systems rapidly becomes obsolete. So, although the in a pointer-rich language; to introduce concurrent pro-
degree is regularly updated, the aim is to emphasise un- gramming in C using the PThreads library; to further
changing principles and to encourage independent study develop the ability to select and re-use existing soft-
habits that will stand graduates in good stead through- ware components and libraries; to enhance the students’
out their professional careers. skills in engineering software as interacting sub-systems,
Honours Course Prescription: Level 3: Advanced Pro- using interfaces and libraries to manage medium sized
gramming 3, Algorithmics 3, Database Systems 3, Dis- software development projects.
tributed Information Management 3, Interactive Sys- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
tems 3, Networked Systems 3, Operating Systems 3,
4RDW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3S:
Professional Software Development 3, Programming
Languages 3, and the Team Project 3 must be taken
OPERATING SYSTEMS 3
in Level 3. Admission to Level 4 is at the dis-
cretion of the Head of Department but is guaran-
teed to those who achieve a C average across the When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Level 3 courses. For further details, see our website: Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures Wednesday and
http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching Thursday at 10 a.m. Labs/Tutorials Thursday 2-4 p.m.
Computing Science
Requirements of entry: Computer Systems 2, Java Pro- Aims: From the basic skills derived in Information Man-
gramming 2, Algorithms and Data Structures 2, Object agement 2, to develop the software engineering and
Oriented Software Engineering 2. This course is only database administration skills required for designing,
available to Honours students. creating, running and developing a relational database
Co-requisites: Advanced Programming 3 (required) application and its associated application software suite.
Network Systems 3 (recommended and optional) This will include extension of pre-existing systems and
arrangements for extending operational systems; Un-
Assessment: Examination (80%); Practical Exercises
derstanding of how data intensive web systems interact
(20%) involving intensive C programming, and thor-
with databases; Awareness of the limits and extensions
ough evaluation of understanding of principles and tech-
to the relational model and an understanding of the
niques via assessed questions.
potential of an alternative data model; Introduction to
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Information Retrieval Concepts and Techniques.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
Aims: To introduce the students to the styles of cod-
9TQW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3W:
ing required with an OS; To give a thorough presenta-
INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS 3
tion of the contents of a traditional OS, including the
key abstractions; To show the range of algorithms and Credits: 10 Level: 3
techniques available for specific OS problems, and the
implications of selection specific algorithms for applica-
tion behaviour; To develop an integrated understanding Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures Tuesday and Friday
of what the computer is doing, from a non-naive view at 10a.m. Labs/tutorials Thursday 2-4 p.m.
of hardware to the behaviour of multi-threaded applica- Requirements of entry: Information Management 2,
tion processes; present the alternatives and clarify the Java Programming 2, Object Oriented Software Engi-
trade-offs that drive OS and hardware design. neering 2.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud Assessment: Examination (70%); Practical Exercises
4RCW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3T: (30%).
NETWORKED SYSTEMS 3 Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The aims of the course are
to offer students the opportunity to become familiar
Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures Tuesday and Thurs- with one of the most important interaction paradigms;
day 12 noon. Labs/tutorials Wednesday 2-4 p.m. to enable students to become skilled in the use of tech-
Requirements of entry: Computer Systems 2, Java Pro- niques and tools for modelling, implementing and eval-
gramming 2, Algorithms and Data Structures 2, Object uating interactive systems; to enable students to ap-
Oriented Software Engineering 2. This course is only ply the theories, techniques and tools presented in the
available to Honours students. course via challenging exercises which combine design,
Co-requisites: Advanced Programming 3 (required) Op- implementation and evaluation.
erating Systems 3 (recommended and optional) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
Assessment: Examination (100%). 4REW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3X:
Degree Examination taken in: April/May PROFESSIONAL SOFTWARE
Resit Examination taken in: August/September DEVELOPMENT 3
Aims: To introduce the fundamental concepts and the-
ory of communications; To provide a solid understand-
ing of the technologies that support modern networked When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
computer systems; To introduce low-level network pro- Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures Monday and Thurs-
gramming concepts; To provide our the ability to eval- day at 11 a.m. Labs/Tutorials Monday 2-4 p.m.
uate and advise industry on the use and deployment of Requirements of entry: Java Programming 2, Algo-
networked systems. rithms and Data Structures 2, Object Oriented Software
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud Engineering 2.
4RAW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3U: Co-requisites: Advanced Programming 3
DATABASE SYSTEMS 3 Assessment: Because the material in this course is
largely rooted in software engineering practice, 50% of
Credits: 10 Level: 3 the assessment comes from the PSD Group Exercise;
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) the other 50% of the assessment comes from the course
Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures Wednesday and Fri- examination. An individual’s assessment on the Group
day at 11 a.m. Labs/Tutorials Friday 2-4 p.m. Exercise will be made up of a combination of group
Requirements of entry: Information Management 2, and individual deliverables. Group deliverables include
Java Programming 2. the system requirements, design specification, test plan
and system documentation as well as a final acceptable
Assessment: Examination 100%.
software product. Individual deliverables will normally
Degree Examination taken in: April/May include at least two reports and at least one public pre-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September sentation. 50% of an individual’s Group Exercise assess-

Computing Science
ment will come from group deliverables and 50% from Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud
individual deliverables. 8R9H SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3H
Aims: The aims of the course are to: When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
introduce students to modern software development Timetable: varies.
methods and techniques for building and maintaining Requirements of entry: An overall grade point aver-
large systems; provide an opportunity for the students age of 12 across all Level 2 courses including a grade
to apply these methods and techniques presented to point average of 13 in Algorithms and Data Structures
them in the context of an extended group-based soft- 2, Java Programming 2 and Object Oriented Software
ware development exercise; make the students aware of Engineering 2. It is strongly recommended that 40 cred-
the professional, social and ethical dimensions of soft- its of Level 1 Mathematics are taken in year 1 or 2.
ware development. instil in the students a professional Assessment: Each Computing Science course is assessed
attitude towards software development. by examination and coursework as detailed in the course
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud descriptions. Additionally, there is an assessed summer
4RFW COMPUTING SCIENCE 3Y: placement.
TEAM PROJECT 3 Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The academic aim is to provide students with a
Credits: 20 Level: 3 deep understanding of the theory and practice of soft-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ware engineering. Students study a broad range of core
Timetable: Project group meets with supervisor once a topics, and are encouraged to discover the connections
week throughout duration of project. among these topics and to understand their common
theoretical foundations. The professional aim is to pro-
Requirements of entry: Object Oriented Software En-
duce graduates fit to occupy responsible positions in the
gineering 2, Algorithms and Data Structures 2, Java
information technology industry, particularly within the
Programming 2.
software industry. Graduates will need a broad knowl-
Co-requisites: Professional Software Development 3, edge of computing, deep knowledge of selected topics
Advanced Programming 3. in software engineering, and extensive practical experi-
Assessment: Joint dissertation comprising a project re- ence. The technology is changing so rapidly that knowl-
port, documentation, and the software itself. 5% Pre- edge of specific systems rapidly becomes obsolete. So,
sentation; 5% Writing Skills; 90% Project Dissertation although the degree is regularly updated, the aim is to
Degree Examination taken in: April/May emphasise unchanging principles and to encourage inde-
pendent study habits that will stand graduates in good
Aims: To design and implement, in a team, a software
stead throughout their professional careers. The degree
system that solves a (more-or-less) well-understood
also aims to give graduates experience of software engi-
problem; to achieve a deliverable product in the form of
neering in an industrial context, to this end an integral
a piece of working software.
part of the degree is an industrial placement between
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud the third and fourth years.
89EQ COMPUTING SCIENCE 3Z: Honours Course Prescription: See single honours Level
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 3 3 for courses and includes summer placement.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Welland
87QG SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
SUMMER PLACEMENT
Timetable: Provisionally - Lectures: Wednesdays and
Fridays at 12 noon. Weekly Labs/Tutorials: Tuesday Credits: 10 Level: 3
2-4 p.m.
When Taught: Term 4 (June - September)
Requirements of entry: Java Programming 2. This
Timetable: Summer prior to Level 4.
course is for Honours students only.
Requirements of entry: Only for Software Engineering
Co-requisites: Advanced Programming 3.
and Electronics Software Engineering students progress-
Assessment: Examination (80%), Class Test (20%). ing to Level 4.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Assessment: Written report 50%, presentation on place-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ment experience 25% and assessment of quality of ex-
Aims: This course aims to: Give students experience perience 25%.
of functional programming (complementing their expe- Aims: During the long vacation between third and
rience of imperative and object-oriented programming); fourth year, Software Engineering students will nor-
Show how the syntax of a programming language can be mally be required to undertake a summer placement of
formalized; Explain the functions of compilers and inter- at least 10 weeks to gain relevant practical experience.
preters, how they interact, and how they work; Provide During the placement their progress will be monitored
a conceptual framework that will enable students to un- by the Department. At the beginning of the fourth year
derstand familiar programming languages more deeply students will be expected to submit a written report and
and learn new languages more efficiently. give a presentation on their placement experience.
Computing Science
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Welland Assessment: Each Computing Science course is assessed
4DMW TEAM PROJECT ESE3 by examination and coursework as detailed in course
(SOFTWARE) descriptions.
Credits: 20 Level: 3 Aims: The academic aim is to provide students with a
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) deep understanding of the theory and practice of com-
Timetable: Project group meets with supervisor once a puting science. Students study a broad range of core
week throughout duration of project. topics, and are encouraged to discover the connections
Requirements of entry: Object Oriented Software En- among these topics and to understand their common
gineering 2, Algorithms and Data Structures 2, Java theoretical foundations. Students also choose selected
Programming 2. topics to study in considerable depth; this means that
the best Honours graduates are also equipped to enter
Co-requisites: Professional Software Development 3,
research programmes. The professional aim is to pro-
Advanced Programming 3.
duce graduates fit to occupy responsible positions in the
Excluded Courses: 5X4W Team Project III EE information technology industry. Graduates will need a
Assessment: Joint dissertation comprising a project re- broad knowledge of computing, deep knowledge of se-
port, documentation, and the software itself. 5% Pre- lected topics, and extensive practical experience. The
sentation; 5% Writing Skills; 90% Project Dissertation technology is changing so rapidly that knowledge of spe-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May cific systems rapidly becomes obsolete. So, although the
degree is regularly updated, the aim is to emphasise un-
Aims: Develop team and project planning skills in the
changing principles and to encourage independent study
context of the construction of a typical embedded com-
habits that will stand graduates in good stead through-
puter system. Comments: Assessment will be on a
out their professional careers.
Group basis with adjustments for individuals’ contribu-
tions to the group. The Hardware and Software Design Honours Course Prescription: For de-
will be assessed through presentations, meetings and the tails of available courses, see our website:
Final Report. http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Renaud Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Manlove
514G COMPUTING SCIENCE 4H 0TEJ COMPUTING SCIENCE 4M
(COMBINED)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Timetable: Varies.
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of
Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of 15 in Computing Science 3H at the first attempt will
12 over 60 credits of Computing Science 3H at the first normally be required.
attempt.
Assessment: Each Computing Science course contribut-
Assessment: Each Computing Science course is as- ing to Computing Science 4M is assessed by examina-
sessed by examination and coursework as detailed in the tion and coursework as detailed in course descriptions.
course descriptions. The split between examination and For students choosing to exit at the end of year 4 the
coursework will vary depending upon the combination final classification will be weighted 40% from Level 3
chosen. and 60% from Level 4, as per Computing Science 4H
Aims: As for Single Honours in Computing Science, Aims: As for Computing Science 4H
but with a reduced breadth due to the limit on the time
Honours Course Prescription: Same as Computing Sci-
available for the study of CS material. The best Com-
ence 4H.
bined Honours graduates will build links between their
two disciplines, allowing them to constructively apply Course Co-ordinator: Mr Philip Gray
their technical skills and knowledge in interdisciplinary 0TZG COMPUTING SCIENCE 4M
research and/or industrial settings. (COMBINED)
Honours Course Prescription: For de-
tails of available courses, see our website: Credits: 60 Level: 4
http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Manlove Timetable: Varies
514J COMPUTING SCIENCE 4H Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of
(SINGLE) 15 over 60 credits of Computing Science 3H Combined
at the first attempt will normally be required.
Assessment: Each Computing Science course contribut-
ing to Computing Science 4M Combined is assessed by
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses chosen examination and coursework as detailed in the course
Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of descriptions. For students exiting at the end of year 4
12 in Computing Science 3H at the first attempt. the final classification will be weighted 40% from Level

Computing Science
3 and 60% from Level 4, as per Computing Science 4H gineering summer placement, at the first attempt will
Combined. normally be required.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Assessment: Each Computing Science course contribut-
Aims: As for Combined Honours in Computing Science, ing to Software Engineering 4M is assessed by examina-
but with goal of preparing students for final year of tion and coursework as detailed in course descriptions.
Combined MSci in Computing Science. The best Com- For students choosing to exit at the end of year 4 the
bined Honours graduates will build links between their final classification will be weighted 40% from Level 3
two disciplines, allowing them to constructively apply and 60% from Level 4, as per Software Engineering 4H.
their technical skills and knowledge in interdisciplinary Degree Examination taken in: April/May
research and/or industrial settings. Aims: As for Software Engineering 4H.
Honours Course Prescription: Same as Software Engi-
tails of available courses, see our website:
neering 4H.
http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Philip Gray
0TKJ COMPUTING SCIENCE 5M
8R9J SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 4H
Timetable: Varies. Timetable: Varies.
Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of
12 in Software Engineering 3H, excluding Software En- 15 in Computing Science 4M will normally be required.
gineering Summer placement, at the first attempt. Assessment: The assessment of individual Level 5
Assessment: Each Computing Science course is assessed courses is detailed in the relevant course descriptions.
by examination and coursework as detailed in the course Final classifications of the MSci will be weighted 20%
descriptions. from Level 3, 30% from Level 4 and 50% from Level 5.
Aims: The academic aim is to provide students with a Aims: In addition to the aims of the current Honours
deep understanding of the theory and practice of soft- programme, Level 5 of this MSci aims to: equip students
ware engineering. Students study a broad range of core with an advanced and systematic understanding of se-
topics, and are encouraged to discover the connections lected areas of Computing Science; provide the skills
among these topics and to understand their common necessary to pursue independent research; prepare stu-
theoretical foundations. Students also choose selected dents for an academic or industrial research career; in-
topics to study in considerable depth; this means that troduce students to critical research techniques neces-
the best Honours graduates are also equipped to enter sary to successfully complete a Project Proposal and an
research programmes. The professional aim is to pro- MSci Research Project; introduce students to presen-
duce graduates fit to occupy responsible positions in the tation skills critical to presenting the results of their
information technology industry, particularly within the research; introduce students to techniques critical to
software industry. Graduates will need a broad knowl- pursuing a successful research career after postgradu-
edge of computing, deep knowledge of selected topics ate studies.
in software engineering, and extensive practical experi- Honours Course Prescription: Research Methods and
ence. The technology is changing so rapidly that knowl- Techniques, Research Readings in Computing Science,
edge of specific systems rapidly becomes obsolete. So, Advanced Research Readings in Computing Science,
although the degree is regularly updated, the aim is to Research Proposal, Research Project, plus 10 credits
emphasise unchanging principles and to encourage inde- of elective courses at level H or M.
pendent study habits that will stand graduates in good
stead throughout their professional careers. The degree
also aims to give graduates experience of software engi- 0TYG COMPUTING SCIENCE 5M
neering in an industrial context, to this end an integral (COMBINED)
part of the degree is an industrial placement between
the third and fourth years. Credits: 60 Level: 5
Honours Course Prescription: For details When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
of the courses available, see our website: Timetable: Varies.
http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching
Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Welland 15 in Computing Science 4M Combined will normally
LKGJ SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 4M be required.
Assessment: The assessment of individual Level 5
courses is detailed in the relevant course descriptions.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Final classifications of the Combined MSci will be
Timetable: Varies. weighted 20% from level 3, 30% from Level 4 and 50%
Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of from Level 5.
15 in Software Engineering 3H, excluding Software En- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: In addition to the aims of the current combined Advanced Research Readings in Software Engineering,
Honours programme, Level 5 of this Combined MSci Research Proposal, Research Project, plus 10 credits of
aims to: Equip combined students with an advanced elective courses at level H or M.
and systematic understanding of selected areas of Com- Course Co-ordinator: Mr Philip Gray
puting Science; Provide the skills necessary to pursue
independent research; Prepare students for an academic Economic & Social History
or industrial research career; Introduce students to crit-
ical research techniques necessary to successfully com- 7BHU ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY
plete an MSci Research Project; Introduce students to 1A: INDUSTRIALISATION & SOCIAL
presentation skills critical to presenting the results of CHANGE 1750-1914
their research; Introduce students to techniques critical
to pursuing a successful research career after postgrad- Credits: 20 Level: 1
uate studies. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Honours Course Prescription: Selected Research Read- Timetable: Monday, Tuesday , Thursday - 3.00 p.m.
ings in Computing Science, Research Methods and Fortnightly tutorial
Techniques. Students must carry out an individual re- Assessment: Class Essay 30% (during semester) Project
search project worth at least 40 credits. These 40 credits 20% (during semester) Examination 50% (end of
may be entirely accounted for from the 60 credit total in semester)
Computing Science. However, if the project credits are Degree Examination taken in: December
undertaken in whole or in part in the other participat-
ing Department, then any remainder of the student’s 60
credit total in Computing Science may be replaced by Aims: This course explores the causes and consequences
appropriate electives. of industrialisation from the mid-eighteenth century to
the First World War. Starting with the pre-industrial
economy and society, the course traces the development
KHWJ SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 5M of a recognisably modern world in the nineteenth cen-
tury, not only in terms of manufacturing and trade, but
also the growth of cities, financial institutions, labour
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) organisation, leisure activities and family relationships.
Timetable: Varies. The changes in all these areas are tracked from Britain,
Requirements of entry: An average aggregate score of 15 ‘the cradle of the industrial revolution’, to Europe, and
in Software Engineering 4M will normally be required. then the wider world. National histories are placed in an
Assessment: The assessment of individual Level 5 international perspective and rapid transitions against
courses is detailed in the relevant course descriptions. the background of long-term trends. Students will be in-
Final classification of the MSci in Software Engineering troduced to major questions in history such as the con-
will be weighted 20% from Level 3, 30% from Level 4 ditions for economic growth, the relationship between
and 50% from Level 5. economic and social change, and the global transmis-
sion of both stability and instability. They will also get
to grips with primary sources which are the basis for
Aims: This degree programme aims to: Provide stu- all historical knowledge. Courses 1A and 1B are built
dents with a deep understanding of the theory and around the same key themes – international economic
practice of computing, give students the opportunity to relations, labour and the workplace, social order and
study a broad range of core computing science topics, conflict, gender and the family, leisure and consump-
encourage students to discover the connections among tion, migration and community – in the same regions
these topics and to understand their common theoreti- (Britain, Europe, the USA and Japan). However, they
cal foundations, produce graduates fit to occupy respon- are designed as stand-alone courses.
sible positions in the information technology industry,
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Duncan Ross
expose students to software engineering in an indus-
trial context via summer work placement, give students
the opportunity to choose selected Software Engineering 7BJU ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY
topics to study in considerable depth thereby equipping 1B: ECONOMIC & SOCIAL CHANGE
the best graduates to enter research programmes. Em- SINCE 1914
phasise unchanging principles in computing science, en-
courage independent study habits that will stand grad- Credits: 20 Level: 1
uates in good stead throughout their professional ca- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
reers, enable students to enhance their transferable and Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday - 3.00 pm; Fort-
interpersonal skills, particularly written and oral com- nightly tutorial.
munication and team working, develop research skills
Assessment: One essay of c.1500 words (30%), one pri-
including an understanding of research methods and
mary source report of c.1000 words (20%), one 2-hour,
techniques; reading and analysis of research papers in
2-question examination (50%).
Software Engineering, enable students to prepare a re-
search proposal and undertake a major research project Degree Examination taken in: April/May
in Software Engineering. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Honours Course Prescription: Research Methods and Aims: This course explores economic and social change
Techniques, Research Readings in Computing Science, in the advanced economies from the First World War to

the era of Thatcher and Reagan. It introduces students 3. To develop skills in presenting reasoned arguments,
to major issues in history, such as the causes of economic backed by the use of relevant and convincing evidence.
growth and recession, the sources of social change, and Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mark Freeman
the impact of war on society and the economy. The
course starts with the terrible legacy of the First World
War and charts the crises of the inter-war period. These 7TDV ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY
decades of mass unemployment, but also mass leisure, 2B: EC & SOC HIST OF BRITAIN SINCE
witnessed the rise of fascism and communism. The Sec- 1914
ond World War gave way to a prolonged boom, a time
of conspicuous consumption but also of commitment to Credits: 20 Level: 2
social welfare, which together helped fuel the sexual rev- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
olution and youth culture. The boom ended with the oil Timetable: Lectures Monday, Tuesday, Thursday - 3.00-
crisis of 1973 and the subsequent period of instability. 4.00 pm;weekly seminars
The course examines how various countries have coped Requirements of entry: D grade or above in one or more
with the problems that followed. The emphasis on con- Level 1 courses in Economic and Social History or His-
temporary and international history enables students tory, or 20 credits at D or above in Level 1 Economics.
to understand the experience of their own society and
Assessment: 1 essay c2000 words, 30%. 1 oral history
economy more fully in the light of global and long-term
exercise 20%, 1 2-question, 2-hour exam at end of course
trends. They will also get to grips will primary sources
(June) 50%
which are the basis for all historical knowledge. Courses
1A and 1B are built around the same key themes – inter- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
national economic relations, labour and the workplace, Resit Examination taken in: August/September
social order and conflict, gender and the family, leisure Aims: With a focus on Scotland and England since the
and consumption, migration and community – in the outbreak of World War 1, the course seeks to develop
same regions (Britain, Europe, the USA and Japan). both historical and transferable skills building on the
However, they are designed as stand-alone courses. analytical and conceptual experience gained in Level 1
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Duncan Ross classes. The course provides a background for under-
standing the economic and social position of contempo-
rary Britain, including the effects of two World Wars
7KJV ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY
on economic and social trends, the difficulties created
2A: EC & SOC HIST OF BRITAIN by the international depression of the inter-war years,
1770-1914 the main economic and social patterns in Britain since
World War II. General aims are:
1. To develop confidence in the selection and analysis
of information and in the use of written skills in essays
Timetable: Lectures Monday, Tuesday and Thursday - and examinations.
3.00 -4.00 pm; weekly seminars/labs
2. To examine a range of methods and approaches used
Requirements of entry: D grade or above in one or more by economic and social historians.
Level 1 courses in Economic and Social History or His-
3. To develop skills in presenting reasoned arguments,
tory, or 20 credits at D or above in Level 1 Economics.
backed by the use of relevant and convincing evidence.
Excluded Courses: N/A
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mark Freeman
Assessment: 1 essay of c2000 words, 30%. 1 computer
exercise (MS-Excel) 20%. 1 2-question, 2-hour exam at JKDW ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY
the end of course (January) 50%. 3: RESEARCH METHODS IN ECON &
SOCIAL HISTORY A
Aims: With a focus on Scotland and England from the When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
late 18th century until the outbreak of World War I, Timetable: Class meetings Wednesdays 10-12; Tutorials
the course seeks to develop both historical and trans- TBA
ferable skills building on the analytical and conceptual
Requirements of entry: 40 credits of Economic and So-
experience gained in Level 1 classes. The course pro-
cial History Level 2.
vides a background for understanding the main trends
in British economic and social development from its rise Co-requisites: JKBW Economic & Social History 3:
as the first major industrial nation, to its position as a Studies in Economic and Social History
‘mature’ economy in the early 20th century, faced with Excluded Courses: 9KXW Economic & Social History
the growth of international competition. General aims 3: Research Methods in Economic & Social History
are: Assessment: Class Essay Mark - Individual
1. To develop confidence in the selection and analysis Aims: To build basic skills in the historiography and
of information and in the use of written skills in essays bibliography of Economic and Social History focusing
and examinations. primarily on a single theme; To enhance essay-writing
2. To interrogate widely-used software to give an un- skills; To develop and improve library skills; To develop
derstanding of the use of the computer as a historical transferable and other skills associated with the Univer-
tool. sity’s Employability strategy.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Stokes Assessment: Unless otherwise specified all courses are
JKCW ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY examined in one 2-hour paper at the end of the year.
Courses studied in Junior Honours are examined at the
3: RESEARCH METHODS IN ECON &
end of year 3. Courses studied in Senior Honours are
SOCIAL HISTORY B
examined at the end of Year 4. Each examination paper
Credits: 20 Level: 3 is weighted as 70%, the class work representing 30%.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Timetable: Class meetings Wednesday 10-12; Computer Aims: The Honours courses in Economic and Social His-
sessions: Thursdays 3-5 or Fridays 9-11 in DISH Lab; tory aim: to develop an understanding of the processes
Tutorials - TBA of economic development and social change; to explore
the relationship between economic and social change; to
Requirements of entry: Completion of Research Meth-
provide understanding of the main patterns of economic
ods in Economic and Social History A
and social change in the major economies to the present
Excluded Courses: 9KYW Economic & Social History day; to relate the historical process of economic and so-
3: Research Methods cial development to an understanding of contemporary
Assessment: Project length - 3000 words issues.
Aims: To develop basic skills in source criticism, some Honours Course Prescription: Researching Economic
quantitative methods, and rudimentary historical com- and Social History 1 and two from option list given
puting; To develop some skills in oral presentation; To below to be taken in Junior Honours year. Research-
introduce students to groupwork; To develop transfer- ing Economic and Social History 2 plus two courses (or
able and other skills associated with the University’s one and a dissertation) to be taken in Senior Honours
Employability strategy year. Course Options: British Economic Policy 1945-51:
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Stokes The Labour Governments; Economic and Social History
of Eastern Europe, 1918-198; Innovations in Western
JKBW ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY
Medicine,1790-1960; Popular Culture in Britain 1870-
3: STUDIES IN ECONOMIC AND c1939; Poverty and Progress: Britain 1885-1914; Saints
SOCIAL HISTORY and Sinners: The Religions of the people of early mod-
ern England; Scotland Since 1914; Family and Fam-
ily Relationships; World War II : Economy & Society;
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Health and Society in Germany since c 1900; Disease,
Timetable: TBA Medicine and Society in Britain 1750-1914, Work and
Requirements of entry: 40 credits of Economic and So- Labour.
cial History Level 2. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Annmarie Hughes
Co-requisites: Research Methods in Economic and So- 200H ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL
cial History A and B HISTORY 3H (SINGLE)
Excluded Courses: 9KZW Economic & Social History
3: Studies in Economic and Social History Credits: 120 Level: 3
Assessment: Essay (2,000-3,000) words. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Aims: To provide intensive training through lectures Timetable: To be advised
and seminars on a general topic in Economic and So- Requirements of entry: To progress to Honours students
cial History related to the project group in Research require:- 40 credits in Level One Economic and Social
methods in Economic and Social History A and B; To History at Grade B or above; OR 40 credits in Level
develop transferable and other skills associated with the Two Economic and Social History at Grade C or above.
University’s Employability strategy. OR 20 credits in Level One Economic and Social His-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Stokes tory and 20 credits in Level Two Economic and Social
History at Grade C or above, plus 20 credits at level 2
200F ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL
in either Economics at grade C or above or History at
HISTORY 3H (JOINT)
grade C or above. The Honours Co-ordinator has dis-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 cretion over students who do not meet either of these
criteria for entry into Honours.
Excluded Courses: 200A Economic & Social History
Timetable: To be advised
AOS Paper I
Requirements of entry: To progress to Honours students
Assessment: Unless otherwise specified all courses are
require:- 40 credits in Level One Economic and Social
examined in one 2-hour paper in a split diet. Courses
History at Grade B or above; OR 40 credits in Level
studied in Junior Honours are examined at the end of
Two Economic and Social History at Grade C or above.
year 3. Courses studied in Senior Honours are exam-
OR 20 credits in Level One Economic and Social His-
ined at the end of Year 4. Each examination paper is
tory and 20 credits in Level Two Economic and Social
weighted as 70%, the class work contributes 30%.
History at Grade C or above, plus 20 credits at level 2
in either Economics at grade C or above or History at Degree Examination taken in: April/May
grade C or above. The Honours Co-ordinator has dis- Aims: The Honours courses in Economic and Social His-
cretion over students who do not meet either of these tory aim: to develop an understanding of the processes
criteria for entry into Honours. of economic development and social change; to explore

Economics
the relationship between economic and social change; to Health and Society in Germany since c 1900; Disease,
provide understanding of the main patterns of economic Medicine and Society in Britain 1750-1914, Work and
and social change in the major economies to the present Labour.
day; to relate the historical process of economic and so- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Annmarie Hughes
cial development to an understanding of contemporary
issues. 200J ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL
HISTORY 4H (SINGLE)
Honours Course Prescription: Researching Economic
and Social History 1 and five from option list given Credits: 120 Level: 4
below to be taken in Junior Honours year. Research-
ing Economic and Social History 2 plus five courses (or
four and a dissertation) to be taken in Senior Honours Timetable: To be advised
year. Course Options: British Economic Policy 1945-51: Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of 200H.
The Labour Governments; Economic and Social History Assessment: Unless otherwise specified all courses are
of Eastern Europe, 1918-198; Innovations in Western examined in one 2-hour paper in a split diet. Courses
Medicine, 1790-1960; Popular Culture in Britain 1870- studied in Junior Honours are examined at the end of
c1939; Poverty and Progress: Britain 1885-1914; Saints year 3 - six papers are taken. Courses studied in Senior
and Sinners: The Religions of the people of early mod- Honours are examined at the end of Year 4 - eight papers
ern England; Scotland Since 1914; Family and Fam- are taken (or six papers plus dissertation). Each exam-
ily Relationships; World War II : Economy & Society; ination paper is weighted as 70%, the classwork con-
Health and Society in Germany since c 1900; Disease, tributes 30%, based on one essay (20%) and one project
Medicine and Society in Britain 1750-1914, Work and (10%) for each course.
Labour.
Aims: The Honours courses in Economic and Social
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Annmarie Hughes History aim: to develop an understanding of the pro-
200G ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL cesses of economic development and social change; to
HISTORY 4H (JOINT) place industrialisation and its social consequences in a
clear historical framework; to provide understanding of
Credits: 60 Level: 4 the main patterns of economic and social change in the
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) major economies to the present day; to relate the his-
torical process of economic and social development to
Timetable: To be advised an understanding of contemporary issues.
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of 200F. Honours Course Prescription: Researching Economic
Assessment: Unless otherwise specified all courses are and Social History 1 and five from option list given
examined in one 2-hour paper at the end of the year. below to be taken in Junior Honours year. Research-
Courses studied in Junior Honours are examined at the ing Economic and Social History 2 plus five courses (or
end of year 3 - two papers taken. Courses studied in four and a dissertation) to be taken in Senior Honours
Senior Honours are examined at the end of Year 4 - four year. Course Options: British Economic Policy 1945-51:
papers taken (or two papers plus dissertation). Each The Labour Governments; Economic and Social History
examination paper is weighted as 70%, the classwork of Eastern Europe, 1918-198; Innovations in Western
representing 30% based on one essay (20%) and one Medicine, 1790-1960; Popular Culture in Britain 1870-
project (10%) for each course. c1939; Poverty and Progress: Britain 1885-1914; Saints
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and Sinners: The Religions of the people of early mod-
ern England; Scotland Since 1914; Family and Fam-
Aims: The Honours courses in Economic and Social
ily Relationships; World War II : Economy & Society;
History aim: to develop an understanding of the pro-
Health and Society in Germany since c 1900; Disease,
cesses of economic development and social change; to
Medicine and Society in Britain 1750-1914, Work and
place industrialisation and its social consequences in a
Labour.
clear historical framework; to provide understanding of
the main patterns of economic and social change in the Course Co-ordinator: Dr Annmarie Hughes
major economies to the present day; to relate the his- Economics
torical process of economic and social development to
an understanding of contemporary issues. LRWU ECONOMICS 1A
Honours Course Prescription: Researching Economic
and Social History 1 and two from option list given Credits: 20 Level: 1
below to be taken in Junior Honours year. Research- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
ing Economic and Social History 2 plus two courses (or Timetable: Taught 2-3pm, Monday, Tuesday, Thursday
one and a dissertation) to be taken in Senior Honours and occasionally Wednesday; Weekly tutorials during
year. Course Options: British Economic Policy 1945-51: semester 1 at times to be arranged
The Labour Governments; Economic and Social History
Requirements of entry: Admission to the Faculty of
of Eastern Europe, 1918-198; Innovations in Western
Law, Business and Social Sciences
Medicine, 1790-1960; Popular Culture in Britain 1870-
c1939; Poverty and Progress: Britain 1885-1914; Saints Assessment: Three assignments, with the best two
and Sinners: The Religions of the people of early mod- marks contributing a total of 20% and end-of-course
ern England; Scotland Since 1914; Family and Fam- 2-hour unseen examination in December.
ily Relationships; World War II : Economy & Society; Degree Examination taken in: December
Economics
Resit Examination taken in: August/September microeconomic analysis on which to build the more ad-
Aims: The general aims of this course are to: 1. provide vanced theoretical and applied work of subsequent hon-
an overall introduction to economics starting with an ours level Economics courses; to consider problems of
examination of the operation of the market mechanism macroeconomic adjustment in both a closed and an
in theory and practice including international trade. 2. open economy and the potential role for policy in the
provide a foundation for further study of economics. 3. face of unemployment and inflation; to build a familiar-
encourage you to take responsibility for your own learn- ity with the basic tools of consumption and production
ing (self-directed learning), and to acquire skills relevant theory, the operation of markets and optimisation in
to a wide range of situations beyond this course: how an economic context; to develop skills in using math-
to think analytically, to express yourself clearly and di- ematics applied to economics problems; to develop a
rectly, and to employ information technology knowledge of, and an ability to use, the basic tools of
economic data analysis.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alexander Kovalenkov
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Robin Milne
LRXU ECONOMICS 1B 8ARV ECONOMICS FOR BUSINESS

ADMINISTRATION 2
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Credits: 30 Level: 2
Timetable: Taught 2-3pm, Monday, Tuesday, Thursday When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
and occasionally Wednesday; Weekly tutorials during Timetable: 1.00 pm Monday to Friday. Tutorials at
semester 2 at times to be arranged times to be arranged.
Requirements of entry: Normally completion of Eco- Requirements of entry: Grade D in Economics 1
nomics 1A
Excluded Courses: Economics 2. Economics 2 (Half
Assessment: Three assignments, with the best two Course).
marks contributing a total of 20% and end-of-course Assessment: Macroeconomics class examination (De-
2-hour unseen examination in May/June. cember): 10%; 1 x Mathematical Economics assignment
Degree Examination taken in: April/May (January): 10%; Microeconomics class examination
Resit Examination taken in: August/September (March) 10%; end of course examination in Macroeco-
nomics, Microeconomics and Mathematical Economics
Aims: The general aims of this course are to: 1. provide
(May/June): 70%.
an overall introduction to the working of the economy as
a whole, and the purposes and methods of government Degree Examination taken in: April/May
activity in a “mixed” economy; 2. provide a foundation Resit Examination taken in: August/September
for further study of economics at Level 2; 3. encourage Aims: The main aims of this course are: to pro-
the student to take responsibility for their own learning vide a solid foundation in intermediate macroeconomic
(self-directed learning), and to acquire skills relevant and microeconomic analysis on which to build more
to a wide range of situations beyond this course: how advanced theoretical and applied work in subsequent
to think analytically, to express themselves clearly and study in honours level Economics courses; to consider
directly, and to employ information technology. problems of macroeconomic adjustment in both a closed
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alexander Kovalenkov and an open economy and the potential role for pol-
icy in the face of unemployment and inflation; to build
a familiarity with the basic tools of consumption and
7JLV ECONOMICS 2 production theory, the operation of markets and opti-
misation in an economic context; to develop skills in
Credits: 40 Level: 2 using mathematics applied to economic problems.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Course Co-ordinator: Mr Robin Milne
Timetable: 1.00 pm Monday to Friday. Tutorials at
times to be arranged. LSEW ECONOMICS 3: DEVELOPMENT
Requirements of entry: Economics 1 at grade D AND POLICY IN LESS DEVELOPED
Excluded Courses: Economics for Business Administra- COUNTRIES
tion 2. Economics 2 (Half Course).
Assessment: Macroeconomics class examination (De-
cember): 10%; 1 x Mathematical Economics Assign- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
ment (January): 10%; Microeconomics class exami- Timetable: Tuesdays: 4.00pm - 6.00pm, weekly
nation (March): 10%; end of course examination in Requirements of entry: Normally Grade D or above in
Macro, Micro, Mathematical Economics & Data Anal- either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin-
ysis (May/June): 70% istration 2.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Assessment: Summative assessment comprises course-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%)
Aims: The main aims of this course are: to provide Degree Examination taken in: April/May
a solid foundation in intermediate macroeconomic and Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Economics
Aims: The main aims of this course are: 1. survey The second part of the course analyses the FDI attrac-
the principal problems of less developed countries; 2. tiveness of host countries and investigates the potential
analyse these problems from an economic standpoint; positive and negative impacts of FDI in the host country
3. demonstrate the relevance of a coherent analytical and in the home country. Since attracting FDI is con-
framework in understanding the process whereby eco- sidered a development priority by developing countries,
nomic development might be furthered, with an em- as they wish to benefit from the growth opportunities
phasis on the process of transition from less developed that accompany these capital flows, this course empha-
to developed status. sises the key issues of FDI in developing countries.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof William Huff Course Co-ordinator: Ms Celine Azemar
LRVW ECONOMICS 3:
LRYW ECONOMICS 3: GROWTH,
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
FINANCE AND TRADE IN LESS
Credits: 15 Level: 3 DEVELOPED COUNTRIES
Timetable: Tuesdays: 10.00am - 12.00 noon, weekly
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in
either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin- Timetable: Tuesdays: 4.00pm - 6.00pm, weekly
istration 2 Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in
Excluded Courses: None (Natural Resource Economics either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin-
is an obvious complement to this course and takes place istration 2
in the second term). Assessment: Summative assessment comprises course-
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises coursework (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%)
work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The main aims of this course are: - survey the
Aims: The main aims of this course are to: identify principal problems of less developed countries; - analyse
and analyse the key issues confronting economies and these problems from an economic standpoint; - demon-
economists in attempting to reconcile economic growth strate the relevance of a coherent analytical framework
with environmental and ecological constraints and to in understanding the process whereby economic devel-
demonstrate the use of economic theory in analysing opment might be furthered, with an emphasis on the
contemporary environmental issues and in the formula- process of transition from less developed to developed
tion of policy. status.
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Anthony Gloyne
Course Co-ordinator: Prof William Huff
LSBW ECONOMICS 3: FOREIGN

DIRECT INVESTMENT & LSDW ECONOMICS 3:
MULTINATIONAL FIRMS IN INTERNATIONAL FINANCE
DEVELOPING COUNTRIES
Credits: 15 Level: 3 When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Timetable: Thursday: 11.00am - 1.00pm, weekly
Timetable: One 2-hour lecture per week
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin-
either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin- istration 2.
istration 2
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises course-
Assessment: This is by coursework and final examina- work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%)
tion. The final examination accounts for 70% of the
final assessment and consists of a two-hour written ex- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
amination. Course work accounts for 30% of the final Resit Examination taken in: August/September
assessment and consists an essay of 1,500 words.
Aims: The aims of this course are: 1. to present an anal-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ysis of how the international economy works, in terms of
Resit Examination taken in: August/September capital movements; 2. to show how techniques of both
Aims: The aim of this course is to provide students with macroeconomic and microeconomic analysis can be de-
an up-to-date knowledge on a major dimension of in- ployed in the context of an open economy; 3. to set
ternational economics: foreign direct investment (FDI). out a coherent framework within which open economy
The first part of the course defines FDI and multina- macroeconomic policy, and exchange rate policy can be
tional firms, and explains why firms become multina- analysed.
tionals, and how the latter organise their production. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Joseph Byrne
Economics
LSAW ECONOMICS 3: Assessment: Summative assessment comprises course-

INTERNATIONAL TRADE work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%)
Aims: This course aims: 1. To enhance students’ ana-
Timetable: Thursdays: 11.00am - 1.00pm, weekly
lytical and intellectual skills and personal development
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in through the study of regional economics. 2. To develop
either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin- students’ capacity for self-motivated learning, problem
istration 2. solving and group-working through the application of
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises course- theoretical approaches to real world problems. 3. To
work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%) equip students for further study in regional economics
Degree Examination taken in: April/May or regional development and/or employment in related
occupations.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Richard Harris
Aims: The aims of this course are: 1. to present
real world policy problems within a coherent theoret-
ical framework; 2. to present an analysis of how the LSCW ECONOMICS 3: REGIONAL
international economy works in terms of trade; 3. to ECONOMICS AND THE SCOTTISH
set out a coherent framework within which trade policy ECONOMY 2
can be analysed.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Joseph Byrne Credits: 15 Level: 3
LRSW ECONOMICS 3: NATURAL Timetable: One 2-hour lecture per week
RESOURCE ECONOMICS (ONLY Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in
AVAILABLE IN 2008-2009) either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin-
istration 2.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%)
Timetable: Tuesdays: 10.00 am - 12.00 noon, weekly Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in Resit Examination taken in: August/September
either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Adminis-
Aims: This course aims to: 1. To enhance students’ an-
tration 2. This course complements the first term Envi-
alytical and intellectual skills and personal development
ronmental Economics course but it is possible for suit-
through the study of regional economics. 2. To develop
ably qualified student to attend this as a stand alone
students’ capacity for self-motivated learning, problem
course at the discretion of the course organiser.
solving and group-working through the application of
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises course- policy to real world problems. 3. To equip students for
work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%) further study in regional economics or regional develop-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ment and/or employment in related occupations.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Prof Richard Harris
Aims: The main aim of this course is to familiarise stu-
dents with the differing categories of natural resources
LRTW ECONOMICS 3: THE
and the economic theory associated with their optimal
use. The general context is that of the ‘sustainable de-
ECONOMICS OF HOUSING MARKETS
velopment/ carrying capacity’ debate and the potential Credits: 15 Level: 3
constraints that natural resource availability may pose
to the processes of economic development. The history When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
of concern over ‘limits to growth’ will be discussed and Timetable: Fridays: 11.00am - 1.00pm, weekly
explanations for failure of earlier forecast doomsday pre- Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in
dictions to materialise. either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin-
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Anthony Gloyne istration 2.
LRZW ECONOMICS 3: REGIONAL work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%)
ECONOMICS AND THE SCOTTISH Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ECONOMY 1 Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: The aim of this course is: - To expose students
to modern debates in economic theory in the field of
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) housing economics - To allow students to develop skills
Timetable: One 2-hour lecture per week in manipulating basic economic models - To allow stu-
Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or above in dents to develop skills in understanding primary data
either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin- and to analyse and utilise large secondary data sets
istration 2. Course Co-ordinator: Ms Jeanette Findlay

Economics
LRUW ECONOMICS 3: THE Countries; Economics of Development Policy in Less

ECONOMICS OF HOUSING POLICY Developed Countries; Environmental Economics; Nat-
(ONLY AVAILABLE IN 2008-2009) ural Resource Economics; Financial Markets and As-
set Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance;
Credits: 15 Level: 3 International Trade; International Finance; The Eco-
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) nomics of Work and Pay; Research and Methods in
Applied Labour Economics; Science and Economics;
Timetable: Fridays: 11.00am - 1.00pm, weekly
Contrasts in Economic Thought; Advanced Macroe-
Requirements of entry: Normally Grade D or above in conomics 1: Government Debt, Interest Rates and
either Economics 2 or Economics for Business Admin- Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeconomics 2: Eco-
istration 2. nomic Fluctuations, Unemployment and Inflation; Wel-
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises course- fare Economics 1: Individual Choice and Values; Wel-
work (30%) and a 2-hour end-of-course exam (70%)1) fare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; The Inter-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May national Economy and Development in Colonial South-
east Asia; Globalization and Development in Southeast
Asia; Economics of Business 1: Contracts and Gover-
Aims: The aim of this course is - to allow students to nance; Economics of Business 2: Regulation and Busi-
develop skills in manipulating basic economic models ness Strategy; The Economics of Housing Markets; The
for policy applications; - contribute to debates about Economics of Housing Policy; Econometrics 1: Basic
housing policy in different tenures from an applied eco- Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econometrics
nomics perspective. 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Regional Eco-
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Jeanette Findlay nomics and the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional
Economics and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy; Disser-
tation.
2NRF ECONOMICS 3H (JOINT)
Students will normally take Microeconomic Analysis:
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla-
tion, Unemployment and Growth and two courses in
3H, and Government and the Economy and two courses
Timetable: 3H: Monday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 4H: Monday or a Dissertation in 4H.
and Tuesday at 3.00 pm. 3H/4H: other times to be BAcc and LLB students only take Microeconomic Anal-
arranged, depending on courses selected. ysis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In-
Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics flation, Unemployment and Growth in 3H and Govern-
2 ment and the Economy plus two courses in 4H (i.e. a
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an in- total of 90 credits in Economics). They may not take
course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course an Economics dissertation. BAcc students are not per-
exam (70%) mitted to take Financial Markets and Asset Pricing;
Financial Markets and Corporate Finance as options.
A student may submit no more than one dissertation as
Aims: We aim to develop in students an appreciation of part of an Honours degree.
the scope of economics and its relevance to a wide range
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody
of issues, including social, political and other issues of
public concern; develop students’ knowledge and un-
derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana- 2NRH ECONOMICS 3H (SINGLE)
lytical methods; equip students to apply knowledge and
skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems Credits: 120 Level: 3
in economics; relate the academic study of economics to When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
problems of economic policy and issues of public con- Timetable: 3H: Monday and Tuesday , 2.00pm-4.00 pm.
cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to 4H: Monday and Tuesday at 3.00 pm. 3H/4H: other
the needs and views of students and encourages them times depending on courses selected
to achieve their full potential; develop students’ facility
Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics
with a range of key cognitive and social skills, through
2
the study of economics, that are relevant to intellec-
tual and personal development and of value in employ- Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an in-
ment and self-employment; and provide students with a course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course
knowledge and skill base from which they can proceed exam (70%)
to further studies in economics and related areas or in Degree Examination taken in: April/May
multidisciplinary areas that involve economics. Aims: We aim to develop in students an appreciation of
Honours Course Prescription: Microeconomic Analysis: the scope of economics and its relevance to a wide range
Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla- of issues, including social, political and other issues of
tion, Unemployment and Growth; Government and the public concern; develop students’ knowledge and un-
Economy; and FOUR from: derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana-
Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ- lytical methods; equip students to apply knowledge and
omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Mar- skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems
ket Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced in economics; relate the academic study of economics to
Topics; Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed problems of economic policy and issues of public con-
Economics
cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to 2

the needs and views of students and encourages them
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an in-
course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course
exam (70%).
the study of economics, that are relevant to intellectual
and personal development and of value in employment Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and self-employment; provide students with a knowl-
Aims: We aim to develop in students an appreciation of
edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur-
ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi-
disciplinary areas that involve economics.
Honours Course Prescription: Microeconomic Analy- derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana-
sis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In- lytical methods; equip students to apply knowledge and
flation, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems
Basic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo- in economics; relate the academic study of economics to
metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Gov- problems of economic policy and issues of public con-
ernment and the Economy; Dissertation; and EIGHT cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to
from: the needs and views of students and encourages them
Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ- to achieve their full potential; develop students’ facility
omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Mar- with a range of key cognitive and social skills, through
ket Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced the study of economics, that are relevant to intellectual
Topics; Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed and personal development and of value in employment
Countries; Economics of Development Policy in Less and self-employment; provide students with a knowl-
Developed Countries; Environmental Economics; Nat- edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur-
ural Resource Economics; Financial Markets and As- ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi-
set Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance; disciplinary areas that involve economics.
International Trade; International Finance; The Eco-
nomics of Work and Pay; Research and Methods in Honours Course Prescription: (This course is taken
Applied Labour Economics; Science and Economics; with a subsidiary language). Microeconomic Analysis:
Contrasts in Economic Thought; Advanced Macroe- Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla-
conomics 1: Government Debt, Interest Rates and tion, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Ba-
Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeconomics 2: Eco- sic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Economet-
nomic Fluctuations, Unemployment and Inflation; Wel- rics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Govern-
fare Economics 1: Individual Choice and Values; Wel- ment and the Economy; Dissertation; and FOUR from:
fare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; The Inter- Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ-
national Economy and Development in Colonial South- omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Mar-
east Asia; Globalization and Development in Southeast ket Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced
Asia; Economics of Business 1: Contracts and Gover- Topics; Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed
nance; Economics of Business 2: Regulation and Busi- Countries; Economics of Development Policy in Less
ness Strategy; The Economics of Housing Markets; The Developed Countries; Environmental Economics; Nat-
Economics of Housing Policy; Regional Economics and ural Resource Economics; Financial Markets and As-
the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Economics set Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance;
and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy. International Trade; International Finance; The Eco-
Note that a student may take up to 60 credits from nomics of Work and Pay; Research and Methods in
courses offered by another department (outside op- Applied Labour Economics; Science and Economics;
tions), subject to the approval of the heads of depart- Contrasts in Economic Thought; Advanced Macroe-
ments involved. conomics 1: Government Debt, Interest Rates and
Students will normally take Microeconomic Analysis: Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeconomics 2: Eco-
Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla- nomic Fluctuations, Unemployment and Inflation; Wel-
tion, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Ba- fare Economics 1: Individual Choice and Values; Wel-
sic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Economet- fare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; The Inter-
rics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications and four national Economy and Development in Colonial South-
courses in 3H, and Government and the Economy; Dis- east Asia; Globalization and Development in Southeast
sertation and four courses in 4H. Asia; Economics of Business 1: Contracts and Gover-
nance; Economics of Business 2: Regulation and Busi-
ness Strategy; The Economics of Housing Markets; The
Economics of Housing Policy; Regional Economics and
2NRK ECONOMICS JH PRINCIPAL the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Economics
and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy. Students will nor-
Credits: 90 Level: 3 mally take Microeconomic Analysis: Games and The-
ory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Inflation, Unemploy-
ment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Basic Statistics and
Timetable: 3H: Monday and Tuesday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. Simple Linear Regression; Econometrics 2: Multiple Re-
4H: Monday and Tuesday at 3.00 pm. 3H/4H: other gression and Applications and two courses in 3H, and
times depending on courses selected. Government and the Economy, Dissertation and two
Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics courses in 4H.

Economics
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody ernment and the Economy; Regional Economics and the
Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Economics and
the Scottish Economy 2: Policy; Dissertation.
3BKF ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS
Note: Accountancy cannot be combined with Business
ECONOMICS 3H (COMBINED) Economics. LLB students take only Economics of Busi-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 ness 1: Contracts and Governance and Economics of
Business 2: Regulation and Business Strategy in 3H and
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Financial Markets and Asset Pricing; Financial Markets
Timetable: 3H: Wednesday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 4H: and Corporate Finance plus two courses in 4H (i.e. 90
Thursday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 3H/4H: other times de- credits in Economics).
pending on courses selected. Students will normally take Economics of Business 1:
Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics Contracts and Governance; Economics of Business 2:
2. Regulation and Business Strategy and two courses in
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an in- 3H, and Financial Markets and Asset Pricing; Finan-
course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course cial Markets and Corporate Finance and two courses in
exam (70%) 4H.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody
the scope of economics and its relevance to a wide range 6KCH ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS
of issues, including social, political and other issues of ECONOMICS 3H (SINGLE)
derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana- Credits: 120 Level: 3
lytical methods; equip students to apply knowledge and When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems Timetable: 3H: Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday, 2.00
in economics; relate the academic study of economics to pm-4.00 pm. 4H: Monday and Tuesday at 3.00 pm;
problems of economic policy and issues of public con- and Thursday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 3H/4H: other times
cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to depending on courses selected.
the needs and views of students and encourages them Requirements of entry: Grade C in Economics 2 or bet-
to achieve their full potential; develop students’ facility ter.
and personal development and of value in employment
exam (70%)
edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi- Aims: To develop in students an appreciation of the
disciplinary areas that involve economics. scope of economics and its relevance to a wide range of
Honours Course Prescription: Economics of Business issues, including social, political and other issues of pub-
1: Contracts and Governance; Economics of Business 2: lic concern; to develop students’ knowledge and under-
Regulation and Business Strategy; Financial Markets standing of economic concepts, approaches and analyt-
and Asset Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate ical methods with core emphasis on microeconomic and
Finance and FOUR from: macroeconomic analysis, econometrics and the study of
Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ- the modern corporation and the markets and environ-
omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Market ment in which it operates; to equip students to apply
Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced Topics; knowledge and skills to the solution of theoretical and
Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed Coun- applied problems in economics; to relate the academic
tries; Economics of Development Policy in Less Devel- study of economics to problems of economic policy and
oped Countries; Environmental Economics; Natural Re- issues of public concern; to create a learning environ-
source Economics; International Trade; International ment that is receptive to the needs and views of students
Finance; The Economics of Work and Pay; Research and encourages them to achieve their full potential; to
and Methods in Applied Labour Economics; Science develop students’ facility with a range of key cognitive
and Economics; Contrasts in Economic Thought; Ad- and social skills, through the study of economics, that
vanced Macroeconomics 1: Government Debt, Inter- are relevant to intellectual and personal development
est Rates and Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeco- and of value in employment and self-employment; to
nomics 2: Economic Fluctuations, Unemployment and provide students with a knowledge and skill base from
Inflation; Welfare Economics 1: Individual Choice and which they can proceed to further studies in economics
Values; Welfare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; and related areas or in multidisciplinary areas that in-
The International Economy and Development in Colo- volve economics.
nial Southeast Asia; Globalization and Development in Honours Course Prescription: Microeconomic Analy-
Southeast Asia; The Economics of Housing Markets; sis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In-
The Economics of Housing Policy; Microeconomic Anal- flation, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1:
ysis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In- Basic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo-
flation, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Eco-
Basic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo- nomics of Business 1: Contracts and Governance; Eco-
metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Gov- nomics of Business 2: Regulation and Business Strat-
Economics
egy; Government and the Economy; Dissertation; Fi- in economics; elate the academic study of economics to
nancial Markets and Asset Pricing; Financial Markets problems of economic policy and issues of public con-
and Corporate Finance and FOUR from: cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to
Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ- the needs and views of students and encourages them
omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Market to achieve their full potential; develop students’ facility
Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced Topics; with a range of key cognitive and social skills, through
Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed Coun- the study of economics, that are relevant to intellectual
tries; Economics of Development Policy in Less Devel- and personal development and of value in employment
oped Countries; Environmental Economics; Natural Re- and self-employment; provide students with a knowl-
source Economics; International Trade; International edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur-
Finance; The Economics of Work and Pay; Research ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi-
and Methods in Applied Labour Economics; Science disciplinary areas that involve economics.
and Economics; Contrasts in Economic Thought; Ad- Honours Course Prescription: Microeconomic Analysis:
vanced Macroeconomics 1: Government Debt, Inter- Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla-
est Rates and Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeco- tion, Unemployment and Growth; Government and the
nomics 2: Economic Fluctuations, Unemployment and Economy; and FOUR from:
Inflation; Welfare Economics 1: Individual Choice and Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ-
Values; Welfare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Mar-
The International Economy and Development in Colo- ket Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced
nial Southeast Asia; Globalization and Development in Topics; Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed
Southeast Asia; The Economics of Housing Markets; Countries; Economics of Development Policy in Less
The Economics of Housing Policy; Regional Economics Developed Countries; Environmental Economics; Nat-
and the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Eco- ural Resource Economics; Financial Markets and As-
nomics and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy. set Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance;
Note that a student may take up to 60 credits from International Trade; International Finance; The Eco-
courses offered by another department (outside op- nomics of Work and Pay; Research and Methods in
tions), subject to the approval of the heads of depart- Applied Labour Economics; Science and Economics;
ments involved. Contrasts in Economic Thought; Advanced Macroe-
Students will normally take Microeconomic Analysis: conomics 1: Government Debt, Interest Rates and
Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla- Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeconomics 2: Eco-
tion, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Ba- nomic Fluctuations, Unemployment and Inflation; Wel-
sic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo- fare Economics 1: Individual Choice and Values; Wel-
metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Eco- fare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; The Inter-
nomics of Business 1: Contracts and Governance; Eco- national Economy and Development in Colonial South-
nomics of Business 2: Regulation and Business Strategy east Asia; Globalization and Development in Southeast
and two courses in 3H, and Government and the Econ- Asia; Economics of Business 1: Contracts and Gover-
omy, Dissertation; Financial Markets and Asset Pric- nance; Economics of Business 2: Regulation and Busi-
ing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance and two ness Strategy; The Economics of Housing Markets; The
courses in 4H. Economics of Housing Policy; Econometrics 1: Basic
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econometrics
2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Regional Eco-
nomics and the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional
2NRG ECONOMICS 4H (JOINT)
Economics and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy; Disser-
Credits: 60 Level: 4 tation.
Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla-
Timetable: 3H: Monday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 4H: Monday tion, Unemployment and Growth and two courses in
and Tuesday at 3.00 pm. 3H/4H: other times to be 3H and Government and the Economy and two courses
arranged, depending on courses selected. or a Dissertation in 4H.
Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics BAcc and LLB students only take Microeconomic Anal-
2 ysis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In-
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an inflation, Unemployment and Growth in 3H and Govern-
course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course ment and the Economy plus two courses in 4H (i.e. a
exam (70%). Government and the Economy is assessed total of 90 credits in Economics). They may not take
by completion of five briefing notes (50%) and an end- an Economics dissertation. BAcc students are not per-
of-course exam (50%). mitted to take Financial Markets and Asset Pricing;
Financial Markets and Corporate Finance as options.
A student may submit no more than one dissertation as
Aims: We aim to develop in students an appreciation of part of an Honours degree.
derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana- 2NRJ ECONOMICS 4H (SINGLE)
skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems Credits: 120 Level: 4

Economics
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Note that a student may take up to 60 credits from
Timetable: 3H: Monday and Tuesday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. courses offered by another department (outside op-
4H: Monday and Tuesday at 3.00 pm. 3H/4H: other tions), subject to the approval of the heads of depart-
times depending on courses selected ments involved.
Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla-
2 tion, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Ba-
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an in- sic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Economet-
course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course rics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications) and four
exam (70%). Government and the Economy is assessed courses in 3H and Government and the Economy, Dis-
by completion of five briefing notes (50%) and an end- sertation and four courses in 4H.
of-course exam (50%). Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody
2NRL ECONOMICS SH PRINCIPAL
of issues, including social, political and other issues of Credits: 90 Level: 4
derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
lytical methods; equip students to apply knowledge and Timetable: 3H: Monday and Tuesday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm
skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems 4H: Monday and Tuesday at 3.00 pm 3H/4H: other
in economics; relate the academic study of economics to times depending on courses selected
problems of economic policy and issues of public con- Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics
cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to 2
exam (70%). Government and the Economy is assessed
by completion of five briefing notes (50%) and an end-
and personal development and of value in employment
of-course exam (50%).
edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi- Aims: We aim to develop in students an appreciation of
disciplinary areas that involve economics. the scope of economics and its relevance to a wide range
Honours Course Prescription: Microeconomic Analy- of issues, including social, political and other issues of
sis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In- public concern; develop students’ knowledge and un-
flation, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana-
Basic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo- lytical methods; equip students to apply knowledge and
metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Gov- skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems
ernment and the Economy; Dissertation; and EIGHT in economics; relate the academic study of economics to
from: problems of economic policy and issues of public con-
Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ- cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to
omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Mar- the needs and views of students and encourages them
ket Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced to achieve their full potential; develop students’ facility
Topics; Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed with a range of key cognitive and social skills, through
Countries; Economics of Development Policy in Less the study of economics, that are relevant to intellectual
Developed Countries; Environmental Economics; Nat- and personal development and of value in employment
ural Resource Economics; Financial Markets and As- and self-employment; provide students with a knowl-
set Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance; edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur-
International Trade; International Finance; The Eco- ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi-
nomics of Work and Pay; Research and Methods in disciplinary areas that involve economics.
Applied Labour Economics; Science and Economics; Honours Course Prescription: (This course is taken
Contrasts in Economic Thought; Advanced Macroe- with a subsidiary language). Microeconomic Analysis:
conomics 1: Government Debt, Interest Rates and Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla-
Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeconomics 2: Eco- tion, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Ba-
nomic Fluctuations, Unemployment and Inflation; Wel- sic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Economet-
fare Economics 1: Individual Choice and Values; Wel- rics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Govern-
fare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; The Inter- ment and the Economy; Dissertation; and FOUR from:
national Economy and Development in Colonial South- Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ-
east Asia; Globalization and Development in Southeast omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Mar-
Asia; Economics of Business 1: Contracts and Gover- ket Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced
nance; Economics of Business 2: Regulation and Busi- Topics; Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed
ness Strategy; The Economics of Housing Markets; The Countries; Economics of Development Policy in Less
Economics of Housing Policy; Regional Economics and Developed Countries; Environmental Economics; Nat-
the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Economics ural Resource Economics; Financial Markets and As-
and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy. set Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance;
Economics
International Trade; International Finance; The Eco- Finance and FOUR from:
nomics of Work and Pay; Research and Methods in Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ-
Applied Labour Economics; Science and Economics; omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Market
Contrasts in Economic Thought; Advanced Macroe- Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced Topics;
conomics 1: Government Debt, Interest Rates and Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed Coun-
Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeconomics 2: Eco- tries; Economics of Development Policy in Less Devel-
nomic Fluctuations, Unemployment and Inflation; Wel- oped Countries; Environmental Economics; Natural Re-
fare Economics 1: Individual Choice and Values; Wel- source Economics; International Trade; International
fare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; The Inter- Finance; The Economics of Work and Pay; Research
national Economy and Development in Colonial South- and Methods in Applied Labour Economics; Science
east Asia; Globalization and Development in Southeast and Economics; Contrasts in Economic Thought; Ad-
Asia; Economics of Business 1: Contracts and Gover- vanced Macroeconomics 1: Government Debt, Inter-
nance; Economics of Business 2: Regulation and Busi- est Rates and Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeco-
ness Strategy; The Economics of Housing Markets; The nomics 2: Economic Fluctuations, Unemployment and
Economics of Housing Policy; Regional Economics and Inflation; Welfare Economics 1: Individual Choice and
the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Economics Values; Welfare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy;
and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy. The International Economy and Development in Colo-
Students will normally take Microeconomic Analysis: nial Southeast Asia; Globalization and Development in
Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla- Southeast Asia; The Economics of Housing Markets;
tion, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Ba- The Economics of Housing Policy; Microeconomic Anal-
sic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Economet- ysis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In-
rics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications and two flation, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1:
courses in 3H and Government and the Economy, Dis- Basic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo-
sertation and two courses in 4H. metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Gov-
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody ernment and the Economy; Regional Economics and the
Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Economics and
the Scottish Economy 2: Policy; Dissertation.
3BKG ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS Note: Accountancy cannot be combined with Business
ECONOMICS 4H (COMBINED) Economics. LLB students take only Economics of Busi-
ness 1: Contracts and Governance and Economics of
Business 2: Regulation and Business Strategy in 3H and
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Financial Markets and Asset Pricing; Financial Markets
Timetable: 3H: Wednesday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 4H: and Corporate Finance plus two courses in 4H (i.e. 90
Thursday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 3H/4H: other times de- credits in Economics).
pending on courses selected. Students will normally take Economics of Business 1:
Requirements of entry: Grade C or better in Economics Contracts and Governance; Economics of Business 2:
2. Regulation and Business Strategy and two courses in
Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an in- 3H, and Financial Markets and Asset Pricing; Finan-
course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course cial Markets and Corporate Finance and two courses in
exam (70%) 4H.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody
the scope of economics and its relevance to a wide range 6KCJ ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS
ECONOMICS 4H (SINGLE)
derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana- Credits: 120 Level: 4
skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
in economics; relate the academic study of economics to Timetable: 3H: Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday, 2.00
problems of economic policy and issues of public con- pm-4.00 pm. 4H: Monday and Tuesday at 3.00 pm and
cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to Thursday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. 3H/4H: other times de-
the needs and views of students and encourages them pending on courses selected
to achieve their full potential; develop students’ facility Requirements of entry: Grade C in Economics 2 or bet-
with a range of key cognitive and social skills, through ter.
and personal development and of value in employment Assessment: Summative assessment comprises an in-
and self-employment; provide students with a knowl- course exam or coursework (30%) and an end-of-course
edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur- exam (70%). Government and the Economy is assessed
ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi- by completion of five briefing notes (50%) and an end-
disciplinary areas that involve economics. of-course exam (50%).
Honours Course Prescription: Economics of Business Degree Examination taken in: April/May
1: Contracts and Governance; Economics of Business 2: Aims: We aim to develop in students an appreciation of
Regulation and Business Strategy; Financial Markets the scope of economics and its relevance to a wide range
and Asset Pricing; Financial Markets and Corporate of issues, including social, political and other issues of

Educational Studies
public concern; develop students’ knowledge and un- Educational Studies

derstanding of economic concepts, approaches and ana-
lytical methods; equip students to apply knowledge and LPZU CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND
skills to the solution of theoretical and applied problems LEARNING PART 1
in economics; relate the academic study of economics to
problems of economic policy and issues of public con- Credits: 20 Level: 1
cern; create a learning environment that is receptive to When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: The course will require to dovetail with the
other courses offered in Year 1 of the MA in Primary
Education to be offered on the Crichton Campus.
and personal development and of value in employment Co-requisites: Level 1 Course at Crichton Campus
and self-employment; provide students with a knowl- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
edge and skill base from which they can proceed to fur- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ther studies in economics and related areas or in multi-
Aims: The first unit is intended to provide students
disciplinary areas that involve economics.
with a grounded understanding of the early develop-
ment of children from pre-birth through birth to infancy.
Honours Course Prescription: Microeconomic Analy-
It will cover all aspects of development in these stages
sis: Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: In-
in a comprehensive, coherent and progressive way. This
flation, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1:
understanding will be of special value to those students
Basic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo-
who may wish to take up posts in early years in the
metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Eco-
primary school or in pre-5 establishments. The sec-
nomics of Business 1: Contracts and Governance; Eco-
ond unit of the course will provide important under-
nomics of Business 2: Regulation and Business Strat-
standings of how cognition and learning develop in chil-
egy; Government and the Economy; Dissertation; Fi-
dren over time. These understandings underpin much
nancial Markets and Asset Pricing; Financial Markets
of what teachers do in primary education and the aim
and Corporate Finance and FOUR from:
of the second unit is to provide a thorough grounding
Smith’s Intellectual System; Smith and Political Econ-
in cognitive developmental theory and to relate it to
omy; Economics of Industry 1: Basic Theories of Market
professional practice.
Structures; Economics of Industry 2: Advanced Topics;
Growth, Finance and Trade in Less Developed Coun- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair McPhee
tries; Economics of Development Policy in Less Devel-
oped Countries; Environmental Economics; Natural Re-
2WCU FUNDAMENTALS OF
source Economics; International Trade; International
Finance; The Economics of Work and Pay; Research
EDUCATION 1A
and Methods in Applied Labour Economics; Science Credits: 20 Level: 1
and Economics; Contrasts in Economic Thought; Ad-
vanced Macroeconomics 1: Government Debt, Inter- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
est Rates and Economic Growth; Advanced Macroeco- Timetable: Lectures Monday and Tuesday, 11.00 am-
nomics 2: Economic Fluctuations, Unemployment and 12.00 noon weekly. Seminars Wednesday or Friday
Inflation; Welfare Economics 1: Individual Choice and 11.00 am-12.00 noon weekly.
Values; Welfare Economics 2: Social Choice and Policy; Requirements of entry: General interest in education.
The International Economy and Development in Colo-
Assessment: One 2 hour written examination (50%).
nial Southeast Asia; Globalization and Development in
One essay in January (30%). Seminar work (20%).
Southeast Asia; The Economics of Housing Markets;
Written examination resit.
The Economics of Housing Policy; Regional Economics
and the Scottish Economy 1: Analysis; Regional Eco- Degree Examination taken in: December
nomics and the Scottish Economy 2: Policy. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Note that a student may take up to 60 credits from Aims: (1) Introduction to the academic study of educa-
courses offered by another department (outside option; (2) discusses social and political aspects of educa-
tions), subject to the approval of the heads of depart- tion; (3) provides knowledge of the schooling systems of
ments involved. Scotland and England and relevant educational policy.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr George Burns
Games and Theory; Macroeconomics Analysis: Infla-
tion, Unemployment and Growth; Econometrics 1: Ba-
sic Statistics and Simple Linear Regression; Econo- 2WDU FUNDAMENTALS OF
metrics 2: Multiple Regression and Applications; Eco- EDUCATION 1B
nomics of Business 1: Contracts and Governance; Eco-
nomics of Business 2: Regulation and Business Strategy Credits: 20 Level: 1
and two courses in 3H and Government and the Econ-
omy, Dissertation; Financial Markets and Asset Pric-
ing; Financial Markets and Corporate Finance and two Timetable: Lectures Monday and Tuesday, 11.00 am-
courses in 4H. 12.00 noon weekly. Seminars Wednesday or Friday
11.00 am-12.00 noon weekly.
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Terence Moody Requirements of entry: Interest in education.
Educational Studies
Assessment: One 2 hour written examination (50%). Co-requisites: The course is part of the Year 3 of the
One essay in April (30%). Seminar work (20%). MA in Primary Education.
Aims: (1) Introduction to the academic study of educa- Aims: to sensitise students to important issues relat-
tion; (2) deals with the concepts of freedom, authority ing to the bases of the curriculum and how it is devel-
and punishment; (3) discusses the changing nature of oped; to give them a thorough grounding in the Scot-
equality in education. tish primary curriculum; to understand the principles
Course Co-ordinator: Dr George Burns and practice of assessment, with special emphasis on
the links between assessment and learning.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair McPhee
LSFU LITERACY 1
Credits: 10 Level: 1 LQFV CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) LEARNING PART 2
Timetable: To be advised Credits: 20 Level: 2
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: The timetable for this couse will require to
Aims: - To link with the work undertaken in the course dovetail with the other courses being undertaken as part
Text and Communication and to expand issues there of the MA in Primary Education on the Crichton Cam-
into classroom contexts - To examine the four outcomes pus.
of Reading, Writing, Talking and Listening, together Co-requisites: Level 2 Liberal Arts course on the Crich-
with issues such as context, correctness and appropri- ton Campus
ateness - To examine dialect and accent and diversity of
language - To contextualise the above within the world
of the primary classroom - To link closely with the world Resit Examination taken in: August/September
of school experience Aims: The course is in two units. The aims of the
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair McPhee first unit are to give the student a guide to the physical
development of children including developmental tasks
and challenges through the early and primary school
LSMU MATHEMATICS - THEORY AND years. This unit is also intended to link the importance
PEDAGOGY 1 of development to considerations of health, welfare and
learning. The aims of the second unit are to sensitise
Credits: 20 Level: 1 students to important issues relating to the social child.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) The unit will provide an important contextualization
Timetable: To be advised of child development and relate it to the wider social
contexts in which development takes place.
Aims: - Students are introduced to the knowledge,
skills, competences and professional attitudes which 8JJV LEARNING SOCIETY: ISSUES IN
are necessary for the effective teaching and learning of MODERN EDUCATION 2
mathematics; - An enthusiasm and excitement within
students for the teaching and learning of mathemat-
ics and an ability to communicate these effectively to When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
pupils of all abilities and needs is promoted; - Recogni- Timetable: Lectures Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday
tion of the centrality of school experience and providing 2.00 pm -3.00 pm weekly. Seminars Thursday 2.00 pm
students with the fullest support for the successful de- - 3.00 pm weekly.
velopment of their teaching and learning skills in math- Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in one or both
ematics; - Enabling students to meet the challenge of level 1 Education courses (Fundamentals of Education
providing appropriate teaching and learning experiences A or B). Sociology 1 or Social Policy 1.
for pupils of all abilities. Assessment: One written examination (50%); one es-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair McPhee say (Dec, Jan) (30%); Seminar work (20%). Written
examination resit.
LQHU THE CURRICULUM AND Degree Examination taken in: December
ASSESSMENT Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: (1) To investigate twentieth century educational
Credits: 20 Level: 1 thought; (2) to discuss multicultural approaches to
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) learning; (3) to assess recent changes in education policy
Timetable: The timing of this course will require to and practice. Also see 7EYV under Adult and Contin-
dovetail with the other elements of the Faculty course of uing Education.
the MA in Primary Education on the Crichton Campus. Course Co-ordinator: Dr George Burns

9MGW DEVELOPING EDUCATIONAL the learning outcomes of the course. All assessment of
PROVISION IN EUROPE the Level 3 courses will be in accordance with the Code
of Assessment of the University of Glasgow.
Timetable: Timetable is to be arranged
Aims: This course will: Build upon understandings
gained in Education 1 and 2 and cognate courses, by af-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September fording students deeper understanding and insight into
Aims: This course will: Develop understanding and in- how education works, both within the systems of the
sight into how theory of education has informed educa- UK and beyond them; Develop student study skills,
tional systems; Help students to make knowledge con- in particular accessing and using educational research;
nections between educational theories and educational Develop understanding and skills in ICT and interac-
practices in history; Develop students qualitative re- tive work; Develop student discursive and interpreta-
search skills. tive skills through appropriate interactive and assess-
Course Co-ordinator: Mr John Dakers ment activities; Provide students with a progression in
the study of Education towards honours level within the
University of Glasgow.
LQJW EDUCATION IN ITS WIDER
Course Co-ordinator: Mr John Dakers
CONTEXTS
LQKW TEACHERS AND TEACHING
Timetable: The timetable for this course will need to Credits: 20 Level: 3
dovetail with those of the other courses on the Dumfries
Campus composing the Faculty element of the MA in
Primary Education. Timetable: It will be necessary for the timetable for
Co-requisites: Course is part of the education studies this course to dovetail with other courses at the Crich-
element of Year 3 of the MA in Primary Education ton Campus constituting Year 3 of the MA in Primary
Education
Aims: to provide an important contextualization for the
learner, the teacher and the school; to raise awareness Aims: to establish in the student a sense of being a
of issues such as race, ethnicity and gender within an learner as well as a teacher; to make use of and draw
equal opportunities framework; to provide understand- upon the academic learning and the life experiences
ing of relationships between schools, communities and which individuals have had; to provide a grounding for
achievement. professional practice in the classroom; to look forward
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair McPhee to the professional development agenda.
9MDW SUPPORTING AND
UNDERSTANDING LEARNERS AND
LEARNING
Credits: 30 Level: 3 7LPU ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING 1X

Timetable: Times and days to be arranged. Two lec-
tures per week (1 hour duration): twelve lectures per When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
unit. Two units per course. One seminar per week, Assessment: 30% Continuous Assessment - Class tests
beginning week 3 of course: 8 seminars total and laboratories. 70% Degree examination - 2 hours,
Co-requisites: Students should have successfully com- no choice of questions
pleted level 2 courses The learning society: issues in Degree Examination taken in: December
modern education and The learning society: adult and
continuing education; or successfully completed level 2
courses in a social science subject. Aims: Digital Electronics aims to introduce basic con-
Assessment: 1 class essay on a topic derived from the cepts of digital electronics. Analogue Electrics aims to
student’s own research and reading and from the pre- introduce the basic concepts of analogue electronic cir-
sented work of the class. This essay will be of 3000 cuits and to apply these concepts to d.c. and a.c. cir-
words length and will be submitted in Semester 1; 1 for- cuits. Laboratory aims to give practical experience of
mal end of course examination which will take place at designing and measuring analog and digital circuits. To
the end of the semester in January in common with the illustrate lecture material with practical examples. To
assessment practice of the University. This examination develop report writing skills.
will be of 3 hours duration and will test attainment of Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Williamson
7LRU ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING 1Y 7LTV DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 2

When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Requirements of entry: Electronic Engineering 1X Requirements of entry: Electronics and Electrical Engi-
Assessment: 30% Continuous assessment - Class tests neering 1X and 1Y
and laboratories. 70% Degree examination - 2 hours, Assessment: 90% Degree Examination; 10% Course
no choice of questions. Work
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Degree Examination taken in: December
Aims: Digital Electronics aims to introduce basic con- Aims: To analyse and design simple combinational and
cepts of synchronous and asynchronous digital electron- sequential digital logic systems.
ics. Analogue Electronics aims to apply the basic con- Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Muir
cepts of analogue electronics to practical circuits such
as RC filters and amplifiers, both Op amp and tran-
sistor. Laboratory aims to give practical experience of 0FWV ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS 2
designing and measuring analog and digital circuits. To
illustrate lecture material with practical examples. To Credits: 10 Level: 2
develop report writing skills. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John Davies Timetable: 2 lectures weekly. 3 labs during the
semester.
7MEV ANALOGUE ELECTRONICS 2 Requirements of entry: Electronic Engineering 1X and
1Y; Engineering Mathematics EE1X and EE1Y or
Credits: 10 Level: 2 equivalent
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Assessment: 15% Course work, Laboratory and labo-
Requirements of entry: Electronic Engineering 1X and ratory record book. 85% Degree examination - 2 hour
1Y. Engineering Mathematics EE1X and EE1Y or paper with two sections. Section A is compulsory, 3
equivalent. questions to be selected from Section B
Assessment: 85% 2 hour exam and 15% lab record. Degree Examination taken in: December
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Aims: To provide a basic understanding of the be-
Aims: 1. Analogue Signal Processing - To introduce haviour of electrical circuits containing inductance, ca-
the use of simple analogue building block in terms of pacitance and resistance when transient DC and AC
terminal and transfer properties, to be able to calculate signals are applied to them. To establish the rela-
those properties for simple circuits based on operational tionship between the forced transient solution and the
amplifiers and bipolar transistors, and to combine these impedance representation. Laboratory: To reinforce
elements to match input and output transducers. 2. material taught in lectures, and to illustrate measure-
Laboratory - To reinforce theoretical material taught in ment and analysis techniques.
lectures. Course Co-ordinator: Prof Iain Thayne
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Williamson
5MCV ELECTRONIC DESIGN PROJECT
7MAV COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 2 2

When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Requirements of entry: Electronic Engineering 1X and Timetable: To be advised
1Y Requirements of entry: Grade D in Electronics and Elec-
Excluded Courses: Computer Systems 2 trical Engineering 1 and average of grade D in courses
Assessment: 100% Degree Examination - 2 hour paper; from Mathematics 1R, 1S, 1T, 1X, 1Y.
Degree Examination taken in: December Co-requisites: Analog Electronics 2, Digital Electronics
2
Assessment: 50% assignments (project log book and
Aims: 1. Computer Architecture aims to provide an in-
report, component selection report); 50% class tests (2).
troduction to computer processor and memory architec-
tures, and to the design of personal computer systems. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
2. Laboratory aims to provide practical experience of Resit Examination taken in: August/September
basic microprocessor architecture using simulations of Aims: To introduce students to the design and reali-
digital systems from a parallel adder/subtractor to a sation of electronics systems to solve engineering prob-
simple digital computer. lems, good engineering design practice, tools and ma-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin MacAuley terials relevant to electronics and electrical engineering.

To provide initial training in the practical skills required Assessment: 20 % Laboratory work and tutorials. Av-
by professional engineers. erage mark of two laboratory reports and selected tuto-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Fernando Rodriguez-Salazar rials questions. 80% Degree Examination 2 hours.
3KFV ELECTRONIC DEVICES 2 Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: To understand the basics of engineering electro-
Credits: 10 Level: 2 magnetics, and its application to real problems. Com-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) puter aided modelling of field and flux patterns in real
engineering components. Understanding and uses of dif-
Timetable: First term.
ferent magnetic materials.
Requirements of entry: Engineering Physics EEI or
Course Co-ordinator: Prof David Hutchings
equivalent
Assessment: 90% Degree Examination; 10% lab
4A1H ELECTRONICS AND SOFTWARE
ENGINEERING 3H (SINGLE)
Aims: To provide an understanding of how electronic Credits: 120 Level: 3
devices work, from the atomic level upwards; to show When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
the origins of the important physical laws which govern Timetable: Varies
device operation and give an introduction to the tech-
nology of semiconductor devices. To show how semicon- Requirements of entry: To enter Honours in Electri-
ductor physics can be used to predict the operation of cal and Software Engineering a student must: have a
common devices and to calculate the parameters needed grade-point average of at least 12 (i.e. C) at the first
for analysing circuits. attempt over all the pre-requisite Level 2 Computing
Science courses; passed (grade D) every Electrical En-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Charles Ironside gineering course that is a prerequisite for ESE3H.
Assessment: Each Computing Science course is assessed
7MBV EMBEDDED PROCESSORS 2 by examination and coursework as detailed in course
descriptions.
Aims: The academic aim of the Electronic and Software
Requirements of entry: Introductory Programming 1 or Engineering (ESE) degree course is to provide students
Introductory Programming EE1, Electronic and Elec- with a deep understanding of both hardware and soft-
trical Engineering 1X and 1Y ware, and the skills to work with teams to design and
Co-requisites: Computer Architecture 2 or Computing build complete computerised systems. Students also
Systems 2 choose selected topics to study in considerable depth;
Assessment: 80% Degree Examination - 2 hour paper; this means that the best Honours graduates are also
choice of 4 questions from 6. 10% Laboratory and 10% equipped to enter research programmes. The profes-
Assigment sional aim is to provide the electronic engineering and
software engineering education necessary to design com-
puter systems that are embedded within larger engi-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September neering systems (e.g. flight control systems, industrial
Aims: 1. Assembly Language, Processor Application plant control systems). Graduates will need a broad
aims to provide an introduction to embedded proces- knowledge of software and hardware, deep knowledge
sor systems and applications. To explain the operating of selected topics, and extensive practical experience.
principles and provide a functional understanding of as- The technology is changing so rapidly that knowledge
sembly language, high level language (C), and interfac- of specific systems rapidly becomes obsolete. So, al-
ing or peripherals in an embedded processor system. 2. though the degree is regularly updated, the aim is to
Laboratory aims to provide practical experience of pro- emphasise unchanging principles and to encourage inde-
gramming a real microprocessor (the Motorola 6805) pendent study habits that will stand graduates in good
and of interfacing simple peripherals by writing small stead throughout their professional careers. The degree
assembly and high level language programs. also aims to give graduates experience of electronic and
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Fernando Rodriguez software engineering in an industrial context, to this end
and integral part of the degree is an industrial placement
between the third and fourth years.
3KJV ENGINEERING Honours Course Prescription: Level 3: Team Project
ELECTROMAGNETICS 2 ESE3, Advanced Programming 3, Operating Systems
3, Professional Software Development 3 Networked
Systems Architecture 3 plus courses required by the De-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) partment of Electronics and Electrical Engineering and
Timetable: To be advised summer placement. For fuller details see our website
Requirements of entry: Grade D in Physics 1X and 1Y http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching/general/
and average of grade D in courses from Mathematics .
1R, 1S, 1T, 1X, 1Y Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Welland
English Language
4A1J ELECTRONICS AND SOFTWARE Degree Examination taken in: April/May

ENGINEERING 4H (SINGLE) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: To provide: (1) an understanding of how lan-
guage works, with particular reference to the contexts
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) and structures of English; (2) skill in the use of basic
Timetable: Varies tools describing and discussing language; (3) knowledge
Requirements of entry: A grade point average of at least of the structure and development of English sounds,
10 (i.e. D) over all CS courses plus a grade point average words and grammar; (4) knowledge of the history of
of at least 10 (i.e. D) over all E&EE courses, plus a the English language in its literary and social contexts;
grade of at least C in the ESE3H team project. (5) an awareness of the effects of linguistic phenomena
Assessment: Each Computing Science course is assessed on different kinds of communication.
by examination and coursework as detailed in course Course Co-ordinator: Dr Rachel Smith
descriptions.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 3YWU ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1B
Aims: See ESE3H.
tails of available courses see our website When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
http://www.dcs.glasgow.ac.uk/courses/teaching/general/ Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday - 3.00 pm;
. weekly tutorials.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Raymond Welland Co-requisites: English Language course 1A as a co-
requisite
Excluded Courses: English Language 1A/1B
English Language
Assessment: One two hour paper (80%); class exercise
(20%)
3YTU ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1A
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Aims: To provide (1) an understanding of how language
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday - 3.00 pm; works, with particular reference to the contexts and
weekly tutorials structures of English; (2) skill in the use of basic tools
Excluded Courses: English Language 1A/1B describing and discussing language; (3) knowledge of
the structure and development of English sounds words
Assessment: One two hour paper (80%); class assign-
and grammar; (4) knowledge of the history of the En-
ment 20%.
glish language in its literary and social contexts; (5)
Degree Examination taken in: December an awareness of the effects of linguistic phenomena on
Resit Examination taken in: August/September different kinds of communication.
Aims: To provide: (1) an understanding of how lan- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Rachel Smith
guage works, with particular reference to the contexts
and structures of English; (2) skill in the use of basic
7FPV ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEVEL 2
tools describing and discussing language; (3) knowledge
of the structure and development of English sounds, Credits: 40 Level: 2
words and grammar; (4) knowledge of the history of
the English language in its literary and social contexts;
(5) an awareness of the effects of linguistic phenomena Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday at 2.00 pm;
on different kinds of communication. weekly tutorials.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Rachel Smith Requirements of entry: Level 1 English Language
Assessment: Continuous Assessment; Degree Examina-
tion
5NHU ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1A AND
1B
Credits: 40 Level: 1 Aims: To give students an overview of key issues
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) and topics in modern and historical English Language,
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday - 3.00 pm; within an integrated framework.
weekly tutorials. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kathryn Lowe
Requirements of entry: As in present 1A and 1B
Excluded Courses: English Language 1A, English Lan- 3YTF ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3H (JOINT)
guage 1B
Assessment: Exercise (November) 10%; Class Test
(Semester 1, Jan/Feb) 30%; Exercise (Semester 1, When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Feb/March) 10%; Degree examination (May/June) Timetable: Class hour 12.00 noon for 3H, 10.00 am for
50%. 4H; other times to be arranged.

English Language
Requirements of entry: Usually at least a GPA of 26 in Honours Course Prescription: Eight courses taken
English Language 2 from: Culture and English Language Teaching; Gram-
Assessment: Two papers taken in 3H year (75%); es- mars of English; History of English I; History of En-
say/seminar work (25%), optional dissertation in place glish II; History of Scots; Medieval English Literature I;
of one paper, optional submission of set of essays for Literary and Linguistic Computing for English; Read-
one of certain papers. ing the Past: From Script to Print; Medieval Latin;
Medieval English Literature II; Old English Literature;
Old French Literature; Old Icelandic; Onomastics: the
Aims: The English Language papers in this course en- History and Function of Names; Phonetics and Phonol-
able students to explore a selection of topics in Medieval ogy I - Articulation and Accent; Phonetics and Phonol-
Language and Literature, the History of English and ogy II - Experimental Phonetics and Phonological The-
Scots, and Modern English Language in greater depth, ories; Pragmatics and Spoken Discourse; Semantics of
and to relate these topics to each other, and, where rel- English; Sociolinguistics; History of the Scottish Book;
evant, to topics studied in another subject. Papers can Written Text and Narrative.
be chosen in a wide range of combinations, though in Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alison Wiggins
some cases a Senior Honours paper may require previous
study of a Junior Honours paper.
Honours Course Prescription: Four papers taken from: 3YTG ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4H
Culture and English Language Teaching; Grammars of (JOINT)
English; History of English I; History of English II;
History of Scots; Medieval English Literature I; Lit- Credits: 60 Level: 4
erary and Linguistic Computing for English; Reading When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
the Past; From Script to Print; Medieval Latin; Me- Timetable: Class hour 12.00 noon for 3H, 10.00 am for
dieval English Literature II; Old English Literature; Old 4H; other times to be arranged.
French Literature; Old Icelandic; Onomastics: the His-
Requirements of entry: Usually at least a GPA of 26 in
tory and Function of Names; Phonetics and Phonology
English Language 2
I - Articulation and Accent; Phonetics and Phonology
II - Experimental Phonetics and Phonological Theo- Assessment: Four papers taken in 4H year (75%);
ries; Pragmatics and Spoken Discourse; Semantics of essay/seminar work (25%), optional disserta-
English; Sociolinguistics; History of the Scottish Book; tion/extended essay in place of one paper, submission
Written Text and Narrative. of set of essays for certain papers.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alison Wiggins Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The English Language papers in this course en-
able students to explore a selection of topics in Medieval
3YTH ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3H Language and Literature, the History of English and
(SINGLE) Scots, and Modern English Language in greater depth,
and to relate these topics to each other, and, where rel-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 evant, to topics studied in another subject. Papers can
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) be chosen in a wide range of combinations, though in
Timetable: Class hour 12 noon for 3H, 10.00 am for 4H; some cases a Senior Honours paper may require previous
other times to be arranged. study of a Junior Honours paper.
Requirements of entry: Usually at least a GPA of 26 in Honours Course Prescription: Four papers taken from:
English Language 2 and at least a grade point average Culture and English Language Teaching; Germanic
of 10 in English Literature Level 1 (2 courses) or En- Philology; Grammars of English; History of English
glish Literature 1, none of these courses falling below I; History of English II; History of Scots; Later Me-
grade D. Exceptionally, students may be admitted who dieval English Literature; Literary and Linguistic Com-
have achieved the required points in English Literature puting for English; Medieval English Manuscripts in
and 32 grade points in English Language 1A and 1B, or Context; Medieval Latin; Early Middle English Liter-
English Language 1. ature; Old English Literature; Old French Literature;
Old Icelandic; Onomastics: the History and Function
Assessment: Four papers taken in 3H year and four pa- of Names; Phonetics and Phonology I - Articulation
pers taken in 4H year (75%); essay/seminar work (25%), and Accent; Phonetics and Phonology II - Experimental
dissertation in place of one paper, optional submission Phonetics and Phonological Theories; Pragmatics and
of set of essays for one of certain papers. Spoken Discourse; Semantics of English; Sociolinguis-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May tics; Stylistics of Scottish Literature; Written Text and
Aims: The English Language papers in this course en- Narrative.
able students to explore a selection of topics in Medieval Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alison Wiggins
Language and Literature, the History of English and
Scots, and Modern English Language in greater depth,
and to relate these topics to each other, and, where rel- 3YTJ ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4H
evant, to topics studied in another subject. Papers can (SINGLE)
be chosen in a wide range of combinations, though in
some cases a Senior Honours paper may require previous Credits: 120 Level: 4
study of a Junior Honours paper. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
English Literature
Timetable: Class hour 12 noon for 3H, 10.00 am for 4H; ysis of texts and the constructing of viable arguments
other times to be arranged. about texts and the issues which arise from them.
Requirements of entry: Usually at least a GPA of 26 in Course Co-ordinator: Mr David Newell
English Language 2 and at least a grade point average
of 10 in English Literature Level 1 (2 modules) or En-
4EDU ENGLISH LITERATURE 1B:
glish Literature 1 , none of these courses falling below
WRITING AND SELF
grade D. Exceptionally, students may be admitted who
have achieved the required points in English Literature Credits: 20 Level: 1
and 32 grade points in English Language 1A and 1B, or
English Language 1.
Timetable: Group 1: Monday to Friday - 11.00 am;
Assessment: Eight papers taken in 4H year (75%);
seminars. Group 2: Monday to Friday - 12.00 noon;
essay/seminar work (25%), optional disserta-
seminars.
tion/extended essay in place of one paper, submission
of set of essays for certain papers. Co-requisites: Regular attendance and submission of
work for English Literature 1A
Assessment: Tutorial attendance (10%); One essay
Aims: The English Language papers in this course en- (1500-2000 words) (30%) and one examination (2 hours)
able students to explore a selection of topics in Medieval (60%).
Language and Literature, the History of English and
Scots, and Modern English Language in greater depth,
and to relate these topics to each other, and, where rel- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
evant, to topics studied in another subject. Papers can Aims: (1) to encourage close and attentive reading; (2)
be chosen in a wide range of combinations, though in to develop literate writing skills; (3) to develop a ca-
some cases a Senior Honours paper may require previous pacity for informed and cogent argument; (4) to foster
study of a Junior Honours paper. discussion and debate.
Honours Course Prescription: Eight courses taken Course Co-ordinator: Dr Bryony Randall
from: Culture and English Language Teaching; Ger-
manic Philology; Grammars of English; History of En- 7EXV ENGLISH LITERATURE
glish I; History of English II; History of Scots; Later Me-
2A:WRITING &IDEOLOGY
dieval English Literature; Literary and Linguistic Com-
puting for English; Medieval English Manuscripts in Credits: 20 Level: 2
Context; Medieval Latin; Old and Early Middle English
Literature; Old English Literature; Old French Litera-
ture; Old Icelandic; Onomastics: the History and Func- Timetable: Group 1: Monday to Friday - 10.00 am;
tion of Names; Phonetics and Phonology I - Articulation seminars. Group 2: Monday to Friday - 11.00 am; sem-
and Accent; Phonetics and Phonology II - Experimental inars.
Phonetics and Phonological Theories; Pragmatics and Requirements of entry: Grade D in English Literature
Spoken Discourse; Semantics of English; Sociolinguis- 1A and 1B.
tics; Stylistics of Scottish Literature; Written Text and Assessment: Tutorial performance (10%); one essay
Narrative. (2000-3000 words) (30%); one examination (2 hours)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alison Wiggins (60%).
English Literature
Aims: To enable students: (1) to further and reinforce
their capacity for detailed, informed and critical read-
6YAU ENGLISH LITERATURE 1A:
ing of texts; (2) to further and reinforce their capacity
INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY STUDY
in writing and in group discussion, for the critical anal-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 ysis of texts and the construction of viable arguments
about texts and the issues which arise from them; (3) to
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) develop their awareness of the ways in which aspects of
Timetable: Group 1: Monday to Friday - 11.00 am; texts may generate or be generated by ideology; (4) to
seminars. Group 2: Monday to Friday - 12.00 noon; alert them to the broader cultural significance of literary
seminars. production.
Assessment: Tutorial attendance (10%); One essay Course Co-ordinator: Mr Donald MacKenzie
(1500-2000 words) (30%) and one examination (2 hours)
(60%).
7EWV ENGLISH LITERATURE 2B
Degree Examination taken in: December WRITING & TEXT
Aims: The overall aim of the course is to: (1) introduce
students to a range of texts of different genres and his- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
torical periods; (2) develop their capacity for sensitive Timetable: Group 1: Monday to Friday - 10.00 am;
and detailed reading of texts; (3) develop their capacity seminars. Group 2: Monday to Friday - 11.00 am; sem-
in writing, and in group discussion, for the critical anal- inars.

English Literature
Requirements of entry: Grade D in English Literature ture 1780-1840 (Romantic), Literature 1830-1914 (Vic-
1A and 1B torian), Literature since 1900 (Modern), American Lit-
Co-requisites: Regular attendance at tutorials and sub- erature I (nineteenth-century), American Literature II
mission of class work for English Literature 2A (twentieth-century), Literary and Linguistic Computing
for English, Irish Literature 1880s to present-day. Stu-
Excluded Courses: None
dents may also choose in 3H one course from a list of
Assessment: Tutorial performance (10%); one essay Topic Modules which will be taught and assessed in 4H.
(2000-3000 words) (30%); one examination (2 hours)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stuart Gillespie
(60%).
Resit Examination taken in: August/September 3YYH ENGLISH LITERATURE 3H
Aims: (1) to build upon the knowledge of texts already (SINGLE)
acquired in earlier courses; (2) to build upon the various
critical and analytical skills already acquired in earlier Credits: 120 Level: 3
courses; (3) specifically to move from 1 and 2 to an When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
awareness of the complex relationships that texts have Timetable: Monday to Friday - 10.00 am for 3H, 12
with each other both formally and ideologically; (4) to noon for 4H; seminars.
develop some sense of how writing affects other cultural
Requirements of entry: Requirements of entry: at least
phenomena and is affected by them; (5) to demonstrate
Grade D in each of the two Level 1 English Literature
that the relationships suggested in 3 and 4 are sub-
courses. In Level 2 English Literature we normally ask
ject to the pressures of time and place. Subject-specific
for at least Grade B in one course and at least Grade
skills: students should be able to: (1) analyse a text in
C in the other course; and at least Grade D in English
an awareness of how its literary features relate to the
Language Level 1.
writing practices of other texts; (2) give an account of
the thematic content of a text with reference to how Assessment: Eight courses assessed in 4H year (75%);
that content is presented; (3) compare the relationship essay/seminar work (25%); dissertation in place of one
between themes and textual strategies of texts on the course.
course. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrew Radford Aims: The aims of the different historical period Papers
are to enable students: (1) to increase students’ literary
knowledge and awareness of a period in a general sense;
3YYF ENGLISH LITERATURE 3H
(2) to understand aspects of the general context within
(JOINT)
which works of literature in a period are produced; (3)
Credits: 60 Level: 3 to increase and deepen knowledge and understanding of
(selected) authors, texts, and genres; (4) to achieve an
awareness of the history and processes of writing in En-
Timetable: Monday to Friday - 10.00 am for 3H, 12.00 glish; (5) to use this awareness to construct and develop
noon for 4H; seminars. individually selected areas of specialised enquiry.
Requirements of entry: Requirements of entry: at least Honours Course Prescription: Students are assessed in
Grade D in each of the two Level 1 English Literature eight courses (although they may also submit an orig-
courses. In Level 2 English Literature we normally ask inal composition), of which four must be from the pe-
for at least Grade B in one course and at least Grade C riod before 1900. Courses chosen from: Shakespeare,
in the other course. Literary Theory, Literature 1360-1540, Literature 1510-
Assessment: Four courses assessed in 4H year (75%); es- 1660 (Renaissance and early seventeenth-century), Lit-
say/seminar work (25%); optional dissertation in place erature 1640-1785 (Restoration and Augustan), Litera-
of any one course. ture 1780-1840 (Romantic), Literature 1830-1914 (Vic-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May torian), Literature since 1900 (Modern), American Lit-
erature I (nineteenth-century), American Literature II
Aims: The aims of the different historical period papers
(twentieth-century), Literary and Linguistic Computing
are to enable students: (1) to increase literary knowl-
edge and awareness of a period in a general sense; (2) to
dents may also choose in 3H up to two courses from a
understand aspects of the general context within which
list of Topic Modules which will be taught and assessed
works of literature in a period are produced; (3) to
in 4H.
increase and deepen knowledge and understanding of
(selected) authors, texts and genres; (4) to achieve an Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stuart Gillespie
glish; (5) to use this awareness to construct and develop
individually selected areas of specialised enquiry. 3YYG ENGLISH LITERATURE 4H
(JOINT)
Honours Course Prescription: Students are assessed
in four courses, of which two must be from the pe- Credits: 60 Level: 4
riod before 1900. Courses chosen from: Shakespeare,
Literary Theory, Literature 1360-1540, Literature 1510- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
1660 (Renaissance and early seventeenth-century), Lit- Timetable: Monday to Friday - 10.00 am for 3H, 12.00
erature 1640-1785 (Restoration and Augustan), Litera- noon for 4H; seminars.
Geographical and Earth Sciences
Requirements of entry: Requirements of entry: at least Honours Course Prescription: Students are assessed in
Grade D in each of the two Level 1 English Literature eight courses (although they may submit an original
courses. In Level 2 English Literature we normally ask composition), of which four must be from the period
for at least Grade B in one course and at least Grade C before 1900. Courses chosen from: Shakespeare, Lit-
in the other course. erary Theory, Literature 1360-1540, Literature 1510-
Assessment: Four courses assessed in 4H year (75%); es- 1660 (Renaissance and early seventeenth-century), Lit-
say/seminar work (25%); optional dissertation in place erature 1640-1785 (Restoration and Augustan), Litera-
of any one course. ture 1780-1840 (Romantic), Literature 1830-1914 (Vic-
torian), Literature since 1900 (Modern), American Lit-
erature I (nineteenth-century), American Literature II
Aims: The aims of the different historical period papers (twentieth-century), Literary and Linguistic Computing
are to enable students: (1) to increase literary knowl- for English, Irish Literature 1880s to present-day. Stu-
edge and awareness of a period in a general sense; (2) to dents may also choose in 3H up to two courses from a
understand aspects of the general context within which list of Topic Courses which will be taught and assessed
works of literature in a period are produced; (3) to in 4H.
increase and deepen knowledge and understanding of Course Co-ordinator: Dr Catherine McLoughlin
(selected) authors, texts and genres; (4) to achieve an
glish; (5) to use this awareness to construct and develop French
individually selected areas of specialised enquiry.
Honours Course Prescription: Students are assessed Please see the entries for the School of Modern Lan-
in four courses, of which two must be from the pe- guages & Cultures, page 175.
riod before 1900. Courses chosen from: Shakespeare,
Literary Theory, Literature 1360-1540, Literature 1510- Geographical and Earth Sciences
1660 (Renaissance and early seventeenth-century), Lit-
erature 1640-1785 (Restoration and Augustan), Litera- 4WGU EARTH SCIENCE 1X:
ture 1780-1840 (Romantic), Literature 1830-1914 (Vic-
INTRODUCTION TO THE EARTH
torian), Literature since 1900 (Modern), American Lit-
erature I (nineteenth-century), American Literature II Credits: 20 Level: 1
(twentieth-century), Literary and Linguistic Computing
dents may also choose in 3H one course from a list of Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - 9.00 am or
Topic Courses which will be taught and assessed in 4H. 11.00 am; weekly laboratory; one day of fieldwork.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Catherine McLoughlin Requirements of entry: None
Co-requisites: None
3YYJ ENGLISH LITERATURE 4H
Assessment: One ninety minute examination at the end
(SINGLE)
of the teaching period (50%). Class test on laboratory
Credits: 120 Level: 4 work, one essay and other and coursework (50%).
Timetable: Monday to Friday - 10.00 am for 3H, 12
noon for 4H; seminars. Aims: To provide a comprehensive introduction to the
Geology of the Earth and other planets, for students
Requirements of entry: Requirements of entry: at least
who will normally have no prior knowledge of the sub-
Grade D in each of the two Level 1 English Literature
ject, and in particular to: (1) synthesize a wide range
courses. In Level 2 English Literature we normally ask
of information on the composition and structure and of
for at least Grade B in one course and at least Grade
the Earth and use it to understand past and present-
C in the other course; and at least Grade D in English
day changes in the Earth system; (2) develop skills in
Language Level 1.
description and interpretation of minerals and igneous,
Assessment: Eight courses assessed in 4H year (75%); sedimentary and metamorphic rocks in hand specimen,
essay/seminar work (25%); dissertation in place of one thin section and in the field; (3) develop problem-solving
course. capabilities in theoretical, practical and field situations.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin Lee
Aims: The aims of the different historical period Papers
are to enable students: (1) to increase students’ literary 4WHU EARTH SCIENCE 1Y:
knowledge and awareness of a period in a general sense;
EVOLUTION OF THE EARTH
(2) to understand aspects of the general context within
which works of literature in a period are produced; (3) Credits: 20 Level: 1
to increase and deepen knowledge and understanding of
(selected) authors, texts, and genres; (4) to achieve an
awareness of the history and processes of writing in En- Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - 9.00 am or
glish; (5) to use this awareness to construct and develop 11.00 am; weekly laboratory.
individually selected areas of specialised enquiry. Requirements of entry: None

Co-requisites: None Timetable: Monday, Wednesday, Friday - 9.00 am; lab-

Excluded Courses: None oratories Monday 2.00 pm-4.00 pm or Wednesday 2.00-
4.00 pm and Friday 10.00 am or Friday 2.00-4.00 pm
Assessment: One 90 min examination at the end of the
teaching period (50%). Class test on laboratory work, Requirements of entry: Level 1 Earth Science 1X
one essay and other and coursework (50%). Co-requisites: None
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Excluded Courses: None
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Assessment: 90 min written examination (50%), two
laboratory assessments totalling 50%.
Aims: To provide a basic introduction to Earth history
and the evolution of life and environments, for students Degree Examination taken in: December
who will normally not possess any prior knowledge of Resit Examination taken in: August/September
the subject, and in particular to: (1) synthesize a wide Aims: To provide students with an advanced under-
range of information on the history of the Earth and standing of geological processes, particularly at the
other planets; (2) develop skills in the description and global scale. Particular emphasis is placed on the in-
interpretation of fossils and geological maps; (3) develop terpretation of rocks and rock-forming processes within
problem-solving capabilities in theoretical and practical a global tectonic context. Emphasis is placed on min-
situations. eralogical, geochemical and petrographic study to anal-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin Lee yse and characterise rocks, and how such understanding
provides a sophisticated view of the processes, past and
present, at work within the Earth.
JQWU GEOGRAPHY 1: LIVING IN A Course Co-ordinator: Dr Zoe Shipton
CHANGING WORLD
Credits: 40 Level: 1 4WKV EARTH SCIENCE 2Q:

PALAEOBIOLOGY
Timetable: Lectures - 11.00 am Tuesday to Thursday; Credits: 10 Level: 2
approximately fortnightly laboratories; approximately When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
fortnightly tutorials.
Timetable: Lectures Monday and Wednesday - 9.00 am;
Requirements of entry: This course may be taken as a Laboratory Monday 2.00 pm-4.00 pm or Wednesday
unit in its own right, or may act as a foundation for two, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm.
three or four years of study of Geography leading to an Requirements of entry: Level 1 Earth Science 1Y or L1
Honours Degree. The course carries 40 credits although Biology courses.
in special circumstances students will be permitted to
exit the course following the class exam and be awarded Co-requisites: None
20 credits. There are no pre-requisites for entry to the Excluded Courses: None
course, although most of the class normally have “A” Assessment: One hour written examination (60%), and
or “B” passes in Geography at Higher Grade. 2 x one hour of assessed practical work (totalling 40%).
Excluded Courses: 201B Geography 1 (Ordinary) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: One final exam (40%). Continuous assess- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ment (60%) (includes class exam, 2 class essays and Aims: To provide a core understanding of the his-
assessed lab and tutorial exercises) tory and development of life in the light of evolution,
Degree Examination taken in: April/May palaeoecology, palaeobiodiversity, and taxonomy. To
provide a knowledge of the processes of fossilisation.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Zoe Shipton
Aims: To introduce students through lectures, tuto-
rials and essay work to the nature of: human geog-
raphy: issues of development and underdevelopment; 4WLV EARTH SCIENCE 2R:
identity, connections and social relations; physical geog- SEDIMENTS AND STRATIGRAPHY
raphy: aspects of climatology, geomorphology, hydrol-
ogy and biogeography, as interacting environmental el- Credits: 10 Level: 2
ements in the past and present; human and physical When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
inter-relations: climate change, biodiversity, resources Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday - 9.00 am; laboratories
and sustainability; key skills in geographical analysis Tuesday 2.00 - 4.00 pm or Wednesday 11.00 am - 1.00
through basic data collection, interpretation and pre- pm. One day field class.
sentation.
Requirements of entry: Level 1 Earth Science 1Y Level
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Hayden Lorimer 1 Earth Science 1X
Co-requisites: None
5YWV EARTH SCIENCE 2P: SOLID Excluded Courses: None
EARTH Assessment: One hour written examination (70%), lab-
oratory assessment (15%) and a report based on the day
Credits: 20 Level: 2 excursion (15%).
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Degree Examination taken in: December

Aims: To provide students with an understanding of Resit Examination taken in: August/September
the key principles of stratigraphy and sedimentology,
Aims: (1) Globalisation and Localisation To evalu-
and to show the use of these subjects with other geolog-
ate the geographical implications, expressed in eco-
ical information and maps to determine Earth history.
nomic, political and cultural terms, arising from glob-
Particular reference is made to the identification of past
alisation, and its local impacts; To assess critically the
major tectonic regimes. The links between sedimenta-
theories and their supportive evidence underlying the
tion and tectonics are emphasised by the application of
global/local nexus; To critically assess the processes and
the methods of cyclical stratigraphy.
agents linked to global and local shifts. (2) Process and
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Zoe Shipton Form in Physical Geography To examine the operation
and effects of major processes in physical geography by
interrelating process and form and demonstrating how
9TSV EARTH SCIENCE 2U -
landforms and processes change over time; To introduce
STRUCTURE, MAPS AND
applied aspects of physical geography with reference to
EXPLORATION relevant case studies. (3) Environmental Geography To
illustrate the environmental approach, thereby comple-
menting the regional approach taken in Level 1 Geog-
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) raphy; To critically assess global environmental issues,
Timetable: Lectures, Tuesday, Thursday - 9.00-10 demonstrating the linkages between physical and human
am. Laboratories, Tuesday 2.00-4.00pm or Wednesday geography on the ground and the problems they pose
11.00-1.00pm and Friday 10.00-12.00 or Friday 2.00- for policy makers. (4) Laboratory Practicals To collect
4.00pm, 1-day field class, 1-week residential field class and evaluate sources of primary and secondary data;
(required for entry into Level 3 Earth Science) OR 1-day To acquire quantitative and qualitative techniques ap-
field class plus tutorials propriate for analysing data widely used by human and
Requirements of entry: 4WGU Earth Science 1X: Intro- physical geographers. (5) Tutorials To acquire the abil-
duction to the Earth 4WHU Earth Science 1Y: Evolu- ity (with the aid of background reading) to contribute
tion of the Earth 4WLV Earth Science 2R: Sediments effectively to discussions on geographical issues using
and Stratigraphy the requisite oral and presentation skills. (6) Field Class
To practice techniques used in human and physical ge-
Co-requisites: 5YWV Earth Science 2P: Solid Earth
ography; The evaluate critically fieldwork methods and
Excluded Courses: None the design of projects related to taught course material;
Assessment: 90 min written examination (50%), labo- To develop student communicative and interactive skills
ratory assessments (25%), report based on the field class by working in groups in real world situations. (7) Read-
(25%). ing and Writing skills - the ability to be precise and,
Degree Examination taken in: April/May through oral and written presentation, develop skills of
critical evaluation; (8) Bibliographic skills - students
will be expected to read widely and to make full use of
Aims: To provide students with the key principles of library resources. (Training on the proper use of GUL,
structural geology and to demonstrate how geological including computer searches, is included with the Level
structures relate to geological maps. To develop the 2 programme); (9) Presentation skills - as part of the
field skills of positioning, observation, recording and in- field class, group projects are researched, analysed and
terpretation in the context of igneous, sedimentary and presented in front of an audience.
metamorphic rocks, geological maps, landforms and tec-
tonic structures.To provide students with the principles Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Routledge
of geological and geophysical exploration for natural re-
sources by a practical understanding of the techniques
of geological mapping and remote sensing. 4WGW EARTH SCIENCE 3
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Zoe Shipton Credits: 120 Level: 3
201C GEOGRAPHY 2 (ORDINARY)
Timetable: Teaching will take place at arranged times
Credits: 60 Level: 2 throughout both semesters. A weekly timetable is pro-
vided to students detailing class times and locations.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Fieldwork is carried out during the Easter Vacation and
Timetable: Daily - 10.00 am; weekly laboratory at 2 pm Semester 2.
- 4 pm on either Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday or Thurs-
Requirements of entry: GPA of 11 at end of Level 2;
day; approximately 10 fortnightly tutorials: field class
completion of all credit-bearing courses from Level 2 at
for intending Honours students (c. 7 days) in Easter
Grade D or better, and participation in the residential
vacation.
field excursion in Earth Science 2U.
Requirements of entry: Grade D in Geography 1.
Assessment: Assessment; 3; Core 58%; Options 25%;
Assessment: CA consists of 2 class essays (25% in to- Portfolio A 17%
tal); tutorials (10% in total); practical work (12.5% in
total), class test 12.5% and a Degree Examination in Degree Examination taken in: April/May
June (40%) which equals 100% Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Aims: To provide a degree course which will impart Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Bell
a full knowledge of Earth Science, giving students and
graduates access to all areas of the subject; to provide
detailed specialist knowledge of the subject areas rele- 5A8H GEOGRAPHY (SCI) 3H (SING)
vant to current practice in academic and applied Earth
Science; to develop the intellectual skills of learning, ap-
plication, initiative and critical ability; to develop con- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ceptual, analytical, spatial and field skills within the Timetable: Monday, Tuesday and Thursday - 10.00 am
framework of Earth Sciences; to provide the transfer- for compulsory courses. Option courses at times to be
able, technical and professional skills for future careers, advised.
including the skills of teamwork, self-reliance and com- Requirements of entry: At least Grade B in Level 2 Ge-
munication; to provide an exposure to current research ography and attendance at the Level 2 Geography field
methods and thought in Earth Science. class and completion of a satisfactory field notebook.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Bell Excluded Courses: 201A Geography AOS
Assessment: First diet of a split diet Honours exami-
4WGH EARTH SCIENCE 3H (SINGLE) nation. Two option courses, each with either (a) a 3
hour degree examination (67%) and continuous assess-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 ment (33%); or (b) a 1.5 hour degree examination (33%)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) and continuous assessment (67%). All Honours students
must attend a compulsory field class during the Easter
Timetable: Teaching will take place at arranged times
Vacation. The Dissertation is commenced during Level-
throughout both semesters. A weekly timetable is pro-
3H and completed during Level-4H.
Fieldwork is carried out during the Easter Vacation, Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Semester 2 and the Summer Vacation. Aims: The Honours Geography programme has the
Requirements of entry: GPA of 11 at end of Level 2; following aims: (1) to provide a sound overall knowl-
completion of all credit-bearing courses from Level 2 at edge and awareness of theory and practice in Human
Grade D or better, and participation in the residential and Physical Geography, within the context of space
field excursion in Earth Science 2U. and place; (2) to develop specialist conceptual, ana-
lytical, spatial and fieldwork skills, centrally embed-
ded within the context of a geographic education; (3)
Assessment: Assessment; Core 58%; Options 25%; to develop problem-oriented, enquiring minds, emanat-
Portfolio 17%; Carry forward to 4H 40% ing from staff research feeding into the teaching pro-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May grammes, so that undergraduates are exposed to con-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September temporary issues in Geography; (4) to develop generic
(transferable) skills, which are easily adaptable to the
Aims: To provide a degree course which will impart
needs of the labour market, particularly those of com-
a full knowledge of Earth Science, giving students and
munication (written, oral and graphical) and teamwork;
graduates access to all areas of the subject; to provide
(5) to develop initiative, self-reliance and critical ability.
detailed specialist knowledge of the subject areas rele-
vant to current practice in academic and applied Earth Honours Course Prescription: Geographic thought, ge-
Science; to develop the intellectual skills of learning, ap- ographical techniques, research skills (including a resi-
plication, initiative and critical ability; to develop con- dential fieldclass) and two options.
ceptual, analytical, spatial and field skills within the Course Co-ordinator: Prof Ronan Paddison
framework of Earth Sciences; to provide the transfer-
able, technical and professional skills for future careers,
including the skills of teamwork, self-reliance and com- 4UXW GEOGRAPHY 3B
munication; to provide an exposure to current research
methods and thought in Earth Science.
Honours Course Prescription: Earth Science Core Pro-
gramme must be taken: Year 3 - Stratigraphy; Sedi- Timetable: Monday, Tuesday and Thursday - 10.00 am
mentary geology; Igneous Petrology & Geochemistry; and at other times to be arranged. Classes are taken in
Metamorphic petrology; Isotope geology; Structural ge- common with 3H. Weekly laboratories at 11-1 on Tue
ology; Tectonic Geomorphology I; Earth Science Skills or Wed or Thurs.
Portfolio A, of which the lecture courses in Stratigra- Requirements of entry: Grade D in Geography 2
phy; Igneous petrology & Geochemistry; Metamorphic Assessment: 2 options (67%): a 3 hour degree exami-
Petrology; Sedimentary Geology only examined at Jan- nation for each (22% or 11.5%) with continuous assess-
uary diet (or as determined by timetabling in any one ment (11.5% or 22%); techniques labs (7%), thought
session (credit equivalent). A total of 3 options, on essay (6%) and project (20%).
an alternating year system, will be chosen from Envi-
ronmental Earth Science; Engineering Earth Science;
Palaeoclimates; Hydrogeology and Human Health; En- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
vironmental Biogeochemistry; Economic Minerals; Tec- Aims: To afford students the opportunity to gain in-
tonic Geomorphology II; Geographic Information Sys- depth knowledge of two parts of the discipline. To
tems; Fluvial; Coastal; Glacial Geology. develop skills of problem formulation, data acquisition

and analysis, and report presentation within a time- will be made aware of the means of assessment for all
constrained framework. To develop skills relating to course options before the start of the academic year.
the analysis and manipulation of geographic data. To If a student is doing their dissertation in Geography
develop oral and communication skills. To provide the 3H: One option plus Joint Student Research Skills (El-
student with basic skills in the use of computers in geog- ements of Techniques, Advanced Techniques, Disserta-
raphy. To develop critical skills, ensuring that students tion and Fieldwork Preparation, 30 credits) 4H: Option
are able to discuss competently current debates within plus dissertation OR If a student does their dissertation
the discipline. To provide students with a broad un- with the other subject: 3H: Option plus Techniques and
derstanding of the nature of geography as an academic Thought 4H: Option plus the Advanced Geographies
discipline. course
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Ronan Paddison Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The Honours Geography programme has the
4UYW GEOGRAPHY 3C following aims: (1) to provide a sound overall knowl-
edge and awareness of theory and practice in Human
Credits: 120 Level: 3 and Physical Geography, within the context of space
and place; (2) to develop specialist conceptual, ana-
lytical, spatial and fieldwork skills, centrally embed-
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday and Thursday - 10.00 am ded within the context of a geographic education; (3)
and at other times to be arranged. Classes are taken in to develop problem-oriented, enquiring minds, emanat-
common with Junior Honours. Weekly laboratories at ing from staff research feeding into the teaching pro-
11-1 on Tue or Wed or Thurs. grammes, so that undergraduates are exposed to con-
Requirements of entry: Grade D in Geography 2 temporary issues in Geography; (4) to develop generic
Assessment: 3 options (75%): for each a 3 hour de- (transferable) skills, which are easily adaptable to the
gree examination (17% or 8%) and continuous assess- needs of the labour market, particularly those of com-
ment (8% or 17%); project (17%); techniques labs (4%); munication (written, oral and graphical) and teamwork;
thought essay (4%) (5) to develop initiative, self-reliance and critical ability
from a solid foundation of knowledge and understanding
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and critical awareness.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Honours Course Prescription: If a student is doing their
Aims: To afford students the opportunity to gain in- dissertation in Geography: One option plus Joint Stu-
depth knowledge of three parts of the discipline; to dent Research Skills OR If a student does their disserta-
develop skills of problem formulation, data acquisition tion with the other subject: one option plus Techniques
and analysis, and report presentation within a time- and Thought
constrained framework; to develop skills relating to the Course Co-ordinator: Prof Ronan Paddison
analysis and manipulation of geographic data; to de-
velop oral and communication skills; to provide the stu-
dent with basic skills in the use of computers in geogra- 4WGJ EARTH SCIENCE 4H (SINGLE)
phy; to develop critical skills, ensuring that students are
able to discuss competently current debates within the
discipline; to provide students with a broad understand- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ing of the nature of geography as an academic discipline. Timetable: Teaching will take place at arranged times
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Ronan Paddison throughout both semesters. A weekly timetable is pro-
Fieldwork is carried out during the Easter Vacation,
5A8F GEOGRAPHY 3H (JOINT) Semester 2 and the Summer Vacation.
Requirements of entry: GPA of 11 at end of Level 3;
Credits: 60 Level: 3 completion of all credit-bearing courses from Level 3 at
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Grade D or better.
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday and Thursday - 10.00 am Excluded Courses: None
for compulsory courses. Option courses at times to be Assessment: Core 17%; Options 33%; Earth Science
advised. Skills Portfolio B 25%; Earth Science Skills Portfolio C
Requirements of entry: At least Grade B in Level 2 Ge- 25%.
ography and attendence at the Level 2 Geography field Degree Examination taken in: April/May
class and completion of a satisfactory field notebook. Aims: To provide a degree course which will impart
Acceptance into Honours by the other joint subject. a full knowledge of Earth Science, giving students and
Assessment: First diet of a split diet Joint Honours graduates access to all areas of the subject; to provide
Examination. Two option papers over a two year pe- detailed specialist knowledge of the subject areas rele-
riod, each with either (a) a 3 hour degree examination vant to current practice in academic and applied Earth
(67%) and continuous assessment (33%); or (b) a 1.5 Science; to develop the intellectual skills of learning, ap-
hour degree examination (33%) and continuous assess- plication, initiative and critical ability; to develop con-
ment (67%). The decision on the percentage weighting ceptual, analytical, spatial and field skills within the
of assessment for an individual course option will be framework of Earth Sciences; to provide the transfer-
made by the course option tutor. However, students able, technical and professional skills for future careers,

including the skills of teamwork, self-reliance and com- sessment which allows them to gain employment in the
munication; to provide an exposure to current research broad area of the environmental industry.
methods and thought in Earth Science. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Pulford
Honours Course Prescription: The Earth Science Core 5A8G GEOGRAPHY 4H (JOINT)
Programme must be taken: Year 4 - Major Earth Pro-
cesses; Geophysics; Earth Science Skills Portfolio B; Credits: 70 Level: 4
Earth Science Skills Portfolio C. A total of 4 options,
on an alternating year system, excluding those courses
already taken in 3H will be chosen from Environmen- Timetable: Options at times to be arranged.
tal Earth Science; Engineering Earth Science; Palaeo- Requirements of entry: Grade D in Geography 3H
climates; Hydrogeology and Human Health; Environ- (Joint)
mental Biogeochemistry; Economic Minerals; Tectonic Assessment: Second diet of a split diet Joint Honours.
Geomorphology II; Geographic Information Systems; Two option papers over a two year period, each with ei-
Fluvial; Coastal; Glacial Geology; Orogens & Basins; ther (a) a 3 hour degree examination (67%) and contin-
Petroleum Geology; Micropalaeontology; Advanced Se- uous assessment (33%); or (b) a 1.5 hour degree exam-
quence Stratigraphy. ination (33%) and continuous assessment (67%). The
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brian Bell decision on the percentage weighting of assessment for
5YTJ ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY an individual course option will be made by the course
option tutor. However, students will be made aware of
AND GEOGRAPHY 4H
the means of assessment for all course options before
Credits: 120 Level: 4 the start of the academic year. Joint Honours students
take EITHER an 8000 word dissertation which is com-
menced during Level 3H and completed during Level
Timetable: Year 3: Monday 10.00; Monday 11.00 4H OR a compulsory core course.
(weeks 1-10); Tues, Thurs, Fri 10.00 (weeks 1-15);
Tues, Thurs 9.00 (weeks 1-10). Option course during
semester 1: Mon/Wed/Thurs 11.00-1.30; Tues, Wed, Aims: The primary aim of the course is to provide stu-
Thurs 1400-1700 (weeks 1-10), Easter Vacation Field dents with an appreciation of a variety of geographical
Work Semester 2 field work 6 days. Year 4: Tues, issues and their associated methods of analysis. Aims
Thurs, Fri 10.00 (weeks 1-15); Mon 10.00 (weeks 1- for the Honours options may be found in the details of
10); Mon 12.00 (weeks 1-10); Tues 11.00 (weeks 1-10). each specific course option. Aims of the dissertation
2 option courses (semester 1) Dissertation fieldwork as can be found in the 3H Single Course information. The
scheduled; Laboratory project as scheduled. 4H Geography Lecture Course has five aims: (1) to de-
velop critical reading and argument formulation skills;
Requirements of entry: Grade D in or better in Envi-
(2) to provide a forum in which to situate specialisms
ronmental Chemistry and Geography 3H
within a wider understanding of the discipline; (3) to
Assessment: Chemistry (Environmental) Third Year: enhance awareness of research approaches and their im-
June - 3 hr exam; June - 3 hr exam; Continuous assess- plications; (4) to provide guidance on the presentation
ment; Final Year: June - 1.5 hr exam; June - 2 hr exam; of dissertations; and (5) to provide career orientation.
June - 1.5 hr essay paper; Project. Geography: Third
Honours Course Prescription: One option and either
Year: June - 3 hr exam; Continuous assessment field
the dissertation or Advanced geographies.
work project; Laboratory continuous assessment; Final
Year: June - 3 hr exam plus continuous assessment; Course Co-ordinator: Prof Ronan Paddison
June - 3 hr exam plus continuous assessment; June - 5A8J GEOGRAPHY 4H (SINGLE)
1.5 hr essay paper. Dissertation.
Aims: This degree course, taught jointly by the Chem- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
istry (environmental) and Geographical and Earth Sci- Timetable: To be advised
ences Departments, will provide an integrated approach Requirements of entry: Grade D in Geography 3H (Sin-
to the physical environment via an appreciation of the gle)
structure of surface environments, their dynamics and
Assessment: Second diet of a split diet Honours ex-
their management for the sustainable use of their re-
amination. Two option papers, each with either (a) a
sources. The degree course will give students specific
3 hour degree examination (67%) and continuous as-
experience in, and an understanding of, the landforming
sessment (33%); or (b) a 1.5 hour degree examination
processes and resources of surface environments and the
(33%) and continuous assessment (67%). The decision
ways in which these have changed un the past and may
on the percentage weighting of assessment for an indi-
change in the future (eg polar, coastal, fluvial, glacial,
vidual course option will be made by the course option
arid); and the sustainable use of environments. This
tutor. However, students will be made aware of the
programme of work aims to: stimulate an appreciation
means of assessment for all course options before the
in the student of the importance of the surface envi-
start of the academic year. One compulsory course and
ronment; equip the student with a fundamental under-
one 8000 word dissertation.
standing of the nature and functioning of the surface
environment and the effects of anthropogenic activity Degree Examination taken in: April/May
on it; provide the student with an advanced level of Aims: The primary aim of the course is to provide stu-
training, laboratory skills, field skills and critical as- dents with an appreciation of a variety of geographical

History
issues and their associated methods of analysis. Aims Requirements of entry: All students admitted to the
for the Honours options may be found in the details of University will be eligible to enrol in this course.
each specific course option. Aims of the dissertation can Assessment: Examination 60% (held at end of course),
be found in the 3H Single Course information. The 4H essay 30%, seminar contribution 10%
Geography Lecture Course serves to: (1) develop criti-
cal reading and argument formulation skills; (2) provide
a forum in which to situate specialisms within a wider Resit Examination taken in: August/September
understanding of the discipline; (3) enhance awareness Aims: To provide you with a broad introduction to
of research approaches and their implications; (4) pro- the main features of European history from 1500 to the
vide guidance on the presentation of dissertations; and present, taking into account that you may not have cov-
(5) provide career orientation. ered most (or any) of this period before; to offer you a
Honours Course Prescription: Advanced geographies, fresh and stimulating approach to the major forces in-
dissertation, two options. strumental in the shaping of politics, society and culture
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Ronan Paddison in Europe; to make you particularly aware of recent
innovative approaches to the study of specific themes
German within European history; to encourage you to think
broadly, comparatively and conceptually across a wide
Please see the entries for the School of Modern Lan- area and a long period of time; to provide a secure foun-
guages & Cultures, page 180. dation of knowledge and skills which will enable you to
proceed with confidence to Level 2.
Hispanic Studies Course Co-ordinator: Dr Maud Bracke
Please see the entries for the School of Modern Lan-

guages & Cultures, page 185. 6BDU HISTORY 1C: THE
INDEPENDENT KINGDOM OF
SCOTLAND 1100 -1707
History
4NCU HISTORY 1A: MAKING OF When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
EUROPE: THREE ORDERS 800- 1500
Timetable: Class hour 12 noon every weekday
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Requirements of entry: All students admitted to the
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) University will be eligible to enrol in this course.
Timetable: Class hour 10.00 am every weekday Assessment: Examination 60% (held at end of course),
essay 30%, seminar contribution 10%.
Requirements of entry: All students admitted to the
University will be eligible to enrol in this course. Degree Examination taken in: December
Assessment: Examination 60% (held at end of course), Resit Examination taken in: August/September
essay 30%, seminar contribution 10%. Aims: To provide you with a knowledge of Scottish His-
Degree Examination taken in: December tory from 1100 to the Union of 1707 and of the forces
Resit Examination taken in: August/September which helped shape Scotland’s development, taking into
account the fact that many of you may not have cov-
Aims: To provide you with a broad introduction to the
ered this period before; within this narrative, to give
main features of European history from AD 800 to 1500,
due weight to political, social, economic, religious and
taking into account that you may not have covered most
cultural developments; to make you aware of the cur-
(or any) of this period before; to offer you a fresh and
rent approaches being taken by historians towards the
stimulating approach to the major forces instrumental
history of Scotland, and of the areas of particular con-
in the shaping of politics, society and culture in Eu-
troversy and debate; to enhance your critical and an-
rope; to make you aware of the current approaches on
alytical skills - expressed in essays, examination, and
European History, and of the areas of particular con-
discussion in seminars - through your study of the work
troversy and debate; to encourage you to think broadly,
of Scottish historians; to provide a secure foundation of
comparatively and conceptually across a wide area and
knowledge and skills which will enable you to proceed
a long period of time; to provide a secure foundation of
with confidence to Level 2.
knowledge and skills which will enable you to proceed
with confidence to Level 2. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Dauvit Broun
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrew Roach
9TMV HISTORY 2 SCO: SCOTLAND
4NDU HISTORY 1B: MAKING OF THE STATELESS NATION
EUROPE: NATION, COMMUNITY &
CONFLICT 1500- 2000
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Timetable: Class hour 11.00 a.m. every weekday.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any ONE
Timetable: Class hour 10.00 am every weekday. level 1 course in History or Economic and Social History.

History
Assessment: Examination 60% (held at end of course), Resit Examination taken in: August/September
essay 20%, assessed seminar paper 10%, overall seminar Aims: To provide you with a sound understanding of
contribution 10%. key aspects of European history in the period 1550-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 1715, especially the growth of the state, common atti-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September tudes and habits of mind at the time, and relationships
between groups in society; to improve your critical and
Aims: 1. To give you an understanding of key themes
evaluative skills in the handling of a variety of primary
in modern Scottish history based upon primary and sec-
and secondary sources, enabling you to proceed with
ondary sources. 2. To place particular emphasis upon
confidence to Honours; to enhance your independence
the issue of Scotland’s complex and changing identities
of judgment in dealing with conflicting interpretations
in the era of the ‘stateless nation’. 3. To introduce
of major issues; to improve your presentational and an-
you to a range of primary sources with illuminating key
alytical skills through seminar reports and discussion.
themes. 4. To improve your presentational and ana-
lytical skills through assessed seminar reports and dis- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lionel Glassey
cussion. 5. To provide a secure foundation of skills
in the handling of different types of primary and sec- 5YTV HISTORY 2MED: ENGLAND AND
ondary sources, enabling you to proceed with confidence ITS NEIGHBOURS C.870-C.1450
to Honours.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin MacGregor Credits: 20 Level: 2
7ELV HISTORY 2AM: SOCIETY, Timetable: Class hour 2.00 pm Monday, Tuesday,
CULTURE & POLITICS IN NORTH Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
AMERICA Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any ONE
level 1 course in History or Economic and Social History.
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Assessment: Examination 60% (held at end of course),
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) essay 20%, assessed seminar paper 10%, overall seminar
Timetable: Class hour 4.00 pm every weekday contribution 10%.
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any ONE Degree Examination taken in: April/May
level 1 course in History or Economic and Social History Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Assessment: Examination 60% (held at end of course), Aims: To give you an understanding of the political cul-
essay 20%, assessed seminar paper 10%, overall seminar ture of England and its neighbours over the period from
contribution 10%. the Vikings to the Hundred Years War, including the
Degree Examination taken in: December political relationships within aristocratic elites, between
Resit Examination taken in: August/September king and nobility, and the contextualisation of military
force in medieval politics; to improve your critical and
Aims: To familiarise you with fundamentally significant evaluative skills in the handling of a variety of primary
eras and themes in the history of the portion of North and secondary sources, enabling you to proceed with
America that became the United States, covering the confidence to Honours; to enhance your independence
period between first contact between Native Americans of judgment in dealing with conflicting interpretations
and Europeans in 1492 and the present; to improve your of major issues; to improve your presentational and an-
critical and evaluative skills in the handling of a vari- alytical skills through seminar reports and discussion.
ety of primary and secondary sources, enabling you to
proceed with confidence to Honours; to enhance your Course Co-ordinator: Prof Matthew Strickland
independence of judgment in dealing with conflicting
interpretations of major issues; to improve your presen- 5ZAW FOLK BELIEF AND THE
tational and analytical skills through seminar reports WITCH-HUNTS
and discussion.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Phillips O’Brien Credits: 30 Level: 3
7EMV HISTORY 2EM:GOVERNMENT, Timetable: Lectures 2 hours a week Seminars 1 hour a
week
CULTURE &SOCIETY IN EUROPE 1550-
1715 Requirements of entry: Completion of one History level
2 course at Band D or better, or one Economic and
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Social History level 2 course at Band D or better
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Assessment: Primary Source Analysis 10% (students
Timetable: Class hour 2.00 pm every weekday will write approx 1500 words on a primary source ex-
tract. The source may be a text or a visual representa-
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any ONE
tion) Essay 30% (students will write approx 3000 words)
level 1 course in History or Economic and Social History
Seminar 20% (students will be assessed on an in-class
Assessment: Examination 60% (held at end of course), oral presentation 10% and will participate in a peer re-
essay 20%, assessed seminar paper 10%, overall seminar view, subject to confirmation by the tutor, of general
contribution 10%. class participation throughout the semester 10%) Final
Degree Examination taken in: December Exam 40%

History
Degree Examination taken in: December Assessment: No examination: assessment by course

Resit Examination taken in: August/September work only: 1 short essay (1500 words) rated at 25%
of the total course mark; 1 short verbal presentation
Aims: The principal aims of this course are: - to explore (15 mins) on a relevant historical theme (10%); an 800-
the role of the supernatural and witch belief in Europe, word review of a book, review of CAL unit or other
North America and Africa; - to examine the intellec- comparable material (10%); design 1 draft examination
tual and folk attitudes towards witchcraft and belief paper (5-8 questions) on a historical period or theme
in the supernatural, past and present; - to investigate of his/her choice (5%); complete 1 dissertation (3000
the uniqueness of individual witch persecutions through words) rated at 50% to be submitted by the end of the
such criteria as gender, age, social status and regional course.
differences; - to examine the legal developments and po-
litical conditions that allowed witch persecutions to take Aims: This course is based on the corresponding level
place; - to develop and utilise various methodological 2 course not previously experienced and it seeks to give
approaches towards the study of mindsets, worldview, each student an understanding of the underlying struc-
popular culture and belief. tures of the period studied, the nature and quality of
different types of primary and secondary source ma-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lizanne Henderson terial, and ways of assessing the value of visual and
other types of evidence. It also seeks to enhance stu-
dent skills relating to verbal presentation of historical
2XKW HISTORY 3 AM
arguments, reviewing existing historical literature, and
Credits: 30 Level: 3 (esp. through the dissertation) designing an indepen-
dent research strategy.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lionel Glassey
Timetable: Please contact Department
Requirements of entry: Normally Faculty of Arts pro-
JCPW HISTORY 3 MED
gression rules to Level 3, and completion of one of the
following Level 2 courses at Band D or better; History Credits: 30 Level: 3
2Em, History 2Med, History 2Sco, Economic and So-
cial History 2A, and Economic and Social History 2B.
Students cannot have taken 2AM (7ELV). Timetable: Please contact Department
Assessment: No examination: assessment by course Requirements of entry: Normally Faculty of Arts pro-
work only: 1 short essay (1500 words) rated at 25% gression rules to Level 3, and completion of one of the
of the total course mark; 1 short verbal presentation following level 2 courses at Band D or better: History
(15 mins) on a relevant historical theme (10%); an 800- 2Am, History 2Em, History 2Sco, Economic and Social
word review of a book, review of CAL unit or other History 2A, and Economic and Social History 2B. Stu-
comparable material (10%); design 1 draft examination dents cannot have taken History 2MED (7ENV).
paper (5-8 questions) on a historical period or theme Assessment: No examination: assessment by course
of his/her choice (5%); complete 1 dissertation (3000 work only: 1 short essay (1500 words) rated at 25%
words) rated at 50% to be submitted by the end of the of the total course mark; 1 short verbal presentation
course. (15 mins) on a relevant historical theme (10%); an 800-
word review of a book, review of CAL unit or other
Aims: This course is based on the corresponding level 2
comparable material (10%); design 1 draft examination
course and it seeks to give each student an understand-
paper (5-8 questions) on a historical period or theme
ing of the underlying structures of the period studied,
of his/her choice (5%); complete 1 dissertation (3000
the nature and quality of different types of primary and
words) rated at 50% to be submitted by the end of the
secondary source material, and ways of assessing the
course.
value of visual and other types of evidence. It also seeks
to enhance student skills relating to verbal presentation Degree Examination taken in: April/May
of historical arguments, reviewing existing historical lit- Aims: This course is based on the corresponding level 2
erature, and (esp. through the dissertation) designing course and it seeks to give each student an understand-
an independent research strategy. ing of the underlying structures of the period studied,
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Phillips O’Brien the nature and quality of different types of primary and
secondary source material, and ways of assessing the
value of visual and other types of evidence. It also seeks
2YTW HISTORY 3 EM to enhance student skills relating to verbal presentation
of historical arguments, reviewing existing historical lit-
Credits: 30 Level: 3 erature, and (esp. through the dissertation) designing
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) an independent research strategy.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Matthew Strickland
Timetable: Please contact Department
Requirements of entry: Normally Faculty of Arts pro-
gression rules to Level 3, and completion of one of the JCQW HISTORY 3 SCO
following level 2 courses at Band D or better: History
2Am, History 2Med, History 2Sco, Economic and So-
cial History 2A, and Economic and Social History 2B. When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Students cannot have taken History 2Em (7EMV) Timetable: Please contact Department

History
Requirements of entry: Normally Faculty of Arts pro- 20% and one other piece of work, as detailed by the
gression rules to Level 3, and completion of one of the course handout for each course, counts for the final 10%;
following Level 2 courses at Band D or better: History and courses taught in conjunction with the Departments
2Am, History 2Em, History 2Med, Economic and So- of Archaeology, Celtic and Law, details of which are set
cial History 2A, and Economic and Social History 2B. out in the Honours Handbook. The Special Subject will
Students cannot have taken History 2Sco (9TMV). be assessed as follows: two 2 hour examinations will ac-
Assessment: No examination: assessment by course count for 60% of the total result; the remaining 40% will
work only: 1 short essay (1500 words) rated at 25% come from in-course assessment as follows: 10% for each
of the total course mark; 1 short verbal presentation of two semesterly essays; 6% for each of two semesterly
(15 mins) on a relevant historical theme (10%); an 800- presentations and 4% for seminar contribution in each
word review of a book, review of CAL unit or other semester.
comparable material (10%); design 1 draft examination Degree Examination taken in: April/May
paper (5-8 questions) on a historical period or theme Aims: The main educational aims of the MA (Hons)
of his/her choice (5%); complete 1 dissertation (3000 in History are: to develop a critical understanding of
words) rated at 50% to be submitted by the end of the human activity in past societies for its own sake and to
course. foster an understanding of the relationship between the
Degree Examination taken in: April/May present and the past, particularly of the complexity of
Aims: This course is based on the corresponding level 2 the relationship between social, political and intellectual
course and it seeks to give each student an understand- concerns of the present and research into the past; to fa-
ing of the underlying structures of the period studied, cilitate student work in these areas by exposing students
the nature and quality of different types of primary and to current questions of historical research and method;
secondary source material, and ways of assessing the to offer a range of opportunities and contexts for stu-
value of visual and other types of evidence. It also seeks dents to develop essential skills of analysis, research,
to enhance student skills relating to verbal presentation presentation and communication as well as IT skills and
of historical arguments, reviewing existing historical lit- qualities of initiative through the assessed study of his-
erature, and (esp. through the dissertation) designing tory across a wide range of periods and types of his-
an independent research strategy. tory. The outcomes common to all the Department’s
Honours courses are as follows: the development of the
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin MacGregor
intellectual interests and analytical skills acquired by
students during their first two years; awareness of pre-
139F HISTORY 3H (JOINT) viously unfamiliar methodological approaches, chrono-
logical periods and geographical areas by offering a wide
Credits: 60 Level: 3 and flexible choice of options; to offer the opportunity to
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) develop skills in historical computing, as well as basic
Timetable: To be advised IT awareness; familiarity with complex historical de-
Requirements of entry: To be admitted to either Joint bates and interpretations, skill in interpreting primary
Honours study in History and Another Subject or Joint sources where appropriate, and to inform these discus-
Honours study in Scottish History and Another Sub- sions with new ideas derived from lecturers’ current re-
ject, you must satisfy the following Faculty of Arts and search; the development of transferable skills by fos-
Departmental requirements: Faculty of Arts 1. Com- tering individual initiative, personal choice, group dis-
pletion of 12 courses (240 credits) achieving Band D or cussion and, where appropriate, problem-solving team
better in at least 11 of these courses. 2. At least 4 of work.
these courses must be at Level 2 in two subjects. It is Honours Course Prescription: Three courses in year 3.
the student’s responsibility to check with their Adviser Three courses, or a Special Subject, or a dissertation
of Studies that they have satisfied these requirements plus one course, in year 4 (see History 3H/4H Single).
before beginning Honours. Department of History 1. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Marina Moskowitz
Completion of two History Level 1 courses (including
Economic and Social History) achieving a Band D or
better (40 credits) 2. Completion of two History (in- 139H HISTORY 3H (SINGLE)
cluding Economic and Social History) courses achieving
Band B or better in one and Band C or better in the
other (40 credits) 3. An overall average of Band C for When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
all history courses taken. Timetable: To be advised
Assessment: All courses will be assessed at the end Requirements of entry: To be admitted to Single Hon-
of the year in which they are taken: a two hour ex- ours study in History, you must satisfy the following
amination, in which two questions must be answered Faculty of Arts and Departmental requirements: Fac-
(70%); essay written during the course (20%); and sem- ulty of Arts 1. Completion of 12 courses (240 credits)
inar work (10%), divided as follows: 6% for the seminar achieving Band D or better in at least 11 of these. 2. At
paper submitted and 4% for overall seminar contribu- least 4 of these courses must be at Level 2 in two sub-
tion. The exceptions to this rule are courses offered in jects. It is the responsibility of the student to check with
Historical Computing which are described in the hon- their Adviser of Studies that they have satisfied these
ours handbook; courses offered by the Department of requirements before beginning Honours. Department
Economic and Social History, where the degree exami- of History 1. Completion of History 1A and History 1B
nation counts for 70% of the assessment, the essay for achieving a Band D or better (40 credits) 2. Completion

History
of two History (including Economic and Social History) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Marina Moskowitz
courses achieving Band B or better in one and Band C
or better in the other (40 credits). 3. Completion of
at least one additional History (or Economic and Social 139G HISTORY 4H (JOINT)
History) course, Level 1 or Level 2, achieving a Band D
or better (20 credits). 4. An overall average of Band C
for all history courses taken When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Assessment: All courses will be assessed at the end of Timetable: To be advised
the year in which they are taken: a two-hour examina- Requirements of entry: To be admitted to either Senior
tion, in which two questions must be answered (70%); Joint Honours study in History and Another Subject or
essay written during the course of the course (20%); Senior Joint Honours study in Scottish History and An-
and seminar work (10%), divided as follows: 6% for other Subject, you must have satisfactorily completed
the seminar paper and 4% for overall seminar contri- either Junior Joint Honours study in History and An-
bution. The exceptions to this rule are courses offered other Subject, or Junior Joint Honours study in Scottish
in Historical Computing are described in the Honours History and Another Subject.
Handbook; courses offered by the Department of Eco- Assessment: All courses will be assessed at the end of
nomic and Social History, where the degree examination the year in which they are taken: a two hour examina-
counts for 70% of the assessment, the essay for 20% and tion, in which two questions must be answered (70%);
one other piece of work, as detailed by the course hand- essay written during the course of the course (20%);
out for each course, counts for the final 10%; and courses and seminar work (10%), divided as follows: 6% for
taught in conjunction with the Deparments of Archae- the better of the two seminar papers submitted and
ology, Celtic and Law, details of which are set out in 4% for overall seminar contribution. The exceptions
the Honours Handbook. The Special Subject will be to this rule are courses offered in Historical Computing
assessed as follows: two 2 hour examinations will ac- which are described in the honours handbook; courses
count for 60% of the total result; the remaining 40% offered by the Department of Economic and Social His-
will come from in-course assessment as follows: 10% for tory, where the degree examination counts for 70% of
each of two semesterly essays; 6% for each of the two the assessment, the essay for 20% and one other piece of
semesterly presentations and 4% for seminar contribu- work, as detailed by the course handout for each course,
tion in each semester. counts for the final 10%; and courses taught in conjunc-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May tion with the Departments of Archaeology, Celtic and
Aims: The main educational aims of the MA (Hons) Law, details of which are set out in the Honours Hand-
in History are: to develop a critical understanding of book. The Special Subject will be assessed as follows:
human activity in past societies for its own sake and to two 2 hour examinations will account for 60% of the
foster an understanding of the relationship between the total result; the remaining 40% willcome from in-course
present and the past, particularly of the complexity of assessment as follows: 10% for each of two termly es-
the relationship between social, political and intellectual says; 6% for each of two termly presentations and 4%
concerns of the present and research into the past; to fa- for seminar contribution in each term.
cilitate student work in these areas by exposing students Degree Examination taken in: April/May
to current questions of historical research and method; Aims: The main educational aims of the MA (Hons)
to offer a range of opportunities and contexts for stu- in History are: to develop a critical understanding of
dents to develop essential skills of analysis, research, human activity in past societies for its own sake and to
presentation and communication as well as IT skills and foster an understanding of the relationship between the
qualities of initiative through the assessed study of his- present and the past, particularly of the complexity of
tory across a wide range of periods and types of his- the relationship between social, political and intellectual
tory. The outcomes common to all the Department’s concerns of the present and research into the past; to fa-
Honours courses are as follows: the development of the cilitate student work in these areas by exposing students
intellectual interests and analytical skills acquired by to current questions of historical research and method;
students during their first two years; awareness of pre- to offer a range of opportunities and contexts for stu-
viously unfamiliar methodological approaches, chrono- dents to develop essential skills of analysis, research,
logical periods and geographical areas by offering a wide presentation and communication as well as IT skills and
and flexible choice of options; to offer the opportunity to qualities of initiative through the assessed study of his-
develop skills in historical computing, as well as basic tory across a wide range of periods and types of his-
IT awareness; familiarity with complex historical de- tory. The outcomes common to all the Department’s
bates and interpretations, skills in interpreting primary Honours courses are as follows: the development of the
sources where appropriate, and to inform these discus- intellectual interests and analytical skills acquired by
sions with new ideas derived from lecturer’s current re- students during their first two years; awareness of pre-
search; the development of transferable skills by fos- viously unfamiliar methodological approaches, chrono-
tering individual initiative, personal choice, group dis- logical periods and geographical areas by offering a wide
cussion and, where appropriate, problem-solving team and flexible choice of options; to offer the opportunity to
work. develop skills in historical computing, as well as basic
Honours Course Prescription: Six courses from the list IT awareness; familiarity with complex historical de-
given in the current Honours Handbook and on the De- bates and interpretations, skill in interpreting primary
partmental web site for Year 3. One course, a Special sources where appropriate, and to inform these discus-
Subject and a dissertation in Year 4. sions with new ideas derived from lecturers’ current re-

History of Art
search; the development of transferable skills by fos- students during their first two years; awareness of pre-
tering individual initiative, personal choice, group dis- viously unfamiliar methodological approaches, chrono-
cussion and, where appropriate, problem-solving team logical periods and geographical areas by offering a wide
work. and flexible choice of options; to offer the opportunity to
Honours Course Prescription: In Senior Joint Honours, develop skills in hisotrical computing, as well as basic
students can take 3 courses, OR, 1 dissertation plus 1 IT awareness; familiarity with complex historical de-
course, OR, 1 Special Subject. Fuller information re- bates and interpretations, skills in interpreting primary
garding which courses are available can be found in the sources where appropriate, and to inform these discus-
Department’s Honours Handbook. Courses taught by sions with new ideas derived from lecturer’s current re-
the Department of Economic & Social History can also search; the development of transferable skills by fos-
be taken, and details can be obtained from that Depart- tering individual initiative, personal choice, group dis-
ment. cussion and, where appropriate, problem-solving team
work.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Marina Moskowitz
Honours Course Prescription: In Senior Single Hon-
ours, a special subject, a dissertation and one course
139J HISTORY 4H (SINGLE) must be taken. Fuller information regarding which
courses are available can be found in the Department’s
Credits: 120 Level: 4 Honours Handbook. Courses taught by the Department
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) of Economic & Social History can also be taken, and de-
tails can be obtained from them.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Marina Moskowitz
Requirements of entry: to be admitted to Senior Single
Honours study in History, you must have successfully
completed Junior Single Honours study in History. History of Art
Assessment: All courses will be assessed at the end of
the year in which they are taken: a two-hour examina- 103B HISTORY OF ART 1
tion, in which two questions must be answered (70%);
essay written during the course of the course (20%); Credits: 40 Level: 1
and seminar work (10%), divided as follows: 6% for When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
the better of the two seminar papers submitted and 4% Timetable: Lectures from 3.00 pm-4.00 pm on Mondays,
for overall seminar contribution. The exceptions to this Tuesdays & Thursdays; Seminars: one a week at times
rule are courses offered in Historical Computing are de- to be arranged
scribed in the Honours Handbook; courses offered by the
Requirements of entry: Acceptance to Glasgow Univer-
Department of Economic and Social History, where the
sity
degree examination counts for 70% of the assessment,
the essay for 20% and one other piece of work, as de- Assessment: Two degree examination papers (50%);
tailed by the course handout for each course, counts for continuous assessment (50%)
the final 10%; and courses taught in conjunction with Degree Examination taken in: December and
the Deparments of Archaeology, Celtic and Law, details April/May
of which are set out in the Honours Handbook. The Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Special Subject will be assessed as follows: two 2 hour
Aims: (1) to provide a one year initiation course for
examinations will account for 60% of the total result;
those who wish to study the History of Art within the
the remaining 40% will come from in-course assessment
context of an interdisciplinary degree; (2) to provide
as follows: 10% for each of two termly essays; 6% for
students in the Level 1 Class who may have no prior
each of two termly presentations and 4% for seminar
knowledge of the subject, with a good general knowl-
contribution in each term.
edge of the Western tradition of art represented by the
Degree Examination taken in: April/May periods and themes discussed and with a basis for the
Aims: The main educational aims of the MA (Hons) extension and development of this knowledge important
in History are: to develop a critical understanding of periods at more advanced levels; (3) to foster trans-
human activity in past societies for its own sake and to ferable skills, for example, time-management; problem-
foster an understanding of the relationship between the solving; observation and visual analysis; independent
present and the past, particularly of the complexity of learning; presentation and communication (oral and
the relationship between social, political and intellectual written); (4) to provide a basic foundation in selected
concerns of the present and research into the past; to fa- areas of History of Art, which will enhance students’
cilitate student work in these areas by exposing students appreciation of major aspects of the material heritage
to current questions of historical research and method; of Western and world cultures.
to offer a range of opportunities and contexts for stu- Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Richards
dents to develop essential skills of analysis, research,
presentation and communication as well as IT skills and
qualities of initiative through the assessed study of his- 103U HISTORY OF ART 1 (HALF
tory across a wide range of periods and types of his- COURSE)
tory. The outcomes common to all the Department’s
Honours courses are as follows: the development of the Credits: 20 Level: 1
intellectual interests and analytical skills acquired by When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)

History of Art
Timetable: Lectures from 3.00 pm-4.00 pm on Mondays, Timetable: Lectures 1.00 pm-2.00 pm Mondays, Tues-
Tuesdays & Thursdays; Seminars: one a week at times days, Wednesdays, Thursdays. Irregular Seminars at
to be arranged times to be arranged
Assessment: Two degree examination papers (50%); Requirements of entry: Entry to Level 2 is secured by
continuous assessment (50%) achievement of at least a D grade [minimum 50%] at
Degree Examination taken in: December either the first or second sitting of the Degree Exami-
nations in Level 1 History of Art OR 40 credits worth of
DACE courses in History of Art at grade D at least may
Aims: (1) to provide an initiation course for those who give access to History of Art Level 2 if the Department
wish to study the History of Art within the context of an of History of Art judges that the combination of courses
interdisciplinary degree; (2) to provide students in the offered in a particular case for access to Level 2 is ap-
Level 1 Class who may have no prior knowledge of the propriately spread. Of the two following DACE courses,
subject, with a good general knowledge of the Western only one may count in this respect: Cathedral Building
tradition of art and world cultures represented by the in Medieval France and Britain; Gothic Architecture of
periods and themes discussed and with a basis for the the 12th & 13th Centuries.
extension and development of this knowledge at more
Excluded Courses: History of Art 2 (half course)
advanced levels; (3) to foster transferable skills, for ex-
ample, time-management; problem-solving; observation Assessment: 50% of the marks are given for the degree
and visual analysis; independent learning; presentation examinations and 50% for course work
and communication (oral and written); (4) to provide Degree Examination taken in: December and
a basic foundation in selected areas of History of Art, April/May
which will enhance students’ appreciation and under- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
standing of major aspects of the material heritage of
Aims: The course has the following aims: [1] to pro-
Western and world cultures.
vide a Level-2 course for those who wish to study the
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Richards history of art within the context of an interdisciplinary
degree; [2] to enable students to extend and develop the
0XTU HISTORY OF ART 1 (HALF basic knowledge of the discipline gained in the Level-1
COURSE) course [or equivalent] by introducing them to a num-
ber of themes and areas not previously encountered; [3]
Credits: 20 Level: 1 to encourage a critical awareness of the discipline by
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) introducing students to some of the issues of method-
ology, historiography and context which are particu-
Timetable: Lectures from 3.00 pm-4.00 pm on Mondays,
larly associated with these areas of study; [4] to pro-
Tuesdays & Thursdays; Seminars: one a week at times
vide students with the opportunity of developing further
to be arranged
such transferable skills as time-management, problem-
Requirements of entry: Acceptance to Glasgow Univer- identification & problem-solving, visual skills, indepen-
sity dent learning, written presentation and, where appro-
Assessment: Degree examination (50%); continuous as- priate, computer and web-based skills; [5] to prepare
sessment (50%) students intending to take the Honours Degree by in-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May troducing them to the kind of closely focused analysis
which they may be expected to encounter in their 3rd
and 4th years of study.
Aims: (1) to provide an initiation course for those who
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Juliet Kinchin
wish to study the History of Art within the context of an
interdisciplinary degree; (2) to provide students in the
Level 1 Class who may have no prior knowledge of the 9UVV HISTORY OF ART 2 (HALF
subject, with a good general knowledge of the Western COURSE)
tradition of art and world cultures represented by the
periods and themes discussed and with a basis for the Credits: 20 Level: 2
extension and development of this knowledge at more When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
advanced levels; (3) to foster transferable skills, for ex-
Timetable: Lectures 1.00 pm - 2.00 pm Mondays, Tues-
ample, time-management; problem-solving; observation
days, Wednesdays, Thursdays (Semester 1 OR Semester
and visual analysis; independent learning; presentation
2) or 7.00-9.00pm on Tuesdays & Thursdays (Semester
and communication (oral and written); (4) to provide
1 only). Irregular seminars at times to be arranged.
a basic foundation in selected areas of History of Art,
which will enhance students’ appreciation of major as- Requirements of entry: Entry to Level 2 is secured by
pects of the material heritage of Western and world cul- achievement of at least a D grade [minimum 50%] at
tures. either the first or second sitting of the Degree Exami-
nations in Level-1 History of Art OR 40 credits worth of
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Richards
DACE courses in History of Art at grade D at least may
give access to History of Art Level-2 if the Department
7FKV HISTORY OF ART 2 of History of Art judges that the combination of courses
offered in a particular case for access to Level-2 is ap-
Credits: 40 Level: 2 propriately spread. Of the two following DACE courses,
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) only one may count in this respect: Cathedral Building

History of Art
in Medieval France and Britain; Gothic Architecture of course [or equivalent] by introducing them to a num-
the 12th & 13th Centuries. ber of themes and areas not previously encountered; [3]
Excluded Courses: History of Art 2 to encourage a critical awareness of the discipline by
introducing students to some of the issues of method-
Assessment: 50% of the marks are given for the degree ology, historiography and context which are particu-
examination and 50% for course work larly associated with these areas of study; [4] to pro-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May vide students with the opportunity of developing further
Resit Examination taken in: August/September such transferable skills as time-management, problem-
identification & problem-solving, visual skills, indepen-
Aims: The course has the following aims: [1] to pro-
dent learning, written presentation and, where appro-
vide a Level-2 course for those who wish to study the
priate, computer and web-based skills; [5] to prepare
history of art within the context of an interdisciplinary
students intending to take the Honours Degree by in-
degree; [2] to enable students to extend and develop the
troducing them to the kind of closely focused analysis
basic knowledge of the discipline gained in the Level-1
course [or equivalent] by introducing them to a num-
ber of themes and areas not previously encountered; [3]
to encourage a critical awareness of the discipline by Course Co-ordinator: Ms Juliet Kinchin
introducing students to some of the issues of method-
ology, historiography and context which are particu- JASF HISTORY OF ART JOINT JUNIOR
larly associated with these areas of study; [4] to pro- HONOURS
vide students with the opportunity of developing further
such transferable skills as time-management, problem- Credits: 60 Level: 3
identification & problem-solving, visual skills, indepen- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
dent learning, written presentation and, where appro-
Timetable: Joint Honours 3 x 20 hours seminars and
priate, computer and web-based skills; [5] to prepare
lectures + 5 hours tutorials/seminars for dissertation
students intending to take the Honours Degree by in-
support. Class meeting times to be determined, but will
troducing them to the kind of closely focused analysis
normally be scheduled at times between 9.00 am-6.00
pm inclusive every week-day in semester time (exact
details of timetable available from Department).
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Juliet Kinchin Requirements of entry: C+ (14) or higher at the first
sitting of the Level-2 7FKV or through completion of
two of the four Level-2 courses 8CAV, 8CCV, 9UVV
8CBV HISTORY OF ART 2 (HALF
and 8CBV at Grade Band C+ (14).
COURSE)
Co-requisites: Students must take: Historiography of
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Art History Junior Honours core course (or the equiv-
alent at an overseas university under the Junior Hon-
ours Year Abroad Scheme), plus 60 credits composed of
Timetable: Lectures 1.00 pm - 2.00 pm Mondays, Tues- Junior Honours courses taught by another department
days, Wednesdays, Thursdays (Semester 1 OR Semester with which Joint Honours combination is approved by
2) or 7.00-9.00pm on Tuesdays & Thursdays (Semester the Faculty. One pre 1800 option must be taken either
1 only). Irregular seminars at times to be arranged. at Junior or Senior Honours in Art History.
Requirements of entry: Entry To Level-2 is secured by Excluded Courses: At least one option at either Level
achievement of at least a D grade [minimum 50%] at 3 (Junior Honours) or Level 4 (Senior Honours) must
either the first or second sitting of the Degree Exami- be from a period before 1800, and one from the period
nations in Level-1 History of Art OR 40 credits worth of after 1800. One core course (’Historiography of Art His-
DACE courses in History of Art at grade D at least may tory’ or ‘Methodology of Art History’) must normally
give access to History of Art Level-2 if the Department be taken as part of the 3H Programme).
of History of Art judges that the combination of courses Assessment: ‘Historiography of Art History’ or
offered in a particular case for access to Level-2 is ap- ‘Methodology of Art History’ core course (20 credits)
propriately spread. Of the two following DACE courses, - 1 x 2-3,000 continuously assessed essay (50%) plus
only one may count in this respect: Cathedral Building an essay written under examination conditions (50%);
in Medieval France and Britain; Gothic Architecture of each taught option (20 credits) - 1 x 2,000 word con-
the 12th & 13th Centuries. tinuously assessed essay (30%) plus 1 x 2hour degree
Excluded Courses: History of Art 2 examination (60%) plus either an oral presentation or a
Assessment: 50% of the marks are given for the degree visual test (10%). In addition students write a disser-
examination and 50% for course work tation of 8-10,000 words (20 credits) submitted in the
Senior Honours year.
Aims: * To enable the acquisition of a range of subject-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September specific knowledge and intellectual skills appropriate to
Aims: The course has the following aims: [1] to pro- progression from Level-2 to Senior Honours in History
vide a Level-2 course for those who wish to study the of Art, through a programme of two core and four op-
history of art within the context of an interdisciplinary tional courses (one core and two optional courses for
degree; [2] to enable students to extend and develop the Joint Hons); * to offer a range of distinctive and stim-
basic knowledge of the discipline gained in the Level-1 ulating opportunities for study of topics informed by

History of Art
staff research expertise, and where relevant involving (50%) plus an essay written under examination condi-
first hand study of art works in local collections, or of tions (50%); each taught option (20 credits) - 1 x 2,000
examples of local architecture. * to foster advanced ‘key word essay worth 30% plus 1 x 2 hour Degree Exam-
skills’ such as independent learning; gathering and eval- ination worth 60%; and either an oral presentation or
uation of information from written and visual sources; visual test, worth 10%. In addition, students write a
formulation of concepts and hypotheses; problem solv- dissertation of 8-10,000 words (40 credits), submitted
ing; written and oral presentation of reasoned critical in the Senior Honours year.
arguments; and time management, that may be an ad- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
vantage in a variety of employment or in further study.
Aims: * To enable the acquisition of a range of subject-
Honours Course Prescription: Dissertation, if taken in
specific knowledge and intellectual skills appropriate to
History of Art (submitted in Senior Honours), compul-
progression from Level-2 to Senior Honours in History
sory core course on ‘Historiography of Art History’ or
of Art, through a programme of two core and four op-
(by special arrangement) ‘Methodology of Art History’,
tional courses (one core and two optional courses for
plus two taught options from:
Joint Hons); * to offer a range of distinctive and stim-
(i) Italian Art 1200-1290 (ii) Albrecht Durer: from Ger-
ulating opportunities for study of topics informed by
many to Italy and back again (iii) Caravaggio: the man
staff research expertise, and where relevant involving
who came to destroy painting (iv) Architecture and De-
first hand study of art works in local collections, or of
sign in Regency Britain (v) Women, Art and Audience
examples of local architecture. * to foster advanced ‘key
1830-1914 (vi) Artists and the Art Market in Late 19th-
skills’ such as independent learning; gathering and eval-
century Britain (vii) German Art in the Era of the
uation of information from written and visual sources;
Cold War (viii) Photography and Modernism: Read-
formulation of concepts and hypotheses; problem solv-
ings in Twentieth Century Photography 1900-1970 (ix)
ing; written and oral presentation of reasoned critical
Methodology of Art History (x) To be determined (xi)
arguments; and time management, that may be an ad-
To be determined Not all options will necessarily be of-
vantage in a variety of employment or in further study.
fered each year-check with Department.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sally Rush Honours Course Prescription: Dissertation (submitted
in Senior Honours), compulsory core courses on ‘His-
toriography of Art History’ and ‘Methodology of Art
JARH HISTORY OF ART SINGLE History’, plus four taught options from:
JUNIOR HONOURS (i) Italian Art 1200-1290 (ii) Albrecht Durer: from Ger-
many to Italy and back again (iii) Caravaggio: the man
Credits: 120 Level: 3 who came to destroy painting (iv) Architecture and De-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) sign in Regency Britain (v) Women, Art and Audience
Timetable: 6 x 20 hours seminars and lectures + 5 hours 1830-1914 (vi) Artists and the Art Market in Late 19th-
tutorials/seminars for dissertation support. Class meet- century Britain (vii) German Art in the Era of the Cold
ing times to be determined, but will normally be sched- War (viii) Photography and Modernism: Readings in
uled at times between 9.00 am-6.00 pm inclusive every Twentieth Century Photography 1900-1970 (ix) To be
week-day in semester time (exact details of timetable determined (x) To be determined Not all options will
available from Department). necessarily be offered each year-check with Department.
Requirements of entry: C+ (14) or higher at the first Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sally Rush
sitting of the Level-2 7FKV or through completion of
two of the four Level-2 courses 8CAV, 8CCV, 9UVV
and 8CBV at Grade Band C+ (14). KJUG HISTORY OF ART 4H (JOINT)
Co-requisites: Students must take: ’Historiography’ and
‘Methodology’ Junior Honours core courses and one pre Credits: 60 Level: 4
1800 option must be taken at either Junior or Senior When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Honours.
Timetable: 1 x 40 hours seminars and lectures + 5 hours
Excluded Courses: At least one option at either Ju-
tutorials for dissertation. Class meeting times to be
nior or Senior Honours must be from a period before
determined, but will normally be scheduled at times
1800, and one from the period after 1800. The two
between 9.00 am-6.00 pm inclusive every week-day in
‘Core Courses’ on ‘Historiography of Art History’ and
semester time (exact details of timetable available from
‘Methodology of Art History’, or the equivalent of one
Department).
of these on the ‘Junior Honours Year Abroad’ Scheme,
must be taken as part of the 3H programme. (Junior Requirements of entry: C1 in History of Art Level-2 or
Honours Year Abroad students must receive approval higher in the first sitting of the Level 2 7FKV or through
from the Department of their intended programme of completion of two of the four Level 2 courses: 8CAV,
study at 3H, and may be required to take ‘Historiogra- 8CCV, 9UVV and 8CBV at grade band C1 or higher
phy of Art History’ and ‘Methodology of Art History’ Excluded Courses: At least one option at either Junior
at 4H in lieu of such courses abroad at 3H). or Senior Honours must be from a period before 1800,
Assessment: ‘Historiography of Art History’ core course and one from the period after 1800. Either the ‘Histo-
(20 credits) - 1 x 2-3,000 word continuously assessed es- riography of Art History’ or the ‘Methodology of Art
say (50%) plus an essay written under examination con- History’ core course or its equivalent on a Junior Hon-
ditions (50%); ‘Methodology of Art History’ core course ours Year Abroad course must normally have been taken
(20 credits) 1 x 2-3,000 word continuously assessed essay at Junior Honours (Level 3).

Humanities Advanced Technology & Information Institute
Assessment: Taught option (40 credits) - 1 x 3 hour Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Degree Examination worth 60%; 2 x 3,000 word Essays Aims: * To provide for the acquisition of a range of ad-
worth 30%; one Oral Presentation or equivalent assign- vanced subject-specific and intellectual skills appropri-
ment worth 10% of the option total. The dissertation ate to progression either to taught or research postgrad-
of 8-10,000 words, if done in History of Art (20 credits; uate courses, through a programme of optional courses
begun in Junior Honours), is assessed in May. and a compulsory dissertation; * to offer a range of dis-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May tinctive and stimulating opportunities, including use of
Aims: * to provide for the acquisition of a range of ad- specialist collections in galleries and archives, and study
vanced subject-specific and intellectual skills appropri- of examples of architecture, sculpture, mural painting,
ate to progression either to taught or research postgrad- applied art etc, of topics directly related to the research
uate courses, through a programme of optional courses interests of individual staff * to foster greater analyt-
and a compulsory dissertation; * to offer a range of dis- ical, methodological, and theoretical sophistication in
tinctive and stimulating opportunities, including use of the handling of topics, ideas and ‘problems’ in art his-
specialist collections in galleries and archives, and study tory than that required at Junior Honours level; * to
of examples of architecture, sculpture, mural painting, foster, through study of art history at this level, a range
applied art etc, of topics directly related to the research of advanced ‘key skills’ of relevance to a variety of em-
interests of individual staff * to foster greater analyt- ployment opportunities.
ical, methodological, and theoretical sophistication in Honours Course Prescription: Dissertation plus two
the handling of topics, ideas and ‘problems’ in art his- taught options from:
tory than that required at Junior Honours level; * to (i) Monsters, Women and Jews: Medieval Art and Iden-
foster, through study of art history at this level, a range tity (ii) Early Impressionism (iii) All Change: Sculpture
of advanced ‘key skills’ of relevance to a variety of em- in Britain 1860-1920 (subject to Faculty approval) (iv)
ployment opportunities. A 20th-century option (title not yet available) (v) To
Honours Course Prescription: Dissertation plus one be determined (vi) Introduction to Multi-Media Analy-
taught option from: sis and Presentation.
(i) Monsters, Women & Jews: Medieval Art and Iden- The dissertation (see 3H (Single) above; 8-10,000 words;
tity (ii) Early Impressionism; (iii) All Change: Sculp- 40 credits) is submitted in the Senior Honours year.
ture in Britain 1860-1920 (subject to Faculty Approval) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Clare Willsdon
(iv) A 20th-century option (title not yet available);
(v) To be determined (vi) Introduction to Multi-Media
Analysis and Presentation.
The dissertation (see 3H (Joint) above; 8-10,000 words; Humanities Advanced Technology &
20 credits) is submitted in the Senior Honours year. Information Institute
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Clare Willsdon
JNWU ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS
1A
KJVJ HISTORY OF ART 4H (SINGLE)
Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures (2.00 - 3.00 pm, Mon-
Timetable: 2 x 40 hours seminars and lectures + 5 hours
day and Thursday) and two 1-hour workshops per week
tutorials for dissertation. Class meeting times to be
(2.00 - 3.00 pm, Tuesday and Friday).
determined, but will normally be scheduled at times
between 9.00 am-6.00 pm inclusive every week-day in Excluded Courses: Normally, no credit can be given for
semester time (exact details of timetable available from both this course and any Computing Science Level 1
Department). course.
Requirements of entry: C1 in History of Art Level-2 or Assessment: Assessed coursework consists of one practi-
higher in the first sitting of the Level 2 7FKV or through cal or essay-based project (50%) and one two-hour exam
completion of two of the four Level 2 courses: 8CAV, (40%); a further 10% of the mark is assigned for partici-
8CCV, 9UVV and 8CBV at grade band C1 or higher pation and contribution in practical sessions and classes.
Excluded Courses: At least one option at either Junior Degree Examination taken in: December
or Senior Honours must be from a period before 1800,
and one from the period after 1800. The ‘Historiography
of Art History’ and ‘Methodology of Art History’ core Aims: To introduce students to a wide range of com-
courses or their equivalent on a Junior Honours Year puting concepts and humanities applications; to exam-
Abroad course must normally have been taken at Junior ine how computers have been applied in a variety of
Honours (Level 3). humanities disciplines and the impact of their use on
Assessment: Two taught options (each 40 credits) - each the development of the disciplines themselves; to exam-
option has 1 x 3 hour Degree Examination worth 60%; 2 ine the social and educational impact of the informa-
x 3,000 word Essays worth 30%; one Oral Presentation tion technology revolution and to provide students with
or equivalent assignment worth 10% of the option total. transferable computing skills in a wide range of appli-
The dissertation of 8-10,000 words (40 credits; begun in cation areas.
Junior Honours) is assessed in May. Course Co-ordinator: Ms Ann Gow

JNXU ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS disciplines; provide students with transferable comput-
1B ing and project management skills in a wide range of
application areas.
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Course Co-ordinator: Mr Stephen Woodruff
Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures (2.00 - 3.00 pm, Mon- JNZV ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS
day and Thursday) and two 1-hour workshops per week 2B
(2.00 - 3.00 pm, Tuesday and Friday).
Requirements of entry: Normally, Arts & Media Infor- Credits: 20 Level: 2
matics 1A at D or above. When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Excluded Courses: Normally, no credit can be given for Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures (11.00-12.00, Tuesday
this course and any Computing Science Level 1 course. and Thursday) and two 1-hour workshops per week
Assessment: Assessed coursework consists of one practi- (11.00-12.00, Wednesday and Friday)
cal or essay-based project (50%) and one two-hour exam Requirements of entry: University of Glasgow Arts &
(40%); a further 10% of the mark is assigned for partici- Media Informatics 2A or equivalent
pation and contribution in practical sessions and classes. Excluded Courses: Credit can not be received both for
Degree Examination taken in: April/May this course and for any similar level course in the De-
partment of Computing Science.
Assessment: Assessed coursework consists of a prac-
Aims: To introduce students to a wide range of com-
tical or essay-based project (40% ) and one two-hour
puting concepts and humanities applications; to exam-
exam (50%); a further 10% of the mark is assigned for
ine how computers have been applied in a variety of
participation and contribution in practical sessions and
humanities disciplines and the impact of their use on
classes.
the development of the disciplines themselves; to exam-
ine the social and educational impact of the informa- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
tion technology revolution and to provide students with Resit Examination taken in: August/September
transferable computing skills in a wide range of appli- Aims: To further examine a range of humanities com-
cation areas. puting issues and applications in greater depth; intro-
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Ann Gow duce new issues and applications of humanities comput-
ing develop an understanding of widely accepted stan-
dards and best practice in humanities computing and in-
JNYV ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS formation management; encourage students to evaluate
2A critically the benefits and shortcomings of using com-
puters in their particular humanities disciplines; pro-
Credits: 20 Level: 2 vide students with transferable computing and project
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) management skills in a wide range of application areas.
Timetable: Two 1-hour lectures (11.00-12.00, Tuesday Course Co-ordinator: Mr Stephen Woodruff
and Thursday) and two 1-hour workshops per week
(11.00-12.00, Wednesday and Friday) 9RZF ARTS AND MEDIA
Requirements of entry: A grade D in (University of INFORMATICS 3H (JOINT)
Glasgow) Arts & Media Informatics 1A and 1B or equiv-
alent. Credits: 60 Level: 3
Excluded Courses: Credit can not be received both for When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
this course and for any similar level course in the De- Timetable: There is no specific class hour. Please con-
partment of Computing Science. sult individual course information for days and times.
Assessment: Assessed coursework consists of a prac- Requirements of entry: Honours entry: Successful com-
tical or essay-based project (40% ) and one two-hour pletion of four Humanities Computing courses, 1A, 1B,
exam (50%); a further 10% of the mark is assigned for 2A and 2B or equivalent and normally an average C
participation and contribution in practical sessions and grade, calculated on the numerical scale over the two
classes. level 2 courses. The average will normally be calculated
Degree Examination taken in: December on the first sitting of an examination or the first sub-
mission of an essay.
Assessment: A student’s progress in each course is as-
Aims: To examine a range of humanities computing is- sessed by a combination of either a multimedia essay
sues and applications in greater depth than that covered (100%) or a practical project (60%) and a final exami-
by the Arts and Media Informatics Level One courses; nation (40%).
introduce new issues and applications of humanities
computing, give students an understanding of widely ac-
cepted standards and best practice in humanities com- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
puting and information management; encourage stu- Aims: The main educational aims of the Arts and Media
dents to evaluate critically the benefits and shortcom- Informatics (Hons) programme are to develop a critical
ings of using computers in their particular humanities understanding of how information technology is applied

in the academic and heritage sector: within disciplines When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
in universities, and within libraries, archives, and mu- Timetable: The class will meet three times a week (Mon-
seums; to offer a range of opportunites and contexts for days, Tuesdays and Thursdays) at 1pm - two lectures
students to develop the essential skills of analysis, re- and one seminar. There might be additional film screen-
search presentation and communication, as well as IT ing times, but these will be arranged when the class
skills and learning how to exercise their initiative in at- meets.
tempting to understand how new technology is used to
Requirements of entry: The entry requirements are one
enhance our analysis, reception and judgement of texts.
D pass in a level 2 course taken from the core. Relevant
The courses will be taught through a combination of
level 2 courses have to be from the following group: Film
lectures and seminars, practicals and visits. The overall
and Television, Music, Theatre Studies, History of Art,
emphasis will be on: (a) the development of an apprecia-
and Philosophy.
tion of the issues involved in the application Information
Communication Technology (ICT) to the academic and Excluded Courses: Normally all Honours level courses
heritage sector; and (b) the acquisition of the knowledge will be excluded combinations with this course.
to apply the ICT skills within this setting. Assessment: The entry requirements are one D pass in
Honours Course Prescription: Core courses: Cultural a Level 2 module taken from the core. The course work
Heritage Informatics (Semester One) Optional courses: consists of an essay (25%), an examination (30%), de-
Document Encoding (Semester Two); 2-D Digitisation: signing and implementing a web page (25%), and sem-
Theory and Practice (Semester Two); Investigating inar contribution (20%).
Cyberspace: Communities and Cultures on the Net Degree Examination taken in: April/May
(Semester Two) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Anderson Aims: To develop an understanding of issues surround-
ing the notions of space and time as employed in phi-
2RAW CONSCIOUSNESS AND losophy, the media, and literature. To learn to engage
critically with an exciting interdisciplinary area. To be
COGNITION
open to different influences as a means of understanding
Credits: 30 Level: 3 a subject more fully. To understand that no single per-
spective offers a definitive explanation for these complex
phenomena, but that together they can be instructive
Timetable: The course will run three days a week, two in moving our knowledge of the subject matter forward.
lectures and a seminar. Proposed class hour: 4pm
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Susan Stuart
Requirements of entry: The entry requirements are one
D pass in a level 2 course taken from the core. Relevant
level 2 courses have to be from the following group: Phi- 9RZG ARTS AND MEDIA
losophy, Politics, Theology and Religious Studies, Psy- INFORMATICS 4H)
chology, Education, (Jurisprudence is only Level 1).
Co-requisites: None.
Excluded Courses: This course is intended for Level 3
students who are completing the three year degree, and Timetable: There is no specific class hour. Please con-
in particular it is aimed at those students who need sult individual course information for days and times.
it as part of their qualifying requirement for the MA Requirements of entry: D/Third pass in two 3H Arts
(Philosophical Studies). and Media Informatics courses
Assessment: The course is continuously assessed and Assessment: A student’s progress in each course is as-
consists of an essay (25%), devising a web page (25%), sessed by a combination of either a multimedia essay
seminar contribution (20%), and an examination (30%) (100%) or a practical project (60%) and a final exami-
Degree Examination taken in: December nation (40%).
Aims: To develop understanding of the rich domain Aims: The main educational aims of the Arts and Media
of enquiry surrounding consciousness studies. To learn Informatics (Hons) programme are to develop a critical
to engage critically with an exciting and current inter- understanding of how information technology is applied
discipinary area. To be open to different influences as in the academic and heritage sector: within disciplines
means to understanding a subject more fully. To dis- in universities, and within libraries, archives, and mu-
cover that no single perspective can offer a definitive seums; to offer a range of opportunites and contexts for
explanation for complex phenomena, but that together students to develop the essential skills of analysis, re-
they can be instructive in moving our knowledge of a search presentation and communication, as well as IT
subject matter forward. skills and learning how to exercise their initiative in at-
tempting to understand how new technology is used to
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Susan Stuart
enhance our analysis, reception and judgement of texts.
The courses will be taught through a combination of
2RFW SPACE, CYBERSPACE AND THE lectures and seminars, practicals and visits. The overall
SELF emphasis will be on: (a) the development of an apprecia-
tion of the issues involved in the application Information
Credits: 30 Level: 3 Communication Technology (ICT) to the academic and

Management
heritage sector; and (b) the acquisition of the knowledge Aims: To provide insight into the latest developments
to apply the ICT skills within this setting. in immunology, and to provide training in scientific
Honours Course Prescription: Core courses: Multi- thought and research.
media Analysis and Design (Semester One) Optional Honours Course Prescription: Immunoglobulins; MHC;
courses: Document Encoding (Semester Two); 2-D antigen processing and presentation; receptor signalling;
Digitisation: Theory and Practice (Semester Two); In- transgenic and K.O. gene technology; effector functions
vestigating Cyberspace: Communities and Cultures on of lymphocytes; tolerance; cytokines; mucosal immunol-
the Net (Semester Two) ogy; autoimmunity; transplantation; phagocytes; im-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Anderson munity to bacteria; viral and parasitic diseases; immun-
odeficiency. Some of these are run by visiting specialists
from other universities. Laboratory projects and disser-
Immunology, Infection & Inflamma- tations.
tion Course Co-ordinator: Mr Robert Nibbs
550H IMMUNOLOGY 3H
Credits: 120 Level: 3 Italian

Please see the entries for the School of Modern Lan-
Timetable: Term 1: 1 hour lectures daily, Weeks 1-2; guages & Cultures, page 189.
thereafter, 3-hour blocks of lecture teaching on Mon-
day, Thursday and Friday mornings Weeks 3-10; prac-
ticals on Monday afternoon Weeks 1-6; practical classes
all day Tuesdays and Wednesdays + Thursday morn- Management
ings Weeks 7-10. 2-hour tutorials Thursday afternoons
Weeks 1-10. Term 2: Daily 1- 1.5 hr lectures plus practi- JRAU BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
cals on Tuesday morning, and Wednesdays + Thursdays 1A: PEOPLE AT WORK
all day. 2-hour tutorials Tuesday mornings.
Requirements of entry: Normally, at least 60 credits at Credits: 20 Level: 1
grade D or above in Biology courses above Level-1 in- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
cluding: Immunology 2. At least D grades are normally
Timetable: Course lectures take place three times per
required in all prerequisite subjects, while B grades in
week, Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays from 4-
all prerequisite subjects will guarantee entry. Entry is
5pm. Tutorial sessions held fortnightly from weeks 3-11
competitive, and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying
at various times convenient to the students.
the minimum requirements.
Assessment: Degree examination papers (60%), course- Requirements of entry: None
work assessment (40%), oral examination. Co-requisites: Should be taken with B&M 1B (KUSU)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May to ensure potential progression to Honours.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Excluded Courses: 7KLU Business and Management
1A: Individual and Group Behaviour in Organisations
Aims: To provide: knowledge, understanding and skills
necessary for an immunological career. Transferable Assessment: 2 class tests (2 x 10% weighting), a 2,000
skills useful in other fields and in everyday life. Cul- word essay assignment (30% weighting) and a 1 12 hour
tural enrichment that will add to quality of life. end of course examination.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr J Gracie Degree Examination taken in: December
550J IMMUNOLOGY 4H Aims: People at Work aims to provide an introduction
to the study of organizational behaviour for students
Credits: 120 Level: 4 with little or no previous social science knowledge. Stu-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) dents can expect to consider organizational behaviour
from the perspectives of research and practice in psy-
Timetable: Semester 1 specialist topic sessions (2.00pm-
chology, sociology, management and business. Individ-
5.00 pm) twice weekly with student presentations of
ual and group behaviours and their influence on organi-
published papers. October-February: Supervised re-
zational performance and success will be the key area of
search project (3 days/week). Dissertation (Semester
consideration. As such, key topics for examination and
2). Reading party (Semester 1).
analysis will be the effects and impacts of learning, per-
Requirements of entry: Immunology 3H at Grade D or sonality, communication, perception and motivation on
better individual and group behaviours in the organizational
Assessment: Degree examination credits as follows: setting. The course offers students the opportunity to
project (20%); written papers (44%) (3 papers); dis- develop skills in interpersonal communication, written
sertation (8%); problem solving (8%), carry over from communication, presentations, problem-solving and use
Level 3 (20%). of information technology.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Ms Sheena Bell

Management
KUSU BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT ployees capable of developing new skills and techniques
LEVEL 1B: MARKETING to assist their changing requirements and for individual
professional self-development. It emphasises the need
Credits: 20 Level: 1 for entrepreneurial and innovation skills. A focus of
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) the course will be on practical innovation within the
Timetable: Course lectures take place three times per corporate environment, including both the commercial,
week on Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays from 4- public sector and non commercial organisations. This
5pm. Tutorial sessions are held fortnightly from at var- course is designed to introduce the concepts of business
ious times convenient to the students. growth and entrepreneurial planning. The course is also
designed to introduce students to the issues crucial to
Requirements of entry: Normally students would have the development of an innovative managerial culture.
been expected to have taken Business & Management The course will draw on the growing body of research
1A: People At Work (JRAU) and literature related to the development of an innova-
Co-requisites: Should be taken with Business & Man- tive culture.
agement 1A (JRAU) to ensure potential progression to
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Sheena Bell
honours.
Excluded Courses: JRCU Business and Management
1B: Organisations and Management 8UUU ENTREPRENEURSHIP 1B:
Assessment: A 2000 word essay assignment and a 2 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND NEW
hour examination. BUSINESS
Aims: The course aims to introduce the core concepts
of marketing and strategic analysis providing founda- Timetable: Mondays 1.00-2.00 p.m., (Venue to be an-
tions for further study of advanced marketing and strat- nounced); Wednesdays, 12.00-1.00 p.m., (Venue to be
egy modules. The aim is to enhance the development announced); Thursdays, 12.00-1.00 p.m., (Venue to be
of analytical skills by making clear connections be- announced)
tween theory and management practice using contem- Requirements of entry: None
parary examples and applications. The course begins Co-requisites: None
with an induction to marketing concept and a review
of fundamentals of competitive analysis including cus- Excluded Courses: 9GZU Business Planning for Scien-
tomer/industrial buyer behaviour, segmentation, com- tists 1 (15B)
petitor analysis and marketing research. The second Assessment: 50% Project, 50% Exam.
part of the course considers marketing strategies includ- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ing the concepts of positioning, targeting and marketing
mix decisions. The final part examines topical issues in
modern marketing such as international marketing, dig- Aims: This course is designed to introduce the con-
ital marketing or service marketing. cepts of business growth and entrepreneurial planning
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Sheena Bell through the use of the business plan. The course is also
designed to introduce students to the issues crucial to
the development of smaller firms, the role and person-
8USU ENTREPRENEURSHIP 1A: ality of the entrepreneur and the entrepreneurial team,
ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND and the relationship of the smaller firm to its environ-
INNOVATION ment. It will also include the main functional areas of
Business, Marketing, Operations, Finance and Organ-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 isation. The course will draw on the growing body of
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) research and literature related to the development of
smaller companies.
Timetable: Mondays, 1.00pm -2.00 pm (venue to be an-
nounced); Wednesdays, 12.00noon - 1.00 pm (venue to Course Co-ordinator: Ms Sheena Bell
be announced); Thursdays, 12.00noon - 1.00 pm (venue
to be announced).
9UUU MANAGEMENT 1 (B.ACC)
Co-requisites: None Credits: 15 Level: 1
Excluded Courses: Professional Studies for Engineers When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
and Managing Innovation (14A) 3RYX Professional
Timetable: Monday and Wednesday 9-10 am.
Studies 4 (Engineering) 9GXU Managing Innovation
(14A) Requirements of entry: 1st year compulsory course
1
Assessment: 50% Assignment 50% Exam Assessment: Exam - 1 2
hour (75%); essay (25%).
Degree Examination taken in: December Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The course is designed to help students become Aims: To introduce students to the multidisplinary na-
aware of the future needs of corporate bodies for em- ture of modern management and to develop an initial

Management
sense of the major functions that contribute to com- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
petitive performance. By studying elements of strat- Aims: The aim of this course is to examine the influence
egy, marketing, operations management and organisa- of an organization’s structures, processes and manage-
tional behaviour, participants will gain a sense of how ment on individual and group behaviour. It does so
accountants interact with other groupings within organ- by reviewing competing theories and perspectives, en-
isations. couraging students to reflect critically upon arguments,
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Shameen Prashantham interpretations and assertions made by different writ-
ers. This theoretical base is examined from an histor-
ical perspective regarding organisational structure and
3MHU MANAGERIAL & work design. This leads on to a consideration of organi-
ORGANISATIONAL CONTEXT E1 sational processes such as development, change, culture
and human resource management. The final part of the
course examines organisational management, including
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) leadership, decision-making, conflict, power and poli-
Timetable: Wednesday, Thursday 10.00-11.00am, tics within organisations. The teaching, learning and
Semester 2 assessment approaches offers students the opportunity
Requirements of entry: Service class for engineering to develop skills in interpersonal communication, writ-
ten and oral communication, critical thinking, learning
Assessment: Students must attend 3 class tests, each
to learn and reflection.
worth 25% of the final course mark. In addition, they
must submit a 1,500 word assignment Course Co-ordinator: Ms Sheena Bell
Resit Examination taken in: August/September KUUV BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Aims: The applications of scientific research and theory
LEVEL 2A OPERATIONS & FINANCIAL
are all around us. We see them in the cars we drive, the DECISION MANAGEMENT
computers we use, the video and audio equipment we
watch and listen to, the drugs we take when ill. The
applications of social science tend to be less visible and When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
most people would find it difficult to point to these. The Timetable: Course lectures take place four times per
aim of this course is to show how the research and theo- week, Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays and Fridays
ries of psychology, social psychology, sociology and pol- from 2-3pm. Tutorial sessions are held weekly from
itics have been applied by managers and management weeks 3-11 at various times convenient to the students.
consultants in the form of techniques and approaches. These tutorials will be a mixture of between one and
It will demonstrate how, as future organisation mem- two hours long.
bers, students can use such knowledge to become more Requirements of entry: Business and Management Level
effective themselves, and to increase the effectiveness of 1A and 1B at Grade D or better attained at either
others. the first sitting or the first resit attempt and normally
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrzej Huczynski within one year of study. Second year students with-
out Business and Management 1A and/or 1B but with
Level 1 Law, Business & Social Science subject at grade
KUVV BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT C or better may be admitted to a maximum of one level
LEVEL 2B: ORGANIZATIONS & 2 course where spaces are available.
MANAGEMENT Co-requisites: Should be taken with B&M Level 2B
(KUVV) to ensure potential progression to Honours
Assessment: The main forms of assessment are a 2500
word essay assignment and a 1 21 hour examination. In
Timetable: Course lectures are held four times per week, addition 10% of the final mark will be based on financial
Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays and Fridays from 2- exercises submitted during tutorial sessions. Four finan-
3pm. Tutorial sessions are held fortnightly at various cial exercises (or homeworks) will be submitted and the
times convenient to the students. best two will contribute to the final grade for the course.
Requirements of entry: Business and Management Level Degree Examination taken in: December
1A and 1B at Grade D or better attained at either
the first sitting or the first resit attempt and normally
within one year of study. Second year students with- Aims: To introduce core areas of operations and finan-
out Business and Management 1A and/or 1B but with cial management, giving attention to the application of
Level 1 Social Science subject at grade C or better may key concepts. The course examines key aspects of de-
be admitted to a maximum of one level 2 course where cision management from two different perspectives: op-
spaces are available. erations and finance. The course covers such topics as
production planning, forecasting, quality management,
Co-requisites: Should be taken with B&M Level 2A (
project management, financial accounting, management
KUUV) to ensure potential progression to Honours
accounting and financial management. The course be-
Assessment: A 2500 word essay assignment and a 2 gins with an introduction to operations management
hour examination. giving consideration to the strategic significance of plan-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ning, quality control and forecasting. The second part

Management
of the course focuses on finance matters, examining the Aims: This course aims to explore, from both an op-
concepts of accounting statements and techniques for erational and tactical perspective, the context, nature
external reporting and internal usage, and the sourcing and accomplishment of change in complex situations. It
and usage of finance in the enterprise. will accomplish this by addressing issues and processes
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Sheena Bell associated with defining the nature and scope of change
events and situations; examining vehicles capable of
managing both processes and cultural change; and the
89FB BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3: managerial and organisational competencies associated
CASES IN OPERATIONS with successful change management. The course will
MANAGEMENT provide appropriate frameworks and concepts, explore
the nature and context of change, examine alternative
Credits: 15 Level: 3 change management approaches and philosophies and
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) examine how best to implement predetermined change
Timetable: one 2 hour session a week strategies
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Robert Paton
Requirements of entry: Students should achieve a min-
imum of a ‘D’ grade in all level 2 Business & Manage-
ment courses. This course is only available to Faculty 0QKW BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3:
of Law, Business and Social Science students. PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Co-requisites: None
Assessment: One two-hour exam. Topic-based ques-
tions with answers to draw on case studies that were Timetable: Term 1, Friday 1.00 - 3.00 p.m.
provided for illustrative purposes during the course. Requirements of entry: Students should achieve a mini-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May mum of a “D” grade in all level 2 Business and Manage-
ment courses. This course is only available to Faculty
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of Law, Business & Social Science students.
Aims: The course will involve the study of generic prin- Co-requisites: None
ciples involved in, and the detailed decisions to be made
Excluded Courses: 89YH Business & Management 3:
in, the design of appropriate operating systems. These
Project Management
principles and decisions will be reviewed in the context
of various demand scenarios. The course will therefore Assessment: The assignment is a set case study, to be
involve consideration of the relationship of operating done by individuals. The exam format is to consist of
systems to the market in which an organisation oper- one mandatory question, with a selection then from a
ates, and in studying the resources required will also limited set.
relate to human resource development aspects. Under- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
pinning the course will be the need for organisational Resit Examination taken in: August/September
effectiveness and efficiency, linking operations to the fi-
Aims: The aims are to introduce the theory and practice
nancial aspects of business and management. A holistic
of project management: 1. Providing a comprehensive
view will thus be taken.
overview of the role of projects within organizations.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Geoffrey Southern 2. Providing a comprehensive review of the methods
useful for managing projects and their usefulness. 3.
Identifying the broader effects of project management
89YJ BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3:
for organizations on their people, operations, finances
MANAGING COMPLEX CHANGE
and markets.
Credits: 15 Level: 3 Course Co-ordinator: Dr James Wilson
Timetable: one lecture 2 hours a week 89FA BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3:
Requirements of entry: Students should achieve a mini- STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
mum of a “D” grade in all level 2 Business and Manage-
ment courses. This course is only available to Faculty
of Law, Business and Social Science students. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Co-requisites: None Timetable: one lecture; 2 hours per week
Excluded Courses: None Requirements of entry: Students should achieve a min-
imum of a ‘D’ grade in all level 2 Business & Manage-
Assessment: Students will be required to select an or- ment courses. This course is only available to Faculty
ganisation of their choice and examine its approach to of Law, Business & Social Science students.
managing change. They will be expected to compare
practice with selected theoretical models and explain Co-requisites: none
which models would best suit the change situation in Excluded Courses: 98QZ Business Strategy
question. Assessment: One 2 hour exam.

Management
Aims: To enable students to develop their understand- Aims: To develop in students an integrated understand-
ing of how the theory of strategic management may be ing of key issues and concepts affecting the core ar-
translated into practice. eas of management; to cultivate a learning environment
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Judith Pate in which students develop the ability to critically ap-
praise traditional and contemporary academic thinking
on management issues; to hone students’ abilities in ap-
4K8F BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3H plying management tools to real life management prob-
(JOINT) lems; to provide an opportunity for students to engage
with practitioners in the development of ideas and skills
across the range of subject areas; and to generate in stu-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) dents, an appreciation of the range and complexity of
Timetable: Honours timetable available from the Hon- managerial and organisational contexts.
ours Handbook Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert McMaster
Requirements of entry: To gain entry to study honours
in Business & Management, candidates must normally
KMCW BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT
have passed all level 2 courses at the first sitting (se-
LEVEL 3: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND
curing an average C grade or better across all courses).
In addition, candidates must normally hold a complete BUSINESS PLANNING
set of non-honours credits prior to the start of their ju- Credits: 15 Level: 3
nior honours year (ie a total of 240 credits at grade ‘D’
or better, including 80 credits at level 2 for X2F and
equivalent students) Timetable: One meeting of two hours each week
Co-requisites: Prospective students must also satisfy Requirements of entry: Students should achieve a min-
any honours entry criteria set by the proposed joint de- imum of a ‘D’ grade in all level 2 Business & Manage-
partment. ment courses. Students must also meet Faculty progress
requirements. This course is only available to Faculty
Assessment: All honours papers are assessed at the end
of Law, Business & Social Sciences students.
of the year in which they are taken. Assessment and
final examination weightings vary from course to course. Co-requisites: None
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Excluded Courses: 8UUU Entrepreneurship 1B, En-
trepreneurship and New Business
Aims: To provide advanced students with flexible access
to specialist courses in each of the main areas of man- Assessment: This course uses a mixture of assessment
agement. Particular interests can be followed through methods including group and individual assignments
a broad range of research-based classes that promote a and group presentations.
detailed understanding of marketing management, oper- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ations and logistics, strategic management or the man- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
agement of human resources.
Aims: This course outlines the process of business
Honours Course Prescription: Courses amounting to growth, explaining the role of entrepreneurial planning
60 credits in each of the two honours years. Students and the use of the business plan. It will offer students
wishing to take the Dissertation in 4th year must take the opportunity to examine issues associated with de-
Management Research Methods in 3rd year. veloping small firms, and to consider the role and per-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert McMaster sonality of the entrepreneur and his/her team. These
issues will be explored within the context of the exter-
nal environment and in light of small business research.
4K8H BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3H
(SINGLE) Course Co-ordinator: Mr Greig Sinclair
Credits: 120 Level: 3 KMDW BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT

When Taught: Full Session (September - March) LEVEL 3: MANAGING IN THE PUBLIC
Timetable: Honours timetable available from the Hon- SECTOR
ours Handbook
Requirements of entry: To gain entry to study honours
in Business & Management, candidates must normally When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
have passed all level 2 courses at the first sitting (secur- Timetable: Tuesdays 3.00pm - 5.00pm (Terms 1 and 2)
ing an average C grade or better across all Business & Requirements of entry: Students should achieve a min-
Management level 2 courses). In addition, candidates imum of a ‘D’ grade in all level 2 Business & Manage-
must normally hold a complete set of non-honours cred- ment courses. Students must also meet Faculty progress
its prior to the start of their junior honours year (ie a requirements. This course is only available to Faculty
total of 240 credits at grade ‘D’ or better, including 80 of Law, Business & Social Sciences students.
credits at level 2 for X2F and equivalent students)
Assessment: Assessment for this course is based on a
Assessment: All honours papers are assessed at the end combination of written assignment (30% of total mark)
of the year in which they are taken. Assessments and and end-of-course final exam (70% of total mark). The
final examination weightings vary from course to course. assignment takes the form of a written submission of
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 2000 words

Mathematics
Degree Examination taken in: April/May research methods taken in 3H year and a dissertation
Resit Examination taken in: August/September taken in 4H year.
Aims: This course aims to: · provide an introduction Degree Examination taken in: April/May
to the key issues in public sector management · out- Aims: To develop in students an integrated understand-
line and analyse the distinctive cultures, processes and ing of key issues and concepts affecting the core ar-
structures of public sector organisations · critically eval- eas of management; to cultivate a learning environment
uate the forces that contribute to change in public sector in which students develop the ability to critically ap-
institutions and management within them · address the praise traditional and contemporary academic thinking
theories of how and why the state and its institutions on management issues; to hone students’ abilities in ap-
have evolved to their current position, their role in the plying management tools to real life management prob-
wider economic and social systems and structures and lems; to provide an opportunity for students to engage
their future trajectory · address how different public with practitioners in the development of ideas and skills
sector institutions and the individuals working within across the range of subject areas; and to generate in stu-
them relate to one another · assess the implications of dents, an appreciation of the range and complexity of
structures, practices and strategies for the practice of managerial and organisational contexts.
public sector management Honours Course Prescription: Courses amounting to
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Iain Docherty 120 credits, including Management Research Methods
and a dissertation to be taken over year 3H and 4H,
i.e. 240 credits. Management Research Methods to be
4K8G BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 4H taken in year 3H and dissertation to be completed in
(JOINT) year 4H. At least one subject must be taken from each
of the following four categories: 1) Human Resources
and Management 2) Marketing 3) Managing Strategy
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) and Finance 4) Operations and Logistics; with other
Timetable: Honours timetable available from the Hon- subjects drawn from a list of options including a busi-
ours Handbook ness placement.
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory performance in year Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert McMaster
3H assessments.
Co-requisites: Prospective students must also satisfy
any honours entry criteria set by the proposed joint de- Mathematics
partments.
2HXU MATHEMATICS 1R
of the year in which they are taken. Assessment and Credits: 20 Level: 1
final examination weightings vary from course to course.
Timetable: Four days weekly -10.00 am or 11.00 am or
Aims: To provide advanced students with flexible access 4.00 pm; weekly tutorial; workshops in weeks 3, 5, 7
to specialist courses in each of the main areas of man- and 11 of semester 1.
agement. Particular interests can be followed through
Requirements of entry: Pass in SCE Higher Mathemat-
a broad range of research-based classes that promote a
ics or equivalent
detailed understanding of marketing management, oper-
ations and logistics, strategic management or the man- Excluded Courses: Mathematics 1X
agement of human resources. Assessment: One degree examination (60%) (2 hours);
Honours Course Prescription: Courses amounting to 60 class test (20%), workshops (20%).
credits in each of the two honours years. Students wish- Degree Examination taken in: December
ing to do a dissertation in Business and Management Resit Examination taken in: August/September
must have completed Management Research Methods
during the third year. Aims: Mathematics 1R is intended to provide a half-
year’s Mathematics course leading on from the level of
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert McMaster
SCE Higher Mathematics. It aims in particular, (1)
to consolidate fundamental skills (eg in algebra and
4K8J BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 4H trigonometry); (2) to extend students’ knowledge in
(SINGLE) calculus and algebra, introducing them to new topics
like matrices and complex numbers; (3) to increase stu-
Credits: 120 Level: 4 dents’ competence and confidence in handling mathe-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) matical ideas and notations that they may meet in fur-
ther Mathematics courses and in other subjects.
Timetable: Honours timetable available from the Hon-
ours Handbook Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Pride
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory peformance in year
3H assessments. 2HYU MATHEMATICS 1S
of the year in which they are taken. Courses amounting Credits: 20 Level: 1
to 120 credits in each of the honours years including When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)

Mathematics
Timetable: Four days weekly -11.00 am or 4.00 pm; Requirements of entry: Grade A in SQA Higher Math-
weekly tutorial; workshops in weeks 3, 5, 7, 9 and 11. ematics and Grade B or better in Advanced Higher
Requirements of entry: Pass in SCE Higher Mathemat- Mathematics or equivalently good non-Scottish quali-
ics or equivalent fications eg grade A at A-level
Co-requisites: Mathematics 1R or 1X Excluded Courses: 2HXU Mathematics 1R 406B Math-
ematics 1A (Ordinary) 496B Mathematics 1B (Ordi-
Excluded Courses: Mathematics 1Y and 1T
nary)
Assessment: One examination (60%) (2 hours) and
Assessment: One examination (80%) (2 hours); class
Workshops (40%)
tests (20%)
Aims: Mathematics 1S is intended to build on Mathe-
Aims: To present an interesting level-1 course for well-
matics 1R and to provide a further half-year’s Mathe-
qualified students which will enhance their mathemati-
matics course both for students who intend to specialize
cal knowledge, insights, skills and enjoyment as well as
in Mathematics and for others. It aims, in particular:
enhancing the transferable skills of reasoning, handling
a) to introduce the ideas and techniques used to study
of abstract concepts, problem solving, communication,
the behaviour of real functions. [These include the fun-
and clarity of presentation.
damental notions of function and limit, and the derived
notions of continuity, differentiability, and integrability]. Honours Course Prescription: None.
b) to extend students’ knowledge and skills in algebra, Course Co-ordinator: Dr Neil Dickson
geometry, and calculus; c) to explore logical matters
relevant to Mathematics and to educate students in the
notion of proof in Mathematics and in widely used tech- 2JCU MATHEMATICS 1Y
niques of proof.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Pride
Timetable: Four days weekly - 11.00 am; weekly tuto-
2JAU MATHEMATICS 1T rial.
Requirements of entry: As for Mathematics 1X
Co-requisites: Mathematics 1X
Excluded Courses: 2HYU Mathematics 1S 2JAU Math-
Timetable: Four days weekly - 10.00 am or 11.00 am;
ematics 1T 406B Mathematics 1A (Ordinary) 496B
weekly tutorial; workshops in weeks 3, 5, 7, 9, and 11
Mathematics 1B (Ordinary)
of semester 2.
Assessment: One examination (80%) (2 hours); class
Requirements of entry: Pass in SCE Higher Mathemat-
tests (20%)
ics or equivalent.
Co-requisites: Mathematics 1R or 1X
Excluded Courses: Mathematics 1Y and 1S
Aims: To present an interesting level-1 course for well-
Assessment: One examination (60%) (2 hours); Work-
qualified students which will enhance their mathemati-
shops (40%).
cal knowledge, insights, skills and enjoyment as well as
Degree Examination taken in: April/May enhancing the transferable skills of reasoning, handling
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of abstract concepts, problem solving, communication,
Aims: Mathematics 1T is intended to provide a useful and clarity of presentation.
and worthwhile half-year’s Mathematics course leading Honours Course Prescription: None.
on from the level reached in Mathematics 1R. It aims, in Course Co-ordinator: Dr Mikhail Feigin
particular (1) to increase students’ competence and con-
fidence in handling mathematical ideas and notations
that they may meet in further Mathematics courses and LBKU MATHEMATICS SKILLS TEST
in other subjects; (2) to develop students’ ability to ap-
ply Mathematics to practical problems, and more gener- Credits: 0 Level: 1
ally to improve their problem-solving capabilities; (3) to When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
extend students’ knowledge in calculus and algebra, in- Timetable: Tests are held frequently throughout the ses-
troducing them to new topics like vectors and the study sion.
of differential equations.
Co-requisites: Either Mathematics 1R/Mathematics 1S
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Moore or Mathematics 1R/Mathematics 1T or Mathematics
1X/Mathematics 1Y.
2JBU MATHEMATICS 1X Assessment: The skills test will be offered frequently
throughout the academic session. Students are allowed
Credits: 20 Level: 1 to attempt this test many times.
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Timetable: Four days weekly - 11.00 am; weekly tutorial Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Mathematics
Aims: The Mathematics skills test has been introduced eigenvectors of a matrix will be studied. Throughout,
to ensure that students, who wish to progress into level all new ideas will be illustrated by examples drawn from
2 Mathematics, attain a high standard of basic mathe- applications in small dimensions.
matics skills. Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Webber
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Kenneth Lindsay
LYZV MATHEMATICS 2C: TOPICS IN

LYXV MATHEMATICS 2A:
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Timetable: Tuesday and Thursday at 9 am, or, Tuesday Timetable: Tuesdays and Thursdays at 10.00 am, Tues-
and Thursday at 11 am, or, Tuesday and Thursday at days and Thursdays at 11.00 am. Fortnightly tutorials
12 noon. Fortnightly tutorials on Fridays. on Mondays.
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R or 1X at grade Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R or 1X at Grade
D and 1S or 1T or 1Y at grade D and a pass in the level D and Mathematics 1S or 1T or 1Y at Grade D and a
1 Skills test. pass in the Level 1 Skills Test.
Excluded Courses: 1E3C Mathematics 2C (Higher) Excluded Courses: None
406C Mathematics 2A (Higher) 496C Mathematics 2B Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30
HR 4BBV Mathematics 2X: Calculus 1 mins); coursework (20%).
Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30 Degree Examination taken in: December
mins); coursework (20%).
Aims: This course has three main components. First,
it provides an introduction to the mathematical mod-
Aims: This course aims to develop topics in multivari- elling of mechanical phenomena involving the motion of
able calculus. It is an essential course for intending a single particle such as a golf ball under the influence of
honours students. The emphasis in on methods and gravity or the orbit of a satellite around the Earth. Sec-
applications. ond, it shows how mathematical methods can be used in
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Webber models capable of describing simple situations occurring
in a biological context. Third, it introduces some ba-
sic ideas needed for the numerical solution of algebraic
LYVV MATHEMATICS 2B: LINEAR equations in one unknown.
ALGEBRA
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Webber
LYWV MATHEMATICS 2D: TOPICS IN
Timetable: Lectures are held on Mondays and Wednes- LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS
days at 10.00 am and Mondays and Wednesdays at 11.00
am. Fortnightly tutorials are held on Fridays at 10.00am Credits: 10 Level: 2
and at 11.00am.
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R or 1X at grade
D and 1S or 1T or 1Y at grade D and a pass in the level Timetable: Lectures on Wednesdays and Fridays at
1 Skills test. 10.00 am, Wednesdays and Fridays at 11.00 am and
Wednesdays and Fridays at 12 noon. Fortnightly tuto-
Excluded Courses: 1E3C Mathematics 2C (Higher)
rials on Mondays.
496C Mathematics 2B HR 4ATV Mathematics 2R: Al-
gebra 1 4BAV Mathematics 2W: Linear Algebra Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R or 1X at grade
D and 1S or 1T or 1Y at grade D and a pass in the level
Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30
1 Skills test.
mins); class test (20%).
Degree Examination taken in: December Co-requisites: Mathematics 2A: Multivariable Calculus
Mathematics 2B: Linear Algebra
Excluded Courses: Mathematics 2S: 4AWV Mathemat-
Aims: This course covers the fundamentals of linear al-
ics 2Y: JURV Mathematics 2Z: 4BDV
gebra that are applicable throughout science and engi-
neering, and in particular in the physical, chemical and Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30
biological sciences, statistics and other parts of math- mins); coursework (20%).
ematics. The aim of the first part of the course is to Degree Examination taken in: April/May
introduce the idea of a finite dimensional vector space, Resit Examination taken in: August/September
including the concepts of linear independence, basis, di-
mension and linear map. The relation between linear Aims: This course aims to develop related topics in
maps and matrices will be explained, and this will mo- linear algebra and multivariable calculus. The emphasis
tivate further study of matrices in the second part of in on methods and applications.
the course, in which the determinant, eigenvalues and Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Webber

Mathematics
LYUV MATHEMATICS 2E: Timetable: Weekly lectures Tuesday, Thursday 1.00 pm.
INTRODUCTION TO REAL ANALYSIS Fortnightly tutorial - Monday 1.00 pm.
Credits: 10 Level: 2 D and 1S or 1T or 1Y at grade D and a pass in the level
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) 1 Skills test.
Timetable: Lectures on Tuesdays and Thursdays at Excluded Courses: 7H7C Mathematical Modelling HR
11.00 am and Tuesdays and Thursdays at 12.00 noon. Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30
Fortnightly seminars on Mondays. minutes); coursework (20%).
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R or 1X at grade Degree Examination taken in: April/May
1 Skills test.
Aims: This course aims to show how large systems of
Excluded Courses: Mathematics 2U: 4AXV
linear equations arise naturally in a variety of modelling
Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30 applications and how the properties of these equations
mins); coursework (20%). can be used to extract useful information about the ap-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May plication through a solution of the equations or perhaps
Resit Examination taken in: August/September through the eigenvalues of the underlying matrix, or
some other unspecified procedure.
Aims: The common thread running through this is the
notion of limit. This course will give a precise definition Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Webber
of this notion for both sequences and series. The notion
of continuity for functions will be discussed and related MPEV MATHEMATICS 2M: FINANCIAL
to convergence of sequences. Some important conse-
MODELLING
quences of continuity to be studied are the intermediate
value theorem and its applications, and the existence of Credits: 10 Level: 2
extrema. The emphasis is on developing and applying
standard proof techniques to give rigorous arguments
from basic definitions. Timetable: Weekly lectures Monday, Wednesday 12.00
noon. Fortnightly tutorials and laboratories: Mondays
at 3.00 pm (tutorials 1hr, labs 2hrs).
LYYV MATHEMATICS 2F: D and 1S or 1T or 1Y at grade D, normally at first
FOUNDATIONS OF PURE attempt, and a pass in the level 1 Mathematics Skills
MATHEMATICS test. LBKU Mathematics Skills Test
Excluded Courses: 4AGV Mathematics 2F: Financial
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Modelling 7H7C Mathematical Modelling HR
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30
Timetable: Tuesdays and Thursday at 10.00 am or Tues- mins), project (20%)
day and Thursday at 11.00 am. Fortnightly tutorials on Degree Examination taken in: December
Mondays.
Requirements of entry: Grade D in (1R or 1X) + (1S or
Aims: The course shows how mathematical methods
1T or 1Y) + Pass in Level 1 Skills test.
can be used in economics and finance. The main topics
Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30 covered are: the determination of prices and production
mins); coursework (20%). quantities by manufacturers; the mathematical proper-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ties of loans and investments, particularly at fixed rates
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of interest. Course Content 1. Solutions of equations
- False position algorithm. 2. Models in economics -
Aims: The course aims to: Provide students with their Cost, revenue and profit. Supply and demand. Con-
first exposure to ideas of abstract pure mathematics sumption. Depreciation. Production and pricing. Fit-
starting from their prior knowledge of rational, real and ting models to data. Using Excel to extrapolate data
complex numbers systems and progressing to more so- and derive graphs. 3. Interest - Simple and compound
phisticated ideas in set theory including the notions of interest. Constant rates of interest. Variable rates of
cardinality and equivalence relation. Introduce the ba- interest. Present value and discount factors. Annuities.
sic principles of permutations. Lead to a practical un- Capital and interest. Use Excel to find interest rates
derstanding of the Euclidean algorithm. Understand and amortization tables. 4. Valuation of securities -
how to learn and use simple formulae. Types of security. Fixed interest securities. Price and
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Webber yield. Makeham’s formula.
4ALV MATHEMATICS 2L: LINEAR
MODELLING 4ANV MATHEMATICS 2N: NUMBER
THEORY AND CRYPTOGRAPHY
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Credits: 10 Level: 2

Mathematics
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) to provide training for those who wish to make a ca-
Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday 10.00 am each week. Tu- reer either in Mathematics or in a field where mathe-
torial fortnightly: Monday 10.00 am. matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical
techniques is required; to develop an appreciation of
the beauty and depth of mathematics through detailed
study of the proofs and theorems. The course also aims
1 Skills test.
to develop certain transferable skills in students, includ-
Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30 ing (1) Reasoning Skills: logic, the handling of abstract
mins); coursework (20%). concepts, problems solving; (2) Communication Skills:
Degree Examination taken in: April/May the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally and
in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow a
logical argument.
Aims: To provide an introduction to elementary Num-
Honours Course Prescription: Four courses as fol-
ber Theory and describe its application to selected top-
lows: Term 1: Differential Equations 1 AND: for those
ics in Cryptography.
awarded a grade D or better in both Mathematics 2U
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Webber and 2V, take Newtonian Mechanics; all others take In-
troductory Analysis. Term 2: Complex Analysis 1, Dif-
ferential Equations 2. Transferable Skills work (Latex,
4APV MATHEMATICS 2P: GRAPHS Maple and one seminar).
AND NETWORKS
This prescription is subject to change in session 2009-10.
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold
Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday 10.00 am weekly. Tuto- 4WPH APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3H
rial fortnightly - Monday 10.00 am. (SINGLE)
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R or 1X at grade Credits: 120 Level: 3
1 Skills test.
Excluded Courses: 496C Mathematics 2B HR
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathematics
Assessment: One degree examination (80%) (1 hour 30 2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics 2E
mins); coursework (20%). and Mathematics 2F. Minimum Grade D in each with
Degree Examination taken in: December a GPA 12 or better on these courses, normally at first
Resit Examination taken in: August/September attempt.
Aims: This course is intended as an introduction to the Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2-
basic ideas in graph theory and to some of the simpler hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will
algorithms of network theory. be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available
marks for Level 3.
Aims: The aims of Level 3 are: to provide an introduc-
4WPF APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3H tion to a number of major areas of mathematics rigor-
(COMBINED) ously and in depth; to instil the mathematical knowl-
edge and problem solving skills needed to proceed to
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Level 4; when coupled with further study at level 4,
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) to provide training for those who wish to make a ca-
reer either in Mathematics or in a field where mathe-
Timetable: To be advised matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathematics techniques is required; to develop an appreciation of
2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics 2E the beauty and depth of mathematics through detailed
and Mathematics 2F. Minimum Grade D in each with study of the proofs and theorems. The course also aims
a GPA 12 or better on these courses, normally at first to develop certain transferable skills in students, includ-
attempt. Plus specified courses and grades in the other ing (1) Reasoning Skills: logic, the handling of abstract
subject. concepts, problems solving; (2) Communication Skills:
Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2- the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally and
hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow a
be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available logical argument.
marks for Level 3. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 0PGF APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3M
Aims: The aims of Level 3 are: to provide an introduc- (COMBINED)
tion to a number of major areas of mathematics rigor-
ously and in depth; to instil the mathematical knowl-
edge and problem solving skills needed to proceed to When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Level 4; when coupled with further study at level 4, Timetable: To be advised

Mathematics
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathematics edge and problem solving skills, particular to those per-
2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics 2E taining to other scientific disciplines, needed to proceed
and Mathematics 2F. Minimum Grade C in each with to level-4; when coupled with further study at levels-4
a GPA 14 or better on these courses, normally at first and 5, to provide training for those who wish to make a
attempt. Plus specified courses and grades in the other career either in mathematics or in a field where mathe-
subject. matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical
Excluded Courses: 4WRF Applied Mathematics 3M techniques is required; to develop an appreciation of
(Combined) the beauty and depth of mathematics through detailed
study of the proofs of key theorems. The course also
Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2-
aims to develop certain transferable skills in students,
hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will
including (1) Reasoning Skills: logic, the handling of
be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available
abstract concepts, problem solving; (2) Communication
marks for Level 3.
Skills: the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow
Aims: The aims of Level 3 are: to provide an introduc- a logical argument; (4) Perception: analytical, critical
tion to a number of major areas of mathematics rigor- and modelling skills, able to adapt theory according to
ously and in depth; to instil the mathematical knowl- circumstances.
edge and problem solving skills needed to proceed to Honours Course Prescription: Numerical Analysis,
Level 4; when coupled with further study at level 4, Newtonian Mechanics, Differential Equations 1, In-
to provide training for those who wish to make a ca- troductory Topology, Complex Analysis 1, Differen-
reer either in Mathematics or in a field where mathe- tial Equations 2. Plus 2 courses from: Calculus of
matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical Variations, Discrete Mathematics, Dynamical Systems,
techniques is required; to develop an appreciation of Mathematical Biology or Mathematical Ecology (given
the beauty and depth of mathematics through detailed in alternate years), Financial Mathematics, Classical
study of the proofs and theorems. The course also aims Geometry. Transferable Skills work: Latex, Maple and
to develop certain transferable skills in students, includ- two seminars.
ing (1) Reasoning Skills: logic, the handling of abstract
This prescription is subject to change in 2009-10.
concepts, problems solving; (2) Communication Skills:
the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally and Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold
in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow a 4WTH MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 3H
logical argument.
Honours Course Prescription: Four courses as follows: Credits: 120 Level: 3
Newtonian Mechanics, Differential Equations 1, Dif- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ferential Equations 2. Choose ONE of: Mathemati- Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses taken
cal Biology or Mathematical Ecology (offered in alter-
Requirements of entry: Computing Science 40 credits,
nate years), Financial Mathematics, Calculus of Varia-
to include 2X (Data Structures and Algorithms), 2Y
tions, Discrete Mathematics, Classical Geometry, Com-
(Software Design and Implementation). Mathematics
plex Analysis 1. Transferable Skills work: Maple, Latex,
2X and 2Y (Calculus 1 and 2), 2W or 2R (Linear Al-
2 seminars.
gebra 1 or Algebra 1), 2Z or 2S (Linear Algebra 2 or
This prescription is subject to change in session 2009-10. Algebra 2). Statistics 2R (Probability), 2S (Statisti-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold cal Methods), 2X (Probability Models), 2Y (Regression
0PHH APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3M Modelling). A level-2 performance at Grade C or bet-
ter in each subject is required. In Mathematics, the
(SINGLE)
requirement is Grade D or better in each course with
Credits: 120 Level: 3 an overall average of Grade C or better.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: There are degree examinations at the end
of year three and the end of year four. Assessments for
project work will be added to these. Year three work
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathematics will be weighted as 40% and year four work as 60% of
2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics 2E the final assessment.
and Mathematics 2F. Minimum Grade C in each with
a GPA 14 or better on these courses, normally at first
attempt. Aims: To present a broadly based degree programme
which will provide a good grounding in Mathematical
Excluded Courses: 4WRH Applied Mathematics 3M
Sciences with emphasis on algorithmic aspects of these
(Single)
subjects; to develop logical thinking and abstract meth-
Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2- ods of thought to enhance problem solving skills; to
hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will develop the computational skills required to implement
be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available solutions of problems in the Mathematical Science area;
marks for Level 3. to give equal weighting to the three subject areas and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May to integrate the knowledge and skills gained in jointly
Aims: The aims of Level 3 are: to provide an introduc- supervised project work.
tion to a number of major areas of mathematics rigor- Honours Course Prescription: The degree programme
ously and in-depth; to instil the mathematical knowl- will consist of lectures and project work with approxi-

Mathematics
mately equal input from each of the three departments. Timetable: To be advised
The load will correspond to 120 credits in each year. Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathematics
The individual courses in Computing Science are worth 2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics 2E
10 credits, except the (level 3) course Professional Soft- and Mathematics 2F. Minimum grade D in each with a
ware Development 3 which is worth 20 credits, and runs GPA of 12 or better on these courses, normally at first
over both terms. Statistics courses are worth 10 cred- attempt.
its, Mathematics courses are worth 15 credits. Semester
Excluded Courses: 406A Mathematics Single AOS
1: Computing Science - Professional Software Develop-
ment 3 (continues into semester 2) & Advanced Pro- Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2
gramming 3 & Algorithmics 3; Mathematics - Introduc- hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will
tory Analysis (and short Latex course); Statistics - In- be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available
ference 3 & Statistical Computing 3. Semester 2: Com- marks for Level 3.
puting Science - Professional Software Development 3; Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Mathematics - Discrete Mathematics (and one semi- Aims: The aims of level-3 are: to provide an introduc-
nar); Statistics - Multivariate Statistics 3 & Applied tion to a number of major areas of mathematics rigor-
Modelling 3 & Probability 3. ously and in depth; to instil the mathematical knowl-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold edge and problem solving skills needed to proceed to
406F MATHEMATICS 3H (COMBINED) level-4; when coupled with further study at level-4,
to provide training for those who wish to make a ca-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 reer either in mathematics or in a field where mathe-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses taken the beauty and depth of Mathematics through detailed
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathematics study of the proofs of key theorems. The course also
2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics 2E aims to develop certain transferable skills in students,
and Mathematics 2F. Minimum Grade D in each with including (1) Reasoning Skills: logic, the handling of
a GPA 12 or better on these courses, normally at first abstract concepts, problem solving; (2) Communication
attempt. Plus specified courses and grades in the other Skills: the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally
subject. and in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow
Excluded Courses: 1TGA Mathematics 3S (Combined) a logical argument.
Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2 Honours Course Prescription: Term 1 : Introductory
hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will Algebra, Newtonian Mechanics, Introductory Topology,
be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available Differential Equations 1. Term 2 : Discrete Mathemat-
marks for Level 3. ics, Complex Analysis 1 AND Choose 2 of : Classical
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Geometry, Differential Equations 2, Groups, Rings and
Fields, Dynamical Systems, Mathematical Biology or
Aims: The aims of level-3 are: to provide an introduc-
Mathematical Ecology (given in alternate sessions), Fi-
tion to a number of major areas of mathematics rigor-
nancial Mathematics, Calculus of Variations, Probabil-
ously and in depth; to instil the mathematical knowl-
ity. Transferable Skills work (Latex and two seminars).
edge and problem solving skills needed to proceed to
level-4; when coupled with further study at level-4, This prescription is subject to change in session 2009-10.
to provide training for those who wish to make a ca- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold
reer either in mathematics or in a field where mathe- 0PBF MATHEMATICS 3M (COMBINED)
matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical
techniques is required; to develop an appreciation of Credits: 60 Level: 3
the beauty and depth of Mathematics through detailed When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
aims to develop certain transferable skills in students, Timetable: Dependent on course options taken.
including (1) Reasoning Skills: logic, the handling of Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathematics
abstract concepts, problem solving; (2) Communication 2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics 2E
Skills: the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally and Mathematics 2F. Minimum grade of C in each with
and in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow a GPA of 14 or better on these courses, normally at first
a logical argument. attempt. Plus specified courses and grades in the other
Honours Course Prescription: Four courses as fol- subject.
lows: Complex Analysis 1; Introductory Algebra; Intro- Excluded Courses: 1PKA Mathematics 3S Combined
ductory Topology; ONE of Discrete Mathematics and MSci 1PKF Mathematics 3M (Combined)
Groups, Rings and Fields. Additionally, all take Trans- Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2
ferable skills work (Latex and seminar). This prescrip- hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will
tion is subject to change in session 2009-10. be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold marks for Level 3.
406H MATHEMATICS 3H (SINGLE) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The aims of level-3 are: to provide an introduc-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 tion to a number of major areas of mathematics rigor-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ously and in depth; to instil the mathematical knowl-

Mathematics
edge and problem solving skills needed to proceed to tions 1 Plus choose TWO courses from : Classical
level-4; when coupled with further study at level-4, Geometry, Differential Equations 2, Groups, Rings
to provide training for those who wish to make a ca- and Fields, Dynamical Systems, Mathematical Biol-
reer either in mathematics or in a field where mathe- ogy/Mathematical Ecology (given in alternate sessions),
matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical Financial Mathematics, Calculus of Variations and
techniques is required; to develop an appreciation of Probability. Transferable Skills work : Latex, Maple
the beauty and depth of Mathematics through detailed and two seminars. This prescription is subject to change
study of the proofs of key theorems. The course also in session 2009-10.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold
abstract concepts, problem solving; (2) Communication 4APW MATHEMATICS 3P: REAL AND
Skills: the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally COMPLEX VARIABLES
and in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow
a logical argument. Credits: 20 Level: 3
Honours Course Prescription: Four courses as follows:
Introductory Algebra AND Choose ONE of: Differential
Equations 1 and Introductory Topology AND Choose Timetable: Lectures at 9.00 am 2/3 days (alternately)
TWO of: Complex Analysis 1; Differential Equations 2; every week. Tutorials fortnightly, time to be arranged.
Discrete Mathematics; Groups, Rings and Fields; Clas- Requirements of entry: Maths 2X at Grade D3 or above.
sical Geometry.Transferable Skills work: Latex, Maple Please note: this is one of a package of 4 level-3 courses
and 2 seminars. in Mathematics leading to a designated degree in Math-
This prescription is subject to change in session 2009-10. ematics. Full details of the requirements for a desig-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christina Cobbold nated degree can be found in the Faculties of Science
section of the University Calendar. The requirements
0PFH MATHEMATICS 3M (SINGLE)
for the designated degree include a second-year curricu-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 lum that includes Mathematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) and
2Z (or 2S). An average GPA of 10 over these 4 level-2
courses is required.
Assessment: Class test 20%; end of course examination
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 2A, Mathemat- 80%.
ics 2B, Mathematics 2C, Mathematics 2D, Mathematics
2E, Mathematics 2F. Minimum Grade C in each with a Degree Examination taken in: December
GPA of 14 or better on these courses, normally at first Resit Examination taken in: August/September
attempt.
Aims: To introduce students to rigorous methods in real
Excluded Courses: 2PCA Mathematics 3S Single MSci
and a selection of important topics in complex analysis.
2PCH Mathematics 3M (Single)
Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a 2 Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Cohen
hour Degree Examination. Transferable Skills work will 4ARW MATHEMATICS 3Q: ALGEBRA &
be assigned marks, amounting to 5% of the available NUMBER THEORY
marks for Level 3.
Aims: The aims of level-3 are: to provide an intro-
duction to a number of major areas of mathematics
rigorously and in depth; to install the mathematical Timetable: Lectures at 9.00 am 2/3 days (alternately)
knowledge and problem solving skills needed to proceed every week. Tutorials fortnightly, time to be arranged.
to levels 4 and 5; when coupled with further study at
Requirements of entry: Maths 2R or Maths 2W at
level-4, to provide training for those who wish to make a
Grade D3 or above. Please note: this is one of a package
career either in mathematics or in a field where mathe-
of 4 level-3 courses in Mathematics leading to a desig-
matical ability and knowledge of modern mathematical
nated degree in Mathematics. Full details of the re-
quirements for a designated degree can be found in the
the beauty and depth of Mathematics through detailed
Faculties of Science section of the University Calendar.
The requirements for the designated degree include a
second-year curriculum that includes Mathematics 2X,
2Y, 2W (or 2R) and 2Z (or 2S). An average GPA of 10
abstract concepts, problem solving; (2) Communication
over these 4 level-2 courses is required.
Skills: the clear and succinct presentation of ideas orally
and in writing; (3) Comprehension: the ability to follow Assessment: Class test 20%; end of course examination
a logical argument; (4) Perception: analytical, critical 80%.
and modelling skills, able to adapt theory according to Degree Examination taken in: December
circumstances.
Honours Course Prescription: Introductory Algebra,
Introductory Topology, Complex Analysis 1, Discrete Aims: To introduce students to basic concepts in num-
Mathematics, Newtonian Mechanics, Differential Equa- ber theory and in the theory of groups.

Mathematics
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Cohen is also considered (it is treated as being equivalent to
4ATW MATHEMATICS 3R: FINITE one Degree Examination paper). (b) (Permission of the
MATHEMATICS Head of Department required) Final Examination 75%
(3 courses), plus Project 25%. The final honours classi-
Credits: 20 Level: 3 fication is based on 60% (4H) and 40% (3M).
Timetable: Lectures at 9.00 am 2/3 days (alternately) Aims: The aim is to provide a challenging and inter-
every week. Tutorials fortnightly, time to be arranged. esting course for able students whose primary inter-
Requirements of entry: Maths 2R or Maths 2W at ests lie in the application of mathematics either within
Grade D3 or better. Please note: this is one of a package academia or outwith it, for example, in a commercial
of 4 level-3 courses in Mathematics leading to a desig- or industrial environment. Uniformity of standards be-
nated degree in Mathematics. Full details of the re- tween Applied Mathematics and the existing Mathe-
quirements for a designated degree can be found in the matics degrees will be ensured by: lecturing common
Faculties of Science section of the University Calendar. course components together; allowing students from
The requirements or the designated degree include a each degree programme to participate in options from
second-year curriculum that includes Mathematics 2X, the other for which they are suitably qualified; exam-
2Y, 2W (or 2R) and 2Z (or 2S). An average GPA of 10 ining all students in Applied Mathematics and Mathe-
over these 4 level-2 courses is required. matics using the same criteria.
Assessment: Class test 20%; end of course examination Honours Course Prescription: Three or four options
80%. from the available Level 4 Honours course options. An
Degree Examination taken in: April/May honours project must be undertaken by the student in
their final year. This can be either in mathematics or in
their other subject. If a mathematics project is taken
Aims: To introduce students to linear programming, then the student will take three mathematics courses.
game theory, and combinatorial topics. If the project is taken in the other department then the
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Cohen student will have to take four mathematics courses. Zo-
4AWW MATHEMATICS 3S: ology/Applied Mathematics students will take Mathe-
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS matical Biology or Mathematical Ecology (courses given
in alternative sessions) as one of their options.
Credits: 20 Level: 3 Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) 4WPJ APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4H
Timetable: Lectures at 9.00 am 2/3 days (alternately) (SINGLE)
every week. Tutorials fortnightly, time to be arranged.
Requirements of entry: Maths 2X at Grade D3 or above. Credits: 120 Level: 4
Please note: this is one of a package of 4 level-3 courses When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
in Mathematics leading to a designated degree in Math-
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses taken
ematics. Full details of the requirements for a desig-
nated degree can be found in the Faculties of Science Requirements of entry: Applied Mathematics 3H at
section of the University Calendar. The requirements Grade D or better
for the designated degree include a second-year curricu- Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a
lum that includes Mathematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) and 2-hour Degree Examination, held in May or June. The
2Z (or 2S). An average GPA of 10 over these 4 level-2 project report is treated as being equivalent to one De-
courses is required. gree Examination paper. The final honours classifica-
Assessment: Class test 20%; end of course examination tion is based on 60% (4H) and 40% (3H).
80%. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The aim is to provide a challenging and inter-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September esting course for able students whose primary inter-
Aims: To learn a variety of methods for solving ordinary ests lie in the application of mathematics either within
and partial differential equations. academia or outwith it, for example, in a commercial
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Cohen or industrial environment. Uniformity of standards be-
tween Applied Mathematics and the existing Mathe-
4WPG APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4H matics degrees will be ensured by: lecturing common
(COMBINED) course components together; allowing students from
each degree programme to participate in options from
the other for which they are suitably qualified; exam-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ining all students in Applied Mathematics and Mathe-
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses taken matics using the same criteria.
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Applied Honours Course Prescription: Choose seven options
Mathematics 3H (Combined) from each of the term 1 and term 2 lists given in Ap-
Assessment: (a) Each 25-lecture course is examined in plied Mathematics 4H (Single) and a Level H project,
a 2-hour Degree Examination, held in May or June. where not more than four options come from one term’s
Where a project has been taken, the project report list.

Mathematics
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton

JUGG APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4M 4WTJ MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 4H
(COMBINED)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses taken
Timetable: To be advised Requirements of entry: Mathematical Sciences 3H at
Grade C
Requirements of entry: Grade B or better in Applied
Mathematics 3M (Combined) Assessment: See Mathematical Sciences 3H
Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a Degree Examination taken in: April/May
2-hour Degree Examination, held in May or June. The Aims: To present a broadly based degree programme
compulsory project is treated as being equivalent to one which will provide a good grounding in Mathematical
Degree Examination paper. Sciences with emphasis on algorithmic aspects of these
Degree Examination taken in: April/May subjects; to develop logical thinking and abstract meth-
ods of thought to enhance problem solving skills; to
Aims: The aim is to provide a challenging and inter- develop the computational skills required to implement
esting course for able students whose primary inter- solutions of problems in the Mathematical Science area;
ests lie in the application of mathematics either within to give equal weighting to the three subject areas and
academia or outwith it, for example, in a commercial to integrate the knowledge and skills gained in jointly
or industrial environment. Uniformity of standards be- supervised project work.
tween Applied Mathematics and the existing Mathe-
Honours Course Prescription: Mathematics: 3 options
matics degrees will be ensured by: lecturing common
(2 Semester 1, 1 Semester 2) from the list given un-
course components together; allowing students from
der Mathematics 4H (Single). Statistics: Semester 1 -
each degree programme to participate in options from
Stochastic Processes 4, Semester 2 - Financial Statistics
4. Computing Science: Semester 1 - Advanced Algo-
ining all students in Applied Mathematics and Mathe-
rithms 4, Semester 2 - 2 options. Additionally a project
matics using the same criteria.
(25 credits) is undertaken, jointly supervised by two de-
Honours Course Prescription: Three options at Levels partments.
H or M (including at most 1 at Level M) AND a Level
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton
H project (15 credits)
406G MATHEMATICS 4H (COMBINED)
JUHJ APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4M Credits: 60 Level: 4
(SINGLE) When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Timetable will depend on courses taken
Requirements of entry: Grade D in Mathematics 3H
Assessment: Three Maths honours exams and a project
Timetable: To be advised or four Maths honours exams if the project is taken in
Requirements of entry: Applied Mathematics 3M (Sin- another Department. The final honours classification is
gle) at Grade B or better. based on 60% (4H) and 40% (3H).
Assessment: Each 25-lecture course is examined in a Degree Examination taken in: April/May
2-hour Degree Examination. The compulsory project is Aims: See Mathematics 3H (Combined)
treated as being equivalent to one Degree Examination Honours Course Prescription: Three or four options
paper. from the available Level 4 Honours course options. An
Degree Examination taken in: April/May honours project must be undertaken by the student in
their final year. This can be either in mathematics or in
Aims: The aim is to provide a challenging and inter-
their other subject. If a mathematics project is taken
esting course for able students whose primary inter-
then the student will take three mathematics courses.
ests lie in the application of mathematics either within
If the project is taken in the other department then the
academia or outwith it, for example, in a commercial
student will have to take four mathematics courses.
or industrial environment. Uniformity of standards be-
tween Applied Mathematics and the existing Mathe- Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton
matics degrees will be ensured by: lecturing common 406J MATHEMATICS 4H (SINGLE)
course components together; allowing students from
each degree programme to participate in options from Credits: 120 Level: 4
ining all students in Applied Mathematics and Mathe-
matics using the same criteria. Timetable: To be advised
Honours Course Prescription: Seven options at Levels Requirements of entry: Grade D in Mathematics 3H
H or M (including at most 2 at level M) AND a Level Assessment: Each 25 lecture course is examined in a
H Project (15 credits). 2-hour Degree Examination, held in May or June. The

Mathematics
project report is treated as being equivalent to one De- Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton
gree Examination paper. The final honours classifica-
88DJ APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5M
tion is based on 60% (4H) and 40% (3H).
(COMBINED) LEVEL 5
Aims: See Mathematics 3H (Single) Credits: 65 Level: 5
Honours Course Prescription: Choose seven options When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
from each of the term 1 and term 2 lists given in Math-
Timetable: Dependent on courses chosen
ematics 4H (Single) and a Level H project, where not
more than four options come from one term’s list. Requirements of entry: Grade B or better in year 4 is re-
quired to progress to Level 5 M Combined. Failing this,
students will normally be qualified to graduate with a
JUJG MATHEMATICS 4M (COMBINED) BSc(Hons).
Timetable: To be advised Aims: Refer to Applied Mathematics 3M (combined)
Requirements of entry: Grade B in Mathematics 3M Honours Course Prescription: 3 options at level M (45
(Combined) credits) M Level project (40 credits) in either Math-
Assessment: 3 options at Levels H or M (including at ematics or Combination subject or both (topic to be
most 1 at level M) AND a Level H Project (15 credits) approved by both departments) = 20 credit (0.5 x total
assigned to Mathematics)
Aims: See Mathematics 3M (Combined)
Honours Course Prescription: Three courses at Levels 88AM APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5M
H or M (including at most 1 at Level M) AND a Level (SINGLE)
H Project (15 credits).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton Credits: 120 Level: 5
JUKJ MATHEMATICS 4M (SINGLE) When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Timetable: Dependent on courses chosen by students.
Requirements of entry: Progression to year 5 of the MSci
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) requires a grade B or better for year 4. Failing this,
Timetable: To be advised students will normally be qualified to graduate with a
Requirements of entry: Grade B in Mathematics 3M BSc (Hons).
(Single) Assessment: Students are required to take end of course
Assessment: Seven examinations (2 hours). Compul- examinations for each of the five 15 credit courses that
sory project, examined by dissertation. they are required to complete. They are also required
to complete a Level M project which is worth 45 credits.
Aims: See Mathematics 3M (Single)
Honours Course Prescription: 7 options at Levels H Aims: Refer to Applied Mathematics 3M (Single)
or M (including at most 2 at Level M) and a Level-H Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton
project (15 credits).
0YDG MATHEMATICS 5M (COMBINED
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton WITH PHYSICS/ASTRONOMY) LEVEL
0YCG APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5M 5
(COMBINED WITH
PHYSICS/ASTRONOMY) LEVEL 5 Credits: 45 Level: 5
Timetable: Dependent on courses chosen
Timetable: Dependent on courses chosen Requirements of entry: Grade B or better in year 4 is re-
quired to progress to Level 5 M Combined. Failing this,
Requirements of entry: Grade B or better in year 4 is re- students will normally be qualified to graduate with a
quired to progress to Level 5 M Combined. Failing this, BSc(Hons).
BSc(Hons). Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: Refer to Applied Mathematics 3M (combined) Aims: Refer to Mathematics 3M (combined)
Honours Course Prescription: 3 options at level M. A Honours Course Prescription: 3 options at level M. A
Level M project in either Mathematics or Combination Level M project in either Mathematics or Combination
subject or both (topic to be approved by both depart- subject or both (topic to be approved by both depart-
ments) will also be required. ments) will also be required.

Music
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton Aims: This course aims to create a context whereby
88DL MATHEMATICS 5M (COMBINED) students, who may have no background in formal music
making, and who may not necessarily read music to a
LEVEL 5
high standard, can be encouraged to listen to classical
Credits: 65 Level: 5 music in a more engaged and appreciative manner. The
course will put musical works at the centre of our con-
sideration and promote effective and rewarding ways of
Timetable: Dependent on courses chosen. studying them. The course aims to develop a manner of
Requirements of entry: Grade B or better in year 4 is re- listening that establishes strong and lasting connections
quired to progress to Level 5M Combined. Failing this, with the means, purpose, and singular achievement of a
students will normally be qualified to graduate with a particular work. As informed listeners who can under-
BSc(Hons). stand a musical work in its own terms, the course will
Degree Examination taken in: April/May give students the confidence to discover the diversity of
music from the historical canon of Europe and Amer-
ica. The course will prepare students for the further
Aims: Refer to Mathematics 3M (Combined) study of music at second level and beyond that, set up
Honours Course Prescription: 3 options at level M. (45 patterns and practices which should prove effective at
credits) & Level M project (40 credits) in either Math- honours level. Semester 1 will cover music from 1600-
ematics or combination subject or both (topic to be 1750 (Baroque) and 1750-1827 (Classical). Semester 2
approved by both departments) - 20 credits (0.5 x total will cover music from 1827-1900 (Romantic) and from
assigned to Mathematics) 1900-1945 (Modern). Some of the repertory studied will
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton tie-in with Glasgow’s extremely vibrant musical life, and
students will be encouraged to attend high quality live
88DH MATHEMATICS 5M (SINGLE) performances of key works (such those given by the BBC
Scottish Symphony Orchestra or the Scottish Chamber
Orchestra).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin Dixon
Timetable: Dependent on course options taken up.
Requirements of entry: Progression to year 5 of the MSci
LKKU MUSICAL TECHNIQUES,
requires a grade B or better for year 4. Failing this,
FOUNDATION (BMUS)
BSc(Hons). Credits: 20 Level: 1
Assessment: Five examinations and one Level M When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
project.
Timetable: 1-hour tutorial or lecture every week Mon
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 11,12
Aims: Refer to level 3M of this programme. Requirements of entry: Admission to BMus programme
Honours Course Prescription: 5 options at Level M and Assessment: Regular exercises in harmony and counter-
a Level M project (45 credits) point, 8 submissions evenly spread throughout the year.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton Provided all 8 submissions achieve a minimum E grade,
the assessment for the course as a whole will be based
88EH MATHEMATICS MSCI PROJECT
on the best 6 marks. Otherwise it will be based on the
Credits: 45 Level: 5 average mark of all 8.
Timetable: To be arranged Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Requirements of entry: See 5M single Aims: To outline the principles of counterpoint and har-
mony, giving students experience in the technique of
Degree Examination taken in: April/May tonal music
Aims: to prepare students for research-based activity Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jane Stanley
involving mathematics to develop independent learning
ability, verbal presentation and communication skills
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Haughton 9TAU MUSICIANSHIP 1
Music Credits: 20 Level: 1

MMVU LISTENING & REPERTORY Timetable: Weekly/Fortnightly 1-hour plenary lecture;
Credits: 20 Level: 1 weekly tutorial in musicianship.
Requirements of entry: There are no formal prerequi-
sites. However, the course assumes a basic competence
Timetable: 12-2 Mondays, Weekly in general music, such as Higher Music.
Requirements of entry: None Assessment: Continuous assessment throughout the
Degree Examination taken in: April/May course in aural tests and other short submissions.

Music
Resit Examination taken in: August/September LGXU SONIC ARTS, FOUNDATION

Aims: To bring together students on all three Music
Department degree courses, enabling them to gain a
close knowledge of a representative selection of the gen- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
res and forms of the repertoire of western art and pop- Timetable: Weekly lecture-practicals and seminars in
ular music through the last millennium, and to develop the Music Department, generally 1 hour sessions. Some
a variety oral, aural and written skills with which to classes may be taught in Electronics & Electrical Engi-
make discriminating analyses of the principal acoustic neering.
and structural principles which inform them. Requirements of entry: Compulsory component course
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Code of Music E1 within the BEng Electronics with Music
programme; option in Music 2, Music 3 and Music Hons
within the MA programme; option in years 2 and 3 of
LKLU ORCHESTRATION the BMus programme.
Requirements of entry: None, but priority will be given
Credits: 20 Level: 1 to BEng students for whom this is a compulsory course.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Places may be limited for students wishing to take this
Timetable: 20 one-hour lectures Tue 4-5 18 class tuto- as an option.
rials Wed, 3, 4 Workshop tba 10-1 Individual tutorials Assessment: Three assignments challenging students to
(2 hrs) engage practically and critically with the recording, ma-
Requirements of entry: Admission to the BMus pro- nipulation, reproduction and experience of sound.
gramme Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: Three submissions, weighted 25%, 25%, Resit Examination taken in: August/September
50% Aims: To introduce and explore the nature of sound as
Degree Examination taken in: April/May an aesthetic and culturally significant material, through
Resit Examination taken in: August/September the listening and critiquing of recorded sound, syn-
thetic sound and the sounding environment; and to in-
Aims: To introduce basic principles of instrumentation troduce basic sound recording, creative electroacoustic
together with consideration of historical and composi- techniques.
tional factors.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Nicolas Fells
Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Sweeney
LKMU WRITING ABOUT MUSIC

1XRB PERFORMANCE LEVEL 1
(FOUNDATION) Credits: 20 Level: 1
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Timetable: 1-hour lecture/class every week Fri 2-3, plus
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) tutorials
Timetable: Individual lessons, normally fortnightly over Requirements of entry: Admission to the BMus pro-
25 weeks, at times to be arranged between students and gramme
teacher; occasional workshops on Thurs, 3-5pm Assessment: Continuous assessment: Four essays each
Requirements of entry: B.Mus. - admission to year 1. of c. 1000 words the first weighted 10% and the remain-
B.Eng. - entry by audition in October. ing three weighted 30%
Assessment: Two recitals of approved programmes, Degree Examination taken in: April/May
each with a written commentary (not exceeding 500 Resit Examination taken in: August/September
words), and diary of performances and concert admin- Aims: To examine the way in which arguments, descrip-
istration undertaken during the session. January - c.10 tions and analysis of music as a historical phenomenon
minutes (25%). June - c.15 minutes (75%). are clearly presented verbally, while introducing stu-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May dents to a wide range of repertoire.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Prof Marjorie Rycroft
Aims: By the end of the course students will be able:
1) to perform repertoire of approximately the standard 0VGV AESTHETICS AND PHILOSOPHY
of the Advanced Certificate of the Associated Board; OF MUSIC (APM)
while this gives an indication of the standard of diffi-
culty, greater importance is attached to the choice of Credits: 20 Level: 2
pieces commensurate with the student’s technical com- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
petence, to enable him/her to sing or play well. 2) to
understand better the contribution to their development Timetable: Three hours per week, 2 as lectures, 1 as
as performers of participation in group performance ac- seminar.
tivity, and 3) to appreciate the importance of the organ- Requirements of entry: Students should have completed
isational and entrepreneurial aspects of music making in the first year in either BMus, MA or BEng.
relation to public performance. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Code Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Music
Aims: Through the close reading of philosophical and 9SZV COMPOSITION, INTERMEDIATE
aesthetic writings, this course will attempt to focus crit-
ical attention on a number of fundamental musical and Credits: 20 Level: 2
cultural ideas and ideologies. We will discuss notions When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
such as the work concept, expression, value, beauty, Timetable: Weekly lectures; workshops and tutorials
meaning, authenticity, intention and ownership. Group tba.
discussion is a key element of this course and all students
Requirements of entry: D grade in Musicianship.
will be expected to contribute to weekly seminars.
Assessment: Workshop assignment (moderated self-
assessment) - 30%; 2 Composition assignments (staff
assessed) - 20% and 50%
9SVV ASPECTS OF MODERNITY Degree Examination taken in: April/May
(ENGINEERING) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: To enable students to develop and apply a range
of compositional skills, through exploration of reper-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) toire and techniques based on contemporary and 20th
Timetable: Two lectures/seminars per week. century approaches to composition.
Requirements of entry: None Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Sweeney
Assessment: Assignment 1: Analytical essay (25%
weighting). Due Monday week 5. Assignment 2: An- 9SFV MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
alytical essay (25% weighting). Due Thursday week 9.
MUSIC (UP TO 1500)
Assignment 3: 3000 word essay (50% weighting). Due
Monday week 13. Credits: 20 Level: 2
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: 2 lectures per week; tutorials tba.
Aims: The term ‘modernism’ has featured prominently Requirements of entry: None
in historical and critical debates for more than a cen- Assessment: Three submissions, two in the form of es-
tury. In this course, students will explore some of the says (c.1500 words) or compositional exercises in par-
music-historical implications of this term through the ticular historical styles (weighted 25 and 45%), one in
study of two particular manifestations of modernism: i) the form of a seminar presentation (weighted 30%).
Music and art in fin-de-siècle Paris and Vienna; ii) The
post-war avant garde in Europe and America. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Code Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: To introduce participants to a rich but unfamiliar
musical repertory, and to convey an appreciation of the
9NNV BACH AND THE LUTHERAN wide range of styles and genres encountered from the
PASSION beginnings of western notation around 900 up till the
year 1550.
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Course Co-ordinator: Dr Warwick Edwards
Timetable: 2 lectures per week during semester. 10
LKJV MUSICAL TECHNIQUES,
hours of seminars/tutorials spread across semester.
FOUNDATION (MA/BENG)
Requirements of entry: Completion of first year course
in MA, BMus or BEng courses. Credits: 20 Level: 2
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: Weekly classes
Aims: To introduce students to a wide range of reper- Requirements of entry: D grade in Musicianship (9TAU)
tories and traditions centering around the two Passion or Performance, Foundation (1XRB)
settings of J.S. Bach. This will involve a study of the Assessment: Regular exercises in harmony and counter-
Passion tradition from the 16th-century up to Bach, a point, 8 submissions evenly spread throughout the year.
study of major baroque forms and genres that play a Provided all 8 submissions achieve a minimum E grade,
part in Bach’s settings (e.g. opera, oratorio, cantata, the assessment for the course as a whole will be based
concerto, motet, recitative). The close study of works of on the best 6 marks. Otherwise it will be based on the
Bach will also introduce issues of theology and the var- average mark of all 8.
ious ways in which the Gospel narratives can be inter-
preted. The final section fo the course will concentrate
on the reception of Bach’s Passions in the nineteenth Resit Examination taken in: August/September
century and beyond and the various ways in which this Aims: To acquire insight into selected historical styles
music has contributed to the development of the ‘canon’ and compositional techniques through analysis and im-
of classical music. itation.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John Butt Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jane Stanley

Music
9MYV MUSICAL TECHNIQUES, Aims: By the end of the course students will be able:
INTERMEDIATE 1) to perform repertoire of a degree of difficulty in ad-
vance of that for Performance (Foundation); while this
Credits: 20 Level: 2 gives an indication of the standard of difficulty, greater
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) importance is attached to the choice of pieces of com-
mensurate with the student’s technical competence, to
Timetable: Weekly lectures and/or tutorials.
enable him/her to sing or play well. 2) to understand
Requirements of entry: D grade in Musical Techniques better the contribution to their development as perform-
Foundation. ers of participation in group performance activity, and
Co-requisites: Composition Intermediate (BMus Only) 3) to appreciate the importance of the organisational
Assessment: Four pieces of work (each weighted 25%), and entrepreneurial aspects of music making in relation
the better of two submissions from each of the four sec- to public performance.
tions of the course. Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Code
Resit Examination taken in: August/September 9NMV ROMANTIC SONG
Aims: To acquire insight into selected historical styles
and compositional techniques through analysis and im-
itation. When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jane Stanley Timetable: 2 lectures per week; 10 tutori-
als/seminars/workshops spread throughout semester.
Requirements of entry: Completion of first-year in MA,
9SGV OPERA (ONLY AVAILABLE IN BMus or BEng course
2008-2009) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: The course is designed to introduce students to
the tradition of European art song composition, from
Timetable: Weekly lecture plus attendance at perfor-
early German Romanticism through to later Roman-
mances and rehearsals; workshops as arranged.
tic and post-Romantic descendants. It will consist of
Requirements of entry: None. four units: 1. The early Romantic Lied and song cy-
Assessment: Three submissions, two essays of ca. 1500 cle: Schubert and Schumann 2. The later Roman-
words (30% each) and a group presentation, “From Page tic Lied and song cycle: Brahms, Wolf, Liszt 3. The
to Stage” (40%) French melodie: Berlioz, Faure, Debussy, Ravel 4. Post-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Romantic Lieder including orchestral song: Mahler,
Berg, Strauss
Aims: The course is designed to introduce students to
several species of opera from a variety of standpoints:
musical, dramatic, historical, etc.; the aims are realized LMUV SONIC ARTS, FOUNDATION
by means of a focus on certain works in the current (ARTS NON HONS)
season of Scottish Opera.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Marjorie Rycroft
Timetable: Weekly lecture-practicals and seminars in
1XRC PERFORMANCE LEVEL 2 the Music Department, generally 1 hour sessions. Some
(INTERMEDIATE) classes may be taught in Electronics & Electrical Engi-
neering.
Requirements of entry: Compulsory component course
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) of Music E1 within the BEng Electronics with Music
Timetable: Individual lessons, normally fortnightly over programme; option in Music 2, Music 3 and Music Hons
25 weeks, at times arranged between students and within the MA programme; option in years 2 and 3 of
teacher; occasional workshops on Thurs 3-5pm the BMus programme.
Requirements of entry: C grade in Performance, Foun- Requirements of entry: None, but priority will be given
dation and satisfactory attendance teachers’ reports to BEng students for whom this is a compulsory course.
(BEng, BMus); audition, held at beginning of session Places may be limited for students wishing to take this
(MA). as an option.
Assessment: Two recitals of approved programmes, Assessment: Three assignments challenging students to
each with a written commentary (not exceeding 500 engage practically and critically with the recording, ma-
words), and a diary of performances and concert ad- nipulation, reproduction and experience of sound.
ministration undertaken during the session. January - Degree Examination taken in: April/May
c.15 minutes (25%). June - c.20 minutes (75%). Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: December Aims: To introduce and explore the nature of sound as
Resit Examination taken in: April/May an aesthetic and culturally significant material, through

Music
the listening and critiquing of recorded sound, syn- Timetable: Weekly lectures; workshops and tutorials
thetic sound and the sounding environment; and to in- tba.
troduce basic sound recording, creative electroacoustic Requirements of entry: Completion of second year of
techniques. MA or BEng programme
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Nicolas Fells
Assessment: Workshop assignment (moderated self-
assessment) - 30%; 2 Composition assignments (staff
LHRV SONIC ARTS, INTERMEDIATE assessed) - 20% and 50%. Minimum requirement is sub-
mission of 75% by weight of assignments for summative
Credits: 20 Level: 2 assessment, and 60% attendance.
Timetable: Weekly lecture-practicals and seminars in
the Music Department, generally 1 hour sessions.
Aims: To enable students to develop and apply a range
Requirements of entry: Optional component course of
of compositional skills, through exploration of reper-
Music E2 within the BEng Electronics with Music pro-
toire and techniques based on contemporary and 20th
gramme; option in Music 3 and Music Hons within the
century approaches to composition.
MA programme; option in years 3 and 4 of the BMus
programme. Required: D grade in Sonic Arts, Founda- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Nicolas Fells
tion.
Assessment: Assignment work based upon weekly labs,
including practical work and essay work. KKYW HISTORIOGRAPHY &
Degree Examination taken in: April/May CRITICISM
Aims: To introduce and explore sonic arts through the-
ory and practice, using a variety of computer-based mu-
sical programming and composition systems; to develop Timetable: 2 lectures/seminars per week.
practical and conceptual skill in electroacoustic com- Requirements of entry: D grade in two level 1-2 History
position and further critical analysis of electroacoustic of Music courses.
music.
Assessment: Continuous assessment, comprising two es-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Nicolas Fells says (60%) and two seminar presentations (40%).
87LF AESTHETICS AND PHILOSOPHY
OF MUSIC (MA/BENG HONS)
Aims: To survey various approaches to the understand-
Credits: 20 Level: 3 ing of historical processes in music. Topics in historiog-
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) raphy, source studies, principles of criticism, aesthetics
Timetable: Three hours per week, 2 as lectures, 1 as and historical interpretation will be covered.
seminar. Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Code
Requirements of entry: Completion of second year of
MA or BEng programme
Assessment: Two class essays, weighted 40% and 30%. 87LR MUSICAL TECHNIQUES,
Minimum requirement is submission of 75% by weight INTERMEDIATE (MA/BENG HONS)
of assignments for summative assessment, and 60% at-
tendance. Credits: 20 Level: 3
Degree Examination taken in: December When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: Weekly lectures and/or tutorials.
Aims: Through the close reading of philosophical and Requirements of entry: Completion of second year of
aesthetic writings, this course will attempt to focus crit- MA or BEng programme, plus D Grade in Musical Tech-
ical attention on a number of fundamental musical and niques, Foundation (LKJV).
cultural ideas and ideologies. We will discuss notions Assessment: Four pieces of work (each weighted 25%),
such as the work concept, expression, value, beauty, the better of two submissions from each of the four sec-
meaning, authenticity, intention and ownership. Group tions of the course. Minimum requirement is submission
discussion is a key element of this course and all students of 75% by weight of assignments for summative assess-
will be expected to contribute to weekly seminars. ment, and 60% attendance.
87LW COMPOSITION, INTERMEDIATE
(MA/BENG HONS) Aims: To acquire insight into selected historical styles
and compositional techniques through analysis and im-
Credits: 20 Level: 3 itation.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Course Co-ordinator: Prof Marjorie Rycroft

Philosophy
87LV POPULAR MUSIC (MA/BENG Assessment: 1 Workshop (moderated self-assessment) -

HONS) 20%; 1 Composition for prescribed ensemble - 30%; 1
Free Composition - 50%. Minimum requirement is sub-
Credits: 20 Level: 3 mission of 75% by weight of assignments for summative
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) assessment, and 60% attendance.
Timetable: Taught in alternate years. Weekly lectures Degree Examination taken in: April/May
plus additional events and workshops, as announced. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Requirements of entry: Completion of second year of Aims: To enable students with a particular talent for
MA or BEng programme. composition to take an additional composition unit in
Assessment: Continuous assessment. Three submis- which the emphasis is on guided individual work, rather
sions during the session in the form of: annotated tran- than on particular repertories or techniques.
scriptions from performances or recordings; composi- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Nicolas Fells
tional exercises in particular styles or genres; essays.
Minimum requirement is submission of 75% by weight
of assignments for summative assessment, and 60% at- 87LG MUSICAL TECHNIQUES,
tendance. INTERMEDIATE (MA/BENG HONS)
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Credits: 20 Level: H
Aims: To understand some of the basic principles of When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
composition and analysis of music, using the materials Timetable: Weekly lectures and/or tutorials.
of the popular music repertoire of the past 100 years as Requirements of entry: Completion of second year of
a starting point. MA or BEng programme, plus D Grade in Musical Tech-
Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Sweeney niques, Foundation.
Assessment: Four pieces of work (each weighted 25%),
87LS ROMANTIC SONG (MA/BENG the better of two submissions from each of the four sec-
HONS) tions of the course.
Aims: To acquire insight into selected historical styles
Timetable: 2 lectures per week; 10 tutori- and compositional techniques through analysis and im-
als/seminars/workshops spread throughout semester. itation.
Requirements of entry: Completion of second year of Course Co-ordinator: Prof Marjorie Rycroft
MA or BEng programme
Assessment: Three class essays, weighted 30%, 30% and
40%. Minimum requirement is submission of 75% by 87LQ PERFORMANCE HIGHER (BENG)
weight of assignments for summative assessment, and
60% attendance. Credits: 20 Level: H
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Timetable: Individual lessons, normally weekly over 22
Aims: The course is designed to introduce students to weeks, at times arranged between students and teacher;
the tradition of European art song composition, from occasional 2-hour workshops; University concerts, at-
early German Romanticism through to later Roman- tendance and concert administration.
tic and post-Romantic descendants. It will consist of Requirements of entry: C grade in Performance In-
four units: 1. The early Romantic Lied and song cy- termediate (1XRC) and satisfactory attendance and
cle: Schubert and Schumann 2. The later Roman- teacher’s reports.
tic Lied and song cycle: Brahms, Wolf, Liszt 3. The Assessment: Two recitals of approved programmes,
French melodie: Berlioz, Faure, Debussy, Ravel 4. Post- each with a written performance commentary (not ex-
Romantic Lieder including orchestral song: Mahler, ceeding 750 words), and diary of performances and con-
Berg, Strauss cert administration undertaken during the session. De-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin Dixon cember recital, c. 15 minutes (25%), May recital, c.
30 minutes (75%). Minimum requirement is submission
of 75% by weight of assignments for summative assess-
87LP COMPOSITION, HIGHER (BENG) ment, and 60% attendance.
Credits: 20 Level: H Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Timetable: Weekly lectures; workshops and tutorials Aims: Private instructors and course leader will endeav-
tba. our to prepare students to attain the levels of attain-
Requirements of entry: D grade in 9SZV (Composition, ment specified in the Intended Learning Outcomes
Intermediate) Course Co-ordinator: Prof Marjorie Rycroft

Philosophy
Philosophy Requirements of entry: Grade D in a level 1 Philosophy

course
1CVU PHILOSOPHY 1K: KNOWLEDGE Excluded Courses: Philosophy 7ECV - Knowledge,
AND THE WORLD Meaning and Inference.
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Assessment: One essay (40%) and a final examination
(60%)
Timetable: The Class Hour is 10.00 am to 11.00 am
daily or 2 to 3 pm daily. Fortnightly meeting of tutorial Resit Examination taken in: August/September
groups. Aims: To continue the study of philosophical issues,
Assessment: One essay (40%) and a final examination theories and types of argument in the theory of knowl-
(60%). edge, metaphysics and philosophy of mind. To prepare
students for more advanced study in philosophy. To fos-
ter interpretation and evaluation of philosophical writ-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September ings, classic or modern. To develop the skills of criticism
Aims: To introduce students to the study of Philoso- and sound argumentation. To foster rigorous critical
phy via the study of issues, theories and types of argu- thinking, including (a) identifying and clarifying con-
ment arising in epistemology, philosophy of mind and ceptual relationships; (b) identifying and questioning
metaphysics. To prepare students for more advanced assumptions, including one’s own; (c) mastering chal-
study in philosophy. To foster analytical thinking via lenging material. To foster the communication skills
(a) the identification and clarification of conceptual re- of clarity, relevance, structured reasoning, and concise
lationships and (b) the identification and evaluation of expression.
assumptions and arguments. To develop skills of inter-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Gary Kemp
pretation, criticism, clarity, relevance and sound argu-
mentation.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Christopher Lindsay 8OCV PHILOSOPHY
2M:MORALITY,POLITICS &
1CUU PHILOSOPHY 1M: RIGHT AND AUTHENTICITY
WRONG Credits: 20 Level: 2
Credits: 20 Level: 1 When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Timetable: The class hour is 12 noon to 1 p.m. daily.
Timetable: The Class Hour is 10.00 am to 11.00 am Weekly meetings of tutorial groups.
daily or 2 to 3 pm daily. Weekly meeting of tutorial Requirements of entry: Grade D in a level 1 Philosophy
groups. Course
Assessment: One essay (40%) and a final examination Excluded Courses: PHIL 7EDV, Morality, Politics and
(60%). Authenticity.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Assessment: One essay (40%) and a final examination
Resit Examination taken in: August/September (60%)
Aims: To introduce students to the study of philoso- Degree Examination taken in: December
phy via the study of issues, theories and types of ar- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
gument characteristic of moral and political philosophy
Aims: To survey arguments in moral and political phi-
(but without presupposing or seeking to promote any
losophy, building on Level 1 Philosophy courses. Con-
particular set of moral or political beliefs in the stu-
tent aims: to provide the student with a broad theo-
dent). To prepare students for more advanced studies in
retical and historical background in moral and political
philosophy. To foster analytical thinking, including (a)
philosophy. Skill aims: to foster analytical thinking,
identifying and clarifying conceptual relationships and
including (1) identifying and clarifying conceptual rela-
(b) identifying and questioning assumptions. To foster
tionships and (2) identifying and questioning assump-
interpretation and evaluation of philosophical writings,
tions; to foster interpretation and evaluation of philo-
classic and modern. To develop the skills of criticism
sophical writings; to develop the skills of criticism and
and sound argumentation. To foster the communication
sound argumentation; to foster the communication skills
skills of clarity, relevance and structured reasoning.
of clarity, relevance, and structured reasoning.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Michael Brady
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Paul Brownsey
8OBV PHILOSOPHY 2K:KNOWLEDGE,

MEANING & INFERENCE 375F PHILOSOPHY 3H (JOINT)

When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: The class hour is 12.00 noon to 1.00p.m. Timetable: The Class hours are 11.00 a.m. to 12.00
daily. Weekly meetings of tutorial groups and logic tu- noon and 12.00 noon to 1.00 p.m. daily, together with
torial groups. other hours to be arranged.

Philosophy
Requirements of entry: Normally two Level 2 Philoso- Philosophy of Language, Philosophy of Mind, Formal
phy courses with B in one and C in the other. Logic, History of Moral and Political Philosophy, Po-
Assessment: All courses will be assessed at the end of litical Philosophy, Moral Philosophy. These will nor-
the year in which they are taken. Grades for the six mally be taken in the 3H year. In the fourth year, sin-
courses count equally in determining the final degree gle honours students write a dissertation in philosophy
classification. and choose five courses from a list of Senior Honours
courses, which varies from year to year.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Adam Rieger
Aims: To give students a grounding in the central re-
gions of philosophy needed for more advanced study;
to teach students to distinguish different types of ques- 375J PHILOSOPHY 4H ( SINGLE)
tion and the different methods appropriate to answering
them; to encourage students to engage with the topics Credits: 120 Level: 4
and debate them for themselves. Skill aims: To foster When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
analytical thinking, including (1) identifying and clar-
Timetable: The Class hours are 11.00 a.m. to 12 noon
ifying conceptual relationships and (2) identifying and
and 12 noon to 1.00 p.m. daily, together with other
questioning assumptions; to foster interpretation and
hours to be arranged
evaluation of philosophical writings, classic or modern;
to develop the skills of criticism and sound argumenta- Requirements of entry: Normally two Level 2 Philoso-
tion; to foster the communication skills of clarity, rele- phy courses with B in one and C in the other.
vance, and structured reasoning. Assessment: Grades for the 7 courses, the disserta-
Honours Course Prescription: In addition to 120 credits tion, and one and a half coursework grades all count
from the other subject, the student selects six 20-credit equally. The coursework grades are made up as fol-
courses in philosophy, comprising three Junior Honours lows: on the whole grade is the average of the marks for
courses in the Junior year (see list under 375H) and the 8 questions in the Junior Honours class examination
three Senior Honours courses in the Senior year. (two questions on each Junior Honours course); the half
grade is mark for the Junior Honours presentation.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Adam Rieger
Aims: General aims: To give students a grounding in
375H PHILOSOPHY 3H (SINGLE)
some of the central doctrines in philosophy and in the
Credits: 120 Level: 3 classic texts where these doctrines were first expounded;
to teach students to distinguish different types of ques-
tion and the different methods appropriate to answering
Timetable: The Class hours are 11.00 a.m. to 12 noon them; to encourage students to engage with the topics
and 12 noon to 1.00 p.m. daily, together with other and debate them for themselves. Skills aims: To foster
hours to be arranged analytical thinking, including (1) identifying and clar-
Requirements of entry: Normally two Level 2 Philoso- ifying conceptual relationships and (2) identifying and
phy courses with B in one and C in the other. questioning assumptions; to foster interpretation and
Assessment: All courses will be assessed at the end of evaluation of philosophical writings, classic or modern;
the year in which they are taken. Grades for the twelve to develop the skills of criticism and sound argumenta-
courses count equally in determining the final degree tion; to foster the communication skills of clarity, rele-
classification. The dissertation (written and submitted vance, and structured reasoning.
in fourth year) carries the same weight as one course. Honours Course Prescription: You choose twelve 20-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May credit courses, comprising six Junior Honours courses in
Aims: General aims: To give students a grounding in the Junior year and six Senior Honours courses in the
the central regions of philosophy needed for more ad- Senior year. One of the senior honours courses must be
vanced study; to teach students to distinguish different the Dissertation.
types of question and the different methods appropri- Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Bain
ate to answering them; to encourage students to engage
with the topics and debate them for themselves; to teach
375G PHILOSOPHY 4H (JOINT)
students to distinguish different types of question and
the different methods appropriate to answering them; Credits: 60 Level: 4
to encourage students to engage with the topics and
debate them for themselves. Skills aims: To foster ana-
lytical thinking, including (1) identifying and clarifying Timetable: The Class hours are 11.00 a.m. to 12.00
conceptual relationships and (2) identifying and ques- noon and 12.00 noon to 1.00 p.m. daily, together with
tioning assumptions; to foster interpretation and eval- other hours to be arranged.
uation of philosophical writings, classic or modern; to Requirements of entry: Average grades of at least D in
develop the skills of criticism and sound argumentation; the Junior Honours courses.
to foster the communication skills of clarity, relevance, Assessment: All courses will be assessed at the end
and structured reasoning. of the year in which they are taken. Grades for the
Honours Course Prescription: Six courses chosen from six courses taken in Junior and Senior Honours courses
the following list of Junior Honours courses: History count equally in determining the final degree classifica-
of Modern Philosophy 1, Metaphysics, Epistemology, tion.

Physics & Astronomy
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: (1) To survey our present understanding of the
Aims: To give students a grounding in some of the solar system and of the Sun as the source of energy for
central doctrines in philosophy and in the classic texts life on Earth, together with the possibility of life else-
where these doctorines were first expounded; to teach where. (2) To provide in this context, for students who
students to distinguish different types of question and do not propose to enter an Honours course in physics,
the different methods appropriate to answering them; some understanding of how data are gathered, evidence
to encourage students to engage with the topics and assessed, and argument conducted in a physical science.
debate them for themselves. Skill aims: To foster ana- (3) To convey some appreciation of key episodes in the
lytical thinking, including (1) identifying and clarifying historical development of our knowledge of the Sun and
conceptual relationships and (2) identifying and ques- the solar system.
tioning assumptions; to foster interpretation and eval- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Peter Sneddon
uation of philosophical writings, classic or modern; to
develop the skills of criticism and sound argumentation;
2PMU EXPLORING THE COSMOS 1Y
to foster the communication skills of clarity, relevance,
and structured reasoning. Credits: 20 Level: 1
Honours Course Prescription: You choose six 20-credit When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
courses, comprising three Junior Honours courses in the
Timetable: Daily at 1.00 pm.
Junior year and three Senior Honours courses in the
Senior year. Assessment: One 2 hour examination (80%), continuous
assessment (20%)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Bain
Physics & Astronomy Aims: (1) To survey our present understanding of the
structure and evolution of stars, galaxies and the uni-
LYEU ASTRONOMY 1 verse as a whole, and how this is derived from investigat-
ing the full range of radiation incident on the Earth. (2)
Credits: 40 Level: 1 To give some appreciation of key episodes in the histor-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ical development of this understanding. (3) To provide
Timetable: Lectures daily at 10am. Laboratories cer- in this context, for some students not proposing to en-
tain Mondays or Thursdays at 2.30pm-5.30pm. ter an Honours course in physics, some understanding of
how data are gathered, evidence assessed and argument
Requirements of entry: Pass in Maths SQA Higher or
conducted in a physical science.
equivalent. Pass in Physics SQA Standard Grade or
equivalent. (Pass in Physics SQA Higher or equivalent Course Co-ordinator: Dr Peter Sneddon
is advised).
Excluded Courses: Exploring the Cosmos 1X, Exploring LXWU PHYSICS 1
the Cosmos 1Y
Assessment: Degree exam (2 papers) - 55%; Tutorials -
10%; Labs - 15%; Class tests - 20%. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Timetable: Daily at 9.00am and 1.00pm. Laboratories
and tutorials as arranged.
Requirements of entry: Pass in Mathematics and nor-
Aims: To present a general introduction to the subject mally Physics (SQA Higher or equivalent). In addition,
of astronomy and in particular the areas of solar system students who wish to follow the ‘advanced topics’ part
physics, positional astronomy and dynamical astronomy of the course should have grade A or B in Advanced
and in the context of the wider universe: namely stars & Higher Physics.
galaxies and cosmology; To introduce students to some
Assessment: Degree exam (2 papers) - 60%; Course
practical aspects of astronomy through laboratory work;
workshops - 20%; Labs - 20%.
To encourage students to organise their time and work
effectively; To introduce students to aspects of observa- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
tional techniques in astronomy. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Martin Hendry Aims: To ensure students understand the basic ideas
of physics in the areas of dynamics (from a vectorial
point of view), waves & optics and thermal physics,
2PLU EXPLORING THE COSMOS 1X electricity, electronics and magnetism (using vector for-
malism where appropriate), and quantum phenomena,
Credits: 20 Level: 1 as a foundation for more advanced study of physics and
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) for application in other sciences; To introduce more ad-
Timetable: Daily at 1.00 pm vanced topics, particularly special relativity, lasers ele-
mentary particle physics; To develop and then extend
Assessment: One 2 hour examination (80%), continuous
student’s experience of experimental physics, by per-
assessment (20%)
forming and analysing data from a number of straight-
Degree Examination taken in: December forward experiments; To develop practice in problem
Resit Examination taken in: August/September solving, requiring the application of mathematics to

Physics & Astronomy
explain physical phenomena; To develop the student’s ories of how the Universe and indeed Life itself began.
ability to keep laboratory records and write reports, in- It aims to provide students with an understanding of
cluding use of a word-processor package, and to intro- how astrophysical/chemical data are gathered and in-
duce and then extend the use of a spreadsheet package terpreted and argument conducted to answer these very
for the presentation of results and the analysis of exper- fundamental questions.
imental results; To introduce students to group working Course Co-ordinator: Dr Morag Casey
within the laboratory setting, and to joint discussion of
problem solving strategies within small-group sessions.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie 2PMV EXPLORING THE COSMOS 2Y
LYGV ASTRONOMY 2
Credits: 30 Level: 2 Timetable: The class will meet twice weekly. Mondays
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) and Wednesdays 1400-1500
Timetable: Lectures, tutorials and supervisions held on Requirements of entry: 40 credits at Level D or above
Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 11.00am; labora- in any of: 1) Exploring the Cosmos 1X/1Y; 2) Astron-
tory Friday 2.30pm-5.30pm. omy 1X/1Y; 3) Physics 1X/1Y; 4) Physics 1P/1Q; 5)
Requirements of entry: Astronomy 1 normally at grade Electrical Engineering 1; 6) Earth Science 1X
D or better. Assessment: 1 hour degree examination (80%); 2 class
Assessment: One 2 hour paper (50%), assessment of tests (20%)
class and laboratory work (30%) and two class tests Degree Examination taken in: April/May
(20%). Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: This course is designed to address the physical
Resit Examination taken in: August/September factors that affect life on Earth through both structural
Aims: To present an in-depth study, consolidating and atmospheric influences. This is achieved mainly by
the elementary introduction of Level 1, of four ma- the studies of geophysical systems on the Earth sup-
jor themes: observational astrophysics, theoretical as- plemented by comparisons with the terrestrial planets,
trophysics, stars and their spectra, and relativity and revealing the forces that shape these planets. It also
gravitation; To provide training in the principles and aims to introduce and explain the techniques of remote
practice of astrophysical observing techniques and data sensing which allow observation of physical parameters
analysis using spreadsheets; To provide students with of the atmospheres, surface compositions and structures
the opportunity to perform fieldwork at a ‘dark sky’ of the Earth, Mars and Venus. The course will explain
location, using modern equipment to observe real as- how physical systems such as the atmosphere and mag-
trophysical objects; To encourage students to work ef- netosphere determine the environment on Earth and
fectively and to begin to take responsibility for their will compare this with the environments on Venus and
own education, and to develop their oral and written Mars. In addition, it will show in what ways the Earth
communication skills. is best suited to the development of life and indicate
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lyndsay Fletcher how this affects the search for extraterrestrial life.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Morag Casey
2PLV EXPLORING THE COSMOS 2X
LXZV PHYSICS 2
Timetable: The class will meet twice weekly 14:00- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
15:00, Mondays and Wednesdays, weeks 1-12.
Timetable: Daily: 12.00 noon. Laboratories: 3 hours
Requirements of entry: 40 credits at grade D or above per week.
in any of: Exploring the Cosmos 1X/1Y; Astronomy
Requirements of entry: Physics 1, Mathematics 1R or
1X/1Y; Physics 1X/1Y; Physics 1P/1Q; Electrical En-
1X and Mathematics 1S, 1T or 1Y, normally all at grade
gineering 1.
D or better.
Assessment: 1-hour degree examination (80%); 2 class
Excluded Courses: Physics 2U
tests (20%)
Degree Examination taken in: December Assessment: One 3 hour paper (50%), assessment of
coursework (50%)
Aims: This course is designed to give a survey of our
present understanding of ‘The Birth of the Universe’ Resit Examination taken in: August/September
from the Big Bang to the formation of Life on Earth. It Aims: To offer a study regime which affords an oppor-
is intended for students not wishing to enter an Honours tunity to learn and understand the main principles of a
course in Astronomy. The course will particularly focus number of areas of physics, oscillatory & wave behaviour
on Cosmology and how recent discoveries and break- in classical & quantum systems, Newtonian dynamics,
throughs which are presently taking place at a breath- the statistical basis of measurement, the structural &
taking pace may confirm or overturn some of our the- electrical properties of crystals, rotational dynamics in

Physics & Astronomy
an astronomical context, thermal properties at a mi- 400F ASTRONOMY 3H (COMBINED)

croscopic level, further elements of electricity and mag- B.Sc
netism and introductory nuclear and particle physics;
To provide training in the principles and practice of Credits: 60 Level: 3
physical measurement techniques, and data analysis us- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ing spreadsheets; To continue to develop the student’s
transferable information retrieval and communications Timetable: Wednesday, Friday: 2.00 pm - 5.00 pm;
skills; To encourage students to work effectively, includ- Labs: Monday 12.30 pm - 5.30 pm
ing as part of a team, and to begin to take responsibility Requirements of entry: Astronomy and Subject: As-
for their own education; To provide training in the prin- tronomy 2Z at Grade D, plus departmental requirement
ciples and practice of physical measurement techniques for Subject, all normally at first diet of examinations.
and data analysis including evaluation of experimen- Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
tal uncertainties; To continue to develop the student’s component (3) (66.6%); astronomy lab project (16.7%);
transferable skills in oral and written communication astronomy oral seminar project (16.7%)
and computer algebra as an aid to problem solving.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr David Ireland
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study pro-
viding students with knowledge and understanding of
9FWV PHYSICS 2T: C PROGRAMMING the astrophysical universe, and of the methods and prin-
UNDER LINUX ciples of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To illustrate the ap-
plication of methods of mathematics and physics in an
Credits: 10 Level: 2 astrophysical context; (3) To provide the opportunity
to study in depth a choice of topics relevant to aspects
of modern astronomy; (4) To provide training and ex-
Timetable: The lectures will be on Tuesdays and Thurs- perience in the principles and practice of astronomical
days at 14:00 during Semester 1. The supervised lab- observation and measurement and in the reduction and
oratory sessions will be at times to be agreed with the analysis of observational data; (5) To develop the stu-
class. The laboratory will also be available to students dents’ ability to work effectively, singly and in small
at other times during weekdays provided the PCs are groups, to reinforce their individual responsibility for
not in use by another timetabled class. their own learning and understanding and to develop
Requirements of entry: 40 credits at Level 1 with a grade further their communication skills.
point average of 10 Honours Course Prescription: Galaxies AND Stellar
Co-requisites: None Structure and Evolution OR Instruments for Optical
Assessment: Practical work 30%, Programming test and Radio Astronomy AND Astronomical Data Anal-
20%, Degree examination 50% ysis; 1 option from High Energy Astrophysics OR Cir-
cumstellar Matter, or 1 option from Cosmology OR Ex-
ploring Planetary Systems.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Declan Diver
Aims: The aims of the course are to provide students
with a solid grounding in C programming, together with
an understanding of the use of the LINUX operating 0SAF ASTRONOMY 3M (JOINT)
system and experience of using the tools available under
LINUX for C programming. Credits: 60 Level: 3
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Ralf Kaiser When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Wednesday and Friday afternoons 2.00-
4BMV PHYSICS 2U: LABORATORY 5.00pm. Astronomy laboratory: Selected Mondays
12.30 pm-5.30 pm.
SKILLS
Requirements of entry: Astronomy and Subject: As-
Credits: 10 Level: 2 tronomy 2Z at grade B, plus departmental requirement
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) for Subject, all normally at first diet of examinations.
Timetable: Laboratories: 3 hours per week. Monday or Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
Tuesday or Thursday or Friday 2.00 pm - 5.00 pm component (3) (66.6%); astronomy lab project (16.7%);
astronomy oral seminar project (16.7%).
Requirements of entry: Physics 1X or 1P and Physics
1Y or 1Q at grade point average of 10 Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Excluded Courses: Physics 2X, Physics 2Y Aims: (1) To present an in-depth integrated course of
study providing students with knowledge and under-
Assessment: Assessment of coursework (100%)
standing of the astrophysical universe, and of the meth-
Aims: To teach transferable skills, spreadsheets, data ods and principles of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To de-
acquisition and analysis, preparation of reports and velop the student’s competence in the application of
oral presentations, information retrieval, experimental methods of mathematics and physics in an astrophys-
skills and use of measurement apparatus. This course ical context; (3) To provide the opportunity to study
is taught in the context of experiments in Physics. in depth a choice of advanced treatments of aspects of
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Craig Buttar modern astrophysics; (4) To offer the opportunity to

Physics & Astronomy
apply measurement, problem solving and critical assess- 4WWW ASTRONOMY 3P

ment, and communication skills in performing and writ-
ing a report on an extended and demanding project; (5) Credits: 60 Level: 3
To develop the student’s problem solving ability, com- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
munication and presentation skills to a level appropriate Timetable: Wednesday, Friday: 2.00 pm - 5.00 pm;
to an academic, research or industrial career; (6) To en- Labs: Monday 12.30 pm - 5.30 pm
courage students to work effectively as individuals and Requirements of entry: Astronomy 2Z at Grade D
in small groups, to develop a professional attitude to
what they do and to take full responsibility for their Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
own learning. component (3) (66.6%); astronomy lab project (16.7%);
Honours Course Prescription: Stellar Structure and
Evolution AND High Energy Astrophysics OR Instru-
ments for Optical and Radio Astronomy AND Cosmol- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
ogy; 1 option from Galaxies OR Circumstellar Matter, Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study pro-
or 1 option from Astronomical Data Analysis OR Ex- viding students with knowledge and understanding of
ploring Planetary Systems. the astrophysical universe, and of the methods and prin-
ciples of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To illustrate the ap-
plication of methods of mathematics and physics in an
astrophysical context; (3) To provide the opportunity
0SDF ASTRONOMY 3M* (COMBINED) of modern astronomy; (4) To provide training and ex-
perience in the principles and practice of astronomical
Credits: 80 Level: 3 observation and measurement and in the reduction and
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) analysis of observational data; (5) To develop the stu-
dents’ ability to work effectively, singly and in small
groups, to reinforce their individual responsibility for
5.00pm. Other meetings at times to be arranged. As-
their own learning and understanding and to develop
tronomy laboratory: Selected Mondays 12.30 pm-5.30
further their communication skills.
pm.
Requirements of entry: Astronomy and Subject: As-
tronomy 2Z at grade B, plus departmental requirement
for Subject, all normally at first diet of examinations. 447F PHYSICS 3H (COMBINED)
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture Credits: 60 Level: 3
course component (4.5) (75.0%); astronomy lab project
(12.5%); astronomy oral seminar project (12.5%).
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
Aims: (1) To present an in-depth integrated course of Laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend
study providing students with knowledge and under- Semester 1 OR 2.
standing of the astrophysical universe, and of the meth- Requirements of entry: Physics 2X, 2Y, and Mathemat-
ods and principles of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To de- ics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average of 10
velop the student’s competence in the application of plus departmental requirement for Subject, all normally
methods of mathematics and physics in an astrophys- at first diet of examinations. Physics and Arts Subjects
ical context; (3) To provide the opportunity to study (MA): Physics 2X, 2Y at a grade point average of 10.
in depth a choice of advanced treatments of aspects of Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
modern astrophysics; (4) To offer the opportunity to component (3) (66.6%); assessment of laboratory/IT
apply measurement, problem solving and critical assess- skills (33.4%).
ing a report on an extended and demanding project; (5)
To develop the student’s problem solving ability, com- Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
munication and presentation skills to a level appropriate which provides the student with knowledge and un-
to an academic, research or industrial career; (6) To en- derstanding of key principles and methods of modern
courage students to work effectively as individuals and physics; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in
in small groups, to develop a professional attitude to depth a choice of topics relevant to current develop-
what they do and to take full responsibility for their ments in physics and its applications; (3) To provide
own learning. training in the principles and practice of physical mea-
surement techniques and scientific data analysis, and
Honours Course Prescription: Stellar Structure and give the opportunity for the student to apply these in
Evolution AND High Energy Astrophysics AND Plasma performing an extended project; (4) To develop the stu-
Theory and Diagnostics OR Instruments for Optical dent’s transferable skills, concentrating on work in a
and Radio Astronomy AND Cosmology AND General group, the writing of reports on group and individual
Relativity and Gravitation; 1 option from Galaxies OR project work, and in verbal communication of such re-
Circumstellar Matter, or 1 option from Astronomical sults; (5) To develop the students’ ability to work effec-
Data Analysis OR Exploring Planetary Systems. tively and to reinforce their individual responsibility for
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Declan Diver their own learning.

Physics & Astronomy
Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods; depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications
Waves and Diffraction; Quantum Mechanics. of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie vide further training and experience in the principles
and practice of physical measurement techniques, us-
ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in
447H PHYSICS 3H (SINGLE) the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) leadership in academia or industry, and to give students
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu-
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical
Laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend assessment, and communication skills in performing and
Semesters 1 and 2. writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y, plus Math- (6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop
ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average of a professional attitude to what they do and to take full
10, all normally at first diet of examination. responsibility for their own learning.
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods;
component (6) (66.6%); assessment of laboratory/IT Waves and Diffraction; Quantum Mechanics.
skills (16.7%) (see course guide); group project (16.7%) Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie
which provides the student with knowledge and un- 0RSH PHYSICS 3M (SINGLE)
derstanding of key principles and methods of modern
physics; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in Credits: 120 Level: 3
depth a choice of topics relevant to current develop-
ments in physics and its applications; (3) To provide
training in the principles and practice of physical mea- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
surement techniques and scientific data analysis, and 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
give the opportunity for the student to apply these in Physics laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm;
performing an extended project; (4) To develop the stu- attend Semesters 1 and 2.
dent’s transferable skills, concentrating on work in a Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y, plus Math-
group (single honours students), the writing of reports ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average of
on group and individual project work, and in verbal 14, all normally at first diet of examination.
communication of such results; (5) To develop the stu-
dents’ ability to work effectively and to reinforce their Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
individual responsibility for their own learning. component (6) (66.6%); assessment of physics labora-
tory/IT skills (16.7%); group project (16.7%).
Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods;
Waves and Diffraction; Thermal Physics; Circuits and Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Systems; Quantum Mechanics; and one option from Nu- Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
merical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging. which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional
physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in
depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications
0STF PHYSICS 3M (COMBINED) of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 vide further training and experience in the principles
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com-
Physics laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of
attend Semesters 1 or 2. leadership in academia or industry, and to give students
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y, plus Math- the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu-
ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical
of 14, plus departmental requirement for combined sub- assessment, and communication skills in performing and
ject, all normally at first diet of examination. writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course (6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop
component (3) (66.6%); assessment of physics labora- a professional attitude to what they do and to take full
tory/IT skills (33.4%). responsibility for their own learning.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods;
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study Waves and Diffraction; Thermal Physics; Circuits and
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of Systems; Quantum Mechanics; and one option from Nu-
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional merical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging.
physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie

Physics & Astronomy
0SWF PHYSICS 3M* (COMBINED) of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro-
vide further training and experience in the principles
Credits: 80 Level: 3 and practice of physical measurement techniques, us-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com-
Physics laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of
attend Semesters 1 or 2. leadership in academia or industry, and to give students
the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu-
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y, plus Math- nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical
ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average assessment, and communication skills in performing and
of 14, plus departmental requirement for combined sub- writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
ject, all normally at first diet of examination. (6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course a professional attitude to what they do and to take full
component (4.5) (75.0%); assessment of physics labora- responsibility for their own learning.
tory/IT skills (25.0%). Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods;
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Waves and Diffraction; Thermal Physics; Circuits and
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study Systems; Quantum Mechanics; Electromagnetism 1;
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of Mathematical Methods 2; and two options from Nu-
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional merical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging.
physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie
of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro-
vide further training and experience in the principles 4BRW PHYSICS 3P
ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in Credits: 60 Level: 3
the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
leadership in academia or industry, and to give students Laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend
the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu- Semester 1 OR 2.
assessment, and communication skills in performing and Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y at a grade
writing a report on an extended and demanding project; point average of 10.
(6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
a professional attitude to what they do and to take full component (3) (66.7%); assessment of laboratory/IT
responsibility for their own learning. skills (33.3%) (see course guide)
Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods; Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Waves and Diffraction; Quantum Mechanics; Electro- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
magnetism 1; Mathematical Methods 2.
Aims: (1) To present a course of study which provides
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie the student with knowledge and understanding of key
principles and methods in a limited number of areas of
0RTH PHYSICS 3M* (SINGLE) modern physics (2) To provide the opportunity to study
in depth a choice of topics relevant to current develop-
Credits: 160 Level: 3 ments in physics and its applications (3) To provide
some training in the principles and practice of physical
measurement techniques, scientific data analysis, and
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday communication skills (4) To encourage students to work
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. effectively and to grow in their ability to take responsi-
Physics laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; bility for their own learning.
attend Semesters 1 and 2.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y, plus Math-
ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average of
14, all normally at first diet of examination. 4BTW PHYSICS 3Q
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
component (9) (75.0%); assessment of physics labora- Credits: 80 Level: 3
tory/IT skills (12.5%); group project (12.5%). When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of Laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional Semester 1 OR 2.
physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y at a grade
depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications point average of 10

Physics & Astronomy
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course and 1Y at grade D, normally at first diet of examina-
component (5) (75.0%); assessment of laboratory/IT tion.
skills (25.0%) (see course guide) Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
Degree Examination taken in: April/May component (6) (66.6%); assessment of physics labora-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September tory/IT skills (16.7%); astronomy lab project (8.35%);
Aims: (1) To present a course of study which provides
the student with knowledge and understanding of key Degree Examination taken in: April/May
principles and methods in a selected number of areas of Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
modern physics (2) To provide the opportunity to study which provides the student with knowledge and un-
in depth a choice of topics relevant to current develop- derstanding of key principles and methods of modern
ments in physics and its applications (3) To provide physics; (2) To illustrate the application of methods
some training in the principles and practice of physical of mathematics and physics in an astrophysical con-
measurement techniques, scientific data analysis, and text; (3) To provide the opportunity to study in depth
communication skills (4) To encourage students to work a choice of topics relevant to current developments in
effectively and to grow in their ability to take responsi- physics and its applications and modern astronomy; (4)
bility for their own learning. To provide training in the principles and practice of
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie physical measurement techniques, astronomical obser-
vation and scientific data analysis, and give the op-
portunity for the student to apply these in perform-
4BWW PHYSICS 3R ing extended project work; (5) To develop the students’
ability to work effectively, singly and in small groups,
to reinforce their individual responsibility for their own
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) learning and understanding and to develop further their
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday communication skills.
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods;
Laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend Waves and Diffraction; Thermal Physics; Quantum Me-
Semester 1 and 2. chanics; plus EITHER Stellar Structure and Evolution
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y at a grade AND High Energy Astrophysics OR Instruments for
point average of 10. Optical and Radio Astronomy AND Cosmology.
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie
component (6) (66.6%); assessment of laboratory/IT
skills (16.7%) (see course guide); group project (16.7%)
0RYH PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS
3M (SINGLE)
Aims: (1) To present a course of study which provides Credits: 120 Level: 3
the student with knowledge and understanding of key When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
principles and methods in a selected number of areas of Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
modern physics (2) To provide the opportunity to study 10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons. Additional
in depth a choice of topics relevant to current develop- meetings at times to be arranged. Physics laboratory:
ments in physics and its applications (3) To provide Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend Semester
some training in the principles and practice of physical 1. Astronomy laboratory: Selected Mondays 12.30 pm-
measurement techniques, scientific data analysis, and 5.30 pm.
communication skills (4) To encourage students to work
effectively and to grow in their ability to take responsi-
ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average
bility for their own learning.
of 14, all normally at first diet of examination. Addi-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie tionally Astronomy 1X and 1Y at grade D, normally at
first diet of examination.
0RQH PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
3H (SINGLE) component (6) (66.6%); assessment of physics labora-
tory/IT skills (16.7%); astronomy lab project (8.35%);
Credits: 120 Level: 3 astronomy oral seminar project (8.35%).
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons. Additional which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
meetings at times to be arranged. Physics laboratory: modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional
Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend Semester physicist; (2) To develop the student’s competence in
1. Astronomy laboratory: Selected Mondays 12.30 pm- the application of methods of mathematics and physics
5.30 pm. in an astrophysical context; (3) To provide the oppor-
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y, plus Math- tunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat-
ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average of ments and applications of aspects of modern physics
10, all normally at first diet of examination. Addition- and astrophysics; (4) To provide training and experi-
ally Astronomy 1X and 1Y or Exploring the Cosmos 1X ence in the principles and practice of physical measure-

Physics & Astronomy
ment techniques, using advanced instrumentation where Plasma Theory and Diagnostics OR General Relativity
appropriate, and in the critical analysis of experimental and Gravitation.
data; (5) To develop measurement, problem solving and Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie
critical assessment, and communication skills and apply
them in performing and writing a report on an extended
and demanding project; (6) To encourage students to JSZW PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS
work effectively as individuals and in small groups, to 3R
develop a professional attitude to what they do and to
take full responsibility for their own learning.
Waves and Diffraction; Thermal Physics; Quantum Me- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
chanics; plus EITHER Stellar Structure and Evolution 10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons. Additional
AND High Energy Astrophysics OR Instruments for meetings at times to be arranged. Physics laboratory:
Optical and Radio Astronomy AND Cosmology. Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend Semester
1. Astronomy laboratory: Selected Mondays 12.30 pm-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie
5.30 pm.
0RZH PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average of
3M* (SINGLE) 10, all normally at first diet of examination. Addition-
ally Astronomy 1X and 1Y or Exploring the Cosmos 1X
Credits: 160 Level: 3 and 1Y at grade D, normally at first diet of examina-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) tion.
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons. Additional component (6) (66.6%); assessment of physics labora-
meetings at times to be arranged. Physics laboratory: tory/IT skills (16.7%); astronomy lab project (8.35%);
Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend Semester astronomy oral seminar project (8.35%).
1. Astronomy laboratory: Selected Mondays 12.30 pm- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
5.30 pm. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Requirements of entry: Physics 2X and 2Y, plus Math- Aims: (1) To present a course of study which provides
ematics 2X, 2Y, 2W (or 2R) at a grade point average the student with insight into and general understand-
of 14, all normally at first diet of examination. Addi- ing of key principles and methods of modern physics;
tionally Astronomy 1X and 1Y at grade D, normally at (2) To introduce the application of methods of mathe-
first diet of examination. matics and physics in an astrophysical context; (3) To
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course provide training in the principles and practice of phys-
component (9) (75.0%); assessment of physics labora- ical measurement techniques, astronomical observation
tory/IT skills (12.6%); astronomy lab project (6.2%); and scientific data analysis; (4) To develop the students’
astronomy oral seminar project (6.2%). ability to work effectively, singly and in small groups,
Degree Examination taken in: April/May to reinforce their individual responsibility for their own
learning and understanding and to develop their com-
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study munication skills.
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional Course Co-ordinator: Dr Stephen McVitie
physicist; (2) To develop the student’s competence in
the application of methods of mathematics and physics 0SFH PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS
in an astrophysical context; (3) To provide the oppor- 4M (SINGLE)
tunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat-
ments and applications of aspects of modern physics Credits: 120 Level: 3
and astrophysics; (4) To provide training and experi- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ence in the principles and practice of physical measure- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
ment techniques, using advanced instrumentation where 10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons 2.00-5.00 pm.
appropriate, and in the critical analysis of experimental Additional meetings at times to be arranged. Physics
data; (5) To develop measurement, problem solving and laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend
critical assessment, and communication skills and apply Semester 2.
and demanding project; (6) To encourage students to Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3M Physics
work effectively as individuals and in small groups, to with Astrophysics (single) at May/June examination
develop a professional attitude to what they do and to diet.
take full responsibility for their own learning. Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
component (8) (88.9%); assessment of physics MSci lab-
oratory (11.1%).
Waves and Diffraction; Thermal Physics; Quantum Me-
chanics; Electromagnetism 1; Mathematical Methods Degree Examination taken in: April/May
2. Plus EITHER Stellar Structure and Evolution AND Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
High Energy Astrophysics OR Instruments for Optical which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
and Radio Astronomy AND Cosmology. Plus EITHER modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional

Physics & Astronomy
physicist; (2) To develop the student’s competence in 0SBG ASTRONOMY 4M (JOINT)

the application of methods of mathematics and physics
in an astrophysical context; (3) To provide the oppor- Credits: 60 Level: 4
tunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ments and applications of aspects of modern physics Timetable: Wednesday and Friday afternoons 2.00-
and astrophysics; (4) To provide training and experi- 5.00pm. Plus others meetings at times to be arranged.
ence in the principles and practice of physical measure-
ment techniques, using advanced instrumentation where Requirements of entry: Grade A-D passes at 3M As-
appropriate, and in the critical analysis of experimental tronomy (joint) plus other Subject at May/June exam-
data; (5) To develop measurement, problem solving and ination diet.
critical assessment, and communication skills and apply Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
them in performing and writing a report on an extended component (4.5) (100%)
and demanding project; (6) To encourage students to Degree Examination taken in: April/May
work effectively as individuals and in small groups, to Aims: (1) To present an in-depth integrated course of
develop a professional attitude to what they do and to study providing students with knowledge and under-
take full responsibility for their own learning. standing of the astrophysical universe, and of the meth-
Honours Course Prescription: Solid State; Nuclear and ods and principles of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To de-
Particle Physics; Atomic Systems; Electromagnetism 1; velop the student’s competence in the application of
Mathematical Methods 2; Plasma Theory and Diag- methods of mathematics and physics in an astrophys-
nostics OR General Relativity and Gravitation; Stel- ical context; (3) To provide the opportunity to study
lar Structure and Evolution AND High Energy Astro- in depth a choice of advanced treatments of aspects of
physics OR Instruments for Optical and Radio Astron- modern astrophysics; (4) To offer the opportunity to
omy AND Cosmology; M-laboratory. apply measurement, problem solving and critical assess-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor ment, and communication skills in performing and writ-
To develop the student’s problem solving ability, com-
400G ASTRONOMY 4H (COMBINED) munication and presentation skills to a level appropriate
B.Sc to an academic, research or industrial career; (6) To en-
courage students to work effectively as individuals and
Credits: 60 Level: 4 in small groups, to develop a professional attitude to
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) what they do and to take full responsibility for their
Timetable: Wednesday, Friday: 2.00 pm - 5.00 pm; own learning.
Labs: Monday 12.30 pm - 5.30 pm Honours Course Prescription: Mathematical Methods
Requirements of entry: Astronomy and Subject: As- 2. Stellar Structure and Evolution AND High Energy
tronomy 2Z at Grade D, plus departmental requirement Astrophysics AND Plasma Theory and Diagnostics OR
for Subject, all normally at first diet of examinations. Instruments for Optical and Radio Astronomy AND
Assessment: Degree assessment for Astronomy contri- Cosmology AND General Relativity and Gravitation;
bution: 75 minute written paper per lecture course com- 1 option from Galaxies OR Circumstellar Matter, or 1
ponent (3 in 3H, 3 in 4H), (66.6%); assessment astron- option from Astronomical Data Analysis OR Exploring
omy laboratory (16.7%); seminar project (16.7%). Planetary Systems.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Dr Declan Diver
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study pro-
viding students with knowledge and understanding of 0SEG ASTRONOMY 4M* (JOINT)
the astrophysical universe, and of the methods and prin-
ciples of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To illustrate the ap- Credits: 80 Level: 4
plication of methods of mathematics and physics in an When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
astrophysical context; (3) To provide the opportunity
5.00pm.
of modern astronomy; (4) To provide training and ex-
perience in the principles and practice of astronomical Requirements of entry: Grade A-D passes at 3M* As-
observation and measurement and in the reduction and tronomy (joint) plus other Subject at May/June exam-
analysis of observational data; (5) To develop the stu- ination diet.
dents’ ability to work effectively, singly and in small Assessment: Degree assessment for Astronomy contri-
groups, to reinforce their individual responsibility for bution: 75 minute written paper per lecture course com-
their own learning and understanding and to develop ponent (4.5 in 3M*, 6 in 4M*), (77.7%); assessment of
further their communication skills. 3M laboratory (5.6%); 3M seminar project (5.6%); M
Honours Course Prescription: Galaxies AND Stellar project (11.1%).
Structure and Evolution OR Instruments for Optical Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and Radio Astronomy AND Astronomical Data Anal- Aims: (1) To present an in-depth integrated course of
ysis; 1 option from High Energy Astrophysics OR Cir- study providing students with knowledge and under-
cumstellar Matter or 1 option from Cosmology OR Ex- standing of the astrophysical universe, and of the meth-
ploring Planetary Systems. ods and principles of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To de-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John Brown velop the student’s competence in the application of

Physics & Astronomy
methods of mathematics and physics in an astrophys- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Declan Diver

ical context; (3) To provide the opportunity to study
in depth a choice of advanced treatments of aspects of
modern astrophysics; (4) To offer the opportunity to
447G PHYSICS 4H (COMBINED)
apply measurement, problem solving and critical assess- Credits: 60 Level: 4
To develop the student’s problem solving ability, com- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
munication and presentation skills to a level appropriate 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
to an academic, research or industrial career; (6) To en- Requirements of entry: Grade A-D passes in 3H
courage students to work effectively as individuals and Physics and combined honours subject at the preced-
in small groups, to develop a professional attitude to ing May/June examination diet.
what they do and to take full responsibility for their Assessment: Degree assessment for Physics contribu-
own learning. tion: 75 minute written paper per lecture course com-
Honours Course Prescription: EITHER Stellar Struc- ponent (3 in 3H, 4 in 4H) (75.0%); assessment of 3H
ture and Evolution; High Energy Astrophysics; Galax- laboratory/IT skills (16.7%); 4H project (8.3%).
ies; Circumstellar Matter; Plasma Theory and Diagnos- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
tics; Pulsars and Supernovae, OR Instruments for Op-
tical and Radio Astronomy; Cosmology; Astronomical
which provides the student with knowledge and un-
Data Analysis; Exploring Planetary Systems; General
Relativity and Gravitation; Statistical Astronomy.
physics; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Declan Diver depth a choice of topics relevant to current develop-
ments in physics and its applications; (3) To provide
training in the principles and practice of physical mea-
0SCG ASTRONOMY 5M (JOINT)
Credits: 40 Level: 4 give the opportunity for the student to apply these in
performing an extended project; (4) To develop the stu-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) dent’s transferable skills, concentrating on work in a
Timetable: Wednesday and Friday afternoons 2.00- group, the writing of reports on group and individual
5.00pm. project work, and in verbal communication of such re-
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D passes at 4M As- sults; (5) To develop the students’ ability to work effec-
tronomy (Joint) plus other Subject at May/June exam- tively and to reinforce their individual responsibility for
ination diet. their own learning.
Assessment: Degree assessment for Astronomy contri- Honours Course Prescription: Electromagnetism 1; two
bution: 75 minute written paper per lecture course com- from the following: Solid State; Nuclear and Particle
ponent (3 in 3M, 4.5 in 4M, 3 in 5M), (77.7%); as- Physics; Atomic Systems; 1 option from the list: Nu-
sessment of 3M laboratory (5.6%); 3M seminar project merical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging; As-
(5.6%); M project (11.1%). tronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism and Superconduc-
tivity; Semiconductor Physics and Devices; Electronic
Signal Transmission; Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics.
Aims: (1) To present an in-depth integrated course of (Some options have prerequisite core courses - refer to
study providing students with knowledge and under- Course Guide).
standing of the astrophysical universe, and of the meth-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor
ods and principles of astrophysical enquiry; (2) To de-
velop the student’s competence in the application of
methods of mathematics and physics in an astrophys- 447J PHYSICS 4H (SINGLE)
ical context; (3) To provide the opportunity to study
in depth a choice of advanced treatments of aspects of Credits: 120 Level: 4
modern astrophysics; (4) To offer the opportunity to When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
apply measurement, problem solving and critical assess- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
ment, and communication skills in performing and writ- 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
ing a report on an extended and demanding project; (5) Project: 100 hours as arranged, Semester 1.
To develop the student’s problem solving ability, com-
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3H
munication and presentation skills to a level appropriate
Physics(single) at May/June examination diet.
to an academic, research or industrial career; (6) To en-
courage students to work effectively as individuals and Assessment: Degree assessment: 75 minute written pa-
in small groups, to develop a professional attitude to per per lecture course component (6 in 3H, 8 in 4H)
what they do and to take full responsibility for their plus problem paper (75.0%); assessment of 3H labora-
own learning. tory/IT skills (8.33%); 3H group project (8.33%); 4H
project (8.33%).
Honours Course Prescription: Plasma Theory and Di-
agnostics AND Pulsars and Supernovae OR General Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Relativity and Gravitation AND Statistical Astronomy; Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
1 option from Galaxies, Circumstellar Matter, Astro- which provides the student with knowledge and un-
nomical Data Analysis, Exploring Planetary Systems. derstanding of key principles and methods of modern

Physics & Astronomy
physics; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in and Devices; Electronic Signal Transmission; Particle
depth a choice of topics relevant to current develop- Physics; Nuclear Physics. (Some options have prereq-
ments in physics and its applications; (3) To provide uisite core courses - refer to Course Guide).
training in the principles and practice of physical mea- Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor
give the opportunity for the student to apply these in
performing an extended project; (4) To develop the stu- 0RUJ PHYSICS 4M (SINGLE)
dent’s transferable skills, concentrating on work in a
group (single honours students), the writing of reports Credits: 120 Level: 4
on group and individual project work, and in verbal When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
communication of such results; (5) To develop the stu- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
dents’ ability to work effectively and to reinforce their 10 am. Additional courses at times to be arranged.
individual responsibility for their own learning. Physics laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm;
Honours Course Prescription: Solid State; Nuclear and attend Semester 2.
Particle Physics; Atomic Systems; Electromagnetism 1; Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3M Physics
and 4 options from the list below. Options: Numer- (single) at May/June examination diet.
ical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging; As-
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course
tronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism and Superconduc-
component (8) (88.9%); assessment of physics MSci lab-
tivity; Semiconductor Physics and Devices; Electronic
oratory (11.1%).
Signal Transmission; Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics.
(Some options have prerequisite core courses - refer to Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Guide) Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional
0SUG PHYSICS 4M (COMBINED) depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications
Credits: 60 Level: 4 vide further training and experience in the principles
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) and practice of physical measurement techniques, us-
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D passes at 3M Physics munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of
(combined) plus combined subject at May/June exam- leadership in academia or industry, and to give students
ination diet. the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu-
Assessment: 75 minute written paper per lecture course nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical
component (4.5) (100%) assessment, and communication skills in performing and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
(6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop
a professional attitude to what they do and to take full
physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in Honours Course Prescription: Solid State; Nuclear and
depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications Particle Physics; Atomic Systems; Electromagnetism
of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro- 1; Mathematical Methods 2; 1 option from the list:
vide further training and experience in the principles Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imag-
and practice of physical measurement techniques, using; 2 options from the list: Numerical Methods; Mod-
ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in ern Optics; Medical Imaging; Astronomy 1; Astronomy
the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop 2; Magnetism and Superconductivity; Semiconductor
problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com- Physics and Devices; Electronic Signal Transmission;
munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics; M-laboratory. (Some
leadership in academia or industry, and to give students options have prerequisite core courses - refer to Course
the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu- Guide)
nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor
writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
(6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop 0SXG PHYSICS 4M* (COMBINED)
Honours Course Prescription: Electromagnetism 1;
Mathematical Methods 2. Two from list: Solid State; Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
Nuclear and Particle Physics; Atomic Systems. 1 op- 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
tion from the list: Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Requirements of entry: Grade A-D passes at 3M*
Medical Imaging; Astronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Mag- Physics (combined) and combined subject at May/June
netism and Superconductivity; Semiconductor Physics examination diet.

Physics & Astronomy
Assessment: Degree assessment for Physics contribu- vide further training and experience in the principles
tion: 75 minute written paper per lecture course com- and practice of physical measurement techniques, us-
ponent (4.5 in 3M*, 6 in 4M*) plus problem paper ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in
(77.8%); assessment of 3M laboratory/IT skills (11.1%); the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop
M project (11.1%). problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of
leadership in academia or industry, and to give students
the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu-
writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
(6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop
vide further training and experience in the principles
ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in Honours Course Prescription: Solid State; Nuclear
the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop and Particle Physics; Atomic Systems; 4 options from
problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com- the list: Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medi-
munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of cal Imaging; Astronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism
leadership in academia or industry, and to give students and Superconductivity; Semiconductor Physics and De-
the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu- vices; Electronic Signal Transmission; Particle Physics;
nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical Nuclear Physics; 5 options from the list: Advanced
assessment, and communication skills in performing and Quantum Mechanics; Electromagnetism 2; Statistical
writing a report on an extended and demanding project; Mechanics; Imaging and Microanalysis; Dynamics and
(6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop Relativity; Detectors for Nuclear and Particle Physics;
a professional attitude to what they do and to take full M-laboratory. (Some options have prerequisite core
responsibility for their own learning. courses - refer to Course Guide)
Honours Course Prescription: 2 options from the list: Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor
Solid State; Nuclear and Particle Physics; Atomic Sys-
tems; 2 option from the list: Numerical Methods; Mod- 0SVG PHYSICS 5M (COMBINED)
ern Optics; Medical Imaging; Astronomy 1; Astronomy
2; Magnetism and Superconductivity; Semiconductor Credits: 40 Level: 4
Physics and Devices; Electronic Signal Transmission; When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics; 2 options from the Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
list: Advanced Quantum Mechanics; Electromagnetism 10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
2; Statistical Mechanics; Imaging and Microanalysis;
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D passes at 4M Physics
Dynamics and Relativity; Detectors for Nuclear and
(combined) and combined subject at May/June exami-
Particle Physics. (Some options have prerequisite core
nation diet.
courses - refer to Course Guide)
Assessment: Degree assessment for Physics contribu-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor
tion: 75 minute written paper per lecture course com-
ponent (3 in 3M, 5 in 4M, 3 in 5M) plus problem paper
0RVJ PHYSICS 4M* (SINGLE) (77.8%); assessment of 3M laboratory/IT skills (11.1%);
M project (11.1%).
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday which describes, analyses and relates the principles of
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. M- modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional
laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in
Semester 2. depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3M* Physics of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro-
(single) at May/June examination diet. vide further training and experience in the principles
Assessment: Degree assessment: 75 minute written pa-
ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in
per per lecture course component (9 in 3M*, 12 in 4M*)
the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop
plus problem paper (77.7%); assessment of 3M* labo-
ratory/IT skills (5.6%); 3M* group project (5.6%); M
project (11.1%).
leadership in academia or industry, and to give students
Degree Examination taken in: April/May the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu-
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of assessment, and communication skills in performing and
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in (6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop
depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications a professional attitude to what they do and to take full
of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro- responsibility for their own learning.

Physics & Astronomy
Honours Course Prescription: 1 option from the list: 0RWJ PHYSICS 5M (SINGLE)
Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging;
Astronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism and Supercon- Credits: 80 Level: 4
ductivity; Semiconductor Physics and Devices; Elec- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
tronic Signal Transmission; Particle Physics; Nuclear
Physics; 2 options from the list: Advanced Quantum
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
Mechanics; Electromagnetism 2; Statistical Mechanics;
Imaging and Microanalysis; Dynamics and Relativity; Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 4M Physics
Detectors for Nuclear and Particle Physics. (Some op- (single) at May/June examination diet.
tions have prerequisite core courses - refer to Course Assessment: Degree assessment: 75 minute written pa-
Guide) per per lecture course component (6 in 3M, 8 in 4M, 6
Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor in 5M) plus problem paper (74.0%); assessment of 3M
laboratory/IT skills (5.6%); 3M group project (5.6%);
M laboratory (3.7%); M project (11.1%).
88RG PHYSICS 5M (EXCHANGE) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Credits: 120 Level: 4 Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study
Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in
10 am. Additional meetings at times to be arranged. depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications
Requirements of entry: Appropriate performance at of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro-
home institution vide further training and experience in the principles
Assessment: Degree assessment: 75 minute written and practice of physical measurement techniques, us-
paper per lecture course component (6) plus problem ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in
paper (66.7%); M project or further written papers the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop
(33.3%). problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May leadership in academia or industry, and to give students
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu-
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional assessment, and communication skills in performing and
physicist; (2) To provide the opportunity to study in writing a report on an extended and demanding project;
depth a choice of advanced treatments and applications (6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop
of aspects of modern physics and astronomy; (3) To pro- a professional attitude to what they do and to take full
vide further training and experience in the principles responsibility for their own learning.
and practice of physical measurement techniques, us- Honours Course Prescription: 2 options from the list:
ing advanced instrumentation where appropriate, and in Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging;
the critical analysis of experimental data; (4) To develop Astronomy 1; Astronomy 2; Magnetism and Supercon-
problem solving abilities, critical assessment and com- ductivity; Semiconductor Physics and Devices; Elec-
munication skills, to a level appropriate for a career of tronic Signal Transmission; Particle Physics; Nuclear
leadership in academia or industry, and to give students Physics; 4 options from the list: Advanced Quantum
the experience of group work; (5) To offer the opportu- Mechanics; Electromagnetism 2; Statistical Mechanics;
nity to apply measurement, problem solving and critical Imaging and Microanalysis; Dynamics and Relativity;
assessment, and communication skills in performing and Detectors for Nuclear and Particle Physics. (Some op-
writing a report on an extended and demanding project; tions have prerequisite core courses - refer to Course
(6) To encourage students to work effectively, to develop Guide)
responsibility for their own learning. Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor
Honours Course Prescription: 3 honours components
from the list: Solid State Physics; Nuclear and Particle 0RRJ PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS
Physics; Atomic Systems; Numerical Methods; Mod- 4H (SINGLE)
ern Optics; Medical Imaging; Astronomy 1; Astron-
omy 2; Magnetism and Superconductivity; Semicon- Credits: 120 Level: 4
ductor Physics and Devices; Electronic Signal Trans-
mission; Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics; 3 honours
components from the list: Advanced Quantum Mechan- Timetable: Monday 10 am and 11 am, Tuesday-Friday
ics; Electromagnetism 2; Statistical Mechanics; Imaging 10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons. Additional
and Microanalysis; Dynamics and Relativity; Detectors meetings at times to be arranged. Physics project: 50
for Nuclear and Particle Physics. One or more of the hours as arranged, semester 2. Astronomy laboratory:
components may be replaced by an equivalent level com- Selected Mondays 12.30 pm-5.30 pm.
ponent from another department. M project (optionally Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3H Physics
M project may be replaced by 3 further lecture course with Astrophysics at May/June examination diet.
components). Assessment: Degree assessment: 75 minute written pa-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor per per lecture course component (6 in 3H, 8 in 4H)

Physics & Astronomy
plus problem paper (75.0%); assessment of 3H labora- ence in the principles and practice of physical measure-
tory/IT skills (8.33%); astronomy laboratory (8.33%); ment techniques, using advanced instrumentation where
3H seminar project (4.17%); 4H project (4.17%). appropriate, and in the critical analysis of experimental
Degree Examination taken in: April/May data; (5) To develop measurement, problem solving and
critical assessment, and communication skills and apply
which provides the student with knowledge and un-
and demanding project; (6) To encourage students to
work effectively as individuals and in small groups, to
physics; (2) To illustrate the application of methods
develop a professional attitude to what they do and to
of mathematics and physics in an astrophysical con-
take full responsibility for their own learning.
text; (3) To provide the opportunity to study in depth
a choice of topics relevant to current developments in Honours Course Prescription: Solid State; Nuclear and
physics and its applications and modern astronomy; (4) Particle Physics; Atomic Systems. 2 options from
To provide training in the principles and practice of the list: Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical
physical measurement techniques, astronomical obser- Imaging; Magnetism and Superconductivity; Semicon-
vation and scientific data analysis, and give the op- ductor Physics and Devices; Electronic Signal Trans-
portunity for the student to apply these in perform- mission; Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics. 3 options
ing extended project work; (5) To develop the students’ from the list: Advanced Quantum Mechanics; Electro-
ability to work effectively, singly and in small groups, magnetism 2; Statistical Mechanics; Imaging and Mi-
to reinforce their individual responsibility for their own croanalysis; Dynamics and Relativity; Detectors for Nu-
learning and understanding and to develop further their clear and Particle Physics; M-laboratory. Stellar Struc-
communication skills. ture and Evolution AND High Energy Astrophysics OR
Instruments for Optical and Radio Astronomy AND
Honours Course Prescription: Solid State; Nuclear and
Cosmology. Plasma Theory and Diagnostics OR Gen-
Particle Physics; Atomic Systems; Electromagnetism 1;
eral Relativity and Gravitation. 1 option from the list:
and 2 options from the list below. Options: Numerical
Galaxies; Circumstellar Matter; Astronomical Data
Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imaging; Magnetism
Analysis; Exploring Planetary Systems. (Some options
and Superconductivity; Semiconductor Physics and De-
have prerequisite core courses - refer to Course Guide).
vices; Electronic Signal Transmission; Particle Physics;
Nuclear Physics. Plus EITHER Stellar Structure and Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor
Evolution AND High Energy Astrophysics OR Instru-
ments for Optical and Radio Astronomy AND Cos- 0SGJ PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS
mology. (Some physics options have prerequisite core 5M (SINGLE)
courses - refer to Course Guide).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr I MacGregor Credits: 80 Level: 4
0SJJ PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS
10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons 2.00-5.00 pm.
4M* (SINGLE) Additional meetings at times to be arranged.
Credits: 160 Level: 4 Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 4M Physics
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) with Astrophysics (single) at May/June examination
diet.
10 am. Wednesday and Friday afternoons 2.00-5.00 pm.
per per lecture course component (6 in 3M, 8 in 4M, 6 in
Additional meetings at times to be arranged. Physics
5M) plus problem paper (74.0%); assessment of 3M lab-
laboratory: Tuesday and Thursday 11 am-5 pm; attend
oratory/IT skills (5.6%); astronomy laboratory (2.8%);
Semester 2.
3H seminar project (2.8%); M laboratory (3.7%); M
Requirements of entry: Grade A-D pass at 3M* Physics project (11.1%).
with Astrophysics (single) at May/June examination
diet.
per per lecture course component (9 in 3M*, 12 in 4M*)
plus problem paper (77.7%); assessment of 3M* labo-
physicist; (2) To develop the student’s competence in
ratory/IT skills (5.6%); astronomy laboratory (2.8%);
the application of methods of mathematics and physics
3M* seminar project (2.8%); M project (11.1%).
in an astrophysical context; (3) To provide the oppor-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May tunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat-
Aims: (1) To present an integrated course of study ments and applications of aspects of modern physics
which describes, analyses and relates the principles of and astrophysics; (4) To provide training and experi-
modern physics at a level appropriate for a professional ence in the principles and practice of physical measure-
physicist; (2) To develop the student’s competence in ment techniques, using advanced instrumentation where
the application of methods of mathematics and physics appropriate, and in the critical analysis of experimental
in an astrophysical context; (3) To provide the oppor- data; (5) To develop measurement, problem solving and
tunity to study in depth a choice of advanced treat- critical assessment, and communication skills and apply
ments and applications of aspects of modern physics them in performing and writing a report on an extended
and astrophysics; (4) To provide training and experi- and demanding project; (6) To encourage students to

Politics
work effectively as individuals and in small groups, to example why and under what circumstances do revolu-
develop a professional attitude to what they do and to tions or democratic transitions occur?). To identify the
take full responsibility for their own learning. most important political institutions, actors, and politi-
Honours Course Prescription: 2 options from the list: cal processes (for example, parliaments, the presidency,
Numerical Methods; Modern Optics; Medical Imag- political parties, elections and voters) in a small num-
ing; Magnetism and Superconductivity; Semiconductor ber of major contemporary states that illustrate demo-
Physics and Devices; Electronic Signal Transmission; cratic, partially democratic, and authoritarian political
Particle Physics; Nuclear Physics. 2 options from the systems (for example the United States, Russia, and
list: Advanced Quantum Mechanics; Electromagnetism China) and discuss them in relation to the key concepts
2; Statistical Mechanics; Imaging and Microanalysis; and issues in comparative political analysis.
Dynamics and Relativity; Detectors for Nuclear and Course Co-ordinator: Prof Brian Girvin
Particle Physics. 1 option from the list: Galaxies; Cir-
cumstellar Matter; Astronomical Data Analysis; Ex-
0QHV POLITICS 2A: HISTORY OF
ploring Planetary Systems. 1 option from Plasma The-
POLITICAL THOUGHT
ory and Diagnostics; General Relativity and Gravita-
tion. (Some options have prerequisite core courses - Credits: 20 Level: 2
refer to Course Guide).
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John Brown
Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
9-10am. Tutorials: Wednesday 1-2pm, 2-3pm; Thurs-
Politics day 12-1pm, 1-2pm, 3-4pm; Friday 11-12pm, 12-1pm.
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in either Pol-
0NVU POLITICS 1A: INTRODUCTION itics 1A or Politics 1B.
TO LIBERAL DEMOCRACY Assessment: Final Examination (60%) Best of 2 essays
(30%) Tutorial Performance (10%)
Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Aims: To deal with the development of the vocabulary,
1-2 pm in Semester 1. Tutorials: Mondays 10-11 am,
concepts and issues in political thinking from textual
11-12 noon, 12-1 pm, 1-2 pm.
analysis of canonical texts.
Requirements of entry: None.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Andrew Lockyer
Assessment: Final Examination (70%) Class Essay
0QFV POLITICS 2B: INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS
Aims: To deal with the nature of liberal democracy by Credits: 20 Level: 2
focusing on institutional structures; power relations; the When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
relationship between mechanisms of collective choice, Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
such as elections and referenda, and the individual be- 9-10am. Tutorials: Wednesday 1-2pm, 2-3pm; Thurs-
haviour of voters; the role of values, such as freedom, day 12-1pm, 1-2pm, 3-4pm; Friday 11-12pm, 12-1pm.
distributive justice, democracy and civil disobedience,
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in either Pol-
in liberal democratic debate.
itics 1A or Politics 1B.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Thomas Lundberg
Assessment: Final Examination (60%) Best of 2 essays
0QYU POLITICS 1B: COMPARATIVE Degree Examination taken in: April/May
POLITICS Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Credits: 20 Level: 1 Aims: To examine critically different approaches to un-
derstanding international relations; identify the most
important actors in international politics; identify the
Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, most important international institutions framing in-
1-2pm in Semester 2. Tutorials: Mondays 10-11 am, ternational politics; explore the most pressing problems
11-12 noon, 12-1 pm. confronting international politics today.
Requirements of entry: None. Course Co-ordinator: Prof Andrew Lockyer
Assessment: Final Examination (70%) Class Essay
0QLW ISSUES IN DEMOCRACY AND
Degree Examination taken in: April/May GOVERNMENT IN SCOTLAND
Aims: To introduce the key concepts (such as the
state, legitimacy, sovereignty, nations and nationalism, When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
democracy and authoritarianism). To introduce the Timetable: Lectures: Wednesday 2-3 pm Seminars:
principal issues in comparative political analysis (for Thursday 11 am - 1 pm

Psychology
Requirements of entry: Normally Grade D or better in knowledge of staff in areas where they have made a par-
Politics 2A and 2B. ticular research contribution, and from teaching meth-
Assessment: 1. Class essay (1) - Term 1, Week 10; ods which are tailored to the particular aims and objec-
Class essay (2) - Term 2, Week 10; The better of these tives of the options studied.
two essays will count for 30%. 2. Extended essay - Honours Course Prescription: Politics General Paper,
End April/early May = 30%. 3. Degree examination - Dissertation and 6 courses from the annual list of op-
May/June = 30%. 4. Seminar contribution = 10%. tions.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Graham
Aims: To deliver a course which: builds upon and devel-
ops the substantive material taught in Politics at Levels 205G POLITICS 4H (JOINT)
1 and 2 by focusing on the specific themes of democracy
and of government in Scotland; is analytic and reflective Credits: 60 Level: 4
in nature; explores concepts and models in democracy
in the context of government in Scotland; is strongly
collaborative, delivered by a teaching team utilising the Timetable: To be confirmed.
research strengths of the Department and augmented Requirements of entry: Grade C in Politcs 2A and Pol-
by visiting external speakers. itics 2B.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kevin Francis Assessment: 4 Papers to be taken over two years (3H
and 4H). Some Papers by 100% examination ONLY.
The remainder: usually 75% Final Examination AND
205F POLITICS 3H (JOINT)
25% Coursework.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: See Politics 4H (Single)
Timetable: To be confirmed. Honours Course Prescription: To be confirmed.
Requirements of entry: Grade C in Politics 2A and Pol- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Graham
itics 2B.
Assessment: 4 Papers to be taken over two years (3H
and 4H). Some Papers by 100% examination ONLY. 205J POLITICS 4H (SINGLE)
25% Coursework.
Aims: See Politics 3H (Single)
Timetable: To be confirmed.
Honours Course Prescription: To be confirmed.
Requirements of entry: Grade C in Politics 2A and Pol-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Graham
itics 2B.
Assessment: 8 Papers to be taken over two years (3H
205H POLITICS 3H (SINGLE) and 4H). Some Papers by 100% examination ONLY.
Credits: 120 Level: 3 25% Coursework.
Timetable: To be confirmed. Aims: The course aims to provide a rigorous and wide
Requirements of entry: Grade C in Politics 2A and Pol- ranging education in the study of politics in both its em-
itics 2B. pirical or scientific, and its normative or philosophical
Assessment: 8 Papers to be taken over two years (3H aspects. The course is designed to include an essential
and 4H). Some Papers by 100% examination ONLY. core and a structure which balances the empirical and
The remainder: usually 75% Final Examination AND theoretical aspects of the discipline. The course equally
25% Coursework. aims to allow students a wide choice of options offering
different approaches to their subject area and a vari-
ety of teaching methods. The diversity of options avail-
Aims: The course aims to provide a rigorous and wide able allows students to benefit both from the specialised
ranging education in the study of politics in both its em- knowledge of staff in areas where they have made a par-
pirical or scientific, and its normative or philosophical ticular research contribution, and from teaching meth-
aspects. The course is designed to include an essential ods which are tailored to the particular aims and objec-
core and a structure which balances the empirical and tives of the options studied.
theoretical aspects of the discipline. The course equally
aims to allow students a wide choice of options offering Honours Course Prescription: Politics General Paper,
different approaches to their subject area and a vari- Dissertation and 6 courses from the annual list of op-
ety of teaching methods. The diversity of options avail- tions.
able allows students to benefit both from the specialised Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Graham

Psychology
Psychology place to study Psychology either single or joint hon-

ours. The Department refers to such students as hav-
8ZTU PSYCHOLOGY 1A: BIOLOGICAL ing an UCAS/Psychology code and as being a Potential
AND EXPERIMENTAL Honours Psychology (PHP) student. All other students
or returning students may have to enter a ballot for the
Credits: 20 Level: 1 remaining places up to a class limit of 600.
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Co-requisites: Normally Psychology 1A
Timetable: Lectures weekly Monday, Tuesday, Wednes- Assessment: 1 essay (25%), 1 laboratory portfolio
day 9 am and 5 pm. Weekly tutorials and laboratories (25%), 1 degree exam 50%. The degree exam will last
by arrangement. 2 hours and is comprised of one essay and 50 multiple
Requirements of entry: Entry to the class is guaranteed choice questions. It will take place at the completion of
to new university entrants who put the UCAS Psychol- the course.
ogy code on their UCAS form as part of their applica- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
tion to Glasgow University and who firmly accepted an
unconditional offer or a confirmed conditional offer of a
place to study Psychology either single or joint honours. Aims: The aim is to introduce students to core material
The Department refers to such students as having an in the area of social and developmental psychology and
UCAS/Psychology code and as being a Potential Hon- individual differences.The course also teaches practical
ours Psychology (PHP) student. All other students or skills involved with experiments employing human par-
returning students may have to enter a ballot for the ticipants. Communication skills are also encouraged by
remaining places up to a class limit of 600. means of regular tutorials. Although the lectures form
part of a programme which eventually lead to an Hon-
Co-requisites: Psychology 1B is a co-requisite for this
ours degree with the Graduate Basis of registration for
course
the BPS, together with Psychology 1A, it would also
Assessment: 1 essay (25%), 1 laboratory portfolio serve as an introduction to the field for students taking
(25%), 1 degree exam 50%. The degree exam will last the course as part of the general degree or as an out-
2 hours and is comprised of one essay and 50 multiple side subject in another honours programme. However
choice questions. It will take place at the completion of the course is restricted to students who have completed
the course in week 13. Psychology 1A at grade D or above.
Degree Examination taken in: December Course Co-ordinator: Prof Patrick O’Donnell
Aims: The aim is to introduce students to core mate-
8ZXV PSYCHOLOGY 2A: BIOLOGICAL,
rial in the area of biological, cognitive and experimental
COGNITIVE AND EXPERIMENTAL
Psychology broadly defined, including exposure to the
conduct of experimentation, data gathering and anal- Credits: 20 Level: 2
ysis. The course also teaches practical skills involved
with experiments employing human participants. Com-
munication skills are also encouraged by means of regu- Timetable: Lectures weekly Monday, Tuesday, Wednes-
lar tutorials. Although the lectures, together with Psy- day, Thursday 10 a.m. Weekly tutorials and laborato-
chology 1B, form part of a programme which leads to ries by arrangement.
an Honours degree with the Graduate Basis of Registra- Requirements of entry: To be guaranteed entry to the
tion for the BPS, the course is also intended for students class a pass in Psychology 1A and 1B at grade B or
who wish to exit after Psychology 1A. It therefore can above is required. In addition students must be cate-
serve as an introduction to the field for students taking gorised as a Potential Honours Pathway (PHP) student
the course as part of the general degree or as an outside under the normal restriction for Psychology honours en-
subject in another honours programme. try. This involves having applied through UCAS for a
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Patrick O’Donnell single, principal subject or combined honours degree in
Psychology, having received an offer to study Psychol-
ogy, and having accepted this offer and been admitted
8ZWU PSYCHOLOGY 1B: SOCIAL, to the university for study under this rubric. Other
DEVELOPMENTAL AND INDIVIDUAL students may have to be chosen by ballot.
DIFFERENCES Co-requisites: Psychology 2B is a co-requisite for this
Credits: 20 Level: 1 course
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Assessment: 1 essay (25%), 1 laboratory portfolio
(25%), 1 degree exam 50%. The degree exam will last 3
Timetable: Lectures weekly Monday, Tuesday, Wednes-
hours and is comprised of four essays. It will take place
day 9 am and 5 pm. Weekly tutorials and laboratories
at the completion of the course in week 13.
by arrangement.
Requirements of entry: At least a pass in Psychol-
ogy 1A. Entry to the class is guaranteed to new uni- Resit Examination taken in: April/May
versity entrants who put the UCAS Psychology code Aims: The aim is to broaden and, especially, to deepen
on their UCAS form as part of their application to knowledge of the subject area by building on the foun-
Glasgow University and who firmly accepted an un- dations laid in Psychology 1A and 1B. The aim is also
conditional offer or a confirmed conditional offer of a to develop the student’s knowledge of core material in

Psychology
the area of biological, cognitive and experimental psy- dations laid in Psychology A and 1B. Also the aim is to
chology broadly defined, including providing exposure develop the student’s knowledge of core material in the
to the conduct of experimentation, data gathering and area of social, developmental, individual differences and
analysis. More detailed aims are to accomplish the fol- applied Psychology broadly defined, including exposure
lowing learning objectives. 1.To provide an introduc- to the conduct of experimentation, data gathering and
tion to the main areas of research in human memory, analysis. More detailed learning objectives are: 1. To
problem solving and knowledge representation. 2. To provide undergraduates with an understanding of the
show how biological theory and methodology contribute practical contributions psychology can make and some
to the study of psychology. By focusing on psychobio- of the psychological research and theories upon which
logical methodology to show how study of underlying these contributions are made. 2. To provide a review of
biological mechanisms can enrich our understanding of the developmental changes during the first two years of
psychological processes such as learning and memory, life and it presents the most relevant research and the-
language and consciousness, and circadian rhythms. 3. ories in this field. 3. To provide a coverage of the main
To provide a general introduction the methods used in areas individual differences including the statistical ba-
psychological research and to illustrate a wide range of sis for theory in the field. 4. To provide an overview
experimental designs. 4. To cover the large spectrum of of current and classic research and theory in four ma-
classical perceptual phenomena, to introduce the main jor areas of Social Psychology: Conformity, Persuasion,
stages of visual processing from the retina to the visual Aggression and Prejudice. 5. To provide via the labora-
cortex, to compare visual, auditory and haptic percep- tory experience both a demonstration of psychological
tion. The course also teaches practical skills involved phenomena and instruction in practical skills involved
with experiments employing human participants. Com- with experiments on human subjects data analysis and
munication skills are also encouraged by means of reg- report writing skills. The course also teaches practical
ular tutorials. Team work is encouraged by means of skills involved with experiments employing human par-
a group project. Although the lectures form part of ticipants. Communication skills are also encouraged by
a programme which would lead to an Honours degree means of regular tutorials. Team work is encouraged by
with the Graduate Basis of Registration for the BPS, means of a group project. Although the lectures form
the course is also intended for students who wish to part of a programme which leads to an Honours degree
take only Psychology 2A. It would also serve therefore with the Graduate Basis of Registration for the BPS,
as an extension of knowledge in the field for students the course is also intended for students who wish to
taking the course as part of the general degree or as an take only Psychology 2B. It would also serve therefore
outside subject in another honours programme. as an extension of knowledge in the field for students
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Richard Dafters taking the course as part of the general degree or as an
outside subject in another honours programme.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Richard Dafters
8ZYV PSYCHOLOGY 2B: SOCIAL,
DEVELOPMENTAL, AND APPLIED
JRWW PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDIES 3
Timetable: Second half of session. Lectures weekly
Timetable: Semester 1: Tues 1-2, Wed 11-1, Thurs
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday 10 a.m.
12-1 Semester 2: Wed 11-2, Thurs 12-1, Fri 12-1
Weekly tutorials and laboratories by arrangement.
Both semesters, weekly tutorials and occassional project
Requirements of entry: To be guaranteed entry to the times by arrangement.
class, students must have a pass in Psychology 1A and
Requirements of entry: At least a pass in Psychology
1B and 2A at grade B or above. In addition students
1A,1B, 2A and 2B. In addition, students must be cate-
must be categorised as a Potential Honours Pathway
gorised as a Potential Honours Pathway (PHP) students
(PHP) student under the normal restriction for Psy-
under the normal restriction for Psychology honours en-
chology honours entry. This involves having applied
try. This involves having applied through UCAS for a
through UCAS for a single, principal subject or com-
single, principal subject or combined honours degree in
bined honours degree in Psychology, having received an
Psychology, having received an offer to study Psychol-
offer to study Psychology, and having accepted this of-
ogy by the appropriate Faculty, and having accepted
fer and been admitted to the university for study under
this offer and been admitted to the university for study
this rubric. Other students may have to be chosen by
under this rubric.
ballot.
Assessment: The end of session exam makes up 50%
Co-requisites: Normally Psychology 2A of the assessment. The dissertation comprises 30%, the
Assessment: 1 essay (25%), 1 laboratory portfolio four essays and the career skills portfolio comprise a
(25%), 1 degree exam 50%. The degree exam will last 3 total of 20%. (4% each).
hours and is comprised of four essays. It will take place Degree Examination taken in: April/May
at the completion of the course.
Aims: To provide a sound knowledge and critical under-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September standing and awareness of theory and practice in some
Aims: The aim is to broaden and, especially, to deepen of the major areas of psychology. To develop concep-
knowledge of the subject area by building on the foun- tual, analytic and practical skills relevant to pursuing a

Psychology
career within the broad framework of psychology, or in Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Bushnell
related disciplines. To develop generic (transferable) in-
tellectual and practical skills which are easily adaptable
to the needs of the labour market, particularly those
206H PSYCHOLOGY 3H (SINGLE)
relating to communication, presentation, quantitative Credits: 120 Level: 3
methods, and to good teamwork in problem-solving en-
vironments. To provide an environment for the develop-
ment of initiative, self-reliance, and critical ability from Timetable: Psychology 3H Monday and Tuesday at 1.00
a solid foundation of knowledge, understanding and crit- pm; Wednesday at 11.00 am; Thursday and Friday at
ical awareness. 12.00 noon. All weekly laboratories by arrangement.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Bishop Requirements of entry: At least a B pass in Psychol-
ogy 1A and 1B, and 2A and 2B, and at least a pass
in Statistics 1C or equivalent. Students must also be
206F PSYCHOLOGY 3H (COMBINED) categorised as a Potential Honours student (PHP) un-
der the normal restriction for Psychology honours en-
try. This involves having applied through UCAS for a
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) single, principal subject or combined honours degree in
Timetable: Timetable in Psychology involves lectures Psychology, having received an offer to study Psychol-
at Mondays 1-2, Tuesdays 1-2, Wednesdays 11-1p.m., ogy, and having accepted this offer and been admitted
Thursdays 12-1 and Fridays 12-1 Labs and projects are to the university for study under this rubric.
by arrangement. For the timetable requirements of the Assessment: Two part finals. Three papers taken in 3H
other department in the combination see their relevant year 37.5% (12.5% each); three papers taken in June
entry. of 4H year 37.5% (12.5% each); practical taken in 4H
Requirements of entry: For prerequisites for Psychology year, along with critical review and mini project marks
see the prerequisites for Single Honours. For the re- (12.5%), maxi project taken in 4H year (12.5%) and
quirements of the other department in the combination possible oral.
see their relevant entry. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Assessment: For the Psychology component (50% of Aims: The main aims of the course are: 1. To pro-
total): Two 3-hour degree examinations (25% each) vide a sound knowledge and critical understanding and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May awareness of theory and practice in the major areas of
Aims: To provide a Joint Honours degree in Psychol- Psychology. 2. To develop specialist conceptual, ana-
ogy, which satisfies the British Psychological Society’s lytic and practical skills relevant to pursuing a career
requirements for recognition of the course as supporting in professional or academic Psychology, or in related
Graduate membership for the student, by ensuring cov- disciplines. 3. To develop generic (transferable) intel-
erage of material specified by that accreditation body. lectual and practical skills which are easily adaptable
Within this overall aim: to provide a sound knowledge to the needs of the labour market, particularly those
and critical understanding and awareness of theory and relating to communication, presentation, quantitative
practice in the major areas of psychology; to develop methods, and to good teamwork in problem-solving en-
specialist conceptual, analytic and practical skills rel- vironment. 4. To provide an environment for the de-
evant to pursuing a career in professional or academic velopment of initiative, self-reliance, and critical ability
psychology, or in related disciplines; to develop generic from a solid foundation of knowledge, understanding
(transferable) intellectual and practical skills which are and critical awarenes 5. To develop enquiring, problem-
easily adaptable to the needs of the labour market, oriented minds with sufficient awareness of the critical
particularly those relating to communication, presen- research and applications issues in Psychology to enable
tation, quantitative methods, and to good teamwork in successful pursuit of postgraduate work in Psychology
problem-solving environments; to provide an environ- and related disciplines 6. To ensure coverage of ma-
ment for the development of initiative, self-reliance, and terial to satisfy the requirements of the accreditation
critical ability from a solid foundation of knowledge, un- body, the British Psychological Society for recognition
derstanding and critical awareness; to develop enquir- of the course as supporting Graduate Basis for Regis-
ing, problem-oriented minds with sufficient awareness of tration for the student.
the critical research and applications issues in psychol- Honours Course Prescription: 3H year: Cognitive Psy-
ogy to enable successful pursuit of postgraduate work chology; Comparative Learning and Cognition; Hu-
in psychology and related disciplines. man Development; Perception; Personality; Physiolog-
Honours Course Prescription: Subjects will be taken ical Psychology; Professional Skills; Social Psychology;
over two years, with exams probably in May/June of Statistics. 2 Mini-projects, 2 Critical reviews
year 1 and May/June of year 2 as specified for the pa- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Bushnell
pers in Single Honours. The subjects (courses) to be
taken are: Year 1: Cognitive + Comparative Learn-
ing & Cognition + Statistics and Human Development JRVW PSYCHOLOGY LEVEL 3
+ Individual Differences + Social Psychology Year 2:
Physiological Psychology + Perception + Professional
Skills and the Level 4H Maxi Project. For the require- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
ments of the other department in the combination see Timetable: Semester 1: Tues 1-2, Wed 11-1, Thurs 12-
their relevant entry. 1 Semester 2: Wed 11-2, Thurs 12-1, Fri 12-1 Both

Psychology
semesters. Weekly tutorials and project times by ar- to pursuing a career in professional or academic Psy-
rangement. chology, or in related disciplines 3. To develop generic
Requirements of entry: At least a pass in Psychology (transferable) intellectual and practical skills which are
1A,1B, 2A and 2B. In addition, students must be cate- easily adaptable to the needs of the labour market,
gorised as a Potential Honours Pathway (PHP) students particularly those relating to communication, presen-
under the normal restriction for Psychology honours en- tation, quantitative methods, and to good teamwork
try. This involves having applied through UCAS for a in problem-solving environment 4. To provide an envi-
single, principal subject or combined honours degree in ronment for the development of initiative, self-reliance,
Psychology, having received an offer to study Psychol- and critical ability from a solid foundation of knowl-
ogy by the appropriate Faculty, and having accepted edge, understanding and critical awareness 5. To de-
this offer and been admitted to the university for study velop enquiring, problem-oriented minds with sufficient
under this rubric. awareness of the critical research and applications is-
sues in Psychology to enable successful pursuit of post-
Assessment: The end of session exam makes up 50%
graduate work in Psychology and related disciplines 6.
of the assessment. The dissertation comprises 30%, the
To ensure coverage of material to satisfy the require-
four essays and the career skills portfolio comprise a
ments of the accrediation body, the British Psycholog-
total of 20%. (4% each).
ical Society for recognition of the course as supporting
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Graduate Basis for Registration for the student. 7.To
Resit Examination taken in: August/September engage the student with recent research in a range of op-
Aims: The main aims of the course are: 1. To pro- tion areas which largely reflect the research interests of
vide a sound knowledge and critical understanding and the staff particularly in areas of perception, psycholin-
awareness of theory and practice in some of the major guistics, cognitive neuro-psychology, alcohol informa-
areas of psychology. 2. To develop conceptual, ana- tion processing, abnormal psychology, social cognition
lytic and practical skills relevant to pursuing a career and therapeutic applications of psychology. 8.To de-
within the broad framework of psychology, or in related velop the student’s research skills via the conduct of an
disciplines. 3. To develop generic (transferable) intel- independent research project.
lectual and practical skills which are easily adaptable Honours Course Prescription: Six options to be chosen
to the needs of the labour market, particularly those from the present list: Abnormal Psychology, Alcohol
relating to communication, presentation, quantitative Information Processing, Applying Psychology to Edu-
methods, and to good teamwork in problem-solving en- cation and Computers, Applying Psychology, Biological
vironments. 4. To provide an environment for the de- Basis of Cognition and its Disorders, Cognitive Neuro-
velopment of initiative, self-reliance, and critical ability science of Attention and Executive Control, Cognitive
from a solid foundation of knowledge, understanding Neuroscience of Perception, Perception and Visual Cog-
and critical awareness. nition 1, Perception and Visual Cognition 2, Psychology
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Paul Bishop of Reading and Understanding, Social Cognition, Ther-
apeutic Applications of Psychology. In addition stu-
dents will complete a critical review and maxi project.
206J PSYCHOLOGY 4H (SINGLE)
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Patrick O’Donnell
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) 206G PSYCHOLOGY 4H COMBINED
Timetable: The times of the option classes are variable
and an up to date timetable is given in the class hand-
book When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Requirements of entry: At least a B pass in Psychol- Timetable: Timetable in Psychology involves lectures
ogy 1A and 1B, and 2A and 2B, and at least a pass at Mondays 1-2, Wednesdays 11-12, and Fridays 12-1.
in Statistics 1C or equivalent. Students must also be Project is by arrangement. For the timetable require-
categorised as a Potential Honours student (PHP) un- ments of the other department in the combination see
der the normal restriction for Psychology honours en- their relevant entry.
try. This involves having applied through UCAS for a Requirements of entry: For prerequisites for Psychology
single, principal subject or combined honours degree in see the prerequisites for Single Honours. For the re-
Psychology, having received an offer to study Psychol- quirements of the other department in the combination
ogy, and having accepted this offer and been admitted see their relevant entry.
to the university for study under this rubric. Assessment: For the Psychology component (50% of
Assessment: Two part finals. Three papers taken in 3H total): One 3-hour degree examination paper (25%);
year 37.5% (12.5% each); three papers taken in June of maxi-project (25%). The degree paper is based on three
4H year 37.5% (12.5% each); practical taken in 4H year Level-3 modules taken in the students fourth year.
along with review and project marks 25%, maxi-project Degree Examination taken in: April/May
taken in 4H year 12.5% and possible oral.
Aims: To provide a Joint Honours degree in Psychol-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ogy, which satisfies the British Psychological Society’s
Aims: 1. To provide a sound knowledge and critical requirements for recognition of the course as supporting
understanding and awareness of theory and practice Graduate membership for the student, by ensuring cov-
in the major areas of Psychology 2. To develop spe- erage of material specified by that accreditation body.
cialist conceptual, analytic and practical skills relevant Within this overall aim: to provide a sound knowledge

Public Policy (taught within the Department of Urban Studies)
and critical understanding and awareness of theory and porary issues in the U.K. to provide students with the
practice in the major areas of psychology; to develop opportunity to develop transferable skills.
specialist conceptual, analytic and practical skills rel- Course Co-ordinator: Ms Mhairi MacKenzie
evant to pursuing a career in professional or academic
psychology, or in related disciplines; to develop generic
(transferable) intellectual and practical skills which are 9ATV PUBLIC POLICY 2
easily adaptable to the needs of the labour market,
particularly those relating to communication, presen- Credits: 40 Level: 2
tation, quantitative methods, and to good teamwork in When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
problem-solving environments; to provide an environ- Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday - 12.00
ment for the development of initiative, self-reliance, and noon-1.00 pm. There will be eight tutorials in the first
critical ability from a solid foundation of knowledge, un- term and five in the second term (13 in total)
derstanding and critical awareness; to develop enquir-
Requirements of entry: Attainment of Grade D in Pub-
ing, problem-oriented minds with sufficient awareness of
lic Policy 1 will be the usual requirement of entry to
the critical research and applications issues in psychol-
this course.
ogy to enable successful pursuit of postgraduate work
in psychology and related disciplines. Excluded Courses: 230V Social Policy 2 7KCV Social
Policy 2
Honours Course Prescription: Courses will be taken
over two years, with exams probably in May/June of Assessment: Two 2500 word essays(40%) and one 3-
year 1 and May/June of year 2 as specified for the pa- hour examination (60%).
pers in Single Honours. The courses to be taken are: Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Year 1:Cognitive + Comparative Learning & Cogni- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
tion + Statistics and Human Development + Individual
Aims: The aims of the course are: to present and
Differences + Social Psychology Year 2: :Physiological
explain a number of ideological perspectives on the
Psychology + Perception + Professional Skills and the
provision of welfare to citizens; to introduce concepts
Level 4H Maxi Project. For the requirements of the
and principles used in deciding the level and meth-
other department in the combination see their relevant
ods of delivery of welfare; to develop knowledge of the
entry.
mixed economy of welfare including the roles of differ-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Patrick O’Donnell ent providers. to introduce the economic analysis and
financing of the welfare state. to outline several models
of the policy process and tools of policy analysis.
Public Policy (taught within the De-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vivian Leacock
partment of Urban Studies)
9AUU PUBLIC POLICY 1 9RTW PUBLIC POLICY 3: POLITICAL
ECONOMY OF WELFARE
Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday - 10.00 am-
11.00 am; tutorials to be arranged Tuesday to Thursday Timetable: Weekly classes for 20 two hour sessions -
weekly during Semesters 1 and 2. time and day unknown.
Requirements of entry: The course is open to all under- Requirements of entry: ‘D’ in Public Policy 2
graduates of the University. Assessment: One report of 3,000 words and one 3-hour
Excluded Courses: 230U Social Policy 1 examination.
Assessment: Two 2000 word essays (40%) and one 3- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
hour examination (60%) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: This course will provide non-honours students
Resit Examination taken in: August/September with a rich applied public policy course that uses tools
and methods derived from a wide body of applied eco-
Aims: Level 1 is an introductory course that will pro- nomics and social policy in order to examine the delivery
vide an opportunity to study the ideas, processes and of welfare in the UK.
developments in public policy in the U.K. Reasons for
welfare provision, who provides it and how it is evalu- Course Co-ordinator: Prof Kenneth Gibb
ated will be examined. The course comprises two parts
and covers a variety of both contemporary and ‘tradi- 89HC PUBLIC POLICY 3: SOCIAL
tional’ issues. These areas include ideology, social ex-
RESEARCH AND INVESTIGATION
clusion, criminal justice, health, housing, social security,
disability, gender and environmental matters. Conclud- Credits: 30 Level: 3
ing the course is a study of the spatial concentration
of social issues, for example, in ‘problem’ estates. The
overall aims are: to provide a general introduction to Timetable: One hour lecture followed by a one hour
Public Policy, involving both descriptive and analytical seminar. Weekly, semesters 1 and 2.
discourse in relation to welfare provision and contem- Requirements of entry: Grade D in Public Policy 2.

Assessment: Assessment for this option is by means KWZK PUBLIC POLICY 3H

of two written assignments (20% and 30%) and two (PRINCIPAL)
projects (25% each).
Timetable: Two hourly teaching sessions are held on a
Aims: The course aims: - to introduce students to the weekly basis at times determined by individual course
range of research methods and approaches used in the convenors.
investigation of social policy issues; - to provide guid-
Requirements of entry: For entry to single honours the
ance in the use of transferable research skills.
award of grade D or above in Public Policy 1 and Pub-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Susan Deeley lic Policy 2 will be required. Students should have ob-
tained four Level 1 and two Level 2 awards at Grade D
or above, of which four, including one Level 2, should be
0RGF PUBLIC POLICY 3H (JOINT) Social Sciences Group A subjects. Students not meet-
ing the requirement for automatic entry may be granted
Credits: 60 Level: 3 admission if the Department considers that their previ-
ous performance offers a reasonable prospect of their
reaching the standard requirement in honours. In ex-
Timetable: Times variable. Teaching by means of lec- ceptional circumstances students may be admitted to
tures, tutorials and project work. honours with a credit at Level 1. To be considered they
Requirements of entry: For entry to joint honours the will require an aggregate mark of at least Grade B. Stu-
award of grade D or better in Public Policy 1 and Pub- dents admitted from Level 1 will also have to complete
lic Policy 2 will be required. Students should have ob- the work of the Level 2 class (including all course work)
tained four Level 1 and two Level 2 awards at grade D in their junior honours year but will not be required to
or above, of which four, including one Level 2, should be sit or pass the degree examination. They must also sat-
Social Sciences Group A subjects. Students not meet- isfy Faculty requirements in terms of the pre-honours
ing the requirement for automatic entry may be granted curriculum.
admission if the Departments consider that their previ- Assessment: Summative assessment for each honours
ous performance offers a reasonable prospect of their course is: a 3 hour unseen examination (60%) and two
reaching the standard requirement in honours. In ex- assignments of 3000-3500 words (40%) The summative
ceptional circumstances students may be admitted to assessment for Social Research and Investigation is as
honours with a credit at Level 1. To be considered they follows:
will require an aggregate mark of at least Grade B. Stu- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
dents admitted from Level 1 will also have to complete
Aims: The course aims to: build upon the general in-
the work of the Level 2 class (including all course work)
troduction to Public Policy provided in Levels 1 and 2
in their junior honours year but will not be required to
by providing an in-depth analysis of particular areas;
sit or pass the degree examination. They must also sat-
to stimulate student’s awareness of the theoretical and
isfy Faculty requirements in terms of the pre-honours
policy issues which underpin public policy; to develop
curriculum.
a range of transferable skills, particularly in relation to
Assessment: Assessment for each option is by means of communication (written and oral), and the collection
one 3 hour examination (60%) and two 3000-3500 word and analysis of information.
essays (40%).
Honours Course Prescription: Policy Analysis, Social
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Research and Investigation and a dissertation must be
Aims: The general aims of the Department’s honours taken. Five other courses must be taken from the fol-
teaching are: to build upon the general introduction lowing list:
to Public Policy provided in the first and second level Community Development and the Voluntary Sector;
classes by providing an in-depth analysis of particular Criminal Justice; Disability and Society; Health Policy
areas; to stimulate students’ awareness of the theoret- and Health Services; Housing Policy; Ideologies, Val-
ical and policy issues which underpin public policy; to ues and Social Policy; Paying for Welfare: the Political
develop a range of transferable skills, particularly in re- Economy of the Welfare State; Urban Policy; Values in
lation to communication (written and oral) and the col- Action.
lection and analysis of information. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Charlotte Pearson
Honours Course Prescription: Honours options vary 0REH PUBLIC POLICY 3H (SINGLE)
from year to year but are drawn from the following list:
Community Development and the Voluntary Sector; Credits: 120 Level: 3
Criminal Justice; Disability and Society; Dissertation; When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Health Policy and Health Services; Housing Policy; Ide- Timetable: Two hourly teaching sessions are held on a
ologies, Values and Social Policy; Paying for Welfare: weekly basis at times determined by individual course
the Political Economy of the Welfare State; Policy Anal- convenors.
ysis; Social Research and Investigation; Urban Policy; Requirements of entry: For entry to single honours the
Values in Action. award of grade D or above in Public Policy 1 and Pub-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Charlotte Pearson lic Policy 2 will be required. Students should have ob-

tained four Level 1 and two Level 2 awards at Grade D the theoretical and policy issues which underpin public
or above, of which four, including one Level 2, should be policy; developing a range of transferable skills, partic-
Social Sciences Group A subjects. Students not meet- ularly in relation to communication (written and oral),
ing the requirement for automatic entry may be granted and the collection and analysis of information.
admission if the Department considers that their previ- Honours Course Prescription: Policy Analysis, Social
ous performance offers a reasonable prospect of their Research and Investigation and a dissertation must be
reaching the standard requirement in honours. In ex- taken. Five other courses must be taken from the fol-
ceptional circumstances students may be admitted to lowing list:
honours with a credit at Level 1. To be considered they
Community Development and the Voluntary Sector;
will require an aggregate mark of at least Grade B. Stu-
Criminal Justice; Disability and Society; Health Policy
dents admitted from Level 1 will also have to complete
and Health Services; Housing Policy; Ideologies, Val-
the work of the Level 2 class (including all course work)
ues and Social Policy; Paying for Welfare: the Political
in their junior honours year but will not be required to
Economy of the Welfare State; Urban Policy; Values in
sit or pass the degree examination. They must also sat-
Action.
isfy Faculty requirements in terms of the pre-honours
curriculum. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Charlotte Pearson
Assessment: Summative assessment for each honours 0RHG PUBLIC POLICY 4H (JOINT)
course is a 3 hour unseen examination (60%) and two
assignments of 3000-3500 words (40%)
Timetable: Times variable. Teaching by means of lec-
Aims: The course aims to build upon the general in-
tures, tutorials and project work.
troduction to Public Policy provided in Public Policy 1
and Public Policy 2 by providing an in-depth analysis Requirements of entry: For entry to honours the award
of particular areas; to stimulate student’s awareness of of grade D or better in Public Policy 1 and Public Pol-
the theoretical and policy issues which underpin public icy 2 will be required. Faculty requirements will also
policy; to develop a range of transferable skills, partic- need to be met. Students should have obtained four
ularly in relation to communication (written and oral), Level 1 and two Level 2 awards at grade D or above,
and the collection and analysis of information. of which four, including one Level 2, should be Social
Sciences Group A subjects. Entry to honours will be
Honours Course Prescription: Policy Analysis, Social
guaranteed for students who obtain a pass at Bands A,
Research and Investigation and a dissertation must be
B or C (i.e. 55% or over) at Public Policy 2. Students
taken. Five other courses must be taken from the fol-
not meeting the requirement for automatic entry may
lowing list:
be granted admission if the Departments consider that
Community Development and the Voluntary Sector; their previous performance offers a reasonable prospect
Criminal Justice; Disability and Society; Health Policy of their reaching the standard requirement in honours.
Assessment: Assessment for each option is by means
ues and Social Policy; Paying for Welfare: the Political
of one 3 hour examination (60%) and two 3000-3500
word essays (40%). There is a compulsory dissertation
Action.
for Single Honours students (7,500-10,000 words) which
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Charlotte Pearson counts as an option.
KXAK PUBLIC POLICY 4H Degree Examination taken in: April/May
(PRINCIPAL) Aims: The general aims of the Department’s honours
Credits: 90 Level: 3 teaching are: to build upon the general introduction
to Public Policy provided in the First and Second level
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) classes by providing an in-depth analysis of particular
Timetable: Two hourly teaching sessions are held on a areas; to stimulate students’ awareness of the theoret-
weekly basis at times determined by individual course ical and policy issues which underpin public policy; to
convenors. develop a range of transferable skills, particularly in re-
Requirements of entry: For entry to single honours the lation to communication (written and oral) and the col-
award of grade D or above in Public Policy Levels 1 and lection and analysis of information.
2 will be required. Faculty requirements will also need Honours Course Prescription: Honours options vary
to be completed. from year to year but are drawn from the following list:
Assessment: Summative assessment for each honours Community Development and the Voluntary Sector;
course is: a 3 hour unseen examination (60%) and Criminal Justice; Disability and Society; Dissertation;
two assignments of 3000-3500 words (40%) Summa- Health Policy and Health Services; Housing Policy; Ide-
tive assessment for Social Research and Investigation is ologies, Values and Social Policy; Paying for Welfare:
by coursework assignments (assessment for dissertation the Political Economy of the Welfare State; Policy Anal-
7500-10000 words, 100%) as follows: ysis; Social Research and Investigation; Urban Policy;
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Values in Action.
Aims: The course aims to build upon the general in- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Charlotte Pearson
troduction to Public Policy provided in Public Policy 1 0RFJ PUBLIC POLICY 4H (SINGLE)
and Public Policy 2 by: providing an in-depth analysis
of particular areas; stimulating student’s awareness of Credits: 120 Level: 4

School of Law
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) the framing and presentation of written legal argument;
Timetable: Two hourly teaching sessions are held on a To highlight areas where the principles are subject to
weekly basis at times determined by individual course doubt or disagreement, and to encourage independent
convenors. thought.
Requirements of entry: For entry to single honours the Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrew Godfrey
award of grade D or above in Public Policy 1 and Public
Policy 2 will be required. Faculty requirements will also
8RNU CRIMINAL LAW AND EVIDENCE
need to be completed.
1
Assessment: Summative assessment for each honours
course is a 3 hour unseen examination (60%) and two as- Credits: 20 Level: 1
signments of 3000-3500 words (40%) Summative assess-
ment for Social Research and Investigation is by course-
work assignments (assessment for dissertation 7500- Timetable: One hour lectures Tuesday and Thursday at
10000 words, 100%) as follows: 1000. Five one hour fortnightly tutorials
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Requirements of entry: This course is only open to stu-
dents on the LLB and BAL degrees
Aims: The course aims to build upon the general in-
troduction to Public Policy provided in Public Policy 1 Co-requisites: None
and Public Policy 2 by: providing an in-depth analysis Excluded Courses: None
of particular areas; stimulating student’s awareness of Assessment: Essay (20%); examination (80%).
the theoretical and policy issues which underpin public
policy; developing a range of transferable skills, partic-
ularly in relation to communication (written and oral), Resit Examination taken in: August/September
and the collection and analysis of information. Aims: The aims of the course are: To outline the prin-
Honours Course Prescription: Policy Analysis, Social ciples of the criminal law and the law of evidence; To
Research and Investigation and a dissertation must be outline the basic rules of the substantive criminal law;
taken. Five other courses must be taken from the fol- To allow the student to begin to develop an understand-
lowing list: ing of the interaction between rules of law and evidence
in the proof of particular crimes; To develop a basic
Community Development and the Voluntary Sector;
understanding of the context of the application of the
Criminal Justice; Disability and Society; Health Policy
rules of the criminal law.
ues and Social Policy; Paying for Welfare: the Political Course Co-ordinator: Prof Lindsay Farmer
Action.
MPAU FAMILY LAW
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Charlotte Pearson
School of Law
9NSU BUSINESS LAW 1 Timetable: 1 lecture (60 minutes duration per week. 1
workshop (60 minutes duration per fortnight)
Requirements of entry: Admission to LLB degree
Co-requisites: None
Timetable: Lectures Monday, Tuesday and Thursday at
11am. Four tutorials. Excluded Courses: None
Requirements of entry: None. Assessment: 3000 word coursework assignment
Co-requisites: None Aims: To provide a firm grounding in the structure
Excluded Courses: Principles of Private Law and content of Family Law. To explain and illustrate,
through a programme of lectures and workshops, the
Assessment: Essay (25%); examination (75%).
basic principles and concepts of Scots law in this area.
Degree Examination taken in: December To examine Family Law in sufficient detail to meet the
Resit Examination taken in: August/September requirements for professional exemption. To assist stu-
Aims: To introduce students to the main sources of law dents in the interpretation and application of statu-
in Scotland; To provide a firm grounding in the struc- tory materials. To enhance students’ problem-solving
ture and content of the law of obligations and to provide skills through the identification of legal issues in com-
an overview of the law of intellectual property and data plex problems, the application of relevant legal rules,
protection; To explain and illustrate, through a pro- and achievement of resolutions to the problems set. To
gramme of lectures, tutorials and directed reading, the offer guidance in the framing and presentation of writ-
basic principles and concepts of the law in these areas; ten legal argument. To highlight areas where the law
To examine the law in these areas in sufficient detail to is subject to doubt or disagreement, and to encourage
meet the requirements for BAcc professional exemption; independent thought. To assist students in the develop-
To enhance students’ problem-solving skills through the ment of research methods and enhance their familiarity
identification of legal issues in complex problems, the with different sources of law. To encourage critical anal-
application of relevant legal rules, and achievement of ysis, and enhance essay-writing skills.
resolutions to the problems set; To offer guidance in Course Co-ordinator: Miss Frances McCarthy

School of Law
9KWU FORENSIC MEDICINE 1 through analysing the separate branches of contract,

delict and unjustified enrichment; To enhance students’
Credits: 20 Level: 1 problem-solving skills through the identification of legal
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) issues in complex problems, the application of relevant
Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday - 11.00 am. legal rules, and achievement of resolutions to the prob-
Requirements of entry: None lems set; To offer guidance in the framing and presen-
tation of written and oral legal argument; To highlight
Co-requisites: None areas where the principles are subject to doubt or dis-
Excluded Courses: None agreement, and to encourage independent thought; To
Assessment: Assignment comprising one essay (25% of assist students in the development of research methods
final assessment). Degree Examination comprising mul- and enhance their familiarity with different sources of
tiple choice and essay paper (75% of final assessment). law; To encourage critical analysis, and enhance essay-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May writing skills.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Course Co-ordinator: Dr Janeen Carruthers
Aims: (1) To provide an introduction to forensic
medicine and forensic science. Aspects of the law which 8RIU PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW
particularly relate to legal proceedings involving these
subjects are also included. (2) To introduce students Credits: 20 Level: 1
with little or no previous experience of biology to the When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
basics of human anatomy and physiology, dealing with
Timetable: Three one hour lectures per week - Monday,
the major body systems such as the heart and circula-
Tuesday and Thursday at 1000 Tutorials: 4 x one hour
tory system and the reproductive system. (3) To review
the main categories of injury and sudden, traumatic and Requirements of entry: None
non-accidental death, their causes and how they are in- Co-requisites: None
vestigated by the forensic pathologist and scientist. The Excluded Courses: 315B Public International Law
work of the police surgeon and clinical forensic medical
Assessment: Assessed Essay (20%) 600 - 800 words De-
expert, for example, in cases of sexual assault are also
gree Exam: 3 x hour exam (80%); 3 out of 6 questions
covered. (4) To review legal aspects of medical prac-
tice such as deaths under medical care, certification of Degree Examination taken in: April/May
death and release of organs for transplantation. The Resit Examination taken in: August/September
role of the General Medical Council and problems of Aims: The principal aim of this course is to provide an
medical ethics are also covered. (5) To introduce the introductory overview of public international law, show-
non-specialist to basic ideas of forensic science, forensic ing what international law is, what its principal divi-
toxicology, forensic serology and haemogenetics (DNA sions are, how it works and what its strengths and weak-
analysis) and forensic psychiatry. (6) To show how this nesses are. It also aims to provide an understanding of
information is interpreted and presented in court. the nature and sources of international law, introduce
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Robert Anderson the elements of the main subject areas of international
law, contemporary developments in the subject, and the
principal areas of international conflict and the main
8QJU PRINCIPLES OF PRIVATE LAW
actors on the international stage; and to foster an ap-
Credits: 40 Level: 1 preciation of the role played by international law in the
settlement of international disputes. Finally, the course
also aims to develop your critical reading and interna-
Timetable: 1 hour lectures Monday, Wednesday and Fri- tional law problem solving skills; to develop your basic
day at 0900. Fortnightly tutorials. communication skills through participation in tutorial
Requirements of entry: None debates; to introduce you to basic international legal
Co-requisites: None research and IT skills using the Internet; and to famil-
Excluded Courses: Business Law iarise you with the professional role and career choices
of the international lawyer.
Assessment: Course assessment is as outlined in the
course documentation. Degree Examinations taken Course Co-ordinator: Mr Akbar Rasulov
in: Semester 1 diet (Contract) and Semester 3 diet
(Delict/Child and Family Law) 8RCU ROMAN LAW OF PROPERTY &
Degree Examination taken in: April/May OBLIGATIONS 1
Aims: To provide a firm grounding in the structure
and content of the law of obligations, family law and When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
property law; To explain and illustrate, through a pro- Timetable: Lectures: Monday and Tuesday in Semester
gramme of lectures and tutorials, the basic principles 2 at 3.00 pm; Tutorials: 5 x one hour, Semester 2.
and concepts of Scots law in these areas; To examine Requirements of entry: None
the law of obligations and family law in sufficient detail
Co-requisites: None
to meet the requirements for professional exemption; To
suggest a classification of property law, family law and Excluded Courses: None.
the law of obligations, in the latter area particularly Assessment: 2 hour examination

School of Law
Degree Examination taken in: April/May enable students to research primary and secondary le-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September gal sources and to present arguments based on them; To
encourage students to work effectively both individually
Aims: The aims of the course are to provide an under-
and in groups.
standing of the main features of Roman law in the areas
of property, contracts and delict and to appreciate the Course Co-ordinator: Dr Gavin Anderson
significance of Roman law as the basis for civilian legal
systems. The aims of the course are to use the study KZKV BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS
of elementary Roman law to enable you to understand
legal relationships; appreciate the roots of Scots and Credits: 10 Level: 2
civilian legal systems; and enjoy knowing something of When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
another culture.
Timetable: 2 two hour lectures per week - times to be
Course Co-ordinator: Prof E Metzger arranged.
Requirements of entry: Normally credit in Principles of
8RBU SOURCES AND INSTITUTIONS Private Law 8QJU Principles of Private Law
OF SCOTS LAW Co-requisites: None
Credits: 40 Level: 1 Excluded Courses: 1JXB Business Law 9GQV Commer-
cial Law (20 credit course) 9NTV Commercial Law for
Business
Timetable: Weekly two hour tutorials over Semesters
Assessment: Examination 100%
One and Two Ten lectures in Semesters One and Two.
Co-requisites: None
Aims: The aim of the course is to enable students to ac-
quire an understanding of the legal framework for busi-
Assessment: There will be three summative assess- ness organisations and corporation tax. The course is
ments: (1) A group exercise requiring analysis of a com- structured so as to meet the relevant professional re-
plex legal problem (3000 words) (25%) (2) An exercise quirements of the Law Society of Scotland.
designed to test grasp of legal method requiring analysis
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Iain MacNeil
of cases and of statutory materials (2000 words) (25%)
(3) A three hour end of course examination compris-
ing a mixture of problem and essay questions (50%). KZJV COMMERCIAL LAW
Apart from the examination, these assessments will
also perform a formative and diagnostic function, as Credits: 10 Level: 2
will tutorial exercises. In addition, however, there will When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
be three purely formative methods of assessment: (1) Timetable: Two one hour lectures per week - times to
Self-assessment of oral presentations and group tutorial be arranged
exercises; (2) A computer-based assessment of factual
knowledge of the legal system; (3) A 1000 word discur- Requirements of entry: Normally credit in Principles of
sive essay based on the oral presentation. Candidates Private Law (8QJU)
whose average mark for the four summative assessments Excluded Courses: 1JXB Business Law 9GQV Commer-
is a grade D or better, and who have no element marked cial Law (20 credit course) 9NTV Commercial Law for
at grade G or below, will pass the course. Candidates Business
whose average mark is a grade D or better, but who Assessment: Examination 100%
have one or more elements marked at grade G or below, Degree Examination taken in: April/May
will fail the course. They will be required to resit the
elements marked at G or below and will pass the course
if they achieve at least a grade F in those elements at Aims: The course will: - introduce students to modern
the second attempt. Candidates whose average mark is substantive Commercial Law; - reveal how underlying
lower than a grade D will fail the course. They will, socio-political and economic factors, as well as wider
however, only be required to resit the individual ele- business culture shape the development of Commercial
ments in which they have received a fail grade and will Law in relation to discrete areas such as the Sale of
pass the course if their average mark for the four as- Goods, Insurance, Consumer Credit and Personal Insol-
sessments after the resit diet is a grade D or better and vency, etc.; - satisfy the requirements of the Law Society
they have no element marked below a grade F. of Scotland and the Faculty of Advocates; - encourage
in students an interest and critical awareness in the de-
velopment of UK and international Commercial Law.
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Martin Doris
Aims: To introduce students to, and enable them to
understand, the nature of law, of legal systems and of
the Scottish legal system in the contemporary world 9NTV COMMERCIAL LAW FOR
context; To enable students to acquire a foundational BUSINESS
knowledge and understanding of the sources of Scots
law and the institutions of government from the local Credits: 20 Level: 2
government level to that of the European Union; To When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)

School of Law
Timetable: 1 hour Lectures Tuesday at 1400; Thursday law and policy and discrimination law; to fulfil the re-
at 1200 and Friday at 1200. Five tutorials. quirements of the Law Society of Scotland; to encour-
Requirements of entry: Attendance in Business Law 1 age interest in and awareness of the continuing pro-
is normally required, except, in particular, for visiting cess of European integration; to show how underlying
Law students. socio-political and economic factors shape the develop-
ment of European Union law; to further develop stu-
Co-requisites: None
dents transferable skills, in particular problem solving,
Excluded Courses: Commercial Law written communication skills and autonomous learning
Assessment: 1500 word Problem essay - 25%, in week 7 skills; to encourage independent learning in preparation
of Semester 2 2 hour Final exam - 75%, end of second for the workshops and assessment.
semester. Format of Degree Exam: Three questions will Course Co-ordinator: Miss Maria Fletcher
have to be answered in a paper containing five ques-
tions featuring a mixture of problems and essay-type
questions. 0MWV INTERNATIONAL PRIVATE
Degree Examination taken in: April/May LAW
Aims: To provide a firm grounding in the structure and When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
content of the law of partnership, agency, company law
Timetable: Tuesday, Thursday and Friday at 1100
and trusts and to provide an overview of the law govern-
ing liquidation, company administration and personal Requirements of entry: Normally a minimum D pass in
sequestration; To explain and illustrate, through a pro- Principles of Private Law (8QJU)
gramme of lectures, tutorials and directed reading, the Co-requisites: 8ZMV Property Law
basic principles and concepts of the law in these areas; Assessment: 2 hour written examination + 10 minute
To examine the law in these areas in sufficient detail to oral examination + 1,500 word written assignment.
meet the requirements for BAcc professional exemption;
To enhance students’ problem-solving skills through the
identification of legal issues in complex problems, the Resit Examination taken in: August/September
application of relevant legal rules, and achievement of Aims: The knowledge-based aims of the course are: 1.
resolutions to the problems set; To offer guidance in To familiarise students with the nature of International
the framing and presentation of written legal argument; Private Law, and its method and terminology. 2. To en-
To highlight areas where the principles are subject to able students to recognise conflict of laws issues in a le-
doubt or disagreement, and to encourage independent gal problem. 3. To equip students to produce informed
thought; To encourage critical analysis, and enhance and reasoned arguments using Scots (and, subsidiarily,
essay-writing skills. English) conflict rules, in order to provide viable so-
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Martin Doris lutions to conflict problems arising in major areas of
private law. 4. To equip students to discuss in essay
format topics of importance within the conflict of laws.
9HDV EUROPEAN UNION LAW The knowledge/skills-based aim of the course is: 5. To
introduce students to the subject of law reform in the
conflict of laws so that they may be able to evaluate
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) recent and current law reform measures, national, in-
Timetable: To be confirmed ternational and EU. The skills-based aims of the course
Requirements of entry: Normally, the award of credit are: 6. To develop student skills of problem-solving and
for Sources and Institutions of Scots Law (8RBU) or analysis. 7. To develop student skills in handling mate-
equivalent courses taken in other institutions. rials relating to the above areas, including statutory and
Co-requisites: Normally, attendance at Law and Gov- case law and reading and assessment of Law Commis-
ernment or equivalent courses taken previously in other sion reports, conventions, EU explanatory memoranda,
institutions. and other consultation documents. 8. To promote skills
of oral discussion of legal problems within the conflict
Excluded Courses: None of laws. 9. To develop student skills of written commu-
Assessment: There will be one piece of summative as- nication and problem solving by means of submission
sessment; a two hour exam in the summer diet in which of diagnostic written assignment, and by satisfactory
students have to answer two questions, one problem and performance in the degree examination.
one essay. The essay question will be on the indepen- Course Co-ordinator: Prof Elizabeth Crawford
dently researched topic of the free movement of persons.
8ZKV JURISPRUDENCE
Aims: The aims of the course are as follows: To build Credits: 20 Level: 2
on the knowledge and skills communicated in the classes When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
of Sources and Institutions of Scots Law and Law and
Timetable: 1 hour lectures Monday and Thursday at
Government in which the students studied the institu-
1000 in Semester 1
tions and judicial system of the European Union; to
introduce students to the substantive law of the Euro- Requirements of entry: None
pean Union, namely the internal market, competition Co-requisites: None

School of Law
Excluded Courses: None However, groups should exercise their best endeavours
Assessment: 1: 10% oral presentation given in tutorial to resolve problems internally before seeking to expel
2: 10% 750 word written submission to be handed in members. In case of dispute, the course co-ordinator
at the same time as oral presentation 3: 80% 3-hour will decide who is to be given credit for the project.
written examination - 4 questions in January Exam Diet Assessment two consists of a two-hour unseen exami-
nation, to be held during the semester 1 examination
period in January. It consists of two compulsory ques-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September tions. Question 1 will be a case-noting exercise: you
Aims: The aim of the course is to enhance students’ will write a case-note on one of a choice of leading cases.
understanding of law by placing it in its theoretical, Question 2 will be a problem-solving exercise. Further
philosophical and sociological contexts. guidance on the examination will be given in the last
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Thomas Veitch one or two lectures.
0LHV LABOUR LAW Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: to introduce students to the theory and princi-
Credits: 20 Level: 2 ples of accountable government at all levels - Scottish,
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) United Kingdom and European; to introduce students
Timetable: Weekly one hour lectures - Tuesday and to judicial techniques for achieving accountable govern-
Thursday at 1200 ment, in particular, judicial review, the Human Rights
Requirements of entry: None Act and official liability; to introduce students to the
peculiarities of litigation against the Crown and public
Co-requisites: None authorities; to introduce students to alternative tech-
Excluded Courses: None niques of accountable government; to improve students’
Degree Examination taken in: December written communication skills; to improve students’ legal
Resit Examination taken in: August/September reasoning and problem-solving skills; to improve stu-
dents’ group working and research skills.
Aims: The aims of the course are as follows: - to intro-
duce students to the legal regulation of work relation- Course Co-ordinator: Prof Adam Tomkins
ships; - to identify the main sources of regulation; - to
consider the contract of employment; - to consider the 8ZMV PROPERTY LAW
principal statutory employment rights.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jane Mair Credits: 40 Level: 2
8ZQV LAW AND GOVERNMENT Timetable: 1 hour lectures Monday at 0900 and Friday
at 1000 weeks 1-4 of Semester 1 and weeks 1 and 2 of
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Semester 2; 1 hour lectures Tuesday and Thursday at
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) 1100 weeks 6-8 of Semester 2
Timetable: 1 hour lectures Tuesday and Thursday at Requirements of entry: Normally the award of credit for
1300 each week in Semester 1 Principles of Private Law
Requirements of entry: Normally, obtaining credit in Co-requisites: Normally attendance at Tax Law. Stu-
Sources and Institutions of Scots Law. dents who do not take the course in Tax Law may ex-
perience difficulty with the tax elements of this course
Co-requisites: None
Assessment: There will be five summative assessments:
Assessment: Assessment one consists of a group re- An essay on a law reform issue (1,500 words) (10%); A
search project. You will be asked to form yourselves class test in the form of a multiple choice exam based
into groups of (approximately) five students each after on problem questions (20%); A group essay based on
the first seminar and these will be the groups in which a complex problem (2,500 words). 20 per cent of the
you will complete the research project. There will be a mark for this assessment will be derived from a peer
choice of research projects from which to choose: . Each assessment of the contribution of the group members
group will have to negotiate which project to complete. in this assessment. (20%); A final two hour examina-
The project is due for submission to the Undergradu- tion covering those areas of the course not otherwise
ate Office in the School of Law on Friday of week 12, assessed. (40%); Assessment of tutorial performance
semester , but you should note that groups are required (10%). There will also be a short formative assessment.
to give a presentation on their work in progress at semi-
nar seven (week 10). You should therefore start work on
your project early in the semester. For further guidance, Resit Examination taken in: August/September
please consult the Law School document, Key Skills and Aims: The aims of the course are: to explain the nature
the LLB Curriculum. Completed projects must be no of heritable and moveable property and the legal rules
more than 3,000 words in length and must be typed. If relating to ownership and transfer of such property;
a group considers that one or more members have not to introduce the basic elements of intellectual property
contributed to the work of the group and should not protection; to provide students with a knowledge of the
be given credit for the completed project, they should concepts underlying leases, the rights and duties of the
indicate this in writing when they submit their project. parties to a lease and assignation and termination of

School of Law
leases; to introduce students to the trust concept and its Aims: To introduce students to the principles of British
operation; to explain the nature of testate and intestate discrimination law; To consider the development of
succession, testamentary writings, vesting; to explain British discrimination law within its European context;
the tax consequences of property transactions; to take To introduce students to the theoretical and contex-
responsibility for effective individual and group discus- tual background of discrimination law; To develop an
sion and problem solving exercises; to develop research awareness of the scope of British discrimination law; To
skills; to develop problem solving skills; to assist the encourage an understanding of the application of dis-
acquisition and development of effective groupworking crimination law in practice.
skills; to assist the acquisition and development of or- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Muriel Robison
ganisational and communication skills required to both
lead and be a participative member of a task-based
group; to satisfy the professional requirements of the MNDW FORENSIC PATHOLOGY
Law Society of Scotland and to provide a theoretical
basis for Conveyancing practice in the Diploma in Le-
gal Practice. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Thomas Guthrie Timetable: Weekly 2-hour seminars.
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Forensic
Medicine 1
8ZLV TAX LAW 2 Co-requisites: None
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Excluded Courses: None
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Assessment: The main assessment will be in the form
of a final examination that will comprise 75% of the
Timetable: 1 hour Lectures on Monday at 1100 and final mark. This will take the form of a number of es-
Tuesday at 1600 says and/or short notes on topics from the course that
Requirements of entry: None will test the student’s knowledge of the course subjects
Co-requisites: None and their ability to apply that to a range of situations.
The other 25% of the final mark will be obtained from
Excluded Courses: Taxation (345B)
completion of a written assignment on a specified topic
Assessment: There will be one piece of summative as- at the end of semester 1. The subject will be in the
sessment, a 3,000 word research assignment based on a forensic pathology field but not necessarily be directly
complex multi-tax problem to be completed by each in- from the core material. The student will be expected to
dividual student taking the course submission deadline research the topic and critically analyse the information
- Week 9 of Semester 1 Resit Research Assignment with with appropriate references.
an August deadline.
Degree Examination taken in: December Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Aims: To give participants an understanding of the
Aims: The aims of the course are as follows: to explain work of the forensic pathologist and the issues surround-
the scope of the UK tax jurisdiction; to introduce stu- ing the investigation of death. To provide knowledge of
dents to the sources of UK tax law including relevant the main types of injury and their interpretation in the
aspects of European and international tax law; to pro- medico-legal setting. To develop an awareness of the
vide students with a knowledge of the structure of Value relevance of forensic pathology in criminal and civil law.
Added Tax, Income Tax, Corporation Tax, Capital Al- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Marjorie Black
lowances, Capital Gains Tax, Stamp Duty/ Stamp Duty
Land Tax and Inheritance Tax; to provide students with
a detailed knowledge of key elements of Value Added MNZX FORM AND SUBSTANCE OF
Tax and Income Tax; to develop research, problem solv- PRIVATE LAW JURISPRUDENCE
ing and written communication skills; to encourage stu-
dents to study tax law at a higher academic level. Credits: 30 Level: 4
Course Co-ordinator: Mr John Brown
Timetable: Fridays from 1100 to 1300
Requirements of entry: Students will be expected to
87HT ANTI-DISCRIMINATION LAW IN have a minimum grade D in Property Law
PRACTICE Co-requisites: None
Credits: 30 Level: 3 Excluded Courses: None
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: 30% - 3500 word Essay submission due at
end of March 70% - 3-hour examination in May/June
Timetable: Weekly 2 hour seminars - day and time to diet
be confirmed.
Aims: Knowledge based aims: The aim of the course is
Assessment: Degree exam ? 60%; Essay ? 20%; Case to enlarge the technical knowledge of the basic concepts
study ? 20%. of private law with a broader understanding of the socio-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May political function and meaning of these concepts.

School of Law
To introduce the students to some of the seminal theo- Course Co-ordinator: Mr Akbar Rasulov
retical writings about private law and to engage them 89SX CIVIL JURISDICTION AND
in close reading and discussion of these texts. To as-
EVIDENCE
sist students in developing a critical understanding of
the relationship of private law to its social environment Credits: 30 Level: H
and to encourage them to apply this understanding in
their engagement with problems of private law. To help
students appreciate the complex social dynamics of pri- Timetable: Twice weekly 1 hour principally lectures
vate law reasoning and to develop an ability to con- with some seminars/student led presentations - Tues-
struct private law arguments in view of this complex day 0900-1000 and Thursday 0900-1000
social dynamics. To enable students to critically judge Requirements of entry: Normally minimum D pass in
and assess judicial reasoning in key examples of private Principles of Private Law.
law case law and use this assessment in their own ar-
Co-requisites: None
gumentation about problem cases and areas in private
law. Excluded Courses: None
Assessment: Examination (100%)
Skill based aims:
The “broader understanding of the basic concepts of
private law” invoked under “Knowledge based aims” Aims: The knowledge-based aims of the course are: (1)
will enhance and enrich the students’ argumentative and To explain the nature and the theory of the subject
reasoning skills. The “broader understanding of the ba- of International Private Law, its methods and termi-
sic concepts of private law” invoked under “Knowledge nology; (2) To enable students to identify conflict of
based aims” will enhance and enrich the ability of stu- laws issues in a legal problem; (3) To enable students
dents to employ private law reasoning in any sphere of critically to describe problems of the interpretation and
employment or entrepreneurship where an understand- ambit of jurisdictional rules, and to present reasoned
ing of the law plays a crucial law. The “broader under- argument upon complex conflict of laws problems in
standing of the basic concepts of private law” invoked the area of civil jurisdiction; (4) To enable students
under “Knowledge based aims” will enhance and enrich to present informed argument upon points of the Scots
the students’ analytical skills. law of civil evidence; (5) To equip students to apply
conflict rules of Scots (and, subsidiarily, English) con-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Johan Van Der Walt flict rules in complex legal problems in the area of civil
jurisdiction, so that they may be able to provide ac-
curate, relevant and authoritative answers to problems
89YR ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL arising within the subject area; (6) To enable students
LAW to provide an informed evaluation of the different meth-
ods of allocation of jurisdiction; (7) To enable students
Credits: 30 Level: H to differentiate between issues of substance and proce-
dure, and to be able to advise upon the content and
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) nature of particular pre-trial safeguards and remedies,
Timetable: Weekly 2 hour lectures - Monday 1500 - 1700 and to explain the rules governing proof of foreign law
and the significance thereof; (8) To equip students to
Requirements of entry: Achievement of at least a C
explain the theory and detail of foreign decree enforce-
grade in Public International Law
ment; (9) To enable students to explain the Scots rules
Co-requisites: None of civil evidence, and critically to examine areas of con-
Excluded Courses: None troversy within this field. The knowledge/skills-based
aim of the course is: To introduce students to the sub-
Assessment: ·Summative:Class essay, 1,500-2,000 words ject of law reform in the area of civil jurisdiction and
(30%); 3-hour final exam (70%) ·Formative: Feedback evidence, so that they may be able to appreciate re-
will be provided on in class discussion and presentations cent and proposed law reform measures (national and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May international), including, in particular, the impact of
the creation of the European judicial area; The skills-
Aims: ·to provide an in-depth analysis of the charac-
based aims of the course are: (1) To develop students
ter and development of international law; ·to provide a
skills of problem-solving and analysis; (2) To develop
fuller and deeper understanding of the legal factors that
student skills in handling materials relating to conflict
govern the operation of international law; ·to examine
rules in the area of civil jurisdiction and evidence, in-
current developments in the various institutions consid-
cluding statutory and case interpretation, and reading
ered (e.g., the United Nations, the World Trade Organ-
and assessment of Law Commission reports and other
isation, etc.); ·to enhance the students’ understanding
consultation documents; (3) To foster student skills of
of the nature and development of international dispute
written communication and problem solving by means
settlement; ·to deepen the students’ understanding of
of submission of diagnostic written assignment, and sat-
various specialised branches of international law (e.g.,
isfactory performance in the degree examination.
international law of human rights, international envi-
ronmental law); ·to enhance the students’ overall critical Course Co-ordinator: Prof Elizabeth Crawford
analytical skills; ·to facilitate the general development of 89TG COMMERCIAL BANKING
group-work, oral communication, written presentation,
and information processing skills. Credits: 30 Level: H

School of Law
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) lasting 2 hours (c. 30 hours in total). They will be held
Timetable: Weekly - Thursday 1500 - 1700 at 2.00 p.m. on Wednesdays.
Requirements of entry: Normally minimum of D in Requirements of entry: Students will be admitted to
Commercial Law (Level 2) this course by GPA performance
Co-requisites: None Assessment: 4000 word essay (40%) and 2 hour final
examination (60%)
Assessment: Essay (25%); examination (75%).
Aims: The course content includes the legal, political
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and social background of environmental law; approaches
Aims: To provide a critical understanding of the law of to environmental protection and prevention of pollution;
commercial banking (knowledge); To provide students sources of environmental law (international, EU, UK
with tools for the critical analysis of problems in the law law); regulatory agencies; issues in enforcement of envi-
of commercial banking (skill). ronmental law at EC and national level; the substantive
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Lorne Crerar law relating to the protection of certain environmental
media, such as, protection of habitat/nature conserva-
89TH COMPARATIVE LAW
tion, prevention of water pollution, atmospheric pol-
Credits: 30 Level: H lution and integrated pollution control; the future of
environmental law and sustainable development.
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Kenneth Ross
Timetable: Monday 1300 - 1500 in Semesters 1 and 2
0CWW EUROPEAN LEGAL HISTORY 3
Requirements of entry: Normally minimum of D in Ju-
risprudence (Level 2) Credits: 30 Level: H
Co-requisites: None When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Excluded Courses: None Timetable: Weekly Seminar or Lecture in Semester One
Assessment: Essay (25%); examination (75%). Weekly Seminar or Lecture in Semester Two
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Requirements of entry: Requires the following manda-
Aims: To examine current issues and methodology of tory courses: Sources and Institutions of Scots Law
comparative law (and major legal traditions and carry (8RBU) or Legal Systems Ordinary (9G3B). Visiting
out micro comparisons in a number of fields (knowl- students - at the discretion of the course convenor.
edge); To provide students with tool for analysing dif- Co-requisites: None
ferent solutions to similar problems (skill). Excluded Courses: European Legal History Module 1;
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Esin Orucu European Legal History Module 2. 8RFW European
Legal History 3 8RGW Medieval European Legal His-
89SW CRIMINAL JUSTICE
tory 3 90ZF Medieval European Legal History for His-
Credits: 30 Level: H torians
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: Research Essay ? 50%; two class tests ?
20% each; seminar performance ? 10%.
Timetable: To be arranged
Requirements of entry: Normally Criminal Law and Ev-
idence Aims: The aims of the course are to: 1. Provide stu-
dents with a thorough understanding of the historical
Co-requisites: None development of aspects of law and legal institutions
Excluded Courses: None within western Europe 2. Provide an overview of the
Assessment: Degree exam - 70%; Class essay - 30%. historical sources relevant to the field of European Le-
gal History. 3. Develop the analytical and critical skills
of students by detailed examination of particular legal
Aims: 1. To introduce the student to the criminal jus- developments. 4. Develop research skills by requiring
tice process and policy with particular reference to Scot- students to undertake an assessed essay. 5. Develop
land. 2. To explore the role of the police and prosecu- the oral and presentational skills of students by class
tion system in prosecuting crime. 3. To analyse proce- discussion and also by requiring each student to make
dures for the trial and sentencing of criminal behaviour. a class presentation based on a prescribed topic of re-
4. To foster a critical understanding and evaluation of search. 6. Develop the general knowledge of students,
areas of controversy within these areas of criminal pro- particularly their knowledge of Scottish and European
cess. 5. To carry out independent research on a topic history. 7. Deepen appreciation of particular areas of
of contemporary relevance. contemporary law by adding a new dimension to exist-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Fiona Leverick ing knowledge of those areas.
93BP ENVIRONMENTAL LAW Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Finlay
89TJ HUMAN RIGHTS AND SCOTS
Credits: 30 Level: H
LAW
Timetable: Teaching will take the form of 15 weekly Credits: 30 Level: H
sessions containing lectures and class discussions, each When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Timetable: Weekly 2 hour seminars - Wednesday 1100- international context. Further aims are: (i) to develop
1300 the analytical and critical skills of students by detailed
Requirements of entry: D grades in SISL and Law and examination some of the relevant legislation, conven-
Government at the first attempt tions and cases governing Intellectual Property law; (ii)
to instil in students an ability to constructively criticise
Co-requisites: None
current Intellectual Property law and to suggest and
Excluded Courses: None evaluate possible reforms; (iii) to give students some
Assessment: Group essay (25%); group project report knowledge of the practical applications of Intellectual
(25%); examination (50%). Property law; (iv) to foster an understanding of and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ability to evaluate areas of controversy within this area
Aims: This course aims to develop an understanding of law.
of the European Convention on Human Rights (includ- Course Co-ordinator: Mr Thomas Guthrie
ing the impact of incorporation on domestic law) and
89TE LEGAL THEORY
related European human rights instruments and also
certain ‘transferable’ or ‘key’ skills in students: ie, com- Credits: 30 Level: H
munication, problem-solving, working with others, im-
proving one’s own learning and performance, and IT. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Course Co-ordinator: Prof James Murdoch Timetable: Weekly 2 hour seminars - Thursday 1300 -
1500
89TD INSTITUTIONS AND JUDICIAL
CONTROL OF THE EU Requirements of entry: Normally a C in Jurisprudence
Co-requisites: None
Timetable: Weekly 2 hour seminars - Monday 1100 - Assessment: Essay (40%); examination (60%).
1300 Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Requirements of entry: Normally, a grade C or above Aims: Provide students with an in-depth understand-
in Sources and Institutions of Scots Law and Law and ing of some central problems of legal theory; Strengthen
Government. International exchange students will be students’ analytical skills in dealing with a range of the-
expected to have previously studied some public law. oretical and practical legal issues; Broaden students’
Co-requisites: None awareness of legal theoretical questions in a historical,
Excluded Courses: None contemporary and comparative framework.
Assessment: Essay (25%); examination (75%). Course Co-ordinator: Dr Thomas Veitch
Degree Examination taken in: April/May School of Modern Languages & Cul-
Aims: Knowledge based: To examine the institutional tures
framework of the EU; To discuss and critique the cur-
rent debates on the reform of the EU; To introduce stu- 9MJU COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 1A
dents to the debates on good governance in the EU; To - HEROES (HEROIC MEN)
enable a deeper understanding of EU law-making; To
gain a critical understanding of the role of the European Credits: 20 Level: 1
Courts and judicial remedies. Skills based: To enhance When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
research skills in the field of European constitutional
law; To encourage students to engage in constructive Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 12.00
and analytical discussions on key issues in the seminar; p.m.
To enable students to write critically about EU institu- Assessment: One piece of comparative work, normally
tions and processes; To encourage and enhance learning an essay (weighted at 40%), and one two-hour end
through group-work in seminars. of course exam containing a strong comparative ele-
Course Co-ordinator: Miss Maria Fletcher ment with each question addressing at least two texts
(weighted at 60%).
89KX INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LAW
Aims: This course analyses works representing differ-
Timetable: Weekly two hour seminars - Tuesday 1300- ent types of hero: classical, tragic, popular, traditional,
1500 comic, anti-heroes and others. It explores the notion of
Assessment: Assessment consists of a 2,000 word answer heroism, its absence in our lives and our longing for it as
to a problem (25%) and a three hour final exam (75%) this finds expression in various historical contexts and
in which three questions must be answered from ten. cultures. It also deals with the notion of masculinity as
Degree Examination taken in: April/May a cultural and historical construct. The course will en-
Aims: The principal aim of this course is to promote courage students to apply the analytical skills they have
familiarity and understanding of the law as it relates to gained to a wide range of problems which may confront
the field of Intellectual Property in the United Kingdom them in different situations and contexts in later life.
and Europe and to situate that understanding within an Course Co-ordinator: Dr Laura Martin

9NPU COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 1B 9NRV COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 2B

- HEROES (HEROIC WOMEN) - FRONTIERS (EXPLORING IDENTITY)
Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 12.00 Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 4.00
p.m. p.m.
Assessment: One piece of comparative work, normally Requirements of entry: At least 20 credits at Grade D or
an essay (weighted at 40%), and one two-hour end better in one of the following subjects at Level 1: Com-
of course exam containing a strong comparative ele- parative Literature; a Modern Language Course which
ment with each question addressing at least two texts includes the study of literature; Classical Civilisation;
(weighted at 60%). English Literature; Scottish Literature; Slavonic Stud-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ies; or, in other cases, by permission of Course Con-
vener.
Assessment: One piece of comparative work, normally
Aims: This course analyses various depictions of “heroic
an essay (weighted at 40%), and one two-hour end
women” in different cultural contexts and historical pe-
of course exam containing a strong comparative ele-
riods. It explores the notion of female heroism in con-
ment with each question addressing at least two texts
trast to male heroism, indicating major differences and
(weighted at 60%).
similarities. It also deals with women writers’ responses
to male writers’ depictions of female protagonists. The Degree Examination taken in: April/May
course will encourage students to apply the analytical Resit Examination taken in: August/September
skills they have gained to a wide range of problems Aims: Building on literary skills which students have
which may confront them in different situations and acquired through study at Level 1, this course will focus
contexts in later life. on various literary and cinematic depictions of the hu-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Laura Martin man search for identity and the meaning of self through
a series of challenging texts and films from a variety of
cultures. The course will encourage students to apply
9NQV COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 2A the analytical skills they have gained to a wide range
- FRONTIERS (CROSSING BORDERS) of problems which may confront them in different situ-
ations and contexts in later life.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrei Rogatchevski
Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 4.00
p.m. 0BUW COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Requirements of entry: At least 20 credits at Grade D or 3A: CONSTRUCTING THE LITERARY
better in one of the following subjects at Level 1: Com- SELF
parative Literature; a Modern Language Course which
includes the study of literature; Classical Civilisation;
English Literature; Scottish Literature; Slavonic Stud- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
ies; or, in other cases, by permission of Course Con- Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 3.00
vener. Requirements of entry: 40 credits at grade D or better
Assessment: One piece of comparative work, normally in any subject at level 2, of which: At least 20 credits at
an essay (weighted at 40%), and one two-hour end grade D or better in one of the following subjects at level
of course exam containing a strong comparative ele- 2: Comparative Literature, A Modern Language course
ment with each question addressing at least two texts which includes the study of literature; Celtic Civiliza-
(weighted at 60%). tion; Classical Civilization; English Language; English
Degree Examination taken in: December Literature; Scottish Literature; Slavonic Studies; Nar-
ratives of Adultery (Crichton); or, in other cases, by
permission of Course Convener
Aims: This course aims to analyse the theme of “cross-
Assessment: One essay (33.33%); Final 2-hour exami-
ing borders” in geographical, scientific, political, psy-
nation (66.66%)
chological, social, cultural and gender-orientated terms,
building on literary skills which students have acquired Degree Examination taken in: December
through study at Level 1. It focuses on the human Resit Examination taken in: August/September
motivations behind, and the consequences of, various Aims: To introduce students to certain major represen-
“crossings” as well as the exploration of otherness, se- tative works of literature in translation and thereby to
crets, mysteries and taboos. It additionally deals with develop their literary awareness and sensitivity, with a
literary depictions of exile, emigration, travels, love and particular emphasis on constructions of the self in liter-
broadly understood “discoveries”. The course will en- ature across a range of cultures and periods; To engage
courage students to apply the analytical skills they have students imaginatively in the process of reading and
gained to a wide range of problems which may confront analysing literary texts in translation; To allow students
them in different situations and contexts in later life. to critically reflect upon the advantages and disadvan-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Elwira Grossman tages of differing approaches to literary material and to

select interpretative models that seem appropriate to 9BFF COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 3H

a given piece or body of material; To extend students’ (JOINT)
analytical and presentational skills acquired at Levels 1
and 2; To develop an awareness of intercultural issues Credits: 60 Level: 3
by presenting set texts not only individually, but also When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
in relation to each other; To develop, through written
Timetable: Core course: 1 hour weekly, on Tuesday at
assignments and tutorial discussion, skills that are both
1.00. Other times depend on option choice.
important in their own right and are also transferable,
notably independent critical thinking and judgement, Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in at least two
the ability to assimilate, analyse and compare unfamil- of the four Comparative Literature courses at levels 1
iar/difficult material, solve problems, produce assign- and 2, at least one of which must be at level 2 with
ments, organise time, learn independently, argue coher- grade C or better.
ently, and handle detail without losing sight of general Co-requisites: Acceptance into Joint Honours by an-
perspectives. other relevant Department and compliance with Arts
Faculty regulations on Honours entry.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Eanna O’Ceallachain
Assessment: One Core course: 2-hour exam (50%); es-
say (50%). Optional courses, depending on student
choices, will be assessed by a combination of course work
0BVW COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
and examination. All 3H courses examined at end of 3H
3B: SELF AND HISTORY IN
year.
LITERATURE
Credits: 30 Level: 3 Aims: To engage students in the comparative study of
literatures/cultures of different languages, nations and
periods with a view to examining and analysing their
Timetable: Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday at 3.00 inter-relationships. To introduce students, through the
Requirements of entry: 40 credits at Grade D or bet- core courses, to major concepts in literary and cultural
ter in any subject at Level 2, of which: At least 20 theory and intercultural approaches to literature. To
credits at Grade D or better in one of the following offer students the opportunity of studying culturally
subjects at Level 2: Comparative Literature, A Modern different texts in a framework which includes issues of
Language course which includes the study of literature; gender, ethnicity and colonial and post-colonial experi-
Celtic Civilization; Classical Civilization; English Lan- ences. To allow students to reflect critically upon dif-
guage; English Literature; Scottish Literature; Slavonic fering approaches to literary material and to select in-
Studies; Narratives of Adultery (Crichton); or, in other terpretative models appropriate to a given text or texts.
cases, by permission of the Course Convener To give students an awareness of issues of language and
translation as they relate to the reading of texts from
Assessment: One essay (33.33%); Final 2-hour exami- different cultures. To develop, to an advanced level,
nation (66.66%) skills of analysis, argument and presentation acquired at
Degree Examination taken in: April/May levels 1 and 2. To develop, through written assignments
and seminar discussion, skills that are both important
in their own right and are also transferable, notably in-
Aims: To introduce students to certain major repre- dependent critical thinking and judgement, the ability
sentative works of literature in translation and thereby to assimilate, analyse and compare unfamiliar/difficult
to develop their literary awareness and sensitivity, with material, solve problems, produce assignments, organize
a particular emphasis on the relationship between lit- time, learn independently, argue coherently, and handle
erature and the socio-cultural, historical and ideologi- detail without losing sight of general perspectives.
cal contexts from which it emerges; To engage students Honours Course Prescription: All students take two
imaginatively in the process of reading and analysing compulsory 15-credit core courses (one in 3H, one in
literary texts in translation; To allow students to criti- 4H): Intercultural Readings and Theories of Reading.
cally reflect upon the advantages and disadvantages of Students choose options to make up remaining cred-
differing approaches to literary material and to select its. Options in 3H may include ONE of: Constructing
interpretative models that seem appropriate to a given the Literary Self; Self and History in Literature. Op-
piece or body of material; To extend students’ analytical tions may include one course worth up to a maximum
and presentational skills acquired at Levels 1 and 2; To of 30 credits from the available ‘language only’ courses
develop an awareness of intercultural issues by present- in SMLC at levels 1, 2 and 3. Other options include
ing set texts not only individually, but also in relation (not all are necessarily available in any given year): The
to each other; To develop, through written assignments European Emblem; French Cinema; Czech, Polish and
and tutorial discussion, skills that are both important Russian Women’s writing; Russian Novel; Mass Media
in their own right and are also transferable, notably in- of Central and Eastern Europe; Further Issues Concern-
dependent critical thinking and judgement, the ability ing Mass Media of Central and Eastern Europe; Con-
to assimilate, analyse and compare unfamiliar/difficult temporary Czech Cinema; Polish Literature in Trans-
material, solve problems, produce assignments, organise lation from Renaissance to C20th; 20th Century Polish
time, learn independently, argue coherently, and handle Literature; Contemporary Polish Cinema; Polish Iden-
detail without losing sight of general perspectives. tities; History of the Czechs and the Slovaks; Domesti-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Donatella Fischer cating the Dictators; Slavonic Drama; Russian Cinema;

The Literature of the Holocaust; Power and Culture of 30 credits from the available ‘language only’ courses
in Late Soviet and Post-Soviet Russia; Grimm’s Fairy in SMLC at levels 1, 2 and 3. Other options include
Tales; Medieval Welsh Literature; Early Gaelic Litera- (not all are necessarily available in any given year): The
ture; Belief and Culture: Early Medieval Ireland and European Emblem; French Cinema; Czech, Polish and
Scotland; Censorship in Western Culture; Infidelities; Russian Women’s writing; Russian Novel; Mass Media
Estonian Society, Culture and Language; Borges, the of Central and Eastern Europe; Further Issues Concern-
World and Text. Not more than one option of a non- ing Mass Media of Central and Eastern Europe; Con-
comparative nature may be chosen. A dissertation (15 temporary Czech Cinema; Polish Literature in Trans-
credits) may be substituted for one option in 3H year. lation from Renaissance to C20th; 20th Century Polish
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Laura Martin Literature; Contemporary Polish Cinema; Polish Iden-
tities; History of the Czechs and the Slovaks; Domesti-
cating the Dictators; Slavonic Drama; Russian Cinema;
9BLG COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 4H The Literature of the Holocaust; Power and Culture
(JOINT) in Late Soviet and Post-Soviet Russia; Grimm’s Fairy
Tales; Medieval Welsh Literature; Early Gaelic Litera-
Credits: 60 Level: 4 ture; Belief and Culture: Early Medieval Ireland and
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Scotland; Censorship in Western Culture; Infidelities;
Estonian Society Culture and Language; Borges, the
Timetable: Core course: 1 hour weekly, on Tuesday at
World and Text. Not more than one option of a non-
1.00. Other times depend on option choice.
comparative nature may be chosen. A dissertation (15
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in at least two credits) may be substituted for one option in 3H year.
of the four Comparative Literature courses at levels 1
and 2, at least one of which must be at level 2 with Course Co-ordinator: Dr Laura Martin
grade C or better.
Co-requisites: Acceptance into Joint Honours by an-
other relevant Department and compliance with Arts FRENCH
2HFU FRENCH 1A (LANGUAGE ONLY)
Assessment: One Core course: 2-hour exam (50%); es-
say (50%). Optional courses, depending on student
choices, will be assessed by a combination of course work
and examination. All 3H courses examined at end of 3H When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
year. Timetable: No fixed class hour but a wide range of times
Degree Examination taken in: April/May available. A weekly language class on Tuesday, weekly
Aims: To engage students in the comparative study of video/language class on Monday at either 10am or 3pm,
literatures/cultures of different languages, nations and a fortnightly oral class.
periods with a view to examining and analysing their Requirements of entry: At least grade C (B more advis-
inter-relationships. To introduce students, through the able) in SCE Higher French or equivalent.
core courses, to major concepts in literary and cultural
Excluded Courses: French 1A, French 1B, French 1B
theory and intercultural approaches to literature. To
(Language Only)
offer students the opportunity of studying culturally
different texts in a framework which includes issues of Assessment: The total is made up of results from five
gender, ethnicity and colonial and post-colonial experi- equally weighted elements of assessment: (i) Continu-
ences. To allow students to reflect critically upon dif- ous assessment grammar tests (ii) Paper One examina-
fering approaches to literary material and to select in- tion translation into French (iii) Paper One examination
terpretative models appropriate to a given text or texts. translation into English (iv) Video examination requir-
To give students an awareness of issues of language and ing paraphrase of video clip and related essay in French
translation as they relate to the reading of texts from (v) Oral mark based half on continuous assessment and
different cultures. To develop, to an advanced level, half on oral examination.
skills of analysis, argument and presentation acquired at Degree Examination taken in: April/May
levels 1 and 2. To develop, through written assignments
and seminar discussion, skills that are both important
in their own right and are also transferable, notably in- Aims: The aims of the language provision at Level 1A
dependent critical thinking and judgement, the ability are to develop your skills in the understanding, reading,
to assimilate, analyse and compare unfamiliar/difficult writing and speaking of French and increase your knowl-
material, solve problems, produce assignments, organize edge of French vocabulary and French grammar beyond
time, learn independently, argue coherently, and handle the course entry level and to a standard sufficient for
detail without losing sight of general perspectives. consideration for entry into the Level 2 class. You will
Honours Course Prescription: All students take two be offered feedback on the various language exercises
compulsory 15-credit core courses (one in 3H, one in you are required to complete and submit (grammar
4H): Intercultural Readings and Theories of Reading. tests, translations, independent writing, video compre-
Students choose options to make up remaining cred- hension exercises). You will also be required to prepare
its. Options in 3H may include ONE of: Constructing materials in advance of oral classes and then present
the Literary Self; Self and History in Literature. Op- those materials in the form of short exposés.
tions may include one course worth up to a maximum Course Co-ordinator: Dr Heather Lloyd

8UGU FRENCH 1A LANGUAGE, 1C7B FRENCH 1B (BEGINNERS’

LITERATURE AND MODERN FRANCE LANGUAGE: INSTITUTIONS AND
LITERATURE)
Timetable: A weekly language class on Tuesday, a When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
weekly video/language class on Monday at 10am or Timetable: A weekly video/grammar class on Tues-
3pm, a weekly literature lecture on Thursday at 10am day at 10, 2 or 3. A further weekly language class on
or 3pm, a fortnightly oral class. Wednesday at 10, 2 or 3. A weekly literature/film lec-
Requirements of entry: At least grade C (B more advis- ture on Thursday at 10 or 3. A fortnightly oral class at
able) in SCE Higher French or equivalent. various times.
Requirements of entry: Entrance is restricted to those
Co-requisites: None
who do NOT have a pass in SCE Higher French or its
Excluded Courses: French 1A (Language Only), French equivalent within the last four years.
1B, French 1B (Language Only)
Excluded Courses: French 1B (Language Only), French
Assessment: The language total is made up of results 1A, French 1A (Language Only)
from five equally weighted elements of assessment: (i)
Assessment: The language total is made up of results
Continuous assessment grammar tests (ii) Paper One
from five equally weighted elements of assessment: (i)
examination translation into French (iii) Paper One ex-
Continuous assessment language tests (ii) Paper One
amination translation into English (iv) Video examina-
examination translation into French (iii) Paper One ex-
tion requiring paraphrase of video clip and related essay
amination translation into English (iv) Video compre-
in French (v) Oral mark based half on continuous assess-
hension examination (v) Oral mark based half on con-
ment and half on oral examination. The literature/film
tinuous assessment and half on oral examination. The
total is made up of results from three equally weighted
literature/film total is made up of results from three
elements of assessment: (i) the better of two marks
equally weighted elements of assessment: (i) the better
from a semester one essay and a semester two class
of two marks from a semester one essay and a semester
test (ii) Paper Two examination literature commentary
two class test; (ii) and (iii) Two literature/film exami-
(iii) Paper Two examination literature/film essay. The
nation questions (Paper Two). The language and liter-
language and literature/film halves of the course are
ature/film halves of the course are equally weighted.
equally weighted except that an overall satisfactory re-
sult normally requires a minimum level of performance Degree Examination taken in: April/May
to be achieved in the language half of the results. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: The aims of the language provision at Level 1B to
Resit Examination taken in: August/September introduce you to the grammar and syntax of the French
language, to help you acquire a basic vocabulary, to en-
Aims: The aims of the language provision at Level 1A able you to use the language both in speaking and writ-
are to develop your skills in the understanding, reading, ing and to acquaint you in general terms with French
writing and speaking of French and increase your knowl- culture. You will acquire skills in the understanding,
edge of French vocabulary and French grammar beyond reading, writing and speaking of French and increase
the course entry level and to a standard sufficient for your knowledge of French vocabulary and French gram-
consideration for entry into the Level 2 class. You will mar, such that students who perform very well on the
be offered feedback on the various language exercises course will attain a standard sufficient for consideration
you are required to complete and submit (grammar for entry into the Level 2 class. You will be offered
tests, translations, independent writing, video compre- feedback on all the language exercises you are required
hension exercises). You will also be required to prepare to complete during the course: grammar tests, trans-
materials in advance of oral classes and then present lations, video comprehension exercises. You will also
those materials in the form of short exposés. The liter- be encouraged to prepare materials in advance of oral
ature and culture element of the course is designed to classes and then present those materials to the class.
enhance your expertise in the study of literature and The literature and culture element of the course is de-
cinema, and also to inculcate various generally useful signed to enhance your expertise in the study of litera-
skills and techniques. The course will therefore: 1)intro- ture and cinema, and also to inculcate various generally
duce you to a range of texts of different genres from the useful skills and techniques. The course will therefore:
nineteenth and twentieth centuries along with a range 1)introduce you to a range of texts of different genres
of French films mainly from the post-war period, 2)de- from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries along with
velop your capacity for sensitive and detailed reading a range of French films mainly from the post-war pe-
of text and film, with awareness of their cultural and riod, 2)develop your capacity for sensitive and detailed
historical contexts, 3)develop your capacity for written reading of text and film, with awareness of their cul-
critical analysis of texts and films and the constructing tural and historical contexts, 3)develop your capacity
of viable arguments about those works and the issues for written critical analysis of texts and films and the
which arise from them, 4)give you a sense of how both constructing of viable arguments about those works and
the set texts and films have been regarded and criti- the issues which arise from them, 4)give you a sense of
cised, and of how that criticism has interacted with or how both the set texts and films have been regarded
is shaped by other arts and systems of thought. and criticised, and of how that criticism has interacted
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Heather Lloyd with or is shaped by other arts and systems of thought.

Course Co-ordinator: Dr Heather Lloyd full-time students to certain major representative works
of literature from the 17th to the 20th centuries in a
range of genres, and thereby to develop their literary
2NDU FRENCH 1B (LANGUAGE ONLY)
sensitivity; to enhance all students’ sense of the inter-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 est, importance and usefulness of their studies not only
as preparation for future visits to French-speaking coun-
tries (eg during the year abroad) but also as relevant to
Timetable: A weekly video/grammar class on Tuesday an understanding of current attitudes and contempo-
at 10, 2 or 3. A further weekly language class on rary events (eg Voltaire on War); to develop, through
Wednesday at 10, 2 or 3. A fortnightly oral class at written and oral assignments, skills that are both im-
various times. portant in their own right and also transferable (and
Requirements of entry: Entrance is restricted to those therefore important for employment prospects), notably
who do NOT have a pass in SCE Higher French or its the ability to assimilate and analyse unfamiliar/difficult
equivalent in the last four years. material, solve problems, produce assignments, organize
Excluded Courses: French 1B, French 1A, French 1A time, learn by oneself, argue cogently, and handle detail
(Language Only) without losing sight of general perspectives.
Assessment: The total is made up of results from five Course Co-ordinator: Mr Dougal Campbell
equally weighted elements of assessment: (i) Continu-
ous assessment language tests (ii) Paper One examina-
tion translation into French (iii) Paper One examina- 7ETV FRENCH LANGUAGE 2
tion translation into English (iv) Video comprehension
examination (v) Oral mark based half on continuous Credits: 20 Level: 2
assessment and half on oral examination. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Timetable: Language lectures/seminars at 12 noon on
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Wednesday, language tutorials at 11am, 12 noon or
Aims: The aims of the language provision at Level 1B to 1pm on Thursday, weekly conversation classes and fort-
introduce you to the grammar and syntax of the French nightly Computer Assisted Language Learning classes
language, to help you acquire a basic vocabulary, to en- at various other times.
able you to use the language both in speaking and writ- Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in French 1A
ing and to acquaint you in general terms with French (’Language Only’course) or grade B or A in French 1B
culture. You will acquire skills in the understanding, (’Language Only’ course) or by Head of Department’s
reading, writing and speaking of French and increase permission.
your knowledge of French vocabulary and French gram- Assessment: Two 2-hour examinations; Oral; continu-
mar, such that students who perform very well on the ous assessment exercises during both semesters.
course will attain a standard sufficient for consideration
for entry into the Level 2 class. You will be offered
feedback on all the language exercises you are required Resit Examination taken in: August/September
to complete during the course: grammar tests, trans- Aims: Language study through written translation,
lations, video comprehension exercises. You will also comprehension, oral classes and some use of material
be encouraged to prepare materials in advance of oral recorded on cassette and video to develop aural/oral
classes and then present those materials to the class. skills. Aims are: to extend students’ linguistic skills
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Heather Lloyd (both written and spoken) acquired in Level 1 French;
to enhance students’ sense of the interest, importance
and usefulness of their studies not only as a prepara-
7FNV FRENCH 2 tion for future visits to French-speaking countries (e.g.
Credits: 40 Level: 2 on ERASMUS/SOCRATES courses) but also as rele-
vant to an understanding of current affairs and attitudes
(e.g. as reflected in contemporary journalism, both spo-
Timetable: Lectures at 12 noon on Tuesday and ken and written); to develop skills that are important
Wednesday, language tutorials at 11am, 12 noon or 1pm both in their own right and for employment purposes.
on Thursday. Literature tutorials, Computer Assisted
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Dougal Campbell
Language Learning and conversation classes at various
other times.
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better at French 1A 114D FRENCH 3
or 1C, or grade B or A at French 1B, or by Head of
Department’s permission. Credits: 60 Level: 3
Assessment: Three 2-hour examinations; Oral; con- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
tinuous assessment literature exercises during both Timetable: Language, Tuesday and Wednesday at 12
semesters. noon and a further language class (choice of times); Stu-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May dents will also study courses amounting to 30 credits
Resit Examination taken in: August/September (e.g. 2 x 15 credit courses or 4 x 7.5 credit courses)
Aims: To extend all students’ linguistic skills (both from the Honours courses.
written and spoken) acquired at level 1; to introduce Requirements of entry: Head of Department’s discretion

Assessment: One three-hour written language paper of The Eighteenth-century French novel; History in 19th-
translations into (33.3%) and out of French (33.3%), century Prose Fiction; Québec Politics and Culture;
plus an oral examination (33.3%). A minimum D grade Bande Dessinée; L’Ecole de Brive: social change and
to have been obtained in the written paper. In Litera- identity in the modern novel; French Cinema; Recent
ture, Honours content courses are examined by contin- French Social Thought; Sexualities I (Dissidence); Sex-
uous assessment (see Honours content courses). ualities II (Sado-masochism); Remembering in 20th-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May century Fiction; Stagecraft and Witchcraft; The 20th-
century Novel; Women’s Writing; Parallel Visions: Po-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September etic Visuality/Screen Writing in French 20th-century
Aims: The oral and written assignments are de- Poetry and Cinema; 20thC French Thought; French
signed to encourage autonomous learning, good time- Dialects; Le Français des Affaires; Le Français des Sci-
management and analytical and communicative skills, ences sociales; Legal French; Modern Occitan Culture;
which are highly valued in all spheres of employment. Medieval and Renaissance Occitan Literature; TEFL.
The aims of the Honours content courses are to encour- Content courses will normally be assessed by an essay
age study in depth of a period, a genre or of specific or similar piece of work written at the end of term. In
aspects of language and to foster autonomous work and the case of French Dialects, Le Français des Affaires,
analytical skills, as in Honours. Choices are made in Le Français des Sciences Sociales and Legal French, the
consultation with the Honours coordinator. course will not be assessed by the usual essay but by
Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Dickson a mixture of appropriate language exercises (linguistic
commentary, translation, video comprehension, résumé
and synthesis) over the course of each term, both from
114F FRENCH 3H (JOINT) and into French, some exercises being done under ex-
amination conditions.
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Dickson
Timetable: Seminars are daily at 10.00 am and 12.00 114H FRENCH 3H (SINGLE)
and at other times to be arranged. All tutorials are at
times to be arranged. Credits: 120 Level: 3
Requirements of entry: Normally satisfactory perfor- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
mance in French 2 and a prolonged period of residence Timetable: Seminars are daily at 10.00 am and 12.00
in France. Those students who have spent a year in an- and at other times to be arranged. All tutorials are at
other country such as Germany spend the third term of times to be arranged. Stylistics (Junior Honours) on
Junior Honours at a course in France. Tuesdays at 2.00, and Video and related language work
Assessment: Joint Honours students take 4 x 15 credit (Senior Honours) on Tuesdays at 9.00.
courses over two years or equivalent involving 7.5 credit Requirements of entry: Normally satisfactory perfor-
courses + 60 credits language over two years. Language: mance in French 2 and a prolonged period of residence
two written papers by examination; two oral examina- in France.
tions in Senior Honours. (Each language paper/oral is
Assessment: Single Honours students take 8 x 15 credit
rated at 15 credits). Content courses: see details of as-
courses (or equivalent) + 30 credit Dissertation + 90
sessment of content courses under ‘honours course pre-
credits in language over the two years. Language: two
scription’. The content element will be examined by
written language papers; two oral examinations in Se-
continuous assessment or end of term exam in both Ju-
nior Honours; a paper on Stylistics (end of Junior Hon-
nior and Senior Honours.
ours) and a paper on video-based language analysis (Se-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May nior Honours). All language papers are weighted at 15
Aims: Wherever possible, to give the student as much credits each and the proportion of total assessment for
choice for exploring aspects of French language, liter- language is 37.5%. Content courses: see details of as-
ature and culture as is consistent with staff availabil- sessment of content courses under ‘honours course pre-
ity; To consolidate and significantly develop the stu- scription’. Content elements equivalent to 50% of the
dent’s existing knowledge of French language, literature total assessment will be examined by class essays sub-
and culture; building on a period of extended residence mitted during Junior and Senior Honours or end of term
abroad; to consolidate both written and oral language exams. 12.5% of assessment is by dissertation (8000-
acquisition; to develop transferable analytical and pre- 10,000 words), submitted prior to the commencement
sentational skills. of the Senior Honours year.
Honours Course Prescription: Throughout the two Degree Examination taken in: April/May
years of study students have regular written language Aims: Wherever possible, to give the student as much
and oral classes. Content courses are chosen from the choice for exploring aspects of French language, litera-
following: From Epic to Romance; Tricks and Trick- ture and culture as is consistent with staff availability;
sters in Medieval Narrative; Late Medieval Lyric Po- to consolidate and significantly develop the student’s ex-
etry; Ronsard and Rabelais: Renaissance Humour; Em- isting knowledge of French language, literature and cul-
blems; The Triumph of Theatre 1630-1680; Corneille ture; building on a period of extended residence abroad;
Dramatist; The Tragedy of Racine; Molière; Illu- to consolidate both written and oral language acquisi-
sion and Truth: from Montaigne to Voltaire; The tion; to develop transferable analytical and presenta-
Court of Versailles; Sexuality, Textuality and Society: tional skills.

Honours Course Prescription: Throughout the two 114G FRENCH 4H (JOINT)

years of study students have regular written language
and oral classes. Single Honours also follow courses in Credits: 60 Level: 4
Stylistics and Video and related language work. Con- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
tent courses are chosen from the following: From Epic
Timetable: Seminars are daily at 10.00 am and 12.00
to Romance; Tricks and Tricksters in Medieval Nar-
and at other times to be arranged. All tutorials are at
rative; Late Medieval Lyric Poetry; Ronsard and Ra-
times to be arranged.
belais: Renaissance Humour; Emblems; The Triumph of
Theatre 1630-1680; Corneille Dramatist; The Tragedy Requirements of entry: Normally satisfactory perfor-
of Racine; Molière; Illusion and Truth: from Montaigne mance in French 2 and a prolonged period of residence
to Voltaire; The Court of Versailles; Sexuality, Textual- in France. Those students who have spent a year in an-
ity and Society: The Eighteenth-century French novel; other country such as Germany spend the third term of
History in 19th-century Prose Fiction; Québec Politics Junior Honours at a course in France.
and Culture; Bande Dessinée; L’Ecole de Brive: social Assessment: Joint Honours students take 4 x 15 credit
change and identity in the modern novel; French Cin- courses over two years or equivalent involving 7.5 credit
ema; Recent French Social Thought; Sexualities I (Dis- courses + 60 credits language over two years. Language:
sidence); Sexualities II (Sado-masochism); Remember- two written papers by examination; two oral examina-
ing in 20th-century Fiction; Stagecraft and Witchcraft; tions in Senior Honours. (Each language paper/oral is
Sharpened senses etc etc to pages of bodies; The 20th- rated at 15 credits). Content courses: see details of as-
century Novel; Women’s Writing; Parallel Visions: Po- sessment of content courses under honours course pre-
etic Visuality/Screen Writing in French 20th-century scription. 75% of the content element will be examined
Poetry and Cinema; 20thC French Thought; French by continuous assessment in Junior Honours and the
Dialects; Le Français des Affaires; Le Français des Sci- first term of Senior Honours.
ences sociales; Legal French; Modern Occitan Culture; Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Medieval and Renaissance Occitan Literature; TEFL.
Content courses will normally be assessed by an essay Aims: Wherever possible, to give the student as much
or similar piece of work written at the end of term. In choice for exploring aspects of French language, liter-
the case of French Dialects, Le Français des Affaires, ature and culture as is consistent with staff availabil-
Le Français des Sciences Sociales and Legal French, the ity; To consolidate and significantly develop the stu-
course will not be assessed by the usual essay but by dent’s existing knowledge of French language, literature
a mixture of appropriate language exercises (linguistic and culture; building on a period of extended residence
commentary, translation, video comprehension, résumé abroad; to consolidate both written and oral language
and synthesis) over the course of each term, both from acquisition; to develop transferable analytical and pre-
and into French, some exercises being done under ex- sentational skills.
amination conditions. Honours Course Prescription: Throughout the two
years of study students have regular written language
Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Dickson
and oral classes. Content courses are chosen from the
following: Form, Society and Violence in Old French
Narrative; From Epic to Romance; Tricks and Trick-
2HFW FRENCH LANGUAGE 3 sters in Medieval Narrative; Late Medieval Lyric Po-
etry; Ronsard and Rabelais: Renaissance Humour; Em-
Credits: 30 Level: 3 blems; The Triumph of Theatre 1630-1680; Corneille
Dramatist; The Tragedy of Racine; Molière; Illu-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) sion and Truth: from Montaigne to Voltaire; The
Timetable: Tuesday and Wednesday at 12.00 noon and Court of Versailles; Sexuality, Textuality and Soci-
a further language class (choice of times) ety: The Eighteenth-century French novel; History in
19th-century Prose Fiction; Thinkers and Dreamers
Requirements of entry: This class would normally be (Poetry course); The City in 19th-century Literature
followed by non-native Socrates students doing French and Art; Nerval: Sylvie and Textuality; Sharpened
as part of the degree for the home universities. Such Senses, Macabre Visions (19th century); Québec Pol-
students should consult the departmental Socrates co- itics and Culture; Bande Dessinée; LEcole de Brive: so-
ordinator, Mr Dickson. cial change and identity in the modern novel; French
Assessment: One three-hour written language paper of Cinema; The Films of Georges Méliès; Recent French
translations into (33.3%) and out of French (33.3%), Social Thought; Sexualities I (Dissidence); Sexuali-
plus an oral examination (33.3%). A minimum D grade ties II (Sado-masochism); Remembering in 20th-century
to have been obtained in the written paper. Fiction; Stagecraft and Witchcraft; Sharpened Senses,
Macabre Visions (20th century); Bernard Noël: Pages
Degree Examination taken in: April/May of Bodies; The 20th-century Novel; Womens Writing;
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Parallel Visions: Poetic Visuality/Screen Writing in
French 20th-century Poetry and Cinema; 20thC French
Aims: The oral and written assignments are de-
Thought; French Dialects; Le Français des Affaires;
signed to encourage autonomous learning, good time-
Le Français des Sciences sociales; Legal French; Mod-
management and analytical and communicative skills,
ern Occitan Culture; Medieval and Renaissance Occi-
which are highly valued in all spheres of employment.
tan Literature; TEFL; Contemporary France. Content
Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Dickson courses will normally be assessed by an essay or sim-

ilar piece of work written at the end of term. Should in 19th-century Literature and Art; Nerval: Sylvie
the content course be studied in the second term of Se- and Textuality; Sharpened Senses, Macabre Visions
nior Honours, then it will be assessed by an essay or (19th century); Québec Politics and Culture; Bande
similar piece of work in Finals. In the case of French Dessinée; LEcole de Brive: social change and identity
Dialects, Le Français des Affaires and Le Français des in the modern novel; French Cinema; The Films of
Sciences Sociales the course will not be assessed by the Georges Méliès; Recent French Social Thought; Sexu-
usual essay but by a mixture of appropriate language alities I (Dissidence); Sexualities II (Sado-masochism);
exercises (linguistic commentary, résumé and synthe- Remembering in 20th-century Fiction; Stagecraft and
sis) over the course of each term, both from and into Witchcraft; Sharpened Senses, Macabre Visions (20th
French. Assessment of the Legal French course will be century); Bernard Noël: Pages of Bodies; The 20th-
by résumé, translation and synthesis over the course of century Novel; Womens Writing; Parallel Visions: Po-
the year, some exercises being done under examination etic Visuality/Screen Writing in French 20th-century
conditions. Poetry and Cinema; 20thC French Thought; French
Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Dickson Dialects; Le Français des Affaires; Le Français des Sci-
ences sociales; Legal French; Modern Occitan Culture;
Medieval and Renaissance Occitan Literature; TEFL;
114J FRENCH 4H (SINGLE) Contemporary France. Content courses will normally
be assessed by an essay or similar piece of work written
at the end of term. Should the content course be studied
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) in the second term of Senior Honours, then it will be as-
Timetable: Seminars are daily at 10.00 am and 12.00 sessed by an essay or similar piece of work in Finals. For
and at other times to be arranged. All tutorials are Single Honours students, assessment may also take the
at times to be arranged. Stylistics (Junior Honours) on form of an end-of-term take-away paper (three days) or
Tuesday at 2.00 or 3.00, and Video and related language a two-hour open-book examination at the beginning of
work (Senior Honours) on Wednesdays at 2.00. the following term (arranged informally within the de-
Requirements of entry: Normally satisfactory perfor- partment). In the case of French Dialects, Le Français
mance in French 2 and a prolonged period of residence des Affaires, Le Français des Sciences Sociales the course
in France. will not be assessed by the usual essay but by a mix-
Assessment: Single Honours students take 8 x 15 credit ture of appropriate language exercises (linguistic com-
courses (or equivalent) + 30 credit Dissertation + 90 mentary, résumé and synthesis) over the course of each
credits language over the two years. Language: two term, both from and into French. Assessment of the
written language papers; two oral examinations in Se- Legal French course will be by résumé, translation and
nior Honours; a paper on Stylistics and a paper on synthesis over the course of the year, some exercises be-
video-based language analysis. An 8000 word disserta- ing done under examination conditions.
tion is completed by the beginning of Senior Honours. Course Co-ordinator: Mr William Dickson
Content courses: see details of assessment of content
courses under honours course prescription. 75% of the GERMAN
content element will be examined by continuous assess-
ment in Junior Honours and the first term of Senior KXSU BEGINNERS GERMAN
Honours. LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 1
Aims: Wherever possible, to give the student as much This course is likely to be modified, with effect from Ses-
choice for exploring aspects of French language, litera- sion 2008-09, to form part of a new set of two 20-credit
ture and culture as is consistent with staff availability; courses intended for those who have little or no prior
to consolidate and significantly develop the student’s ex- knowledge of German. Full details will be provided on
isting knowledge of French language, literature and cul- the School’s web pages as soon as possible.
ture; building on a period of extended residence abroad; Credits: 40 Level: 1
to consolidate both written and oral language acquisi- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
tion; to develop transferable analytical and presenta- Timetable: 9am on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
tional skills. Thursday and Friday (fortnightly) plus one oral class
Honours Course Prescription: Throughout the two at times to be advised.
years of study students have regular written language Requirements of entry: Although the class is primarily
and oral classes. Single Honours also follow courses in intended for complete beginners, it is open to all stu-
Stylistics and Video and related language work. Form, dents who have insufficient qualifications to enter Ger-
Society and Violence in Old French Narrative; From man Language and Literature 1A (i.e. those without a
Epic to Romance; Tricks and Tricksters in Medieval recent SCE Higher Pass in German at Grade A, B or
Narrative; Late Medieval Lyric Poetry; Ronsard and C, or equivalent).
Rabelais: Renaissance Humour; Emblems; The Tri-
Excluded Courses: German Language 1A, German Lan-
umph of Theatre 1630-1680; Corneille Dramatist; The
guage and Literature 1A, German Literature 1A (Syn-
Tragedy of Racine; Molière; Illusion and Truth: from
ergy), German Language 1B
Montaigne to Voltaire; The Court of Versailles; Sex-
uality, Textuality and Society: the eighteenth-century Assessment: Two 2-hour papers and an oral test
French novel; History in 19th-century Prose Fiction; (66.6%); continuous assessment (33.3%).
Thinkers and Dreamers (Poetry course); The City Degree Examination taken in: April/May

Resit Examination taken in: August/September sion 2008-09, to form part of a new set of two 20-credit
Aims: Language Component - (1) give students a work- courses intended for those who have little or no prior
ing knowledge of German, covering all the basic struc- knowledge of German. Full details will be provided on
tures of the language; (2) introduce and develop the 4 the School’s web pages as soon as possible.
language skills (reading, writing, speaking and listen- Credits: 20 Level: 1
ing); (3) introduce the use of language reference mate- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
rials; (4) help and encourage students to develop study
skills, especially for self-study, including the use of IT Timetable: Monday, Tuesday OR Wednesday and
and multi-media as well as traditional library materi- Thursday at 9.00 am in semester 1; Tuesday OR
als. History, Culture and Literature Component - (1) Wednesday and Thursday at 9.00 am in semester 2; plus
develop study skills and critical thinking; (2) intro- one oral class at times to be advised.
duce students to the history, culture and literature of Requirements of entry: Although the class is primarily
20th/21st century Germany; (3) provide reading tutori- intended for complete beginners it is open to all students
als where students develop an understanding of complex who have insufficient qualifications to enter German 1A
authentic German texts; (4) introduce students to the (i.e. those without a recent SCE Higher Pass in German
close reading and appreciation of selected German lit- at Grade A, B or C, or equivalent).
erary texts. Excluded Courses: German Language 1A
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Mark Ward Assessment: One 2-hour paper and an oral test (66.6%);
continuous assessment (33.3%).
2HGU GERMAN LANGUAGE 1A Degree Examination taken in: April/May

When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Aims: The teaching staff for German Level 1B Lan-
guage Component will endeavour to: (1) give students
Timetable: Tuesday and Thursday at 9am, plus one
a working knowledge of German, covering all the basic
further hour to be arranged.
structures of the language; (2) introduce and develop
Requirements of entry: The class is open only to stu- the four language skills (reading, writing, speaking and
dents with an SCE Higher Pass in German at Grade A, listening); (3) introduce the use of language reference
B or C, or equivalent. materials; (4) help and encourage students to develop
Assessment: The examination will consist of a 2-hour study skills, especially for self-study, including the use
paper and an oral test (66.6%). Continuous assessment of IT and Multi-Media as well as traditional library ma-
(33.3%). terials.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Course Co-ordinator: Prof Mark Ward
Aims: Teaching Aims: The teaching staff for German
115B GERMAN LANGUAGE AND
Level 1A Language Component will endeavour to: (1)
provide an environment where existing knowledge of
LITERATURE 1A
vocabulary, grammar and language structure can be
built upon while providing an incentive to increase such
knowledge; (2) provide opportunities for students to be- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
come aware of the formal structures of the language Timetable: The class meets at 9.00 am from Tuesday to
which can enable a considered use of the language; Friday, plus one further hour to be arranged.
(3) provide an environment where the language may Requirements of entry: The class is open only to stu-
be spoken confidently; (4) provide encouragement and dents with an SCE Higher Pass in German at Grade A,
opportunities to read difficult texts and to write the B, or C, or equivalent.
language formally and informally; (5) provide a forum
where students may ask specific questions about the lan- Assessment: Two 2-hour papers and oral test (66.6%);
guage and its usage; (6) encourage students to think continuous assessment (33.3%).
critically help and encourage students to develop self- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
study skills, including the use of IT and Multi-Media Resit Examination taken in: August/September
as well as traditional library materials; (7) encourage
Aims: Language Component: The teaching staff for
students to take responsibility for their weaknesses in
German Level 1A Language Component will endeavour
study-skills and provide methods and materials to rem-
to: (1) provide an environment where existing knowl-
edy any such weakness; (8) provide a forum where peer
edge of vocabulary, grammar and language structure
and self-assessment are used regularly; (9) provide a fo-
can be built upon while providing an incentive to in-
rum for individual and group work; (10) provide a forum
crease such knowledge; (2) provide opportunities for
for student presentations.
students to become aware of the formal structures of
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Barbara Burns the language which can enable a considered use of the
language; (3) provide an environment where the lan-
guage may be spoken confidently; (4) provide encour-
2NEU GERMAN LANGUAGE 1B agement and opportunities to read difficult texts and
to write the language formally and informally; (5) pro-
This course is likely to be modified, with effect from Ses- vide a forum where students may ask specific questions

about the language and its usage; (6) encourage stu- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Barbara Burns
dents to think critically; (7) help and encourage stu-
dents to develop self-study skills, including the use of
IT and Multi-Media as well as traditional library ma-
terials; (8) encourage students to take responsibility for 7FMV GERMAN LANGUAGE &
their weaknesses in study-skills and provide methods LITERATURE 2
and materials to remedy any such weakness; (9) provide
a forum where peer and self-assessment are used regu- Credits: 40 Level: 2
larly; (10) provide a forum for individual and group
work; (11) provide a forum for student presentations
Literature, History and Culture. The teaching staff for Timetable: Tuesday to Friday at 11.00 am plus one fur-
German Level 1A Literature, History and Culture will ther hour to be arranged.
endeavour to: (1) provide lectures on the literature, his-
Requirements of entry: The class is open to students
tory and culture of the twentieth century; (2) provide a
with a Grade D or above in German Language and Lit-
forum where students may develop listening and note-
erature 1A.
taking skills; (3) provide a forum and incentives for the
development of critical thinking; (4) provide the oppor- Assessment: Two 2-hour papers and an oral test
tunity to develop deep learning skills in a setting where (66.6%); continuous assessment (33.3%).
students are encouraged to make active use of informa-
tion gained; (5) provide a forum where students may ask
specific questions related to the lectures; (6) provide a Resit Examination taken in: August/September
forum for student presentations alone or in groups; (7)
Aims: Language Component: The teaching staff for
encourage students to develop the skills of critical think-
German Level 2 Language will endeavour to: (1) con-
ing and to express themselves in spoken and written
tinue the work of the Level 1A and Level 1B classes; (2)
form both in formal and informal settings; (8) encour-
systematically consolidate and advance formal knowl-
age students to develop skills related to the considered,
edge of grammar and its linguistic application in trans-
close-reading of a German text; (9) encourage students
lation, as well as developing oral skills; (3) provide
to take responsibility for their own learning.
an environment where existing knowledge of vocabu-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Barbara Burns lary, grammar and language structure can be built upon
while providing an incentive to increase such knowledge;
(4) provide opportunities for students to become aware
0XBU GERMAN LITERATURE 1A of the formal structures of the language which can en-
(LITERATURE ONLY/SYNERGY) able a considered use of the language; (5) provide an
environment where the language may be spoken confi-
dently; (6) provide an environment and opportunities
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) to read a variety of texts and to write the language in
Timetable: Wednesday and Friday at 9.00am formal settings; (7) provide opportunities for students
Requirements of entry: The class is open to students to ask specific questions about the language and its us-
with a Grade C or above in German Language 1B, or age; (8) encourage students to think critically; (9) help
SCE Higher at Grade C or above, or equivalent qualifi- and encourage students to develop self-study skills, in-
cation. cluding the use of IT and Multi-Media as well as tra-
ditional library materials; (10) encourage students to
Assessment: One 2-hour paper and continuous assess- take responsibility for their weaknesses in study-skills
ment (33.3%). and provide methods and materials to remedy any such
Degree Examination taken in: April/May weakness; (11) provide opportunities for peer and self-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September assessment; (12) provide opportunities for individual
and group work; (13) provide opportunities for student
Aims: The teaching staff for German Level 1A Litera-
presentations. The teaching staff will: (1) provide lec-
ture will endeavour to: (1) provide lectures on the lit-
tures on the literature, history and culture of Germany
erature, history and culture of the twentieth century;
in the late eighteenth and in the nineteenth centuries
(2) provide a forum where students may develop lis-
which seek to provide an overview of developments in
tening and note-taking skills; (3) provide a forum and
thought and aesthetics; (2) provide opportunities for
incentives for the development of critical thinking; (4)
students to enhance listening and note-taking skills; (3)
provide the opportunity to develop deep learning skills
provide opportunities and incentives for the continued
in a setting where students are encouraged to make
development of critical thinking; (4) provide opportu-
active use of information gained; (5) provide a forum
nities to develop deep learning skills in a setting where
where students may ask specific questions related to the
students are encouraged to make active use of informa-
lectures; (6) provide a forum for student presentations
tion gained; (5) provide opportunities for students to
alone or in groups; (7) encourage students to develop
refine their understanding of lectures; (6) provide op-
the skills of critical thinking and to express themselves
portunities for student presentations alone or in groups;
in spoken and written form both in formal and informal
(7) encourage students to develop the skills of critical
settings; (8) encourage students to develop skills related
thinking and to express themselves in spoken and writ-
to the considered, close-reading of a German text; (9)
ten form both in formal and informal settings.
encourage students to take responsibility for their own
learning. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sheila Dickson

7ERV GERMAN LANGUAGE 2 literature and culture; (3) encourage students to work
effectively and grow in their ability to take responsibil-
Credits: 20 Level: 2 ity for their own learning; (4) enable students to acquire
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) the necessary generic skills which will equip them as life-
Timetable: Wednesday, Thursday - 11.00 am; plus one long learners outwith the University and which are both
further hour to be arranged. prized by employers and of benefit in a changing global
Requirements of entry: German Language 1A at grade society; (5) realise the potential for students to become
D or grade B in German Language 1B. future leaders, teachers, and researchers; (6) stimulate
and promote an enthusiasm for German and its study in
Assessment: One 2-hour paper and an oral test (66.6%); an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship.
continuous assessment (33.3%).
Honours Course Prescription: Joint Honours students
take: Written German; Spoken German; the German
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Core Texts 1 and 2 (Strand-A); and 2 of the following
Aims: The teaching staff for German Level 2 Language Strand-B options (one in 3H, one in 4H): Liaison Inter-
will endeavour to: (1) continue the work of the Level preting; Teaching English as a Foreign Language; Mod-
1A and Level 1B classes; (2) consolidate and advance ern German Novel; Modern German Thought I: Haber-
formal knowledge of grammar and its linguistic appli- mas; Modern German Thought II: Freud & Jung; Faust
cation in translation, as well as developing oral skills; II; German Novelle in the 19th Century; German Liter-
(3) provide an environment where existing knowledge ature of the Late 19th Century; Wilhelm Meister; and
of vocabulary, grammar and language structure can be possible further options from the Comparative Litera-
built upon while providing an incentive to increase such ture programme, where appropriate.
knowledge; (4) provide opportunities for students to be- Course Co-ordinator: Prof Paul Bishop
come aware of the formal structures of the language
which can enable a considered use of the language; (5)
provide an environment where the language may be spo- 115H GERMAN 3H (SINGLE)
ken confidently; (6) provide an environment and oppor-
tunities to read a variety of texts and to write the lan- Credits: 120 Level: 3
guage in formal settings; (7) provide opportunities for When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
students to ask specific questions about the language Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - 3.00
and its usage; (8) encourage students to think criti- pm. Core lectures (Thursday) and core classes will al-
cally; (9) help and encourage students to develop self- ways meet at 3.00 pm. Further hours to be arranged.
study skills, including the use of IT and Multi-Media
as well as traditional library materials; (10) encourage Requirements of entry: The prerequisite for admission
students to take responsibility for their weaknesses in to German Honours (both Single and Joint) is a good
study-skills and provide methods and materials to rem- pass in German Level 2 at Band C or above. Students
edy any such weakness; (11) provide opportunities for with a Band D pass may be admitted after interview
peer and self-assessment; (12) provide opportunities for with the Head of Section.
individual and group work; (13) provide opportunities Assessment: Coursework (33.3%), Final examination
for student presentations. (66.6%). 11 written papers (2 core language, 1 core
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sheila Dickson literature, 1 language project, 6 options, 1 dissertation)
plus 2 oral examinations (one Internal and one with the
External Examiners).
115F GERMAN 3H (JOINT)
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Aims: The teaching staff for Honours will endeavour
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) to: (1) foster a thorough, accurate knowledge and con-
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - 3.00 sidered application of the German language; (2) impart
pm. Core lectures (Thursday) and core classes will al- an in-depth knowledge of aspects of German language,
ways meet at 3.00 pm. Further hours to be arranged. literature and culture; (3) encourage students to work
effectively and grow in their ability to take responsibil-
Requirements of entry: The prerequisite for admission ity for their own learning; (4) enable students to acquire
to German Honours (both Single and Joint) is a good the necessary generic skills which will equip them as life-
pass in German Level 2 at Band C or above. Students long learners outwith the University and which are both
with a Band D pass may be admitted after interview prized by employers and of benefit in a changing global
with the Head of Section. society; (5) realise the potential for students to become
Assessment: Coursework (33.3%), Final examination future leaders, teachers, and researchers; (6) stimulate
(66.6%). 5 written papers (2 language, 1 core litera- and promote an enthusiasm for German and its study in
ture (Strand A), 2 options (Strand B) - or 1 option plus an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship.
dissertation) and an oral examination, making 6 papers
Honours Course Prescription: Single Honours students
in all.
take: Written German; Spoken German; the Ger-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May man Junior-Honours Language Project; the Oral-Skills
Aims: The teaching staff for Honours will endeavour Course; the German Dissertation; the German Core
to: (1) foster a thorough, accurate knowledge and con- Texts 1 and 2 (Strand-A); and 6 of the following Strand-
sidered application of the German language; (2) impart B options (one in 3H, one in 4H): Liaison Interpret-
an in-depth knowledge of aspects of German language, ing; Teaching English as a Foreign Language; Modern

German Novel; Modern German Thought I: Habermas; society; (5) realise the potential for students to become
Modern German Thought II: Freud & Jung; Faust II; future leaders, teachers, and researchers; (6) stimulate
German Novelle in the 19th Century; German Litera- and promote enthusiasm for German and its study in
ture of the Late 19th Century; Wilhelm Meister; and an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship.
possible further options from the Comparative Litera- Course Co-ordinator: Prof Paul Bishop
ture programme, where appropriate.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Paul Bishop
115G GERMAN 4H (JOINT)
2HGW GERMAN LANGUAGE 3A Credits: 60 Level: 4
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - 3.00
pm. Core lectures (Thursday) and core classes will al-
Timetable: Language: 3 hours per week at times to be ways be at 3.00 pm. Further hours to be arranged.
arranged, delivered at Strathclyde University.
Requirements of entry: The prerequisite for admission
Requirements of entry: German Language 2 at grade D. to German Honours (both Single and Joint) is a good
Assessment: One 3-hour paper and an oral test pass in German Level 2 at Band C or above. Students
(66.67%). Continuous assessment (33.33%). with a Band D pass may be admitted after interview
Degree Examination taken in: April/May with the Head of Section.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Assessment: Coursework (33.3%), Final examination
Aims: The teaching staff will endeavour to: (1) foster a (66.6%). 5 written papers (2 language, 1 core litera-
thorough, accurate knowledge and considered applica- ture (Strand A), 2 options (Strand B) - or one option
tion of the German Language; (2) impart an in-depth plus dissertation) and an oral examination, making 6
knowledge of the German language and aspects of lit- papers in all.
erature and culture; (3) encourage students to work ef- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
fectively and grow in their ability to take responsibility Aims: The teaching staff for Honours will endeavour
for their own learning; (4) enable students to acquire to: (1) foster a thorough, accurate knowledge and con-
the necessary generic skills which will equip them as life sidered application of the German language; (2) impart
long learners outwith the University and which are both an in-depth knowledge of aspects of German language,
prized by employers and of benefit in a changing global literature and culture; (3) encourage students to work
society; (5) realise the potential for students to become effectively and grow in their ability to take responsibil-
future leaders, teachers and researchers; (6) stimulate ity for their own learning; (4) enable students to acquire
and promote enthusiasm for German and its study in the necessary generic skills which will equip them as life-
an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship. long learners outwith the University and which are both
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Paul Bishop prized by employers and of benefit in a changing global
society; (5) realise the potential for students to become
115D GERMAN LANGUAGE AND future leaders, teachers, and researchers; (6) stimulate
LITERATURE 3A
an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship.
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Honours Course Prescription: Joint Honours students
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) take: Written German; Spoken German; the German
Timetable: Daily. Language: 3 hours per week, deliv- Core Texts 1 and 2 (Strand-A); and 2 of the following
ered at Strathclyde University. Literature options (the Strand-B options (one in 3H, one in 4H): Liaison Inter-
Strand A course plus ONE Strand B course): at times preting; Teaching English as a Foreign Language; Mod-
to be arranged. ern German Novel; Modern German Thought I: Haber-
mas; Modern German Thought II: Freud & Jung; Faust
Requirements of entry: German Language and Litera- II; German Novelle in the 19th Century; German Liter-
ture 2 at grade D. ature of the Late 19th Century; Wilhelm Meister; and
Assessment: Two 2 hour papers and an oral (66.67%). possible further options from the Comparative Litera-
Course work: language, essays and course assignments ture programme, where appropriate.
(33.33%).
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Paul Bishop
115J GERMAN 4H (SINGLE)
Aims: The teaching staff will endeavour to: (1) foster a
thorough, accurate knowledge and considered applica- Credits: 120 Level: 4
tion of the German Language; (2) impart an in-depth
knowledge of the German language and aspects of liter-
ature and culture; (3) encourage students to work effec- Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday - 3.00
tively and grow in their ability to take responsibility for pm. Core lectures (Thursday) and core classes will al-
their own learning; (4) enable students to acquire the ways meet at 3.00 pm. Further hours to be arranged.
necessary generic skills which will equip them as life- Requirements of entry: The prerequisite for admission
long learners outwith the University and which are both to German Honours (both Single and Joint) is a good
prized by employers and of benefit in a changing global pass in German Level 2 at Band C or above. Students

with a Band D pass may be admitted after interview Course Co-ordinator: Dr Luis Gomes
with the Head of Section.
Assessment: Coursework (33.3%), Final examination 2KCU PORTUGUESE 1 (LANGUAGE)
(66.6%). 11 written papers (2 core language, 1 core
literature, 1 language project, 6 options, 1 dissertation) Credits: 20 Level: 1
and 2 oral examinations (one Internal and one with the When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
External Examiners).
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday at 1pm.
Requirements of entry: This is a beginners course re-
Aims: The teaching staff for Honours will endeavour
quiring no previous knowledge of Portuguese; knowl-
to: (1) foster a thorough, accurate knowledge and con-
edge of another foreign language is, however, an advan-
sidered application of the German language; (2) impart
tage.
an in-depth knowledge of aspects of German language,
literature and culture; (3) encourage students to work Excluded Courses: Portuguese 1 (226B)
effectively and grow in their ability to take responsibil- Assessment: Two language tests in the course of the
ity for their own learning; (4) enable students to acquire year (15% of total); oral/comprehension test in semester
the necessary generic skills which will equip them as life- 2 (15%). Final examination: one language paper (70%).
long learners outwith the University and which are both Mid year exit: assessment will be based on the first
prized by employers and of benefit in a changing global language test.
society; (5) realise the potential for students to become Degree Examination taken in: April/May
future leaders, teachers, and researchers; (6) stimulate
an atmosphere conducive to the pursuit of scholarship. Aims: The course is designed to enable the student both
to communicate effectively in written and spoken Por-
tuguese employing a broad range of tenses and struc-
take: Written German; Spoken German; the Ger-
tures, as well as to understand Portuguese in a variety
man Junior-Honours Language Project; the Oral-Skills
of contexts and across a range of accents and vocabu-
Course; the German Dissertation; the German Core
lary.
Texts 1 and 2 (Strand-A); and 6 of the following Strand-
B options (three in 3H, three in 4H): Liaison Interpret- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Luis Gomes
ing; Teaching English as a Foreign Language; Modern
German Novel; Modern German Thought I: Habermas; 380B SPANISH 1A
Modern German Thought II: Freud & Jung; Faust II;
German Novelle in the 19th Century; German Litera- Credits: 40 Level: 1
ture of the Late 19th Century; Wilhelm Meister; and When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
possible further options from the Comparative Litera-
Timetable: Daily at 3pm. Two language classes per
ture programme, where appropriate.
week (Wednesday, Friday); history (Thursday); litera-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Paul Bishop ture lecture (Monday); literature tutorial (Tuesday).
Requirements of entry: Normally SCE Higher or equiv-
HISPANIC STUDIES alent - this may include residence in a Spanish-speaking
country.
226B PORTUGUESE 1
Excluded Courses: Spanish 1B (381B), Spanish 1B
Credits: 40 Level: 1 (Language) (2NHU), Spanish 1A (Language) (2JLU)
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: Two class language tests in the course of
the year (12.5% of total); two extended essays (12.5%).
Timetable: Daily at 1pm.
Final examination: Paper 1, language; Paper 2, litera-
Requirements of entry: This is a beginners course re- ture and history (30% each). Oral examination (15%).
quiring no previous knowledge of Portuguese; knowl- Mid year exit: assessment will be based on the first
edge of another foreign language is, however, an advan- language test.
tage.
Excluded Courses: Portuguese 1 (Language) (2KCU)
Assessment: Two language tests in the course of the
Aims: The course is designed to consolidate your abili-
year (15% of total); oral/comprehension test in semester
ties in written and spoken Spanish, to introduce you to
2 (15%). Final examination: Paper 1, language; Paper
the literature of modern Spain and Spanish-America,
2, literature and culture (35% each). Mid year exit:
and to inform you of recent historical developments in
assessment will be based on the first language test.
Spain and Latin America.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Nathan Gardiner
Aims: The course is designed to consolidate the stu-
dent’s abilities in written and spoken Portuguese, to 2JLU SPANISH 1A (LANGUAGE)
introduce him/her to the literature of modern Portu-
gal and Brazil, and to inform him/her of historical and
cultural developments in all the Portuguese speaking When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
countries. Timetable: Wednesday and Friday at 3pm.

Requirements of entry: Normally SCE Higher or equiv- idence in a Spanish-speaking country or completion of
alent - this may include residence in a Spanish-speaking Access course.
country. Excluded Courses: Spanish 1A (380B), Spanish 1A
Excluded Courses: Spanish 1B (Language) (2NHU), (Language) (2JLU), Spanish 1B (381B)
Spanish 1B (381B), Spanish 1A (380B) Assessment: Two language tests in the course of the
Assessment: Two class language tests in the course of year (25% of total). Final examination: one language
the year (25% of total). Final examination: one lan- paper (60%). Oral examination (15%). Mid year exit:
guage paper (60%). Oral examination (15%). Mid year assessment will be based on the first language test.
exit: assessment will be based on the first class language Degree Examination taken in: April/May
test.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: To enable students to reach a reasonable level
Resit Examination taken in: August/September of communicative competence in Spanish, both spoken
Aims: The course is designed to consolidate your abili- and written, and an ability to read and understand the
ties in written and spoken Spanish The syllabus is the language in some depth. The syllabus is the language-
language work of the Spanish 1A class offered in the instruction component of the 1B course offered in the
Faculty of Arts (380B). Faculty of Arts, (381B).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Nathan Gardiner Course Co-ordinator: Ms Monica Legazpi-Iglesias
381B SPANISH 1B 7FLV SPANISH 2

Timetable: Daily at 2pm, Friday at 10am and one oral
Timetable: Semester 1: Monday 3pm, Tuesday 1pm,
class to be arranged.
Thursday 3pm, Friday 1pm. Semester 2: Tuesday and
Friday 1pm, Monday, Thursday and Friday at 3pm. Lit- Requirements of entry: A pass in Spanish 1A ( Grade D
erature tutorial on Monday at 1pm in the second half or above) or Spanish 1B (Grade C or above). Students
of semester 2. entering from Spanish 1B may be required to complete
a short bridging course. Students with a good pass at
Requirements of entry: Normally some evidence of lan-
GCE A Level may also enter Spanish 2 directly.
guage learning, i.e. study of a foreign language, resi-
dence in a Spanish-speaking country or completion of Assessment: Language course assessment (11% of to-
Access course. tal); literature assignment (11%); option (16.5%); oral
examination (16.5%). Final examination: Paper 1 -
Excluded Courses: Spanish 1A (380B), Spanish 1A
Language; Paper 2 - Literature/History/History of Lan-
(Language) (2JLU), Spanish 1B (Language) (2NHU)
guage (45%). Mid year exit: assessment will be based
Assessment: Two language tests in the course of on the first language test.
the year (12.5% of total), two extended course essays
(12.5%). Final examination: Paper 1 - Language; Pa-
per 2 - Language, Literature and History (30% each). Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Oral examination (15%). Mid year exit: assessment will Aims: The course will develop students’ skills in written
be based on the first language test. and spoken Spanish and extend their engagement with
Degree Examination taken in: April/May literature in the language. There will be a short course
on the Society and Institutions of Cataluna in Semester
Resit Examination taken in: August/September 2. In addition, students may choose between a year-
Aims: To enable students to reach a reasonable level long course in the History of the Spanish language and
of communicative competence in Spanish, both spoken a group-based History project.
and written, and an ability to read and understand Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brigida Pastor
the language in some depth; to provide an introduction
to the literature and history of the Spanish-speaking
world, through the study of various texts in Spanish 7EPV SPANISH LANGUAGE 2
and an examination of areas of contemporary experi-
ence in Spain and Latin America; to prepare students Credits: 20 Level: 2
to continue Spanish to second level if they wish. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Monica Legazpi-Iglesias Timetable: Tuesday and Friday at 2pm and oral class
to be arranged.
Requirements of entry: A pass in Spanish 1A or Span-
2NHU SPANISH 1B (LANGUAGE) ish 1A Language (Grade D or above) or Spanish 1B or
Spanish 1B Language (Grade C or above). Students
entering from Spanish 1B will be required to complete
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) a short bridging course. Students with a good pass at
Timetable: Monday 3pm, Tuesday 1pm, Friday 1pm. GCE A Level may also enter Spanish 2 Language di-
Requirements of entry: Normally some experience of rectly.
language learning, i.e.study of a foreign language, res- Excluded Courses: Spanish 2 (380C)

Assessment: Language course assessment (22% of to- Aims: To develop within each student a high level of
tal); oral examination (33%). Final examination: one communicative and expressive skill in the Spanish and
language paper (45%). Mid year exit: assessment will Portuguese language (both written and oral), as well as
be based on the first language test. high levels of competence in understanding both written
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and aural. To offer a range of options and courses that
will a) extend the student’s linguistic range and abil-
ity; b) provide an introduction to and understanding
Aims: The course will develop students’ skills in written of a range of cultural expressions within the Spanish-
and spoken Spanish, extending the range of linguistic speaking and Lusophone world, as well as some knowl-
activities. edge of its culture and history; c) to provide students
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Brigida Pastor with the opportunity to enhance and develop their self-
learning and investigative skills through research-based
activity; d) encourage and develop a broader critical un-
8VTW HISPANIC STUDIES 3
derstanding of those expressions both in particular and
Credits: 60 Level: 3 in a more general sense.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Honours Course Prescription: Students take:- Obliga-
Timetable: Friday 9am - Spanish language class plus an tory - Spanish language core course (30 credits), Por-
oral class to be arranged. Students will select some ad- tuguese core course (30 credits), Dissertation (30 cred-
ditional courses from those available in the department. its); Optional Courses (at least one of which must be
Portuguese-based) - 5 in all, of which 3 in Junior Hon-
Requirements of entry: Spanish 2 at grade D or above. ours year and 2 in Senior Honours year. Options may
Assessment: Dependent on options chosen oral test and be chosen from two distinct groups - Language-based
either examination or course assessment or mix of both. and Literary/Cultural-Historical. Students must take
Degree Examination taken in: April/May at least one option from each of the two groups over the
Resit Examination taken in: August/September two year course. Students taking this course may start
Portuguese in their Junior Honours year but also will
Aims: To develop the students’ language skills, written
be required to take a Portuguese-based option in their
and spoken, in Spanish or Portuguese or Catalan. To
Senior Honours year. At least 25% of the course will be
extend the range of skills and knowledge of students
Portuguese or Portuguese-related.
through involvement in Honours level content courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John McCulloch
2JLW HISPANIC STUDIES 3 KCAF SPANISH 3H (JOINT)

(LANGUAGE) Credits: 60 Level: 3
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Timetable: Daily at 9am, 11am and 2pm and other
Timetable: Two hours per week. times to be arranged.
Requirements of entry: Spanish 2 or Spanish 2 (Lan- Requirements of entry: Pass at Spanish Level 2 at C or
guage) at Grade D or above. above and residence abroad in either a Spanish-speaking
country or a country in which the other degree language
Assessment: Dependent on options chosen, written and is spoken (if the Other is a language subject)
oral examinations.
Co-requisites: none
Excluded Courses: none
Aims: To develop the students’ language skills, written
and spoken, in Spanish. Aims: To develop within each student a high level of
communicative and expressive skill in the Spanish lan-
guage (both written and oral), as well as high levels
of competence in understanding both written and au-
KHUH HISPANIC STUDIES 3H ral. To offer a range of options and courses that will a)
(SINGLE) extend the student’s linguistic range and ability; b) pro-
vide an introduction to and understanding of a range of
Credits: 120 Level: 3 cultural expressions within the Spanish-speaking world,
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) as well as some knowledge of its culture and history;
Timetable: Daily at 9am, 11am and 2pm and other c) to provide students with the opportunity to enhance
times to be arranged. and develop their self-learning and investigative skills
through research-based activity; d) encourage and de-
Requirements of entry: Pass at Spanish Level 2 at C
velop a broader critical understanding of those expres-
or above and residence during the preceeding year in a
sions both in particular and in a more general sense.
Spanish or Portuguese speaking country.
Honours Course Prescription: Students take:- Obliga-
Co-requisites: none
tory - Spanish language core course: 30 credits (over 2
Excluded Courses: none years), Optional Courses (these will normally be wholly
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Spanish-based) - 3 in all, normally 2 in Junior Hon-

ours and 1 in Senior Honours: 90 credits. Options may Aims: To develop within each student a high level of
be chosen from two distinct groups - Language-based communicative and expressive skill in the Spanish and
and Literary/Cultural-Historical. Students must take Portuguese language (both written and oral), as well as
at least one option from each of the two groups over the high levels of competence in understanding both written
two year course. Students of this course may take a Por- and aural. To offer a range of options and courses that
tuguese language course as one of their language-based will a) extend the student’s linguistic range and abil-
options. A dissertation may also replace an option. ity; b) provide an introduction to and understanding
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John McCulloch of a range of cultural expressions within the Spanish-
speaking and Lusophone world, as well as some knowl-
edge of its culture and history; c) to provide students
KBYH SPANISH 3H (SINGLE) with the opportunity to enhance and develop their self-
learning and investigative skills through research-based
Credits: 120 Level: 3 activity; d) encourage and develop a broader critical un-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) derstanding of those expressions both in particular and
Timetable: Daily at 9am, 11am and 2pm and other in a more general sense.
times to be arranged. Honours Course Prescription: Students take:- Obliga-
Requirements of entry: Pass at Spanish Level 2 at C tory - Spanish language core course (30 credits), Por-
or above and residence during the preceeding year in a tuguese core course (30 credits), Dissertation (30 cred-
Spanish speaking country. its); Optional Courses (at least one of which must be
Portuguese-based) - 5 in all, of which 3 in Junior Hon-
Co-requisites: none
ours year and 2 in Senior Honours year. Options may
Excluded Courses: none be chosen from two distinct groups - Language-based
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and Literary/Cultural-Historical. Students must take
Aims: To develop within each student a high level of at least one option from each of the two groups over the
communicative and expressive skill in the Spanish lan- two year course. Students taking this course may start
guage (both written and oral), as well as high levels Portuguese in their Junior Honours year but also will
of competence in understanding both written and au- be required to take a Portuguese-based option in their
ral. To offer a range of options and courses that will a) Senior Honours year. At least 25% of the course will be
extend the student’s linguistic range and ability; b) pro- Portuguese or Portuguese-related.
vide an introduction to and understanding of a range of Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Pena
cultural expressions within the Spanish-speaking world,
as well as some knowledge of its culture and history;
c) to provide students with the opportunity to enhance KCBG SPANISH 4H (JOINT)
and develop their self-learning and investigative skills
velop a broader critical understanding of those expres- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
sions both in particular and in a more general sense. Timetable: Daily at 9am, 11am and 2pm and other
Honours Course Prescription: Students take:- Obliga- times to be arranged.
tory - Spanish language core course: 30 credits (over 2 Requirements of entry: Pass at Spanish Level 2 at C or
years) and Dissertation: 30 credits, Optional Courses above and residence abroad in either a Spanish-speaking
(these will normally be wholly Spanish-based) - 6 in country or a country in which the other degree language
all, normally 4 in Junior Honours and 2 in Senior Hon- is spoken (if the Other is a language subject)
ours: 180 credits. Options may be chosen from two dis- Co-requisites: none
tinct groups - Language-based and Literary/Cultural-
Historical. Students must take at least one option from
each of the two groups over the two year course. Stu- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
dents of this course may take a Portuguese language Aims: To develop within each student a high level of
course as one of their language-based options. communicative and expressive skill in the Spanish lan-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John McCulloch guage (both written and oral), as well as high levels
of competence in understanding both written and au-
ral. To offer a range of options and courses that will a)
KHVJ HISPANIC STUDIES 4H (SINGLE) extend the student’s linguistic range and ability; b) pro-
vide an introduction to and understanding of a range of
Credits: 120 Level: 4 cultural expressions within the Spanish-speaking world,
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) as well as some knowledge of its culture and history;
Timetable: Daily at 9am, 11am and 2pm and other c) to provide students with the opportunity to enhance
times to be arranged. and develop their self-learning and investigative skills
velop a broader critical understanding of those expres-
sions both in particular and in a more general sense.
Spanish or Portuguese speaking country.
Honours Course Prescription: Students take:- Obliga-
Co-requisites: none
tory - Spanish language core course: 30 credits (over 2
Excluded Courses: none years), Optional Courses (these will normally be wholly
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Spanish-based) - 3 in all, normally 2 in Junior Hon-

ours and 1 in Senior Honours: 90 credits. Options may Resit Examination taken in: August/September
be chosen from two distinct groups - Language-based Aims: To consolidate and build upon students’ exist-
and Literary/Cultural-Historical. Students must take ing knowledge of the Italian language, both practical
at least one option from each of the two groups over the and theoretical; to introduce students to contemporary
two year course. Students of this course may take a Por- Italy from a cultural and historical viewpoint: Liter-
tuguese language course as one of their language-based ature (three novels); Modern Italian History; Culture
options. A dissertation may also replace an option. and Society in Modern Italy; to introduce students to
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Pena the critical analysis of ideas and arguments and to en-
courage them to study independently.
KBZJ SPANISH 4H (SINGLE) Course Co-ordinator: Miss Arabella Infantino

1B2B ITALIAN 1B
Timetable: Daily at 9am, 11am and 2pm and other Credits: 40 Level: 1
times to be arranged. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Daily at 2.00 pm; plus weekly tutorial and
oral skills classes to be arranged. (There may be a 10.00
Spanish speaking country.
am alternative to the 2.00 pm class on Monday, Tuesday,
Co-requisites: none and Thursday)
Excluded Courses: none Requirements of entry: Evidence of linguistic ability
Degree Examination taken in: April/May (e.g. qualification in another foreign language). Oth-
Aims: To develop within each student a high level of erwise, consult Department before enrolling.
communicative and expressive skill in the Spanish lan- Assessment: Two 2-hour papers and an oral examina-
guage (both written and oral), as well as high levels tion (75%); Continuous assessment (25%)
of competence in understanding both written and au- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ral. To offer a range of options and courses that will a)
extend the student’s linguistic range and ability; b) pro- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
vide an introduction to and understanding of a range of Aims: To provide a thorough grounding for beginners in
cultural expressions within the Spanish-speaking world, the basic grammatical structures of Italian, to develop
as well as some knowledge of its culture and history; practical communication skills (written and spoken) and
c) to provide students with the opportunity to enhance to prepare students for reading and comprehension of
and develop their self-learning and investigative skills literary texts; to introduce contemporary Italy from a
through research-based activity; d) encourage and de- historical and cultural viewpoint (Modern Italian His-
velop a broader critical understanding of those expres- tory; Culture and Society in Modern Italy); to introduce
sions both in particular and in a more general sense. students to the critical analysis of ideas and arguments
Honours Course Prescription: Students take:- Obliga- and to encourage them to study independently.
tory - Spanish language core course: 30 credits (over 2 Course Co-ordinator: Miss Arabella Infantino
years) and Dissertation: 30 credits, Optional Courses
(these will normally be wholly Spanish-based) - 6 in
all, normally 4 in Junior Honours and 2 in Senior Hon- 2HKU ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1A
ours: 180 credits. Options may be chosen from two dis-
tinct groups - Language-based and Literary/Cultural-
Historical. Students must take at least one option from When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
each of the two groups over the two year course. Stu- Timetable: 3 hours weekly, to be arranged (some at 2.00
dents of this course may take a Portuguese language pm).
course as one of their language-based options. Requirements of entry: At least grade D in SCE Higher
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Karen Pena Italian or equivalent
Assessment: One 2-hour paper and oral examination
ITALIAN (75%); Continuous Assessment (25%)
121B ITALIAN 1A
Credits: 40 Level: 1 Aims: To consolidate and build upon students’ existing
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) knowledge of the Italian language, both practical and
theoretical.
Timetable: Daily - 2.00 pm; plus possible other times
to be arranged Course Co-ordinator: Miss Arabella Infantino
Requirements of entry: At least grade D in SCE Higher
Italian or equivalent 1C2B ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1B
Assessment: Two 2-hour papers and an oral examina-
tion (75%); Continuous Assessment (25%). Credits: 20 Level: 1

Timetable: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday at 2.00 pm (or 121F ITALIAN 3H (JOINT)

possible alternative at 10.00 am) plus times to be ar-
ranged. Credits: 60 Level: 3
Requirements of entry: Evidence of linguistic ability When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
(e.g. qualification in another foreign language). Oth- Timetable: Daily at 11.00 am and other times to be
erwise, consult Department before enrolling. arranged.
Assessment: One 2-hour paper and oral examination Requirements of entry: Grade C in Italian Level 2
(75%); Continuous assessment (25%). coursework and examination; year abroad in Italy
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Co-requisites: none
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Excluded Courses: none
Aims: To provide a thorough grounding for beginners Assessment: Coursework (33.3%), Final examination
in the basic grammatical structures of Italian and to de- (66.6%). Examined at end of Senior Honours. Two pa-
velop practical communication skills (written and spo- pers in written language; Two-part oral exam; 4 written
ken). option exams.
Course Co-ordinator: Miss Arabella Infantino Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: To develop students’ proficiency in Italian to the
point of fluency (written and spoken); to provide a range
7FJV ITALIAN 2
of Italian cultural and literary options covering different
Credits: 40 Level: 2 periods, topics and genres, allowing students to build
up specialist knowledge in their chosen areas ; to ensure
that students think critically and communicate articu-
Timetable: Mon, Tues, Wed, Thur, Fri at 10.00. lately in Italian and in English; that they are equipped
Requirements of entry: Italian 1A grade D or Italian 1B with skills of independent research and analysis; that
normally at grade B plus extra assignments. they develop a mature, responsible approach to a range
Assessment: Two 2-hour papers and an oral examina- of tasks.
tion (total 66.66%); Coursework (33.33%) Honours Course Prescription: Joint Honours students
Degree Examination taken in: April/May take: Written Italian; Spoken Italian; and 4 of the fol-
lowing Options (two in 3H, two in 4H): The Resistance
Resit Examination taken in: August/September to Fascism, 1943-45; Italian Modernism; Modern Ital-
Aims: To build on the grammatical overview and prac- ian Poetry; Italian Translation Methodology; Women
tical language work of Level 1 in order to develop in in Modern Italy; Italian Twentieth-Century Writing:
depth and in breadth students’ proficiency in Italian. Texts and Contexts; Italian Theatre: Stage And So-
To introduce students to literary texts representing dif- ciety; From Page to Screen: Italian Film Adaptations;
ferent periods and genres and to help students develop Dissertation.
interpretative and critical skills through detailed study Course Co-ordinator: Dr Penelope Morris
of these texts. To introduce students to a range of Ital-
ian films representing different themes in Italian culture
and different cinematic approaches. To encourage stu- 121H ITALIAN 3H (SINGLE)
dents to think critically and acquire skills of analysis
and argument, and to grow in intellectual maturity and Credits: 120 Level: 3
develop the ability to work independently. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Donatella Fischer Timetable: Daily at 11.00 am and other times to be
arranged.
7EFV ITALIAN LANGUAGE 2 Requirements of entry: Grade C in Italian Level 2
coursework and examination; year abroad in Italy
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Co-requisites: none
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Excluded Courses: none
Timetable: 3 hours weekly, times to be arranged (some Assessment: For written papers: coursework (33.3%),
at 10.00 am). Final examination (66.6%). Examined at end of Senior
Requirements of entry: Italian Language 1A grade D Honours. Two papers in written language; Two-part
or Italian Language 1B normally grade B plus extra oral exam; Eight written option exams. In addition,
assignments. Dissertation and two Language Project submissions.
Assessment: One 2-hour paper and oral examination Degree Examination taken in: April/May
(75%); Continuous assessment (25%) Aims: To develop students’ proficiency in Italian to the
Degree Examination taken in: April/May point of fluency (written and spoken); to provide a range
periods, topics and genres, allowing students to build
Aims: To build on the language work of level 1 (gram- up specialist knowledge in their chosen areas; to ensure
mar and practical skills) to develop in depth and that students think critically and communicate articu-
breadth students’ proficiency in Italian. lately in Italian and in English; that they are equipped
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Donatella Fischer with skills of independent research and analysis; that

they develop a mature, responsible approach to a range 121G ITALIAN 4H (JOINT)

of tasks.
take: Written Italian; Spoken Italian; Italian Junior When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Language Project; Italian Senior Language Project, Timetable: Daily at 11.00 am and other times to be
Italian Dissertation; and 8 of the following courses (four arranged.
in 3H, four in 4H): The Resistance to Fascism, 1943- Requirements of entry: Students should have been ad-
45; Italian Modernism; Modern Italian Poetry; Ital- mitted to Italian 3H (Joint) for the previous session and
ian Translation Methodology; Women in Modern Italy; should have completed 3H coursework.
Italian Twentieth Century Writing: Texts and Con- Co-requisites: none
texts; Italian Theatre: Stage And Society; From Page
to Screen: Italian Film Adaptations; Teaching English Excluded Courses: none
As A Foreign Language. Assessment: Coursework (33.3%), Final examination
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Penelope Morris (66.6%). Examined at end of Senior Honours. Two
papers in written language; Two-part oral exam; Four
written option exams.
121W ITALIAN LEVEL 3 Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Aims: To develop students’ proficiency in Italian to the
point of fluency (written and spoken); to provide a range
Timetable: Language: 3 hours weekly to be arranged, periods, topics and genres, allowing students to build
including some at 11:00, Options 2 hours weekly, de- up specialist knowledge in their chosen areas ; to ensure
pending on Option choice. that students think critically and communicate articu-
Requirements of entry: Normally Grade C or better in lately in Italian and in English; that they are equipped
Italian 2 (full 60 credits). Students with other qualifica- with skills of independent research and analysis; that
tions in Italian may be considered for admission at the they develop a mature, responsible approach to a range
discretion of the Head of Department/Section. of tasks.
Assessment: Examination 66.66%, Coursework 33.33% Honours Course Prescription: Joint Honours students
Degree Examination taken in: April/May take: Written Italian; Spoken Italian; and 4 of the fol-
lowing Options (two in 3H, two in 4H): The Resistance
to Fascism, 1943-45; Italian Modernism; Modern Ital-
Aims: To develop in depth and breadth students’ ex- ian Poetry; Italian Translation Methodology; Women
isting proficiency in spoken and written Italian; to al- in Modern Italy; Italian Twentieth-Century Writing:
low students to gain a detailed understanding of cer- Texts and Contexts; Italian Theatre: Stage And So-
tain texts and topics chosen from the available Italian ciety; From Page to Screen: Italian Film Adaptations;
Honours Options; to equip students to think critically Dissertation.
and develop skills of analysis and argument to a high
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Penelope Morris
level; to equip them with skills of independent study
and research, encouraging them to develop a mature,
responsible approach to a range of tasks. 121J ITALIAN 4H (SINGLE)
2HKW ITALIAN LEVEL 3 LANGUAGE Timetable: Daily at 11.00 am and other times to be
arranged.
Requirements of entry: Students should have been ad-
mitted to Italian 3H (Single) for the previous session
Timetable: 3 hours weekly to be arranged, including and should have completed 3H coursework.
some at 11.00
Co-requisites: none
Requirements of entry: Normally Grade C or better in
Italian 2 (full 60 credits) or Italian Language 2 (30 cred-
its). Students with other qualifications in Italian may be Assessment: For written papers: Coursework (33.3%),
considered for admission at the discretion of the Head Final examination (66.6%). Examined at end of Senior
of Department/Section. Honours. Two papers in written language; Two-part
oral exam; Eight written option exams. In addition,
Assessment: Examination 66.66%; Coursework 33.33%
Dissertation and two Language Project submissions.
Aims: To develop students’ proficiency in Italian to the
Aims: To develop in depth and breadth students ex- point of fluency (written and spoken); to provide a range
isting proficiency in spoken and written Italian; to of Italian cultural and literary options covering different
equip them with skills of independent study, encour- periods, topics and genres, allowing students to build
aging them to develop a mature, responsible approach up specialist knowledge in their chosen areas ; to ensure
to a range of tasks. that students think critically and communicate articu-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Penelope Morris lately in Italian and in English; that they are equipped

with skills of independent research and analysis; that throughout the year, depending on size of groups (25%
they develop a mature, responsible approach to a range of the final mark); c) a short oral exam (c. 15 minutes)
of tasks. at the end of the year (25% of the final mark).
Honours Course Prescription: Single Honours students Degree Examination taken in: April/May
take: Written Italian; Spoken Italian; Italian Junior Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Language Project; Italian Senior Language Project,
Aims: This course is intended to provide students with:
Italian Dissertation; and 8 of the following courses (four
(1) a sound basic knowledge of the Polish language and
in 3H, four in 4H): The Resistance to Fascism, 1943-
the more important fundamentals of Polish grammar;
45; Italian Modernism; Modern Italian Poetry; Ital-
(2) basic speaking, writing and listening skills in Polish;
ian Translation Methodology; Women in Modern Italy;
(3) an active vocabulary of c.1,000 words and a passive
Italian Twentieth Century Writing: Texts and Con-
vocabulary of c2,000 words; (4) access to a range of
texts; Italian Theatre: Stage And Society; From Page
learning resources for the purpose of studying Polish
to Screen: Italian Film Adaptations; Teaching English
language and culture.
As A Foreign Language.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Elwira Grossman
SLAVONIC STUDIES 1K2B RUSSIAN 1
1KCB CZECH 1 Credits: 40 Level: 1

Timetable: Monday, Tuesday and Thursday at 1.00 pm
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) with one further class to be arranged.
Timetable: Normally five hours weekly at times to be Requirements of entry: Normally the standard of SQA
arranged Higher or its equivalent in either a classical or a modern
Requirements of entry: Normally the standard of SQA foreign language.
Higher or its equivalent in either a classical or a modern Assessment: There will be: a) 1 two-hour written exam
foreign language. to be held at the end of the year which will test gram-
Assessment: There will be: a) 1 two-hour written exam mar, vocabulary, translation and comprehension skills
to be held at the end of the year which will test gram- (50% of the final mark); b) one writing project and
mar, vocabulary, translation and comprehension skills class tests (up to 10 in number) for formal assessment
(50% of the final mark); b) one writing project and/or throughout the year, depending on size of groups (25%
class tests (up to 10 in number) for formal assessment of the final mark); c) a short oral exam (c. 15 minutes)
throughout the year, depending on size of groups (25% at the end of the year (25% of the final mark).
of the final mark); c) a short oral exam (c. 15 minutes) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
at the end of the year (25% of the final mark).
Aims: This course is intended to provide students with
Resit Examination taken in: August/September (1) a sound basic knowledge of the Russian language
Aims: This course is intended to provide students with and the more important fundamentals of Russian gram-
(1) a sound basic knowledge of the Czech language and mar; (2) basic translation, speaking, writing and listen-
the more important fundamentals of Czech grammar; ing skills in Russian; (3) an active vocabulary of c.1,000
(2) basic speaking, writing and listening skills in Czech; words and a passive vocabulary of 2-3,000 words; (4)
(3) an active vocabulary of c.1,000 words and a passive access to a range of learning resources for the purpose
vocabulary of c.2,000 words; (4) access to a range of of studying Russian language and culture.
learning resources for the purpose of studying Czech Course Co-ordinator: Dr Margaret Tejerizo
language and culture.
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Ilona Klemm
0SLU SLAVONIC STUDIES 1B:
(POST)STALINISM AND CINEMA
1KFB POLISH 1
Timetable: Mondays, Tuesdays and Thursdays at 2.00
Timetable: Normally five hours weekly at times to be
p.m.
arranged.
Assessment: 1 Class Essay (33% of the final mark);
Requirements of entry: Normally the standard of SQA
End-of-course Examination (2 hours): 66% of the final
Higher or its equivalent in either a classical or a modern
mark.
foreign language.
Assessment: There will be: a) 1 two-hour written exam
to be held at the end of the year which will test gram- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
mar, vocabulary, translation and comprehension skills Aims: This course is intended to: 1: provide students
(50% of the final mark); b) one writing project and/or with a broad knowledge of the major achievements in
class tests (up to 10 in number) for formal assessment Czech, Polish and Russian cinema from the 1960s to

the present and to relate them to the cultural and po- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
litical developments in the post-war period; 2: impart Timetable: Normally four hours weekly at times to be
to students an in-depth knowledge of selected directors arranged.
and their major works; 3: develop students’ ability to
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Polish 1
analyse cinematic works; 4: develop students’ ability to
work effectively, and to supplement their acquisition of Assessment: There will be: a)1 two-hour written exam
generic and transferable skills which will be of use in to be held at the end of the year which will test gram-
later life. mar, vocabulary, translation and comprehension skills
(50%); b) one writing project and/or class tests (up
to 10 in number) for formal assessment throughout the
year, depending on size of groups (25%); c) a short oral
0SKU SLAVONIC STUDIES LEVEL 1A: exam (25%).
WRITERS AND COMMUNISM Degree Examination taken in: April/May
(1) practical competence in the Polish language; (2)
Timetable: Mondays, Tuesdays, and Thursdays at 2 translation and comprehension skills; (3) free compo-
p.m. sition skills in Polish; (4) oral communication skills in
Assessment: 1 Essay (33% of the final mark); End-of- Polish.
course examination (2 hours): 66% of the final mark. Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates
7GDV RUSSIAN 2
Aims: This course is intended to: (1) provide students
with a broad knowledge of developments in Czech, Pol- Credits: 40 Level: 2
ish and Russian literature, politics and society under When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Communist Party rule; (2) impart to students an in-
Timetable: Normally Monday, Tuesday, Thursday and
depth knowledge of selected key authors and works of
Friday at 3.00 pm.
Czech, Polish and Russian literature (in English trans-
lation) from the period, particularly in relation to the Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Russian 1
doctrine of Socialist Realism; (3) develop students’ abil- or a good pass at A-level or SQA Higher Russian (or
ity to work effectively as well as to further the acquisi- equivalent)
tion of generic transferable skills which will be of value Assessment: There will be: a) 1 two-hour written exam
in later life. to be held at the end of the year which will test gram-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jan Culik mar, vocabulary, translation and comprehension skills
7FYV CZECH 2 year, depending on size of groups (25%); c) a short oral
exam (25%).
Timetable: Normally four hours weekly at times to be
arranged Aims: This course is intended to provide students with:
(1) practical competence in the Russian language; (2)
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Czech 1
translation and comprehension skills; (3) free composi-
Assessment: There will be: a) 1 two-hour written exam tion skills in Russian; (4) oral communication skills in
to be held at the end of the year which will test gram- Russian.
mar, vocabulary, translation and comprehension skills
year, depending on size of groups (25%); c) a short oral 0SMV SLAVONIC STUDIES 2A:
exam (25%). LITERATURE IN THE AGE OF
Degree Examination taken in: April/May IMPERIALISM
(1) practical competence in the Czech language; (2) When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
translation and comprehension skills; (3) free compo- Timetable: Mondays, Tuesdays and Thursdays at 4.00
sition skills in Czech; (4) oral communication skills in p.m.
Czech. Requirements of entry: Students can enter this course
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Ilona Klemm directly.
Assessment: 1 Class Essay (c. 2,000 words) - 33.33% of
the final mark; End-of-course Examination (2 hours) -
7GBV POLISH 2
66.67% of the final mark.
Credits: 40 Level: 2 Degree Examination taken in: December

Resit Examination taken in: August/September sound knowledge of several short works of Czech liter-
Aims: This course is intended to: 1: provide students ature across the three genres (poetry, short fiction and
with a broad knowledge of developments in Czech, Pol- drama).
ish and Russian literature, politics and society in the Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Ilona Klemm
nineteenth century; 2: impart to students an in-depth
knowledge of selected key authors and works of Czech,
Polish and Russian literature (in English translation) 111F CZECH 3H (JOINT)
from the period; 3: develop students’ ability to analyse
literary works; 4: increase students’ ability to work ef- Credits: 60 Level: 3
fectively, and to supplement their acquisition of generic When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
and transferable skills which will be of value in later life. Timetable: Seven hours per week at times to be ar-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Margaret Tejerizo ranged.
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Czech 2.
0SHV SLAVONIC STUDIES 2B: Assessment: A combination of course assessment and
CULTURE IN THE AGE OF examinations normally taken at the end of 4H.
GLOBALIZATION Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Aims: This course aims to: (1) provide students with
a thorough knowledge of modern standard Czech; (2)
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) develop translation skills, as well as the skills of aural,
Timetable: Mondays, Tuesdays, and Thursdays at 4.00 oral and written communication in Czech to a very high
p.m. level; (3) impart to students an in-depth knowledge of
Requirements of entry: Any student having satisfacto- Czech literature, history and culture, especially as re-
rily completed Level 1 courses at the University may be gards selected works of literature of the nineteenth and
admitted to this course at the discretion of the Con- twentieth centuries and the main literary trends and
vener of the Slavonic Studies Section of the School of movements of those periods; with considerable attention
Modern Languages and Cultures. being paid to older periods of Czech history, when sig-
Co-requisites: None nificant cultural achievements took place; (4) increase
students’ ability to work effectively, as well as to futher
Assessment: 1 Class Essay (c. 2,000 words) - 33.33% of
their acquisition of generic and transferable skills which
the final mark; End-of-course Examination (2 hours) -
will be of value in later life.
66.67% of the final mark.
Honours Course Prescription: All of: Translation from
Czech into English; Translation from English into Czech
Resit Examination taken in: August/September and Essay in Czech; Early Czech Literature; Modern
Aims: This course is intended to: provide students with Czech Literature; Oral in Czech; and options to the
a broad knowledge of developments in Czech, Polish value of 30 credits.
and Russian culture, politics and society after 1989; Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jan Culik
impart to students an in-depth knowledge of selected
Czech, Polish and Russian cultural phenomena (in En-
glish translation) from the period; develop students’ 2HEW CZECH LANGUAGE 3
ability to analyse works of literature, cinema and media;
increase students’ ability to work effectively, as well as Credits: 30 Level: 3
to enhance their acquisition of generic and transferable When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
skills which will be of value in later life.
Timetable: Normally three hours per week at times to
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Margaret Tejerizo be arranged
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Czech Lan-
111D CZECH 3 guage 2
Assessment: Students should note that a system of
mixed-mode assessment operates in Czech Language 3.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) The End-of-Course Examination consists of two two-
Timetable: Five hours per week at times to be arranged. hour written papers (Paper 1 Translation from and into
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Czech 2 Czech; Paper 2 Essay in Czech); an oral examination
and a Dissertation/Language Project. The oral exami-
nation is weighted at the equivalent of half a paper and
mixed-mode assessment operates in Czech 3 and con-
the Dissertation as the equivalent of one paper.
sists of a language project, a two-hour end of course
exam, an oral exam and three literature projects. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Aims: This course is intended to provide students with
Aims: This course is intended to provide students with (1) a thorough and accurate knowledge of the Czech
(1) a thorough and accurate knowledge of the Czech language; (2) advanced translation skills; (3) writing
language; (2) advanced translation skills; (3) writing skills in Czech; (4) oral communication in Czech.
skills in Czech; (4) oral communication in Czech; (5) a Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Ilona Klemm

123D POLISH 3 Assessment: Students should note that a mixed-mode

assessment operates in Polish Language 3.The End-of-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Course Examination consists of two two-hour written
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) papers; an oral examination. Polish Language 3 is as-
Timetable: Normally three hours weekly at times to be sessed in four ways, each weighted in at 50 marks, as fol-
arranged. lows: Paper 1 (Writing in Polish); Paper 2 (translation
into English); oral examination; Dissertation/Language
Project.
mixed-mode assessment operates in Polish 3 and con-
sists of a language project, a two-hour end of course Resit Examination taken in: August/September
exam, an oral exam and three literature projects. Aims: This course is intended to provide students with
Degree Examination taken in: April/May (1) a thorough and accurate knowledge of the Polish
Resit Examination taken in: August/September language; (2) advanced translation skills; (3) writing
skills in Polish; (4) oral communication in Polish.
(1) a thorough and accurate knowledge of the Polish lan- Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates
guage; (2) advanced translation skills; writing skills in
Polish; (4) oral communication in Polish; (5) a sound
knowledge of several short works of Polish literature 124D RUSSIAN 3
across the three genres (poetry, short fiction, drama).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates
Timetable: Normally three hours per week at times to
123F POLISH 3H (JOINT) be arranged.
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Russian 2
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: Students should note that a system of
Timetable: Seven hours per week at times to be ar- mixed-mode assessment operates in Russian 3 and con-
ranged. sists of a language project, a two-hour end of course
exam, an oral exam and three literature projects.
Assessment: A combination of course assessment and
examinations normally taken at the end of 4H. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: This course is intended to (1) provide students
Aims: This course is intended to (1) provide students with a thorough knowledge of modern standard Rus-
with a thorough knowledge of modern standard Pol- sian; (2) develop translation skills, as well as the skills
ish; (2) develop translation skills, as well as the skills of oral and written communication in Russian to a high
of oral and written communication in Polish to a very level; (3) provide students with a sound knowledge of
high level; (3) impart to students an in-depth knowl- several short works of Russian literature across the three
edge of Polish literature and culture, especially as re- genres (poetry, drama and shorter fiction); (4) increase
gards selected works of literature of the nineteenth and students’ ability to work effectively, as well as to further
twentieth centuries and the main literary trends and the acquisition of generic and transferable skills which
movements of those periods, with considerable atten- will be of value in later life.
tion being given to the early period of Polish history; Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrei Rogatchevski
(4) increase students’ ability to work effectively, as well
as to further the acquisition of generic and transferable
skills which will be of value in later life. 124F RUSSIAN 3H (JOINT)
Honours Course Prescription: All of: Translation from
Polish into English; Translation from English into Pol-
ish and Essay in Polish; Polish Literature from the When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Renaissance to the Twentieth Century; Twentieth- Timetable: Daily at 11.00 am and at other times to be
Century Polish Literature; Oral in Polish; and options arranged. Lecture, tutorial, language laboratory, video
to the value of 30 credits. project.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Russian 2
Assessment: A combination of course assessment and
2JFW POLISH LANGUAGE 3 examinations normally taken at the end of 4H.
Aims: This course is intended to (1) provide students
with a thorough knowledge of modern standard Rus-
Timetable: Normally three hours weekly at times to be sian; (2) develop translation skills, as well as the skills
arranged. of oral and written communication in Russian to a very
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Polish 2 or high level; (3) impart to students an in-depth knowledge
Polish Language 2 of Russian literature and culture, especially as regards

selected works of literature of the nineteenth and twen- Assessment: In the case of one-year options from
tieth centuries and the main literary trends and move- Groups IC, II and III that are assessed by degree exam-
ments of those periods; (4) increase students’ ability to ination, students normally sit that examination in the
work effectively, as well as to further the acquisition of same year as the option is taken, ie options completed in
generic and transferable skills which will be of value in Junior Honours are normally examined at the end of the
later life. Junior Honours year, and options completed in the Se-
Honours Course Prescription: All of: Translation from nior Honours year are examined at the end of the Senior
Russian into English; Translation from English into Honours year. Where, however, a student is taking two
Russian and Essay in Russian; The Russian Novel; Rus- main languagues, the following arrangements apply: a)
sian Poetry, Drama and Shorter Fiction; Oral Exami- a student may divide the year abroad between the two
nation; and options to the value of 30 credits. countries relevant to the languages studied; b) a student
may spend the year abroad in one country and spend a
summer in the second country, commencing the period
of residence abroad after examinations taken in Junior
2JJW RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 3 Honours have been completed; c) where neither of the
above arrangements is acceptable to the Departments
Credits: 30 Level: 3 concerned, a student will complete the second period of
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) residence abroad in the third term of the Junior Hon-
Timetable: Normally three hours weekly at times to be ours year and will take all degree examination papers at
arranged the end of the Senior Honours year. Most options are
assessed by means of a single three-hour degree exami-
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Russian 2 nation.
mixed-mode assessment operates in Russian Language Degree Examination taken in: April/May
3. The End-of-Course examination consists of two writ-
ten papers and an oral examination. Russian Lan- Aims: This course is intended to: (1) provide students
guage 3 is assessed in four ways, each weighted at 50 with a thorough knowledge of at least one of the lan-
marks as follows: Paper 1 (Writing in Russian); Paper guages of Central and Eastern Europe and, optionally,
2 (Translation into English); Oral Examination; Lan- knowledge of a second such language; (2) impart to stu-
guage Project. dents an in-depth knowledge of aspects of the literature,
culture, history, politics and economics of the countries
associated with their principal language of study; (3) ac-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September quaint students with aspects of the literature, culture,
Aims: This course is intended to (1) provide students history, politics and economics of the countries of Cen-
with a thorough knowledge of modern standard Rus- tral and Eastern Europe; (4) increase students’ ability
sian; (2) develop translation skills, as well as the skills to work effectively, as well as to further the acquisition
of oral and written communication in Russian to a high of generic and transferable skills which will be of value
level; (3) increase students’ ability to work effectively, in later life.
as well as to further the acquisition of generic and trans-
ferable skills which will be of value in later life. Honours Course Prescription: There are three groups
of options as follows: 1. Language; 2. Literature and
the Arts; and 3. History, Politics, Economics, Society.
Candidates take options, which must include at least
425H SLAVONIC AND EAST two from each group, to the value of 240 credits over
EUROPEAN STUDIES 3H (SINGLE) the Junior Honours and Senior Honours years and this
includes an oral examination. All candidates must take
Credits: 120 Level: 3 at least one option in Czech, Polish or Russian Language
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) from Group 1. Option choices must be approved by the
Convener of the Slavonic Studies section. Students must
Timetable: To be arranged
include a Dissertation for ONE of the options taken in
Requirements of entry: Students enrolling for this de- the Junior Honours year. The Dissertation will have the
gree are normally required to be qualified for admission same weight as the option it replaces. The topic for the
into Honours in at least one of the following subjects: Dissertation must be approved by the Convener of the
Czech, Polish or Russian (For further information on the Slavonic Studies section and by the Head of the Depart-
precise requirements students should consult the appro- ment (or his or her representative) responsible for the
priate Departmental handouts). In addition students supervision of the Dissertation. The Dissertation will
are normally required to have two passes at Grade D normally be written in English and will be 8,000-10,000
or better in Level 1 or Level 2 classes in one or more words long, but in appropriate circumstances and with
of the following: Philosophy, History, Economic His- the approval of the Convener of the Slavonic Studies sec-
tory, Politics, Political Economy, Sociology, Education, tion, the Dissertation may be written in Czech, German,
Industrial Relations, Management. In exceptional cir- Polish or Russian, in which case it will be 4,000-5,000
cumstances it may be possible for students who do not words long. The Dissertation must be handed in by 5
meet in full all the above requirements to be admitted pm on the Monday of the second week of Semester 2 of
to the course with the approval of the Convener of the the Senior Honours year.
Slavonic Studies Section of the School of Modern Lan-
guages and Cultures. Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates

7DPF SLAVONIC STUDIES 3H States since 1918; Post-Soviet Russia: Renegotiating

(COMBINED) Global and Local Identities. Students are required to
take a minimum of 30 credits from Group I; a maxi-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 mum of 60 credits from Group III and a maximum of
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) 60 credits from Group IV. Options are normally taught
on a yearly basis. The Options are usually each rated at
Timetable: To be arranged.
30 credits except for those options in Group II or where
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any three indicated. All curricula must be approved by the Sec-
courses at Level 1 and 2. With the approval of the Con- tion Convener. Students may substitute a Dissertation
vener of the Slavonic Studies section, students will be of 8,000-10,000 words for ONE of the options taken in
able to substitute up to two courses taken in a cognate Junior Honours year. The dissertation will be rated at
subject (e.g. English Literature or Scottish Literature) 15 credits. The Dissertation must be handed in by the
for Slavonic Studies courses at Level 1 and 2. end of Week 1 of Semester 2 of the Senior Honours year.
Assessment: All comparative options are examined by Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates
course assessment only. Cultural, language, and politi-
cal and economic options are usually assessed by degree
examination and students normally sit that examina- 111G CZECH 4H (JOINT)
tion in the same year as the option is taken, i.e. options
completed in Junior Honours are normally examined at
the end of the Junior Honours year, and options com- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
pleted in the Senior Honours year are examined at the Timetable: Seven hours per week at times to be ar-
end of the Senior Honours year. ranged.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Czech 2.
Aims: This course is intended to: (1) impart to students Assessment: Six papers in 4H year plus an oral exami-
an advanced knowledge of comparative aspects of devel- nation in Czech. Papers 1, 2, 22, 23, 58, 17, 18 and 30
opments in literature, culture, history and/or politics are examined by a single three-hour written examina-
in at least two of the countries of Central and Eastern tion. Papers 21, 31 and 42 are assessed by course work
Europe; (2) acquaint students with aspects of the litera- only. The oral examination (20 minutes) is conducted
tures, culture, history, politics and economics of Central and assessed by the Czech External Examiner.
and Eastern Europe via English-language sources; (3) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
optionally, to provide students with language instruc-
Aims: This course aims to: (1) provide students with
tion at an appropriate level in one or two of the Slavonic
a thorough knowledge of modern standard Czech; (2)
languages; (4) increase students’ ability to work effec-
develop translation skills, as well as the skills of aural,
tively, as well as to further the acquisition of generic and
oral and written communication in Czech to a very high
transferable skills which will be of value in later life.
level; (3) impart to students an in-depth knowledge of
Honours Course Prescription: Students will normally Czech literature, history and culture, especially as re-
take 60 credits worth of options each year. Students gards selected works of literature of the nineteenth and
may select from the following four groups of options: twentieth centuries and the main literary trends and
I: Comparative Options: Czech, Polish and Russian movements of those periods; with considerable attention
Women’s Writing in English Translation, The Mass Me- being paid to older periods of Czech history, when sig-
dia of Central and Eastern Europe (15 credits), Fur- nificant cultural achievements took place; (4) increase
ther Issues Concerning the Mass Media (15 credits), students’ ability to work effectively, as well as to futher
Slavonic Drama (15 credits), Holocaust Literature (15 their acquisition of generic and transferable skills which
credits). II: Cultural Options: Contemporary Czech will be of value in later life.
Cinema, Polish Literature in English Translation from
Honours Course Prescription: All of Translation from
the Renaissance to the Twentieth Century, Contem-
Czech; Translation into Czech and Essay into Czech;
porary Polish Cinema, The Russian Novel in English
Early Czech Literature with Prescribed Texts; Mod-
Translation, Censorship in Western Culture, History
ern Czech Literature with Prescribed Texts; History of
of the Czechs and Slovaks, The Lost Empire: Byzan-
the Czechs and Slovaks; Oral Examination; one from:
tium and the Slavs 800-1600 (taught jointly with the
Comparative Slavonic Philology; Subsidiary Polish Lan-
Department of Medieval History), Russian Cinema;
guage; Subsidiary Russian Language; Medieval Czech
Domesticating the Dictators: Women’s Writing under
Literature; Contemporary Czech Cinema; The Mass
Franco and Stalin. III: Language Options: Subsidiary
Media in Central and Eastern Europe.
Czech Language (Beginners), Subsidiary Czech Lan-
guage (Intermediate), Subsidiary Polish Language (Be- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Jan Culik
ginners), Subsidiary Polish Language (Intermediate),
Subsidiary Russian Language (Beginners), Subsidiary
123G POLISH 4H (JOINT)
Russian Language (Intermediate). IV: Political and
Economic Options (taught by or for the Department Credits: 60 Level: 4
of Central and East European Studies): An Economic
and Social History of Central and Eastern Europe 1918-
1989, Cultural Politics and Social Change in Post-Soviet Timetable: Seven hours per week at times to be ar-
Russia, Civil Society and the State in East Central ranged.
Europe; Statehood, Nationality, Identity: The Baltic Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Polish 2

Assessment: Six papers plus oral examination in Polish 425J SLAVONIC AND EAST EUROPEAN
Degree Examination taken in: April/May STUDIES 4H (SINGLE)
Aims: This course is intended to (1) provide students Credits: 120 Level: 4
with a thorough knowledge of modern standard Pol-
ish; (2) develop translation skills, as well as the skills When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
of oral and written communication in Polish to a very Timetable: To be arranged
high level; (3) impart to students an in-depth knowl- Requirements of entry: Students enrolling for this de-
edge of Polish literature and culture, especially as re- gree are normally required to be qualified for admission
gards selected works of literature of the nineteenth and into Honours in at least one of the following subjects:
twentieth centuries and the main literary trends and Czech, Polish or Russian [For further information on the
movements of those periods, with considerable atten- precise requirements students should consult the appro-
tion being given to the early period of Polish history; priate Departmental handouts). In addition students
(4) increase students’ ability to work effectively, as well are normally required to have two passes at Grade D
as to further the acquisition of generic and transferable or better in Level 1 or Level 2 classes in one or more
skills which will be of value in later life. of the following: Philosophy, History, Economic His-
Honours Course Prescription: All of the below over tory, Politics, Political Economy, Sociology, Education,
a two-year cycle: Translation from Polish; Transla- Industrial Relations, Management. In exceptional cir-
tion into Polish and Essay in Polish; Polish Liter- cumstances it may be possible for students who do not
ature 1795-1918; Polish Literature 1918-1981; Polish meet in full all the above requirements to be admitted
History Thought and Culture 966-1989 oral examina- to the course with the approval of the Head of the De-
tion and one of Post-War Polish Theatre; Comparative partment of Slavonic Studies.
Slavonic Philology; Subsidiary Czech Languages; Sub- Assessment: In the case of one-year options from
sidiary Russian Language; Post-War Polish Censorship; Groups IC, II and III that are assessed by degree exam-
Contemporary Polish Cinema; Polish Literature 1386- ination, students normally sit that examination in the
1815; The Mass Media in Central and Eastern Europe. same year as the option is taken, ie options completed in
Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates Junior Honours are normally examined at the end of the
Junior Honours year, and options completed in the Se-
nior Honours year are examined at the end of the Senior
124G RUSSIAN 4H (JOINT) Honours year. Where, however, a student is taking two
main languagues, the following arrangements apply: a)
Credits: 60 Level: 4 a student may divide the year abroad between the two
countries relevant to the languages studied; b) a student
may spend the year abroad in one country and spend a
Timetable: Daily at 11.00 am and at other times to be summer in the second country, commencing the period
arranged. Lecture, tutorial, language laboratory, video of residence abroad after examinations taken in Junior
project. Honours have been completed; c) where neither of the
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in Russian 2 above arrangements is acceptable to the Departments
concerned, a student will complete the second period of
Assessment: Six papers in 4H year plus oral examina-
residence abroad in the third term of the Junior Hon-
tion in Russian
ours year and will take all degree examination papers at
Degree Examination taken in: April/May the end of the Senior Honours year. Most options are
Aims: This course is intended to (1) provide students assessed by means of a single three-hour degree exami-
with a thorough knowledge of modern standard Rus- nation.
sian; (2) develop translation skills, as well as the skills Degree Examination taken in: April/May
of oral and written communication in Russian to a very Aims: This course is intended to: (1) provide students
high level; (3) impart to students an in-depth knowledge with a thorough knowledge of at least one of the lan-
of Russian literature and culture, especially as regards guages of Central and Eastern Europe and, optionally,
selected works of literature of the nineteenth and twen- knowledge of a second such language; (2) impart to stu-
tieth centuries and the main literary trends and move- dents an in-depth knowledge of aspects of the literature,
ments of those periods; (4) increase students’ ability to culture, history, politics and economics of the countries
work effectively, as well as to further the acquisition of associated with their principal language of study; (3) ac-
generic and transferable skills which will be of value in quaint students with aspects of the literature, culture,
later life. history, politics and economics of the countries of Cen-
Honours Course Prescription: Obligatory courses: tral and Eastern Europe; (4) increase students’ ability
Translation from Russian; Translation into Russian to work effectively, as well as to further the acquisition
and Essay in Russian; Nineteenth-Century Russian Lit- of generic and transferable skills which will be of value
erature; Twentieth-Century Russian Literature; Oral in later life.
Examination; and optional courses subject to avail- Honours Course Prescription: There are three groups
ability, including for example Dostoevskii; Subsidiary of subjects, as follows: 1. Language; 2. Literature and
Czech Language; Subsidiary Polish Language; Russian the Arts; and 3. History, Politics, Economics, Society.
Women’s Writing; The Mass Media in Central and East- Candidates take ten papers, which must include at least
ern Europe. two from each group. Additionally to the ten papers all
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrei Rogatchevski students take an oral examination; this counts as the

Scottish Literature
equivalent of a full paper, ie as one-eleventh of the total. Honours Course Prescription: Students will normally
All candidates must take at least one paper in Czech, take 60 credits worth of options each year. Students
Polish or Russian Language from Group 1. All students may select from the following four groups of options:
taking this degree must have their choice of Options ap- I: Comparative Options: Czech, Polish and Russian
proved by the Head of Department of Slavonic Studies. Women’s Writing in English Translation, The Mass Me-
With the approval of the Head of the Department of dia of Central and Eastern Europe (15 credits), Further
Slavonic Studies students may substitute a Dissertation Issues Concerning the Mass Media (15 credits), Slavonic
for ONE of the Options taken in Junior Honours year. Drama (15 credits), Holocaust Literature (15 credits).
The Dissertation will have the same weight as the Op- II: Cultural Options: Contemporary Czech Cinema,
tion it replaces. The topic for the Dissertation must be Polish Literature in English Translation from the Re-
approved by the Head of the Department of Slavonic naissance to the Twentieth Century, Contemporary Pol-
Studies and by the Head of the Department (or his or ish Cinema, The Russian Novel in English Translation,
her representative) responsible for the supervision of the Polish Identities: Readings in Polish Cultural and In-
Dissertation. The Dissertation will normally be written tellectual History, History of the Czechs and Slovaks,
in English and will be 8,000-10,000 words long, but in The Lost Empire: Byzantium and the Slavs 800-1600
appropriate circumstances and with the approval of the (taught jointly with the Department of Medieval His-
Head of the Department of Slavonic Studies the Dis- tory), Russian Cinema; Domesticating the Dictators:
sertation may be written in Czech, German, Polish or Women’s Writing under Franco and Stalin. III: Lan-
Russian, in which case it will be 4,000-5,000 words long. guage Options: Subsidiary Czech Language (Begin-
Agreement to substitute a Dissertation for one paper ners), Subsidiary Czech Language (Intermediate), Sub-
and for the topic of the Dissertation should normally be sidiary Polish Language (Beginners), Subsidiary Polish
obtained by the end of Term 1 of the Junior Honours Language (Intermediate), Subsidiary Russian Language
year. After that date it will not normally be possible (Beginners), Subsidiary Russian Language (Intermedi-
for the decision to write a Dissertation to be reversed. ate). IV: Political and Economic Options (taught by
The Dissertation must be handed in by the end of Week or for the Department of Central and East European
1 of Term 2 of the Senior Honours year. Studies): An Economic and Social History of Central
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrei Rogatchevski and Eastern Europe 1918-1989; Cultural Politics and
Change in Post-Soviet Russia; Civil Society and the
State in East Central Europe; Statehood, Nationality,
7DPG SLAVONIC STUDIES 4H Identity: The Baltic States since 1918; Post-Soviet Rus-
(COMBINED) sia: Renegotiating Global and Local Identities. Stu-
dents are required to take a minimum of 30 credits from
Credits: 60 Level: 4 Group I; a maximum of 60 credits from Group III and
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) a maximum of 60 credits from Group IV. Options are
Timetable: To be arranged. normally taught on a yearly basis. The Options are
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any three usually each rated at 30 credits except for those options
modules at Level 1 and 2. With the approval of the in Group II or where indicated. All curricula must be
Head of the Department of Slavonic Studies students approved by the Head of Section. Students may sub-
will be able to substitute up to two modules taken in stitute a Dissertation of 8,000-10,000 words for ONE of
a cognate subject (e.g. English Literature or Scottish the options taken in Junior Honours year. The disserta-
Literature) for Slavonic Studies modules at Level 1 and tion will be rated at 15 credits. The Dissertation must
2. be handed in by the end of Week 1 of Semester 2 of the
Senior Honours year.
Assessment: All comparative options are examined by
course assessment only. Cultural, language, and politi- Course Co-ordinator: Dr John Bates
cal and economic options are usually assessed by degree
examination and students normally sit that examina-
tion in the same year as the option is taken, i.e. options
Scottish Literature
completed in Junior Honours are normally examined at KFXU SCOT LIT 1A: WRITING THE
the end of the Junior Honours year, and options com-
NATION: SCOTT TO MACDIARMID
pleted in the Senior Honours year are examined at the
end of the Senior Honours year. Credits: 20 Level: 1
Aims: This course is intended to: (1) impart to students Timetable: Lectures: Monday and Wednesday at 10.00
an advanced knowledge of comparative aspects of devel- in 11 out of the 12 weeks. Wednesday 14.00-16.00 in
opments in literature, culture, history and/or politics weeks 4, 8 and 10 for relevant showing of films, docu-
in at least two of the countries of Central and Eastern mentaries and guest readings. Seminars: Tuesday 10.00
Europe; (2) acquaint students with aspects of the litera- or Thursday 10.00 or Thursday 12.00 or Friday 11.00 or
tures, culture, history, politics and economics of Central Friday 12.00 in 8 out of the 12 weeks.
and Eastern Europe via English-language sources; (3)
Requirements of entry: No entry requirements other
optionally, to provide students with language instruc-
than standard admission requirements for the Univer-
tion at an appropriate level in one or two of the Slavonic
sity.
languages; (4) increase students’ ability to work effec-
tively, as well as to further the acquisition of generic and Degree Examination taken in: December
transferable skills which will be of value in later life. Resit Examination taken in: August/September

Scottish Literature
Aims: The aims of this course are to provide an intro- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Rhona Brown
duction to the main themes and writers of the Scottish
Literary Tradition of the 19th and early 20th centuries.
Teaching will focus on large cultural/political/historical
7EAV SCOTTISH LITERATURE 2B:
contexts for the writers and texts studied, and there will EARLY SCOTTISH LITERATURE &
be spefic attention to the development of Scots Lan- LANGUAGE
guage during the period.
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Matthew McGuire
Timetable: Monday (joint with English Language),
KFYU SCOT LIT 1B: WRITING THE Tuesday and Thursday - 12.00 noon; plus 11 literature
NATION: SCOT LIT POST 1945 seminars, and 4 language seminars. The language com-
ponent will finish at Easter vacating the Monday lec-
ture slot. This slot will then be taken up by the lit-
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) erature component for a special four-week session on
Timetable: Mondays and Wednesdays at 10.00 for 11 18th-century song, poetry and fiction.
of the 12 weeks. Wednesdays 14.00-16.00 in weeks 4, 7 Requirements of entry: For students wishing to con-
and 9 for relevant showings of films, documentaries and tinue the study of Scottish Literature, entry is normally
guest readings. Seminars: Tuesday 10.00 or Thursday conditional on a satisfactory performance in Module 1
10.00 or Thursday 12.00 or Friday 11.00 or Friday 12.00 of this class, but entry from other classes in the Arts
in 8 of the 12 weeks. faculty is also possible, conditional on satisfactory per-
Requirements of entry: None. formance in these classes.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Assessment: One language exercise 20%; four seminar
Resit Examination taken in: August/September reports 20%; one literature essay 30%; one degree ex-
Aims: The aims of this course are to provide an in- amination paper in June 30%
troduction to the main themes and writers of the Scot- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
tish Literary tradition between 1945 and the present. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Teaching will focus on large cultural / political / his- Aims: The Level 2B course intends to: - introduce stu-
torical contexts for the writers and texts studied, and dents to key Scottish texts from the early modern period
there will be specific attention to the development of to the nineteenth century; - provide an introduction to
Scots language during the period. the history and structure of the Scots tongue; - enable
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Matthew McGuire students to analyse the period’s texts, using the appro-
priate literary and linguistic critical terms; - introduce
7EBV SCOTTISH LITERATURE 2A: several key literary concepts that are essential to an
understanding of early modern to nineteenth-century
EARLY SCOTTISH LITERATURE &
Scottish literature.
LANGUAGE
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Rhona Brown
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) KFZW SCOT LIT 3A: IMAGINING
Timetable: Monday (joint with English Language), SCOTLAND 1814-1945
Tuesday and Thursday - 12.00 noon; plus 10 literature
seminars and 4 language seminars. Credits: 30 Level: 3
Requirements of entry: Normally, minimally a D (10 When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
grade points) in both modules of Scottish Literature 1 Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Wednesday and Friday
or in cognate classes such as English Literature or En- at 10.00 in 10 of the 12 weeks. Seminars: 5 two-hour
glish Language. Alternatively, if DACE course ‘An in- seminars throughout the course: Thursdays 14.00-16.00
troduction to Scottish Literature’ is taken with Scottish Requirements of entry: Home students wishing to take
Literature 1B, and both are obtained at at least Grade Level 3 are expected to have completed a Level 2 course
D, access to Level 2 Scottish Literature is allowed. in Scottish Literature or a complimentary literary disci-
Assessment: One language exercise 20%; four seminar pline. Overseas students whose major subject is English
reports 20%; one literature essay 30%; one examination are encouraged to take this course.
paper in January 30%
Aims: This course aims to provide senior students of lit-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September erature, who have little experience of Scottish Literary
Aims: The Level 2A course overall intends to: - in- studies, with a detailed introduction to Scottish writing
troduce students to key Scottish texts of the medieval from Walter Scott’s ‘Waverley’ of 1814 to the literature
period; - provide an introduction to the history and of the Modern Scottish Renaissance in the interwar pe-
structure of the Scots tongue; - enable students to anal- riod. Major political/historical and cultural themes will
yse Older Scots texts, using the appropriate literary and be addressed. This course aims to stimulate knowledge
linguistic critical terms; - introduce several key literary and further interest in Scottish Literature for those stu-
concepts that are essential to an understanding of me- dents wishing to complete a non-honours literary studies
dieval and early modern literature. degree.

Scottish Literature
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Matthew McGuire (15 credits); 4: From Beginnings to Early Modern (30
credits); 5: Augustans and Romantics (1603-1843) (30
credits) 6: Victorian and Renaissance (1843-1943) (30
KGAW SCOT LIT 3B: IMAGINING
credits); 7: Modern and Contemporary (1943-2004) (30
SCOTLAND: 1945 - 21ST CENTURY credits) 8: Special Topic (30 credits) (Topics will vary
Credits: 30 Level: 3 each session ); 9: Dissertation (30 credits)
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Course Co-ordinator: Mr Theo Van Heijnsbergen
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Wednesday and Friday
at 10.00 in 10 of the 12 weeks. Seminars: 5 two-hour
seminars throughout the course: Thursdays 14.00-16.00 125H SCOTTISH LITERATURE 3H
Requirements of entry: Home students wishing to take (SINGLE)
Level 3 are expected to have completed a Level 2 course
in Scottish Literature or a complementary literary disci- Credits: 120 Level: 3
pline. Overseas students whose major subject is English
are encouraged to take this course. When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Timetable: See individual papers
Aims: This course aims to provide senior students of lit- Requirements of entry: All four courses of Scottish Lit-
erature, who have little experience of Scottish Literary erature Levels 1 and 2, with at least 24 grade points
studies, with a detailed introduction to Scottish writing in the Level 2 courses and neither of these falling be-
between 1945 and the present. Major political / histor- low D. Applicants for Single Honours Scottish Litera-
ical and cultural themes will be addressed. The course ture should also have completed both courses of English
aims to stimulate knowledge in Scottish Literature for Language Level 1 at grade D or above.
those students wishing to complete a non-honours liter-
ary studies degree. Assessment: Seven papers taken in 3H & 4H years plus
a dissertation. Dissertation counts as one paper
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Matthew McGuire
125F SCOTTISH LITERATURE 3H Aims: (1) To offer a comprehensive approach to liter-

(JOINT) ary studies through a wide-ranging choice of specialised,
text-based courses on aspects of Scottish language and
Credits: 60 Level: 3 literature. (2) To base this upon a developing under-
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) standing of criticism, theory and literary form, applied
to a variety of Scottish texts. (3) To provide students
Timetable: See individual papers
with an opportunity to enrich their awareness of liter-
Requirements of entry: All four courses of Scottish Lit- ature in its social context through the study of related
erature Levels 1 and 2, with at least 24 grade points in aspects of Scottish culture. (4) To enable students to
the Level 2 courses and neither of these falling below D. develop their expository skills through intensive group
Excluded Courses: Those rendered impossible for discussion and the writing of essays. (5) To provide an
timetable reasons. opportunity, through the writing of a dissertation, for
Assessment: Three papers plus a dissertation over the students to carry out an extended piece of research.
two honours years. Dissertation counts as one paper Honours Course Prescription: Over the two-year course
Degree Examination taken in: April/May students must take seven papers from the list below,
Aims: (1) To offer a comprehensive approach to liter- and submit a dissertation of around 10,000 words on
ary studies through a wide-ranging choice of specialised, an approved topic, making a total of 8 papers. They
text-based courses on aspects of Scottish language and must take either paper 1 or 2 (Language), papers 3a
literature. (2) To base this upon a developing under- and 3b (Theory), a paper from the medieval period and
standing of criticism, theory and literary form, applied at least 2 other papers from Group B. If they wish, stu-
to a variety of Scottish texts. (3) to provide students dents may choose no more than 2 papers from Group C,
with an opportunity to enrich their awareness of liter- which are offered by a range of other University depart-
ature in its social context through the study of related ments. Group A 1: History of Scots (English Language)
aspects of Scottish culture. (4) To enable students to (30 credits); 2: History of Scottish Book (English Lan-
develop their expository skills through intensive group guage) (30 credits) Group B 3a: Scottish Literature and
discussion and the writing of essays. (5) To provide an Theory: Contexts (15 credits) 3b: Scottish Literature
opportunity, through the writing of a dissertation, for and Theory: Kinds (15 credits); 4: From Beginnings to
students to carry out an extended piece of research. Early Modern (30 credits); 5: Augustans and Romantics
(1603-1843) (30 credits) 6: Victorian and Renaissance
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two-year course
(1843-1943) (30 credits); 7: Modern and Contemporary
students must take three papers from the list below, and
(1943-2004) (30 credits); 8: Special Topic (30 credits)
submit a dissertation of around 10,000 words on an ap-
(Topics will vary each session.); 9: Dissertation (30 cred-
proved topic, making a total of 8 papers. Group A 1:
its) Group C Options offered by other departments may
History of Scots (English Language) (30 credits); 2: His-
include the following subject areas: history, philosophy,
tory of Scottish Book (English Language) (30 credits)
English Literature, English Language, Celtic.
Group B 3a: Scottish Literature and Theory: Contexts
(15 credits) 3b: Scottish Literature and Theory Kinds. Course Co-ordinator: Mr Theo Van Heijnsbergen

125G SCOTTISH LITERATURE 4H with an opportunity to enrich their awareness of liter-

(JOINT) ature in its social context through the study of related
aspects of Scottish culture. (4) To enable students to
Credits: 60 Level: 4 develop their expository skills through intensive group
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) discussion and the writing of essays. (5) To provide an
opportunity, through the writing of a dissertation, for
students to carry out an extended piece of research.
Requirements of entry: Successful completion of Junior
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two-year course
Honours Scottish Literature
students must take seven papers from the list below,
Excluded Courses: Those rendered impossible for and submit a dissertation of around 10,000 words on
timetable reasons. an approved topic, making a total of 8 papers. They
Assessment: Four papers in 4H year plus a dissertation. must take either paper 1 or 2 (Language), papers 3a
Dissertation counts as one paper and 3b (Theory), a paper from the medieval period and
Degree Examination taken in: April/May at least 2 other papers from Group B. If they wish, stu-
dents may choose no more than 2 papers from Group C,
Aims: (1) To offer a comprehensive approach to liter- which are offered by a range of other University depart-
ary studies through a wide-ranging choice of specialised, ments. Group A 1: History of Scots (English Language)
text-based courses on aspects of Scottish language and (30 credits) 2: History of Scottish Book (English Lan-
literature. (2) To base this upon a developing under- guage) (30 credits) Group B 3: Theory 3a: Introduction
standing of criticism, theory and literary form, applied to Theory (15 credits) 3b: Advanced Theory (15 cred-
to a variety of Scottish texts. (3) to provide students its) 4: From Beginnings to Early Modern (30 credits)
with an opportunity to enrich their awareness of liter- 5: Augustans and Romantics (1603-1843) (30 credits)
ature in its social context through the study of related 6: Victorian and Renaissance (1843-1943) (30 credits)
aspects of Scottish culture. (4) To enable students to 7: Modern and Contemporary (1943-2004) (30 credits)
develop their expository skills through intensive group 8: Special Topic (30 credits) (Topics will vary each ses-
discussion and the writing of essays. (5) To provide an sion.) 9: Dissertation (30 credits) Group C Options
opportunity, through the writing of a dissertation, for offered by other departments may include the following
students to carry out an extended piece of research. subject areas: history, philosophy, English Literature,
Honours Course Prescription: Over the two-year course English Language, Celtic.
students must take three papers from the list below, and Course Co-ordinator: Mr Theo Van Heijnsbergen
submit a dissertation of around 10,000 words on an ap-
proved topic, making a total of 4 Scottish Literature
papers. Slavonic Studies
Group A 1: History of Scots (English Language) (30
credits) 2: History of Scottish Book (English Language) Please see the entries for the School of Modern Lan-
(30 credits) Group B 3: Theory 3a: Introduction to guages & Cultures, page 192.
Theory (15 credits) 3b: Advanced Theory (15 credits)
4: From Beginnings to Early Modern (30 credits) 5:
Augustans and Romantics (1603-1843) (30 credits) 6: Sociology, Anthropology & Applied
Victorian and Renaissance (1843-1943) (30 credits) 7:
Social Sciences
Modern and Contemporary (1943-2004) (30 credits) 8:
Special Topic (30 credits) (Topics will vary each ses- LTBU SOCIOLOGY 1B: CRITICAL
sion.) 9: Dissertation (30 credits) RESEARCH IN CONTEMPORARY
Course Co-ordinator: Mr Theo Van Heijnsbergen SOCIETIES
125J SCOTTISH LITERATURE 4H
(SINGLE)
Timetable: The course will entail 2 weekly lectures ac-
Credits: 120 Level: 4 companied by weekly seminars. Lectures will be 12.00-
12.50pm Mondays and Tuesdays, with weekly one hour
seminars in timeslots scheduled throughout the week.
Requirements of entry: No university courses are re-
Requirements of entry: Successful completion of Junior quired for entry.
Honours Scottish Literature
Co-requisites: There are no co-requisite courses. How-
Assessment: Seven papers taken in 3H & 4H years plus ever, in order to enter Sociology and Anthropology
a dissertation. Dissertation counts as one paper Level 2A, students are required to have completed both
Degree Examination taken in: April/May this course, and Sociology and Anthropology Level 1
Aims: (1) To offer a comprehensive approach to liter- A. At the discretion of the head of department, stu-
ary studies through a wide-ranging choice of specialised, dents may be admitted to level 2 whose qualifications
text-based courses on aspects of Scottish language and are deemed to be equivalent to this.
literature. (2) To base this upon a developing under- Excluded Courses: None, except that this course, along
standing of criticism, theory and literary form, applied with Sociology and Anthropology Level 1A, replaces the
to a variety of Scottish texts. (3) To provide students previous Sociology and Anthropology Level 1 40 credit

course [JNNU 40 credits], so students who have com- Excluded Courses: None, except that this course, along
pleted JNNU are excluded. with Sociology Level 1B, replaces the previous Sociology
Assessment: Summative assessment is based on the sub- and Anthropology Level 1 courses [JNNU 40 credits,
mission of one 2-3,000 word essay (50%), and a ninety 3V4U 20 credits].
minute written exam in which students answer two Assessment: Summative assessment is based on the sub-
questions from a previously unseen paper (50%, each mission of one 2-3,000 word essay (50%), and a ninety
question 25%). The essay question is chosen from a minute written exam in which students answer two
range of topics covered in the course. It therefore re- questions from a previously unseen paper (50%, each
quires students to engage in depth with the literature question 25%). The essay question is chosen from a
in one particular area, and encourages the development range of topics covered in the course. It therefore re-
of skills which students will require at level 2 and Hon- quires students to engage in depth with the literature
ours level, specifically the construction of clear, concise in one particular area, and encourages the development
written work, deploying a range of sources and syn- of skills which students will require at level 2 and Hon-
thesising these effectively. It encourages students to ours level, specifically the construction of clear, concise
develop clarity in their arguments, and a clear under- written work, deploying a range of sources and syn-
standing of the relationship between forms of evidence thesising these effectively. It encourages students to
and modes of interpretation. At a preparatory level it develop clarity in their arguments, and a clear under-
requires good time management, the ability to retrieve standing of the relationship between forms of evidence
appropriate information independently, well developed and modes of interpretation. At a preparatory level it
word-processing skills and a mastery of the protocols requires good time management, the ability to retrieve
for scholarly referencing and written presentation. appropriate information independently, well developed
The exam asks students to answer two questions. One word-processing skills and a mastery of the protocols
question is related to the course as a whole: this may for scholarly referencing and written presentation.
be a single general question, or may be sub-divided The exam asks students to answer two questions. One
into several short answer questions. The second ques- question is related to the course as a whole: this may
tion must be chosen from specific topics (sections of the be a single general question, or may be sub-divided
course), and must not be on a topic covered by a student into several short answer questions. The second ques-
in their assessed essay. tion must be chosen from specific topics (sections of the
Degree Examination taken in: April/May course), and must not be on a topic covered by a student
Resit Examination taken in: August/September in their assessed essay.
Aims: The aims of the course are: Degree Examination taken in: December
To develop understanding of sociology as a major aca- Resit Examination taken in: April/May
demic discipline within the social sciences, focusing on Aims: The aims of the course are:
the theme of Critical Research in Contemporary Soci- To introduce students to sociology and anthropology as
eties. To introduce students to some of the major soci- major academic disciplines within the social sciences,
ological research and theories concerning the nature of focusing on the theme of Global Inequalities and Di-
contemporary societies, social change and social insti- versity. To introduce students to some of the major
tutions in Scotland and the United Kingdom, in com- sociological and anthropological research and theories
parative and global perspectives. To provide students concerning the nature of contemporary societies, social
with skills for learning in sociology. change, and the causes and consequences of inequalities
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Matthew Waites in Scotland and the United Kingdom, and in compara-
tive and global perspectives. To provide students with
skills for learning in sociology and anthropology.
LTCU SOCIOLOGY AND
ANTHROPOLOGY 1A: GLOBAL Course Co-ordinator: Dr Matthew Waites
INEQUALITIES AND DIVERSITY LTEV SOCIOLOGY 2B:
INTERROGATING MODERNITY
Timetable: The course will entail 2 weekly lectures ac- When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
companied by weekly seminars. Lectures will be 12- Timetable: The course will entail 2 weekly lectures ac-
12.50 Mondays and Tuesdays with weekly one hour sem- companied by weekly seminars. Lectures will usually be
inars in timeslots scheduled throughout the week. 4-5 Mondays and Tuesdays with seminars on Wednes-
Requirements of entry: There are no specific pre- days and Fridays.
requisite courses. Requirements of entry: In order to enter Sociology and
Co-requisites: There are no co-requisite courses. How- Anthropology Level 2B, students are required to have
ever, in order to enter Sociology and/or Anthropology completed both Sociology and Anthropology Level 1A
Honours, students are required to complete both this and Sociology Level 1B, and are expected to have at-
course, and Sociology Level 1B, plus Sociology and An- tainted a minimum overall ‘D’ grade in each of these
thropology Level 2A and Sociology Level 2B. Occasion- courses. Occasionally, at the discretion of the head of
ally, at the discretion of the head of department, stu- department, students may be admitted to the course
dents may be admitted to Honours whose qualifications whose qualifications are deemed to be equivalent to
are deemed to be equivalent to these. these.

Co-requisites: There are no co-requisite courses, but in The principal aims of the course are to:
order to enter Sociology and/or Anthropology Honours, provide a challenging and coherent account of the so-
students are required to complete both this course, and ciological study of modern societies, developing under-
Sociology and Anthropology Level 2A, and normally to standing in areas that have already been encountered
have attained an overall ‘C’ grade in each course. Oc- and broadening understanding to new areas of concern;
casionally, at the discretion of the head of department,
deepen participants’ knowledge of our society and other
students may be admitted to Honours whose qualifica-
societies by introducing a wider range of substantive ex-
tions are deemed to be equivalent to these.
amples and by encouraging a higher level of theoretical
Excluded Courses: None, except that this course, along consideration;
with Sociology and Anthropology Level 2A, replaces enhance participants’ ability to think sociologically
the previous Sociology and Anthropology Level 2 course about modern societies, and about enduring forms of
[JNLV]. inequality, conflict and tension in those societies;
Assessment: Formal assessment is based on the sub- develop participants’ understanding of the sociological
mission of one 3,000 word essay, and a ninety minute theories regarding the causes and processes of social
written exam, in the course of which students answer change;
two questions from a previously unseen paper. The es-
provide the intellectual foundation which will equip par-
say question is chosen from a range of topics covered
ticipants for the more specialised courses offered in Hon-
in the course. It therefore requires students to engage
ours Sociology and Anthropology.
in depth with the literature in one particular area, and
encourages the development of skills which students will Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrew Smith
require at Honours level, specifically the construction of LTDV SOCIOLOGY AND
clear, concise written work, which deploys a range of ANTHROPOLOGY 2A:
sources and synthesises these effectively. It encourages ENCOUNTERING MODERNITY
students to develop clarity in their arguments, and a
clear understanding of the relationship between forms Credits: 20 Level: 2
of evidence and modes of interpretation. At a prepara- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
tory level it requires good time management, the ability
Timetable: The course will entail 2 weekly lectures ac-
to retrieve appropriate information independently, well
companied by weekly seminars. Lectures will usually be
developed word-processing skills and a mastery of the
4-5 Mondays and Tuesdays with seminars on Wednes-
protocols for scholarly referencing and written presen-
days and Fridays.
tation.
Requirements of entry: In order to enter Sociology and
The exam, which asks students to provide two shorter Anthropology Level 2A, students are required to have
answers from topics other than those covered in their completed both Sociology and Anthropology Level 1A
assessed essay, is designed to encourage a wider grasp and Sociology Level 1B, and are expected to have at-
of the course as a whole. That is to say, that their tainted a minimum overall ‘D’ grade in each of these
work will be informed by an understanding of breadth courses. Occasionally, at the discretion of the head of
of sociology’s critical inquiry into modern society. To department, students may be admitted to the course
this extent, students will be encouraged to develop their whose qualifications are deemed to be equivalent to
ability to think synoptically, and to present arguments these.
that show an understanding of the relationship between
Co-requisites: There are no co-requisite courses, but in
the different thematic sections of the course.
order to enter Sociology and/or Anthropology Honours,
Degree Examination taken in: April/May students are required to complete both this course, and
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Sociology Level 2B, and normally to have attained an
overall ‘C’ grade in each course. Occasionally, at the
Aims: This course offers an account of some of the ma-
discretion of the head of department, students may be
jor themes in the sociological analysis of modern soci-
admitted to Honours whose qualifications are deemed
eties. It places a particular focus on the enduring forms
to be equivalent to these.
of inequality with which that analysis has been con-
cerned as well as on the way in which sociologists have Excluded Courses: None, except that this course, along
sought to explain recent social and global developments. with Sociology Level 2B, replaces the previous Sociology
In this respect, like its companion course Sociology and and Anthropology Level 2 course [JNLV].
Anthropology Level 2a, a central aim of the course as Assessment: Formal assessment is based on the sub-
a whole is to enable students to think more analyti- mission of one 3,000 word essay, and a ninety minute
cally and more critically about the world in which they written exam, in the course of which students answer
live. At the same time, the course aims to build on the two questions from a previously unseen paper. The es-
intellectual introduction to the discipline of sociology say question is chosen from a range of topics covered in
offered in the department’s Level 1 courses. In particu- the course. It therefore requires students to engage in
lar, it aims to make possible a more nuanced and more depth with the literature in one particular area, and en-
sophisticated understanding of some of key sociological courages the development of skills which students will
areas of concern and to introduce students to new and require at Honours level, specifically the construction
emerging areas of sociological concerns. In this respect, of clear, concise written work, deploying a range of
it aims to demonstrate the particular ways in which so- sources and synthesising these effectively. It encour-
ciologists seek to grapple with and analyse historical ages students to develop clarity in their arguments, and
and social change. a clear understanding of the relationship between forms

of evidence and modes of interpretation. At a prepara- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Andrew Smith

tory level it requires good time management, the ability 459F ANTHROPOLOGY 3H (JOINT)
to retrieve appropriate information independently, well
developed word-processing skills and a mastery of the Credits: 60 Level: 3
protocols for scholarly referencing and written presen-
tation.
The exam, which asks students to provide two shorter
answers from topics other than those covered in their as- Requirements of entry: For the 2008-9 session the entry
sessed essay, is designed to encourage a wider grasp of requirements will normally be Sociology and Anthro-
the course as a whole. It is expected that exam answers pology 1 at D and Sociology and Anthropology 2 at
will be informed by an understanding of the implicit C. From 2008-9, Levels 1 and 2 Sociology and Anthro-
‘conversation’ between classical European social theory pology will be become modular. So, for the 2009-10
and the global range of empirical examples which struc- session, the entry requirements for Honours will be So-
tures the course as a whole. To this extent, students ciology and Anthropology 1A and Sociology 1B at D
will be encouraged to draw links between the different and Sociology and Anthropology 2A and Sociology 2B
thematic sections of the course, and to evaluate and re- at C.
evaluate the analyses they encounter in the light of new Assessment: Four 30 credit papers taken over the course
evidence. Part of what is made possible, in this respect, of both Honours years. This may include a disserta-
is a growing understanding of the relationship between tion. For most courses, assessment consists of one essay
theory and evidence in these disciplines. (2-3,000 words) (33%) and one two-hour examination
Degree Examination taken in: December (67%).
Resit Examination taken in: April/May Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Aims: The course offers a critical examination of the Aims: The discipline of Social Anthropology covers vir-
concept and emergence of ‘modern society’. In this re- tually every aspect of human social activity. Anthropol-
spect, it aims to enable students to think more ana- ogists focus on human interaction: with other humans
lytically about the world in which they live, about its and with animals, gods and machines. They may study
past and possible futures. Building on the introduc- the organisation of social life in small rural communi-
tion provided in the Level 1 courses, and on the depart- ties as well as in large metropolitan cities. They work
ment’s distinctive interdisciplinary nature as a whole, at various levels of scale, ranging from individual bi-
the course aims to extend and deepen understanding of ographies to studies of nations, regions or trans-national
Sociology and Anthropology, and the specific forms of networks. Anthropology’s focus is on the relations that
knowledge produced by both disciplines. Students are connect social and cultural phenomena and thus char-
encouraged to recognise how social and cultural phe- acteristically links or cross-cuts the subject limits of
nomena can be explained in a variety of ways according other disciplines. Anthropologists are characteristically
to different forms of analysis. The course considers a interested in the practical workings and effects among
number of important ‘encounters’ with modernity, be- ordinary people of large-scale social phenomena such
ginning with those classical analyses of the shape and as state plans, nationalisms, or religious ideologies. In
development of modern society which were particularly a contemporary so-called ‘global’ world, they seek to
influential in the disciplinary emergence of the social sci- identify local differences of understanding and interpre-
ences. It moves on to discuss a wider range of encoun- tation, which recognising ways in which local processes
ters with modernity, including those which have taken are shaped by wider forces. Anthropology is distin-
place in the non-industrialised societies that anthropol- guished from subjects such as economics or political sci-
ogists have conventionally studied, as well as in other ence by its holistic range and the attention it gives to
non-European contexts. It emphasises, therefore, the the diversity of culture and society across the world. It
degree to which explanations of historical processes re- is differentiated from sociology both in its main meth-
quire, as a first step, the careful study and understand- ods (based on long term participant observation), its
ing of specific cultural modes of interpretation, and of commitment to the relevance of micro studies and its
specific social contexts with their own historical devel- extension beyond strictly social phenomena to culture,
opments and trajectories. art, individuality and cognition. Anthropology at the
University of Glasgow is taught within the Department
The principal aims of the course are to: of Sociology, Anthropology and Applied Social Sciences,
provide a challenging and coherent account of the so- students benefit from being able to take a combination
ciological and anthropological study of modern society, of Anthropology and Anthropology/Sociology courses.
building on what has already been learnt at first year The integration of anthropology and sociology at the
level; deepen participants’ knowledge of our society and University of Glasgow has been commented on by ex-
other societies by introducing a wider range of substan- ternal examiners as a distinctive and positive feature of
tive examples and by encouraging a higher level of the- our department. This integration begins at levels one
oretical consideration; enhance participants’ ability to and two and continues at honours. The Level 1 and 2
think sociologically and anthropologically about mod- courses and the honours courses open to anthropology
ern society, and about what may or may not be dis- students reflect a wide range of staff research interests
tinctive about modern society; provide the intellectual and include identity, war, racism, ethnicity, national-
foundation which will equip participants for the more ism, gender, development, global movements, and post-
specialised courses offered in Honours Sociology and An- colonialism. Staff members have carried out research
thropology. in Britain, other European countries, Latin America,

Africa and Japan. A wide range of teaching methods is Assessment: Four courses taken over the course of the
used including project work as well as traditional lec- Senior and Junior Honours years. This may include a
tures, seminars and workshops. A Joint Honours de- dissertation. For courses, the assessment typically con-
gree in anthropology from the University of Glasgow sists of one essay (2-3,000 words) 33%, one two-hour
prepares students for employment in a number of fields examination 67%.
that require a sophisticated, critical and questioning un-
derstanding of the workings of society. Past graduates
are now employed in the media, city councils, devel- Aims: Sociology is a core Social Science discipline which
opment agencies, market research, data analysis, busi- is concerned with developing knowledge and under-
ness management, housing, education, etc. A number standing of the world from a distinctly ‘social’ point
of our students have also entered post graduate stud- of view by focussing on the relations that connect in-
ies. This degree programme aims: to provide students dividuals, groups and institutions. Sociology’s central
with knowledge of the principles and theory of anthro- concerns are the conceptualisation of society and social
pology; to give students opportunities to develop prac- interaction; the conceptualisation of and relationships
tical skills in the gathering, analysis, presentation and between action/agency and social structure; the concep-
discussion of anthropological data; to develop an aware- tualisation of micro and macro levels of social analysis,
ness of the ethical implications of carrying out anthro- and relationships between these; and the social aspects
pological research; to develop in students the ability of the constitution of the individual including the self,
to apply their knowledge and practical skills to solv- subjectivity and embodiment. Sociological theories of-
ing anthropologically based research problems; to en- fer variable accounts of the nature of relationships be-
able students to engage reflexively with the particular- tween society and individuals. Sociology is a discipline
ities of their own cultural and social contexts as well which, by identifying the specificity of societies through
as with the possibilities inherent in cross cultural com- historical and comparative perspectives, facilitates cri-
parison; to enable students to enhance their transferable tiques of contemporary societies, particularly in relation
and inter-personal skills, particularly in communication, to issues of power and inequality. In particular, sociol-
time management, individual and group research work, ogy seeks to understand how societies, institutions and
critical appraisal of social issues, and the informed use practices of all kinds came into being, how they are
of information technology; to provide students with a currently organised and how they might change in the
wide range of skills that will meet the demands of the future. The discipline of sociology developed in the 19th
modern labour market and 20th centuries as attempts were made to examine
Honours Course Prescription: The following courses these issues in ‘modern’ ‘Western’ societies. Today, in
may be taken as part of the Joint Honours Anthropol- an age of globalisation, in order to understand modern
ogy Degree: Social Anthropology: Religion in Every- society, we increasingly need to look beyond our own
day Life; Social Anthropology: The Analysis of Soci- boundaries. The sociology undergraduate programme
eties; The Sociology and Anthropology of Knowledge at the University of Glasgow is particularly well placed
and Belief; The Sociology and Anthropology of the to do so because of its integration with social anthropol-
Body; Race, Ethnicity and Nationalism; Methods of ogy which begins with our first and second year courses
Social Research; Social Theory; Cultural Politics and and continues at honours level. This integration has
Social Change in Post-Soviet Russia; Post Soviet Rus- been highlighted by our external examiners as some-
sia Renegotiating Local and Global Identities; and So- thing that is distinctive about, and particularly well
ciety and Environment in the Post-Soviet World; The achieved, by our department. We offer a wide variety
General Paper (Senior Honours only); or a Dissertation of courses at Honours level which reflect a diversity of
(Senior Honours only). staff research interests including media, criminology and
criminal justice, disability, identity, violence, racism,
Please note that for students doing Joint Anthropol-
ethnicity, nationalism, football, sexuality, popular liter-
ogy and Sociology, the following are compulsory courses:
ature, consumption, gambling, religion, youth and em-
Methods of Social Research and Social Theory (taken in
ployment, development, global movements, and post-
the Junior Honours year), and The General Paper and
colonialism. Staff members have carried out research
Dissertation (taken in the Senior Honours year).
in Britain, other European countries, Latin America,
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lisa Bourque Africa and Japan A wide range of teaching methods is
209F SOCIOLOGY 3H (JOINT) used including project work as well as traditional lec-
tures, seminars and workshops. A degree in Sociology
Credits: 60 Level: 3 from the University of Glasgow prepares students for
employment in a number of fields that require a sophis-
ticated/critical/questioning understanding of the work-
Timetable: To be advised ings of society. Past graduates are now employed in
Requirements of entry: For the 2008-9 session, the entry the media, city councils, development agencies, market
requirements into Junior Honours will be Sociology and research, data analysis, business management, housing,
Anthropology 1 at D and Sociology and Anthropology education, etc. A number of our students have also en-
2 at C. From 2008-9, Levels 1 and 2 Sociology and An- tered post graduate studies. This degree programme
thropology will be become modular. So, for the 2009-10 aims: to provide students with knowledge and under-
session, the entry requirements for Honours will be So- standing of sociological theories and research methods;
ciology and Anthropology 1A and Sociology 1B at D to give students opportunities to develop practical skills
and Sociology and Anthropology 2A and Sociology 2B in the gathering, analysis, presentation and discussion
at C. of sociological data; to develop an awareness of the eth-

ical implications of carrying out sociological research; concerns are the conceptualisation of society and social
to enable students to engage reflexively with the par- interaction; the conceptualisation of and relationships
ticularities of their own cultural and social contexts as between action/agency and social structure; the concep-
well as with the possibilities inherent in cross cultural tualisation of micro and macro levels of social analysis,
comparison; to develop in students the ability to ap- and relationships between these; and the social aspects
ply their knowledge and practical skills to solving soci- of the constitution of the individual including the self,
ologically based research problems; to enable students subjectivity and embodiment. Sociological theories of-
to enhance their transferable and inter-personal skills, fer variable accounts of the nature of relationships be-
particularly in communication, time management, in- tween society and individuals. Sociology is a discipline
dividual and group research work, critical appraisal of which, by identifying the specificity of societies through
social issues, and the informed use of information tech- historical and comparative perspectives, facilitates cri-
nology; to provide students with a wide range of skills tiques of contemporary societies, particularly in relation
that will meet the demands of the modern labour mar- to issues of power and inequality. In particular, sociol-
ket. ogy seeks to understand how societies, institutions and
Honours Course Prescription: The following courses practices of all kinds came into being, how they are
may be taken as part of the Joint Honours Sociology De- currently organised and how they might change in the
gree: Crime and Criminological Perspectives; The Soci- future. The discipline of sociology developed in the 19th
ology of Music; The Sociology of Racism; The Sociology and 20th centuries as attempts were made to examine
of Consumption; The Sociology of Media; Violence in these issues in ‘modern’ ‘Western’ societies. Today, in
Society; Gender Divisions in Society; The Sociology of an age of globalisation, in order to understand modern
Music; Social Anthropology: Religion in Everyday Life, society, we increasingly need to look beyond our own
Social Anthropology: The Analysis of Societies; The So- boundaries. The sociology undergraduate programme
ciology and Anthropology of Knowledge and Belief; The at the University of Glasgow is particularly well placed
Sociology and Anthropology of the Body; Race, Ethnic- to do so because of its integration with social anthropol-
ity and Nationalism; Methods of Social Research; Social ogy which begins with our first and second year courses
Theory; Cultural Politics and Social Change in Post- and continues at honours level. This integration has
Soviet Russia; Post Soviet Russia Renegotiating Local been highlighted by our external examiners as some-
and Global Identities; and Society and Environment in thing that is distinctive about, and particularly well
the Post-Soviet World; The General Paper (Senior Hon- achieved, by our department. We offer a wide variety
ours only); or a Dissertation (Senior Honours only). of courses at Honours level which reflect a diversity of
staff research interests including media, criminology and
ethnicity, nationalism, football, sexuality, popular liter-
ature, consumption, gambling, religion, youth and em-
the Junior Honours year), and the General Paper and
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lisa Bourque in Britain, other European countries, Latin America,
209H SOCIOLOGY 3H (SINGLE) Africa and Japan A wide range of teaching methods is
used including project work as well as traditional lec-
Credits: 120 Level: 3 tures, seminars and workshops. A degree in Sociology
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) from the University of Glasgow prepares students for
Timetable: To be advised ticated/critical/questioning understanding of the work-
Requirements of entry: For the 2008-9 session, the entry ings of society. Past graduates are now employed in
requirements into Junior Honours will be Sociology and the media, city councils, development agencies, market
Anthropology 1 at D and Sociology and Anthropology research, data analysis, business management, housing,
2 at C. From 2008-9, Levels 1 and 2 Sociology and An- education, etc. A number of our students have also en-
thropology will be become modular. So, for the 2009-10 tered post graduate studies. This degree programme
session, the entry requirements for Honours will be So- aims: to provide students with knowledge and under-
ciology and Anthropology 1A and Sociology 1B at D standing of sociological theories and research methods;
and Sociology and Anthropology 2A and Sociology 2B to give students opportunities to develop practical skills
at C. in the gathering, analysis, presentation and discussion
Excluded Courses: 209A Sociology AOS-A of sociological data; to develop an awareness of the eth-
ical implications of carrying out sociological research;
Assessment: Eight 30 credit papers taken over the
to enable students to engage reflexively with the par-
course of the Junior and Senior Honours years. This
ticularities of their own cultural and social contexts as
may include a dissertation. For most courses, the as-
well as with the possibilities inherent in cross cultural
sessment consists of one 2-3,000 word essay (33%) and
comparison; to develop in students the ability to ap-
a two-hour exam (67%).
ply their knowledge and practical skills to solving soci-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May ologically based research problems; to enable students
Aims: Sociology is a core Social Science discipline which to enhance their transferable and inter-personal skills,
is concerned with developing knowledge and under- particularly in communication, time management, in-
standing of the world from a distinctly ‘social’ point dividual and group research work, critical appraisal of
of view by focussing on the relations that connect in- social issues, and the informed use of information tech-
dividuals, groups and institutions. Sociology’s central nology; to provide students with a wide range of skills

that will meet the demands of the modern labour mar- are shaped by wider forces. Anthropology is distin-
ket. guished from subjects such as economics or political sci-
Honours Course Prescription: The following courses ence by its holistic range and the attention it gives to
may be taken as part of the Single Honours Sociology the diversity of culture and society across the world. It
Degree: Crime and Criminological Perspectives; The is differentiated from sociology both in its main meth-
Sociology of Music; The Sociology of Racism; The So- ods (based on long term participant observation), its
ciology of Consumption; The Sociology of Media; Vi- commitment to the relevance of micro studies and its
olence in Society; Gender Divisions in Society; The extension beyond strictly social phenomena to culture,
Sociology of Music; Social Anthropology: Religion in art, individuality and cognition. Anthropology at the
Everyday Life, Social Anthropology: The Analysis of University of Glasgow is taught within the Department
Societies; The Sociology and Anthropology of Knowl- of Sociology, Anthropology and Applied Social Sciences,
edge and Belief; The Sociology and Anthropology of students benefit from being able to take a combination
the Body; Race, Ethnicity and Nationalism; Methods of Anthropology and Anthropology/Sociology courses.
of Social Research; Social Theory; Cultural Politics and The integration of anthropology and sociology at the
Social Change in Post-Soviet Russia; Post Soviet Rus- University of Glasgow has been commented on by exter-
sia Renegotiating Local and Global Identities; and So- nal examiners as a distinctive and positive feature of our
ciety and Environment in the Post-Soviet World; The department. This integration begins at levels one and
General Paper (Senior Honours only); or a Dissertation two and continues at honours. Levels 1 and 2 Sociology
(Senior Honours only). Anthropology and the honours courses open to anthro-
pology students reflect a wide range of staff research
interests and include identity, war, racism, ethnicity,
nationalism, gender, development, global movements,
and post-colonialism. Staff members have carried out
research in Britain, other European countries, Latin
America, Africa and Japan. A wide range of teach-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lisa Bourque ing methods is used including project work as well as
459G ANTHROPOLOGY 4H (JOINT) traditional lectures, seminars and workshops. A Joint
Honours degree in anthropology from the University of
Credits: 60 Level: 4 Glasgow prepares students for employment in a number
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) of fields that require a sophisticated, critical and ques-
Timetable: To be advised tioning understanding of the workings of society. Past
Requirements of entry: For the 2008-9 session, the entry graduates are now employed in the media, city coun-
requirements into Junior Honours will be Sociology and cils, development agencies, market research, data anal-
Anthropology 1 at D and Sociology and Anthropology ysis, business management, housing, education, etc. A
2 at C. From 2008-9, Levels 1 and 2 Sociology and An- number of our students have also entered post gradu-
thropology will be become modular. So, for the 2009-10 ate studies. This degree programme aims: to provide
session, the entry requirements for Honours will be So- students with knowledge of the principles and theory
ciology and Anthropology 1A and Sociology 1B at D of anthropology; to give students opportunities to de-
and Sociology and Anthropology 2A and Sociology 2B velop practical skills in the gathering, analysis, presen-
at C. tation and discussion of anthropological data; to de-
velop an awareness of the ethical implications of carry-
Assessment: Four 30 credit papers taken over the course
ing out anthropological research; to develop in students
of the Senior and Junior Honours years. This may in-
the ability to apply their knowledge and practical skills
clude a dissertation. For most courses, assessment con-
to solving anthropologically based research problems; to
sists of one essay (2-3,000 words) (33%) and one two-
enable students to engage reflexively with the particu-
hour examination (67%).
larities of their own cultural and social contexts as well
Degree Examination taken in: April/May as with the possibilities inherent in cross cultural com-
Aims: The discipline of Social Anthropology covers vir- parison; to enable students to enhance their transferable
tually every aspect of human social activity. Anthropol- and inter-personal skills, particularly in communication,
ogists focus on human interaction: with other humans time management, individual and group research work,
and with animals, gods and machines. They may study critical appraisal of social issues, and the informed use
the organisation of social life in small rural communi- of information technology; to provide students with a
ties as well as in large metropolitan cities. They work wide range of skills that will meet the demands of the
at various levels of scale, ranging from individual bi- modern labour market
ographies to studies of nations, regions or trans-national
networks. Anthropology’s focus is on the relations that Honours Course Prescription: The following courses
connect social and cultural phenomena and thus char- may be taken as part of the Joint Honours Anthropol-
acteristically links or cross-cuts the subject limits of ogy Degree: Social Anthropology: Religion in Every-
other disciplines. Anthropologists are characteristically day Life; Social Anthropology: The Analysis of Soci-
interested in the practical workings and effects among eties; The Sociology and Anthropology of Knowledge
ordinary people of large-scale social phenomena such and Belief; The Sociology and Anthropology of the
as state plans, nationalisms, or religious ideologies. In Body; Race, Ethnicity and Nationalism; Methods of
a contemporary so-called ‘global’ world, they seek to Social Research; Social Theory; Cultural Politics and
identify local differences of understanding and interpre- Social Change in Post-Soviet Russia; Post Soviet Rus-
tation, which recognising ways in which local processes sia Renegotiating Local and Global Identities; and So-

ciety and Environment in the Post-Soviet World; The of courses at Honours level which reflect a diversity of
General Paper (Senior Honours only); or a Dissertation staff research interests including media, criminology and
(Senior Honours only). criminal justice, disability, identity, violence, racism,
Please note that for students doing Joint Anthropology ethnicity, nationalism, football, sexuality, popular liter-
and Sociology, the followed are required courses: Meth- ature, consumption, gambling, religion, youth and em-
ods of Social Research and Social Theory (taken in the ployment, development, global movements, and post-
Junior Honours year), and the General Paper and Dis- colonialism. Staff members have carried out research
sertation (taken in the Senior Honours year). in Britain, other European countries, Latin America,
Africa and Japan A wide range of teaching methods is
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lisa Bourque
209G SOCIOLOGY 4H (JOINT) tures, seminars and workshops. A degree in Sociology
from the University of Glasgow prepares students for
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) ticated/critical/questioning understanding of the work-
Timetable: To be advised ings of society. Past graduates are now employed in
Requirements of entry: For the 2008-9 session the entry the media, city councils, development agencies, market
requirements into Junior Honours will be Sociology and research, data analysis, business management, housing,
Anthropology 1 at D and Sociology and Anthropology education, etc. A number of our students have also en-
2 at C. From 2008-9, Levels 1 and 2 Sociology and An- tered post graduate studies. This degree programme
thropology will be become modular. So, for the 2009-10 aims: to provide students with knowledge and under-
session, the entry requirements for Honours will be D standing of sociological theories and research methods;
or better at Sociology and Anthropology 1A and D or to give students opportunities to develop practical skills
better at Sociology 1B and C or better at Sociology and in the gathering, analysis, presentation and discussion
Anthropology 2A and C or better at Sociology 2B. of sociological data; to develop an awareness of the eth-
ical implications of carrying out sociological research;
Assessment: Four 30-credut papers taken over the
to enable students to engage reflexively with the par-
course of both Honours years. This may include a dis-
ticularities of their own cultural and social contexts as
sertation. For most courses, the assessment consists of
well as with the possibilities inherent in cross cultural
one essay (2-3,000 words) 33%, and one two-hour exam-
comparison; to develop in students the ability to ap-
ination 67%.
concerns are the conceptualisation of society and social that will meet the demands of the modern labour mar-
interaction; the conceptualisation of and relationships ket.
between action/agency and social structure; the concep- Honours Course Prescription: The following courses
tualisation of micro and macro levels of social analysis, may be taken as part of the Joint Sociology Degree:
and relationships between these; and the social aspects Crime and Criminological Perspectives; The Sociology
of the constitution of the individual including the self, of Music; The Sociology of Racism; The Sociology of
subjectivity and embodiment. Sociological theories of- Consumption; The Sociology of Media; Violence in So-
fer variable accounts of the nature of relationships be- ciety; Gender Divisions in Society; The Sociology of
tween society and individuals. Sociology is a discipline Music; Social Anthropology: Religion in Everyday Life,
which, by identifying the specificity of societies through Social Anthropology: The Analysis of Societies; The So-
historical and comparative perspectives, facilitates cri- ciology and Anthropology of Knowledge and Belief; The
tiques of contemporary societies, particularly in relation Sociology and Anthropology of the Body; Race, Ethnic-
to issues of power and inequality. In particular, sociol- ity and Nationalism; Methods of Social Research; Social
ogy seeks to understand how societies, institutions and Theory; Cultural Politics and Social Change in Post-
practices of all kinds came into being, how they are Soviet Russia; Post Soviet Russia Renegotiating Local
currently organised and how they might change in the and Global Identities; and Society and Environment in
future. The discipline of sociology developed in the 19th the Post-Soviet World; The General Paper (Senior Hon-
and 20th centuries as attempts were made to examine ours only); or a Dissertation (Senior Honours only).
these issues in ‘modern’ ‘Western’ societies. Today, in
an age of globalisation, in order to understand modern
society, we increasingly need to look beyond our own
boundaries. The sociology undergraduate programme
at the University of Glasgow is particularly well placed
to do so because of its integration with social anthropol-
ogy which begins with our first and second year courses Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lisa Bourque
and continues at honours level. This integration has 209J SOCIOLOGY 4H (SINGLE)
been highlighted by our external examiners as some-
thing that is distinctive about, and particularly well Credits: 120 Level: 4
achieved, by our department. We offer a wide variety When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Statistics
Timetable: To be advised ticated/critical/questioning understanding of the work-

Requirements of entry: For the 2008-9 session the entry ings of society. Past graduates are now employed in
requirements into Junior Honours will be Sociology and the media, city councils, development agencies, market
Anthropology 1 at D and Sociology and Anthropology research, data analysis, business management, housing,
2 at C. From 2008-9, Levels 1 and 2 Sociology and An- education, etc. A number of our students have also en-
thropology will be become modular. So, for the 2009-10 tered post graduate studies. This degree programme
session, the entry requirements for Honours will be D aims: to provide students with knowledge and under-
or better at Sociology and Anthropology 1A and D or standing of sociological theories and research methods;
better at Sociology 1B and C or better at Sociology and to give students opportunities to develop practical skills
Anthropology 2A and C or better at Sociology 2B. in the gathering, analysis, presentation and discussion
of sociological data; to develop an awareness of the eth-
Excluded Courses: 209A Sociology AOS-A ical implications of carrying out sociological research;
Assessment: Eight 30-credit papers taken over the to enable students to engage reflexively with the par-
course of both Honours years. This may include a dis- ticularities of their own cultural and social contexts as
sertation. For most courses, the assessment consists of well as with the possibilities inherent in cross cultural
one 2-3,000-word essay (33%) and a two-hour exam. comparison; to develop in students the ability to ap-
concerns are the conceptualisation of society and social that will meet the demands of the modern labour mar-
interaction; the conceptualisation of and relationships ket.
between action/agency and social structure; the concep- Honours Course Prescription: The following courses
tualisation of micro and macro levels of social analysis, may be taken as part of the Single Honours Sociology
and relationships between these; and the social aspects Degree: Crime and Criminological Perspectives; The
of the constitution of the individual including the self, Sociology of Music; The Sociology of Racism; The So-
subjectivity and embodiment. Sociological theories of- ciology of Consumption; The Sociology of Media; Vi-
fer variable accounts of the nature of relationships be- olence in Society; Gender Divisions in Society; The
tween society and individuals. Sociology is a discipline Sociology of Music; Social Anthropology: Religion in
which, by identifying the specificity of societies through Everyday Life, Social Anthropology: The Analysis of
historical and comparative perspectives, facilitates cri- Societies; The Sociology and Anthropology of Knowl-
tiques of contemporary societies, particularly in relation edge and Belief; The Sociology and Anthropology of
to issues of power and inequality. In particular, sociol- the Body; Race, Ethnicity and Nationalism; Methods
ogy seeks to understand how societies, institutions and of Social Research; Social Theory; Cultural Politics and
practices of all kinds came into being, how they are Social Change in Post-Soviet Russia; Post Soviet Rus-
currently organised and how they might change in the sia Renegotiating Local and Global Identities; and So-
future. The discipline of sociology developed in the 19th ciety and Environment in the Post-Soviet World; The
and 20th centuries as attempts were made to examine General Paper (Senior Honours only); or a Dissertation
these issues in ‘modern’ ‘Western’ societies. Today, in (Senior Honours only).
an age of globalisation, in order to understand modern
society, we increasingly need to look beyond our own
boundaries. The sociology undergraduate programme
at the University of Glasgow is particularly well placed
to do so because of its integration with social anthropol-
ogy which begins with our first and second year courses
and continues at honours level. This integration has Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lisa Bourque
been highlighted by our external examiners as some- Statistics
thing that is distinctive about, and particularly well
achieved, by our department. We offer a wide variety 2CHB STATISTICS 1C: STATISTICS FOR
of courses at Honours level which reflect a diversity of PSYCHOLOGISTS AND SOCIAL
staff research interests including media, criminology and SCIENTISTS
ethnicity, nationalism, football, sexuality, popular liter- Credits: 40 Level: 1
ature, consumption, gambling, religion, youth and em- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday
and Thursday at 12.00 pm and 1.00 pm (in parallel).
in Britain, other European countries, Latin America,
Practicals: weekly for two hours at times to be ar-
Africa and Japan A wide range of teaching methods is
ranged.
tures, seminars and workshops. A degree in Sociology Requirements of entry: Pass in Standard Grade Math-
from the University of Glasgow prepares students for ematics (or equivalent)
employment in a number of fields that require a sophis- Excluded Courses: 1MFP Biometrics 2 (14B) 4RHU

Statistics
Statistics 1Y: Probability and Statistical Methods 4RJU promote an interest in probability and statistics and
Statistics 1Z: Design of Experiments and Analysis of hence encourage students to study the subject further.
Variance Course Co-ordinator: Prof E Scott
Assessment: One 3-hour written examination (55%);
practical work and two projects (45%).
4RJU STATISTICS 1Z: DESIGN OF
Degree Examination taken in: April/May EXPERIMENTS AND ANALYSIS OF
Resit Examination taken in: August/September VARIANCE
Aims: To introduce students to statistical concepts and
thinking; to provide a practical introduction to data Credits: 20 Level: 1
analysis; to demonstrate the importance and practical When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)
usefulness of statistics; to encourage and equip students Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday
to apply simple statistical techniques to design, analyse and Thursday at 1.00 pm. Practicals: 5 two hour prac-
and interpret studies in a wide range of disciplines but ticals, at times to be arranged. Tutorials: Weekly for
mainly in psychology; to enable students to communi- one hour at times to be arranged.
cate the results of their analyses in clear non-technical Requirements of entry: Pass in SCE Higher Mathemat-
language in writing up laboratory reports and projects; ics (or equivalent)
to make students aware of the limitations of simple tech-
niques and encourage them to seek expert advice when Co-requisites: Statistics 1Y
more complex procedures are required; to provide ex- Excluded Courses: 1MFP Biometrics 2 (14B) 2CHB
amples of the uses of statistics in situations of relevance Statistics 1C: Statistics for Psychologists and Social Sci-
to students’ other courses; to utilise the statistical com- entists 8W9B Statistics 1B: Practical Statistics
puter package Minitab to illustrate the power of statis- Assessment: Written examination (one two-hour paper)
tical techniques. 80%; Six practical reports 20%.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Agostino Nobile/Mr Harper Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Gilmour Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: To introduce students to further fundamental
4RHU STATISTICS 1Y: PROBABILITY ideas in Statistics beyond those met in S1Y; demon-
AND STATISTICAL METHODS strate the importance and usefulness of these ideas in
real life and on real data; enable students to understand
Credits: 20 Level: 1 both the strengths and weaknesses of the hypothesis test
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) approach to statistical analysis; provide an appreciation
of the need for statisticians to be involved in the design
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday as well as the analysis of experiments; enable students
and Thursday at 1.00 pm. Practicals: 5 two hour prac- to understand how sampling should be undertaken; en-
ticals, at times to be arranged. Tutorials: Weekly for able students to assess relationships between random
one hour at times to be arranged. variables; enable students to understand how to utilise
Requirements of entry: Pass in SCE Higher Mathemat- time series data in simple contexts; enable students to
ics (or equivalent) communicate the results of their analyses in clear non-
Excluded Courses: 1MFP Biometrics 2 (14B) 2CHB technical language; promote an interest in probability
Statistics 1C: Statistics for Psychologists and Social Sci- and statistics and hence encourage students to study
entists 8W9B Statistics 1B: Practical Statistics the subject further.
Assessment: Written examination (one two-hour paper) Course Co-ordinator: Prof E Scott
80%; Six practical reports 20%.
Degree Examination taken in: December 4FJV STATISTICS 2R: PROBABILITY
Aims: To: introduce students to basic concepts in prob-
ability; demonstrate the importance and practical use- When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
fulness of probability in real life; equip students to apply Timetable: Lectures: Monday and Wednesday at 9.00
probability theory to solve problems from a wide range am. Practicals: fortnightly for 1.5 hours at times to be
of disciplines; train students to use computers for simu- arranged. Tutorials: fortnightly for one hour at times
lation studies; show how probability is a necessary foun- to be arranged.
dation for understanding statistics; introduce students Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R (or 1X) and 1S
to fundamental ideas in Statistics; demonstrate the im- (or 1T or 1Y) (grade D or better). Strongly recommend
portance and usefulness of these ideas in real life and on Statistics 1Y/Z
real data; show how to present data informatively and Assessment: Degree Examination 85%, 2 Practical re-
clearly; equip students to apply probability and statis- ports 5% each, other coursework 5%.
tical methods to solve standard problems from a wide
range of disciplines; give students an appreciation of
the limitations of these standard techniques; provide an Resit Examination taken in: August/September
appreciation of the assessment of variability through in- Aims: To introduce students to fundamental concepts
terval estimation; enable students to communicate the in Probability theory, beyond the simpler ideas intro-
results of their analyses in clear non-technical language; duced in Level 1; to demonstrate the importance and

Statistics
usefulness of Probability in real applications; to equip range of disciplines; to train students to communicate
students to apply Probability to solve problems from a the results of their research in clear non-technical lan-
wide range of disciplines; to train students to use com- guage; to train students to use computers appropriately
puters for simulation studies; to promote an interest in to store, retrieve and analyse data.
Probability and Statistics and hence encourage students Course Co-ordinator: Prof John McColl
to study more advanced courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John McColl
4FDV STATISTICS 2X: PROBABILITY
MODELS
4FBV STATISTICS 2S: STATISTICAL
METHODS Credits: 10 Level: 2
Credits: 10 Level: 2 Timetable: Lectures: Monday and Wednesday at 9.00
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) am. Practicals: fortnightly for one and a half hours
Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday and Thursday at 9.00 at times to be arranged. Tutorials: fortnightly for one
am. Practicals: fortnightly for one and a half hours hour at times to be arranged.
at times to be arranged. Tutorials: fortnightly for one Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R (or 1X) and 1S
hour at times to be arranged. (or 1T or 1Y) (grade D or better).
Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R (or 1X) and 1S Co-requisites: Statistics 2R and Mathematics 2X and
(or 1T or 1Y) (grade D or better). Strongly recommend 2Y and Mathematics 2A, 2B and 2D.
Statistics 1Y/Z Assessment: Degree Examination 85%, 2 Practical Re-
Co-requisites: Statistics 2R ports 5% each, homework problem 5%
Assessment: Degree Examination 85%, 2 Practical re- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ports 5% each, homework problem 5% Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Degree Examination taken in: December Aims: To introduce students to further concepts in
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Probability; to demonstrate the importance and use-
Aims: To introduce students to non-parametric tests for fulness of these concepts in real applications; to equip
statistical inference; to introduce students to parametric students to apply probability methods to solve problems
methods of interval estimation, based on pivotal func- from a wide range of disciplines; to promote an inter-
tions and on likelihood; to compare and contrast these est in Probability and Statistics and hence encourage
different approaches to statistical inference; to demon- students to study more advanced courses.
strate the importance and usefulness of these concepts Course Co-ordinator: Prof John McColl
in real applications; to equip students to apply statisti-
cal ideas to solve problems from a wide range of disci-
4FEV STATISTICS 2Y: REGRESSION
plines; to train students to communicate the results of
their analyses in clear non-technical language; to train
MODELLING
students to use computers appropriately for statistical Credits: 10 Level: 2
analysis; to promote an interest in Statistics and en-
courage students to study more advanced courses.
Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday and Thursday at 9.00
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John McColl
am. Practicals: fortnightly for one and a half hours
at times to be arranged. Tutorials: fortnightly for one
4FCV STATISTICS 2T: SURVEY hour at times to be arranged.
METHODS AND DATA ANALYSIS Requirements of entry: Mathematics 1R (or 1X) and 1S
(or 1T or 1Y) (grade D or better).
Co-requisites: Statistics 2R and 2S and Mathematics
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) 2A, 2B and 2D
Timetable: Lectures: Friday at 9.00 am. Practicals: Assessment: Degree Examination 85%, 2 Practical re-
weekly for two hours at times to be arranged. ports 5% each, homework problem 5%
Requirements of entry: Either: Mathematics 1R (or 1X) Degree Examination taken in: April/May
and 1S (or 1T or 1Y) (grade D or better) and Statistics
2S; or: Statistics 1Y and 1Z or Statistics 1B or Statistics
1C (grade D or better). Aims: To introduce students to statistical modelling,
in particular linear models; to demonstrate the impor-
Assessment: One 1 hour written examination (50%). 2
tance and usefulness of modelling in real applications;
Practical reports worth 10% each and project (30%).
to equip students to apply regression modelling to solve
Degree Examination taken in: December problems from a wide range of disciplines; to train stu-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September dents to communicate the results of their analyses in
Aims: To introduce students to statistical concepts clear non-technical language; to train students to use
in the design and analysis of observational studies; to computers appropriately for statistical analysis; to pro-
demonstrate the importance and usefulness of these con- mote an interest in Statistics and encourage students to
cepts in real applications; to equip students to organise study more advanced courses.
and analyse data from observational studies in a wide Course Co-ordinator: Prof John McColl

Statistics
4FFV STATISTICS 2Z: ADVANCED analysis of variance, the analysis of covariance, and mul-
DATA ANALYSIS tiple and polynomial regression; to provide methods for
detecting and dealing with breakdowns in the standard
Credits: 10 Level: 2 assumptions for the Normal Linear Model; to provide
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) an introduction to the statistical aspects of designing
Timetable: Lectures: Friday at 9.00 am. Practicals: experimental and observational studies, and to intro-
weekly for two hours at times to be arranged. duce associated methods of statistical analysis; to in-
troduce students to Gaussian linear mixed effects mod-
Requirements of entry: Either: Mathematics 1R (or 1X)
els for balanced data and to the use of simple linear
and 1S (or 1T or 1Y) (grade D or better); or Statistics
modelling software such as lm in S for this purpose;
1Y and 1Z; or Statistics 1B; or Statistics 1C; (grade D
to provide an appreciation of the types of problems and
or better)
questions which arise with multivariate data; to provide
Co-requisites: Statistics 2T a good understanding of the application of multivariate
Assessment: One 1 hour written examination (50%). techniques for: the graphical exploration of multivari-
Practical work (15%) and project (35%). ate data; the reduction of dimensionality of multivariate
Degree Examination taken in: April/May data; to provide clear illustration of the application and
Resit Examination taken in: August/September interpretation of multivariate methods.
Aims: To introduce students to some advanced sta- Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Senn
tistical techniques in a non-mathematical manner; to
demonstrate the importance and usefulness of these
techniques in real applications; to equip students to ap- 409F STATISTICS 3H (JOINT)
ply these techniques to analyse data from a wide range
of disciplines; to train students to communicate the re- Credits: 60 Level: 3
sults of their analyses in clear non-technical language;
to train students to use computers appropriately for sta- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
tistical analysis. Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Practi-
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John McColl cals: Monday and Thursday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. Tutori-
als: weekly for one hour at a time to be arranged.
8RJW STATISTICAL STUDIES 3 Requirements of entry: Statistics 2R, 2S, 2X and 2Y
(grade D or better) and Mathematics 2R (or 2W), 2S (or
Credits: 40 Level: 3 2Z), 2X and 2Y (grade D or better). In addition, a grade
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) point average of at least 12 is required across the four
Timetable: Lectures 4 per week, weeks 1-12 and weeks Statistics level 2 courses. Any additional requirement
13-17. Tutorials 1 per week, weeks 1-12 and weeks 13- from the other Honours subject must also be satisfied.
22. Practical 2 hours per week, weeks 1-12 and weeks Excluded Courses: Statistics 3M
13-22.
Assessment: Six written papers (100%)
Requirements of entry: Statistics 2R, 2S, 2X and 2Y
(Grade D or better) and successful completion of Math- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ematics 2R (or 2W), 2S (or 2Z), 2X and 2Y with Grade Resit Examination taken in: August/September
D or better in two of them.
Aims: General skills which the Joint Honours courses
Co-requisites: There is no co-requisite for this course. both 3H and 4H are designed to provide include: (1)
However, this course forms part of the Designated De- a sound grounding in the principles and theory of sta-
gree in Mathematical and Statistical Studies, for which tistical inference; (2) a critical, comprehensive, working
any two of Mathematics 3P, 3Q, 3R, 3S are also re- knowledge of standard statistical methods in everyday
quired. use including some use of statistical packages; (3) suffi-
Excluded Courses: Courses which would be excluded cient grounding to be able to handle at least some non-
are: Statistics 3M Single MSci; Statistics 3H Single BSc; standard problems; (4) the ability to explain conclusions
Statistics 3M Combined MSci; Statistics 3H Combined clearly and correctly and in non-technical language; (5)
BSc. statistical programming skills; (6) practical experience
Assessment: Degree examination in May/June will con- of carrying out short statistical tasks using appropriate
sist of three papers: two theory papers, one 2-hour and computing software (gained through limited participa-
one 1-hour (together contributing 75%) and one 1.5- tion in computer-based practicals and a short final-year
hour practical paper (15%). Various coursework tasks project).
associated with the practical programme (10%). Honours Course Prescription: A subset of: Inference
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 3, Linear Models 3, Probability 3, Applied Modelling
Resit Examination taken in: August/September 3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Statistical Computing 3,
Linear Mixed Models 3, Design of Statistical Investi-
Aims: to extend previous work on the Normal Linear
gations 3, Inference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochas-
Model under standard assumptions; to describe some
tic Processes 4, Time Series and Spatial Processes 4,
of the main tools required for the construction, evalua-
Applied Bayesian Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4,
tion and verification of Normal Linear Models; to show
Statistics Project 4 (Combined).
how this methodology may be applied to special cases of
the Normal Linear Model, such as the one- and two-way Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Senn

Statistics
409H STATISTICS 3H (SINGLE) ory of statistics; to give students some opportunity to

develop practical skills in the analysis and modelling
Credits: 120 Level: 3 of data; to develop in students the ability to apply
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) their knowledge and practical skills to solve problems
Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Practi- amenable to statistical analysis, no matter the subject
cals: Monday and Thursday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. Tutori- area in which these problems arise; to enable students
als: weekly for one hour at a time to be arranged. to enhance their transferable and inter-personal skills,
particularly in computer applications, oral and written
Requirements of entry: Statistics 2R, 2S, 2X and 2Y
communication, and problem solving; to provide stu-
(grade D or better) and Mathematics 2R (or 2W), 2S
dents with experience of conducting statistical research
(or 2Z), 2X and 2Y (grade D or better). In addition, a
(primarily through a final-year, research project); to
grade point average of at least 12 is required across the
prepare students for employment in a wide variety of
four Statistics level 2 courses.
contexts where statistical skills are valued, or for fur-
Excluded Courses: Statistics 3M ther study in statistics, and for engagement in lifelong
Assessment: Eight written papers (66.7%), practical learning
paper (8.3%), data-analysis project (16.7%), practical Honours Course Prescription: A subset of: Inference
reports and self study portfolio (8.3%) 3, Linear Models 3, Probability 3, Applied Modelling
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Statistical Computing 3,
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Linear Mixed Models 3, Design of Statistical Investi-
Aims: General skills which the Single Honours courses gations 3, Inference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochas-
both 3H and 4H are designed to provide include: (1) tic Processes 4, Time Series and Spatial Processes 4,
a sound grounding in the principles and theory of sta- Applied Bayesian Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4,
tistical methods in everyday use; (2) a critical, com- Statistics Project 4 (Combined), Multivariate Inference
prehensive, working knowledge of standard statistical 5, Advanced Statistical Computing 5,Topics in Statisti-
methods in everyday use; (3) sufficient grounding to cal Research 5, Combined Research Project 5, Commu-
be able to handle at least some non-standard prob- nications Workshop 5
lems; (4) experience as a statistical consultant (primar- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vincent MacAulay
ily through project work, carried out under supervision,
in which you advise a scientist, doctor or social scientist
with problems involving analysis of data); (5) the pro- 0UFH STATISTICS 3M (SINGLE)
gramming and computing skills necessary to carry out
the above; (6) the ability to explain conclusions clearly
and correctly, both in writing and orally, and in non- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
technical language. Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Practi-
Honours Course Prescription: Inference 3, Linear Mod- cals: Monday and Thursday, 2.00 pm-4.00 pm. Tutori-
els 3, Probability 3, Design of Statistical Investigations als: weekly for one hour at a time to be arranged.
3, Applied Modelling 3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Lin- Requirements of entry: Statistics 2R, 2S, 2X and 2Y
ear Mixed Models 3, Statistical Computing 3, Analy- (grade C or better given an average of B) and Mathe-
sis of Data 3, Statistics Project 3, Biostatistics 4, In- matics 2R (or 2W), 2S (or 2Z), 2X and 2Y (grade D or
ference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochastic Processes 4, better). In addition, a grade point average of at least
Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, Applied Bayesian 14 is required across the four Statistics level 2 courses.
Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, Statistics Project 4, Assessment: Eight written papers and practical paper
Analysis of Data 4. (75%), data-analysis project (16.7%), practical reports
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Stephen Senn and portfolio of self study material (8.3%)
0UEF STATISTICS 3M (COMBINED) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Credits: 60 Level: 3 Aims: This degree programme aims: to provide stu-

dents with a sound grounding in the principles and
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) theory of statistics; to give students the opportunity
Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Tutori- to develop practical skills in the collection, handling,
als: weekly for one hour at a time to be arranged. analysis and modelling of data; to develop in students
Requirements of entry: Statistics 2R, 2S, 2X and 2Y the ability to apply their knowledge and practical skills
(grade C or better) and Mathematics 2R (or 2W), 2S (or to solve problems amenable to statistical analysis, no
2Z), 2X and 2Y (grade C or better). In addition, a grade matter the subject area in which these problems arise;
point average of at least 14 is required across the four to enable students to enhance their transferable and
Statistics level 2 courses. Any additional requirement inter-personal skills, particularly in computer applica-
from the other Honours subject must also be satisfied. tions and programming, oral and written communica-
Assessment: Six written papers (100%) tion, and problem solving; to provide students with ex-
perience as a statistical consultant or researcher (pri-
marily through two extended projects); to prepare stu-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September dents to undertake research in Statistics , for employ-
Aims: This degree programme aims: to provide stu- ment in a wide variety of contexts where statistical skills
dents with a sound grounding in the principles and the- are valued, and for engagement in lifelong learning.

Statistics
Honours Course Prescription: Inference 3, Linear Mod- Excluded Courses: Statistics 4M

els 3, Probability 3, Design of Statistical Investigations Assessment: Carry-over of marks from Statistics 3H
3, Applied Modelling 3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Lin- (Single) (50%); Project in Weeks 13 -22 (16.7%); Seven
ear Mixed Models 3, Statistical Computing 3, Analy- written papers (29.2%); One practical paper. (3.1%),
sis of Data 3, Statistics Project 3, Biostatistics 4, In- practical reports (1%)
ference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochastic Processes 4,
Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, Applied Bayesian
Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, Statistics Project 4, Aims: General skills which the Single Honours courses
Analysis of Data 4, Advanced Statistical Computing 5, both 3H and 4H are designed to provide include: (1) a
Statistics Research Project 5 - Single, Communications sound grounding in the principles and theory of statisti-
Workshop 5,Topics in Statistical Research 5, Multivari- cal methods in everyday use; (2) a critical, comprehen-
ate Inference 5 sive, working knowledge of standard statistical methods
in everyday use; (3) sufficient grounding to be able to
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vincent MacAulay
handle at least some non-standard problems; (4) ex-
perience as a statistical consultant (primarily through
409G STATISTICS 4H (JOINT) project work, carried out under supervision, in which
you advise a scientist, doctor or social scientist with
Credits: 60 Level: 4 problems involving analysis of data); (5) the computing
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) skills necessary to carry out the above; (6) the ability to
explain conclusions clearly and correctly, both in writ-
Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Tutori-
ing and orally, and in non-technical language.
als: weekly for two hours at times to be arranged.
Honours Course Prescription: Inference 3, Linear Mod-
Requirements of entry: Statistics 3H (Joint) or 3M
els 3, Probability 3, Design of Statistical Investigations
(Joint) at grade D or better. Any additional require-
3, Applied Modelling 3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Lin-
ment from the other Honours subject.
ear Mixed Models 3, Statistical Computing 3, Analy-
Excluded Courses: Statistics 4M sis of Data 3, Biostatistics 4, Statistics Project 3, In-
Assessment: Carry-over of marks from Statistics 3H ference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochastic Processes 4,
(Joint) (50%). Four theory papers (33.3%). Project Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, Applied Bayesian
in Weeks 13-22 (16.7%). Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, Statistics Project 4,
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Analysis of Data 4.
Aims: General skills which the Joint Honours course is Course Co-ordinator: Prof D Titterington
designed to provide include: (1) a sound grounding in
the principles and theory of statistical inference; (2) a 0UCG STATISTICS 4M (COMBINED)
critical, comprehensive, working knowledge of standard
statistical methods in everyday use including some use Credits: 60 Level: 4
of statistical packages; (3) sufficient grounding to be When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
able to handle at least some non-standard problems; (4)
Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Tutori-
the ability to explain conclusions clearly and correctly
als: weekly for two hours at times to be arranged.
and in non-technical language; (5) practical experience
of carrying out short statistical tasks using appropriate Requirements of entry: Statistics 3H (Joint) or 3M
computing software (gained through limited participa- (Joint) at grade B or better. Any additional require-
tion in computer-based practicals and a short final-year ment from the other Honours subject.
project). Assessment: Four theory papers (67%). Project in
Honours Course Prescription: A subset of: Inference Weeks 13-22 (33%).
3, Linear Models 3, Probability 3, Applied Modelling Degree Examination taken in: April/May
3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Statistical Computing 3, Aims: This degree programme aims: to provide stu-
Linear Mixed Models 3, Design of Statistical Investi- dents with a sound grounding in the principles and the-
gations 3, Inference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochas- ory of statistics; to give students some opportunity to
tic Processes 4, Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, develop practical skills in the analysis and modelling
Applied Bayesian Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, of data; to develop in students the ability to apply
Statistics Project 4 (Combined). their knowledge and practical skills to solve problems
Course Co-ordinator: Prof D Titterington amenable to statistical analysis, no matter the subject
area in which these problems arise; to enable students
to enhance their transferable and inter-personal skills,
409J STATISTICS 4H (SINGLE) particularly in computer applications, oral and written
communication, and problem solving; to provide stu-
dents with experience of conducting statistical research
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) (primarily through a final-year, research project); to
Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Practi- prepare students for employment in a wide variety of
cals: Tuesday, 11.00 am-1.00 pm and Friday, 2.00 pm- contexts where statistical skills are valued, or for fur-
4.00 pm. Tutorials: weekly for two or three hours at ther study in statistics, and for engagement in lifelong
times to be arranged. learning.
Requirements of entry: Statistics 3H (Single) or 3M Honours Course Prescription: A subset of: Inference
(Single) at grade D or better. 3, Linear Models 3, Probability 3, Applied Modelling

Statistics
3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Statistical Computing 3, Requirements of entry: Statistics 3M /4M (Joint) at

Linear Mixed Models 3, Design of Statistical Investi- grade B or better. Any additional requirement from
gations 3, Inference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochas- the other Honours subject.
tic Processes 4, Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, Assessment: Carry-over of marks from Statistics
Applied Bayesian Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, 3M/4M(Joint) (66%); , Combined Project contributes
Statistics Project 4 (Combined), Multivariate Inference 40 credits of the Degree Programme in Weeks 1-24
5, Advanced Statistical Computing 5, Topics in Statis- (Statistics is nominally 20 credits), 3 Theory Papers
tical Research 5, Combined Research Project 5 , Com- and a Portfolio of work (23%)
munications Workshop 5
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vincent MacAulay
Aims: This degree programme aims: to provide stu-
dents with a sound grounding in the principles and the-
0UDJ STATISTICS 4M (SINGLE) ory of statistics; to give students some opportunity to
develop practical skills in the analysis and modelling
Credits: 120 Level: 4 of data; to develop in students the ability to apply
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) their knowledge and practical skills to solve problems
Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Practi- amenable to statistical analysis, no matter the subject
cals: Tuesday, 11.00 am-1.00 pm and Friday, 2.00 pm- area in which these problems arise; to enable students
4.00 pm. Tutorials: weekly for two or three hours at to enhance their transferable and inter-personal skills,
times to be arranged. particularly in computer applications, oral and written
Requirements of entry: Statistics 3H (Single) or 3M communication, and problem solving; to provide stu-
(Single) at grade B or better. dents with experience of conducting statistical research
(primarily through a final-year, joint research project);
Assessment: Project in Weeks 13 -22 (33%); Seven writ-
to prepare students for employment in a wide variety of
ten papers and practical paper. (65%), practical reports
contexts where statistical skills are valued, or for fur-
(2%)
ther study in statistics, and for engagement in lifelong
Degree Examination taken in: April/May learning.
Aims: This degree programme aims: to provide stu- Honours Course Prescription: A subset of:Inference 3,
dents with a sound grounding in the principles and Linear Models 3, Probability 3, Applied Modelling 3,
theory of statistics; to give students the opportunity Multivariate Statistics 3, Statistical Computing 3, Lin-
to develop practical skills in the collection, handling, ear Mixed Models 3, Design of Statistical Investigations
analysis and modelling of data; to develop in students 3, Inference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochastic Pro-
the ability to apply their knowledge and practical skills cesses 4, Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, Applied
to solve problems amenable to statistical analysis, no Bayesian Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, Statistics
matter the subject area in which these problems arise; Project 4, Multivariate Inference 5, Advanced Statisti-
to enable students to enhance their transferable and cal Computing 5, Topics in Statistical Research 5, Com-
inter-personal skills, particularly in computer applica- bined Research Project 5 , Communications Workshop
tions and programming, oral and written communica- 5
tion, and problem solving; to provide students with ex-
perience as a statistical consultant or researcher (pri- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vincent MacAulay
marily through two extended projects); to prepare stu-
dents to undertake research in Statistics, for employ-
0UJJ STATISTICS 5M (SINGLE)
ment in a wide variety of contexts where statistical skills
are valued, and for engagement in lifelong learning. Credits: 120 Level: 5
Honours Course Prescription: Inference 3, Linear Mod-
els 3, Probability 3, Design of Statistical Investigations
3, Applied Modelling 3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Lin- Timetable: Lectures: at time to be arranged. Practi-
ear Mixed Models 3, Statistical Computing 3, Analy- cals: to be arranged.
sis of Data 3, Statistics Project 3, Biostatistics 4, In- Requirements of entry: Statistics 3M/4M (Single) at
ference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochastic Processes 4, grade B or better.
Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, Applied Bayesian Assessment: Carry-over of marks from Statistics
Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, Statistics Project 4, 3M/4M (Single) (66%), Project in Weeks 1-24 (22%);
Analysis of Data 4, Advanced Statistical Computing 5, Two theory papers (6%); Portfolio of Practical work
Statistics Research Project 5 - Single, Communications (6%)
Workshop 5, Topics in Statistical Research 5, Multivari-
ate Inference 5 Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vincent MacAulay Aims: This degree programme aims: to provide stu-
dents with a sound grounding in the principles and
theory of statistics; to give students the opportunity
0UHG STATISTICS 5M (COMBINED) to develop practical skills in the collection, handling,
analysis and modelling of data; to develop in students
the ability to apply their knowledge and practical skills
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) to solve problems amenable to statistical analysis, no
Timetable: Lectures: at times to be arranged. Tutori- matter the subject area in which these problems arise;
als: weekly for two hours at times to be arranged. to enable students to enhance their transferable and

Theatre Film & T.V. Studies
inter-personal skills, particularly in computer applica- between the industrial and commercial mode of produc-
tions and programming, oral and written communication of cinema and its aesthetic and cultural forms. (4)
tion, and problem solving; to provide students with ex- To develop a sense of the diversity of cinema in both
perience as a statistical consultant or researcher (pri- its classical and non-classical forms, and to recognize
marily through two extended projects); to prepare stu- the significant differences between Hollywood and Eu-
dents to undertake research in Statistics, for employ- ropean cinema, for example, or between ‘classical’ Hol-
ment in a wide variety of contexts where statistical skills lywood and contemporary cinema. (5) To encourage
are valued, and for engagement in lifelong learning. critical analysis of films both in essays and in seminar
Honours Course Prescription: Inference 3, Linear Mod- discussion.
els 3, Probability 3, Design of Statistical Investigations Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Craven
3, Applied Modelling 3, Multivariate Statistics 3, Lin-
ear Mixed Models 3, Statistical Computing 3, Analy-
sis of Data 3, Biostatistics 4, Statistics Project 3, In- LHQU FILM AND TELEVISION
ference 4, Further Modelling 4, Stochastic Processes 4, STUDIES 1B: READING THE SCREEN-
Time Series and Spatial Processes 4, Applied Bayesian TELEVISION
Modelling 4, Financial Statistics 4, Statistics Project 4,
Analysis of Data 4, Advanced Statistical Computing 5, Credits: 20 Level: 1
Statistics Research Project 5 - Single, Communications When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Workshop 5,Topics in Statistical Research 5, Multivari-
ate Inference 5 Timetable: Lectures: Monday, 11-12pm; Wednesday,
11-12pm; Screening: Tuesday, 4-6pm (approx.); semi-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Vincent MacAulay nars weekly.
Requirements of entry: Normally open only to students
Theatre Film & T.V. Studies in Arts who have been specifically admitted to this
course through UCAS and have achieved the special
LHPU FILM AND TELEVISION entry tariff set by the University’s Central Admissions
STUDIES 1A: READING THE SCREEN - Office.
CINEMA Co-requisites: Reading the Screen - Cinema is a co-
requisite for students intending to proceed to Level 2.
Assessment: One examination paper (55%), one class
essay (35%), and seminar contribution mark (10%)
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, 11-12pm; Wednesday,
11-12pm; Screening: Tuesday, 4-6pm (approx.); semi-
nars weekly. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Requirements of entry: Normally open only to students Aims: Level One: Overall Aims (1) To provide an intro-
in Arts who have been specifically admitted to this duction to the academic study of television as a central
course through UCAS and have achieved the special form of twentieth-century culture. (2) To identify spe-
entry tariff set by the Universitys Central Admissions cific critical methods for the analysis of television as a
Office. text, and to promote an understanding of the social,
Co-requisites: Reading the Screen - Television is a co- cultural and industrial context in which it is produced.
requisite for students intending to proceed to Level 2. (3) To encourage an approach to cinema and television
which recognises their diversity and their historical de-
Assessment: One examination paper (55%), one class
velopment. (4) To encourage critical reading and dis-
essay (35%) , and seminar contribution mark (10% )
cussion of the literature associated with the study of
Degree Examination taken in: April/May television. Course Aims: The particular aims of the
Resit Examination taken in: August/September television course are: (1) To provide an introduction to
Aims: Level One: Overall Aims (1) To provide an in- the systematic study of television as a significant and
troduction to the academic study of film and as a cen- distinctive force in modern everyday life. (2) To en-
tral forms of twentieth-century culture. (2) To identify courage a critical and theoretical perspective on televi-
specific critical methods for the analysis of cinema as sion texts past and present informed by the institutional
text, and to promote an understanding of the social, contexts that have shaped them. (3) To promote an
cultural and industrial contexts in which it is produced. understanding of the relationship between television’s
(3) To encourage an approach to cinema and television industrial and commercial modes of production and its
which recognises their diversity and their historical de- aesthetic and cultural forms. (4) To explore the major
velopment. (4) To encourage critical reading and dis- turning points in British television’s historical, political
cussion of the literature associated with the study of and technological development as a way of relating insti-
film. Course Aims: The particular aims of the cinema tutional change to shifts in strategies of representation.
course are: (1) To study the historical development of (5) To investigate a selection of programme forms and
film as a visual language with its own specific codes and genres, both fictional and factual, as part of an analy-
conventions of representation, and to assess the impli- sis of the specificity of television as a visual medium of
cations of these codes and conventions for social and information and entertainment. (6) To encourage criti-
cultural meaning. (2) To introduce some of the central cal analysis of television programmes and institutional
debates of film theory and criticism as a foundation for history both in essays and in seminar discussion.
subsequent study. (3) To understand the relationship Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Craven

JAUU THEATRE STUDIES 1: READING knowledge of theatrical activity in the past and present,
THE STAGE in a variety of geographically and historically different
locations; 5. encourage a critical understanding of the-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 atre arts and their practice, and the institutional and
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) personal frameworks which affect them. In particular
Timetable: 2 lectures per week (M, W, 4-5pm) plus one the Theatre and Society course aims to: 1. guide the
1.5 hour seminar per week for 10 weeks at times to be student towards a critical awareness of the multiple re-
arranged. No lectures on: M of week 1; M and W of lationships between theatre and society, both histori-
week 7 (reading week); M and W of week 12 (project cally and in contemporary practices; 2. encourage an
week). No seminars in week 7 (reading week). understanding of some of the social, political and eco-
nomic issues affecting theatre practice in Scotland and
Assessment: 1 x 2,000 word essay (weighted at 40%), 1
in Britain whilst also providing appropriate compara-
x 60 minute exam (consisting of 1 question) (weighted at
tors from other countries; 3. open up some of the major
40%), individual contribution to tutorials/group project
cultural debates in contemporary theatre.
(weighted at 20%).
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Deirdre Heddon
Aims: Overall Level 1 Theatre Studies offers a foun- 9JBV FTV2A: SPECTATORSHIP,
dational study of theatre as an aesthetic, cultural and AUDIENCES AND IDENTITIES
institutional form. It aims to: 1. provide an introduc-
tion to the academic study of theatre; 2. provide an
introduction to a critical methodology for the analysis When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
of theatrical performances, 3. promote an understand- Timetable: Lectures: Thursday 2-3; Friday 9-11 Semi-
ing of the social and cultural contexts in which theatri- nar and screening: weekly
cal performances are produced; 4. encourage a critical Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of both
knowledge of theatrical activity in the past and present, Level 1 courses with neither course attaining less than
in a variety of geographically and historically different grade D.
locations; 5. encourage a critical understanding of the- Co-requisites: Film and Television Studies 2B: History
atre arts and their practice, and the institutional and and Aesthetics (9JAU) is a co-requisite for progress to
personal frameworks which affect them. In particular Honours.
the Reading the Stage course aims to: 1. provide crit-
ical methodologies for the analysis of plays and other Assessment: Class test (35%), class essay (55%) and
theatre texts in performance; 2. provide an introduction seminar contribution (10%).
to performance theories; and, 3. encourage an under- Degree Examination taken in: December
standing of the potential role of performance theories in Resit Examination taken in: August/September
the analysis of the theatrical text. Aims: Level Two: Overall Course Aims (1) To intro-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Deirdre Heddon duce students to key theoretical and critical debates as-
sociated with the study of film and television as pop-
JBTU THEATRE STUDIES 1: THEATRE ular cultural forms. (2) To develop students’ skills in
textual, historical and industrial analyses of film and
AND SOCIETY
television (3) To introduce theories of national and cul-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 tural identities as key critical contexts for the study of
cinematic and televisual representations, their produc-
tion and consumption (4) To encourage critical and re-
Timetable: 2 lectures per week (M, W, 4-5pm); plus flexive discussion of theories associated with the study
one 1.5 hour seminar per week for 10 weeks at times of film and television (5) To provide students with a
to be arranged. No lectures on: M of week 1; M and shared foundation in the theory and criticism of film
W of week 8 (reading week); and M of week 9 (Easter and television
Monday). No seminars in week 8 (reading week).
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John Caughie
Assessment: 1 x 2000 word essay submitted by Thurs-
day of week 8 (weighted 40% of the course); plus, 1 x 90
hour exam (consisting of 2 equally weighted questions) 9JAU FTV2B: HISTORY, AESTHETICS
scheduled in the April/May diet (weighted at 60% of AND GENRE
the course).
Timetable: Lectures: Thursday 2-3, Friday 9-11 Semi-
Aims: Overall Level 1 Theatre Studies offers a foun-
nar and screening: weekly
dational study of theatre as an aesthetic, cultural and
institutional form. It aims to: 1. provide an introduc- Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of both
tion to the academic study of theatre; 2. provide an Level 1 courses with neither course attaining less than
introduction to a critical methodology for the analysis grade D.
of theatrical performances, 3. promote an understand- Co-requisites: Film and Television Studies 2A: Spec-
ing of the social and cultural contexts in which theatri- tatorship, Audiences and Identities (9JBV) is a co-
cal performances are produced; 4. encourage a critical requisite for progress to Honours

Assessment: Class essay (35%), examination paper 10-12 noon; F 12-2pm). No lectures on: M of week 1;
(55%) and seminar contribution (10%). after week 8. No seminars in week 1; presentations in
Degree Examination taken in: April/May week 12.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Requirements of entry: To enter ‘TS2: Modernism to
Postmodernism’ students must have successfully com-
Aims: Level Two: Overall Course Aims (1) To intro-
pleted ‘TS2: Classical to Modern’, achieving no less
duce students to key theoretical and critical debates as-
than a D pass.
sociated with the study of film and television as pop-
ular cultural forms. (2) To develop students’ skills in Assessment: 1 x 2500 word essay submitted week 8
textual, historical and industrial analyses of film and (weighted 40%); project mark 60% (consisting individ-
television (3) To introduce theories of national and cul- ual mark 20%, moderated group mark 20%, individual
tural identities as key critical contexts for the study of log book/report of no less than 1500 words 20%)
cinematic and televisual representations, their produc- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
tion and consumption (4) To encourage critical and re- Resit Examination taken in: August/September
flexive discussion of theories associated with the study
of film and television (5) To provide students with a Aims: This course aims to: 1. introduce a number of
shared foundation in the theory and criticism of film C20 European and American practitioners whose rad-
and television. ical approaches to acting, directing and scenography
have reoriented the ways texts are used in theatrical
Course Co-ordinator: Prof John Caughie performance; 2. analyse C20 performance texts high-
lighting visual, performative and multi-media aspects
JBCV THEATRE STUDIES of the stage event; 3. consider such work in relation to
2:CLASSICAL TO MODERN broader artistic and cultural movements of Modernism
and Postmodernism; and, 4. empower students to bring
Credits: 20 Level: 2 together theoretical and historical knowledge, textual
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) analysis and practical skills in a problem-solving sit-
uation that demands independent research and group
Timetable: 2 lectures per week (M, W, 3-4pm) plus 1
interaction.
hour seminar per week (slots Tu 3-4pm, Tu 4-5pm, Th
3-4pm, Th 4-5pm). No lectures on: M of week 1; M and Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kathleen Gough
W of week 7 (reading week). No seminars in week 1 or
week 7 (reading week).
9QQF FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES
Requirements of entry: Satisfactory completion of both 3H (JOINT)
Level 1 TS courses with neither course attaining less
than grade D. Credits: 60 Level: 3
Assessment: 1 x 90 minute exam: students will be re- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
quired to answer two questions, one relating to material
Timetable: As per courses
in second part of semester; and one comprising a com-
parative question taken from materials across the whole Requirements of entry: A B3 for each FTV Level 2
semester. (Weighting: 50%). 1x2500 word essay relat- course, or equivalent, achieved at first sitting.
ing to material in first part of the semester (weighting Assessment: Courses (Optional, Core and Dissertation,
50%). Junior and Senior Honours) contribute to the overall de-
Degree Examination taken in: December gree in a weight proportional to their credit rating, i.e.
40 credit courses @ 33.33%, 20 credit courses @ 16.67%.
A number of different assessment modes will be used
Aims: This course aims to: 1. provide an historical throughout the degree, with individual courses assessed
and critical survey of the major dominant forms of the- in the way that is considered appropriate. Modes of as-
atre practice in Europe up to the early C20; 2. analyse sessment include short and long essays, analyses of films
historical, dramatic and performance texts using an ap- and television programmes, reviews and reports, for-
propriate critical vocabulary and with an understand- mal examinations and class tests, individual and group
ing of relevant social and theatrical conditions; 3. in- presentations, individual and group project reports. A
troduce influential theoretical concepts, such as those minimum of 15% of the assessment will be by formal
in Aristotle’s Poetics, Neo-classicism, and Naturalism; examination or class tests.
and, 4. investigate the influence of such movements
on dramaturgy and theatre practice within the relevant
socio-historical context. Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Kathleen Gough Aims: 1. to provide a range of topics, approaches and
methodologies which will enable students to begin to
construct a learning programme which will explore as-
JBDV THEATRE STUDIES pects of film and/or television studies and their own
2:MODERNISM TO POSTMODERNISM interests within it; 2. to provide a context for the crit-
ical understanding of aesthetic debates in the field and
to deepen understanding of selected textual practices; 3.
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) to provide a context for the understanding of the cul-
Timetable: 2 lectures per week (M, W, 3-4pm) plus one tural background and industrial practices within which
2 hour seminar per week (slots Tu 3-5pm, Th 3-5pm, F cinema and/or television are produced and consumed;

4. to provide a context for a historical understanding to provide a context for the understanding of the cul-
of the development of film and/or television studies; 5. tural background and industrial practices within which
to foster research skills and an understanding of the ap- cinema and television are produced and consumed; 4.
propriate methodologies for the study of film and/or to provide a context for a historical understanding of
television; 6. to encourage confident and effective pre- the development of film and television studies; 5. to
sentation of applied work in a range of modes. foster skills in independent and group research and an
Honours Course Prescription: Junior Honours students understanding of the appropriate methodologies for the
take a Core course which can be either Film Analysis study of film and television
(20 credits) or Television Analysis (20 credits). The re- Honours Course Prescription: Junior Honours students
maining required 40 credits can be achieved in a variety take three compulsory Core courses: Film Analysis (20
of ways: by completing the Media and Cultural Policy credits), Television Analysis (20 credits) and Media and
course (40 credits); by completing the practical course Cultural Policy (40 credits). Students who decide to
on Video Production (20 credits) and an additional Op- take the practical course on Video Production (20 cred-
tional Honours course (20 credits); or by taking two its) also take one Optional Honours course (20 credits).
Optional Honours courses (20 credits each). Optional Alternatively students can take two Optional Honours
Honours courses are available to both Junior and Se- courses (20 credits each). Optional Honours courses
nior Honours students and, each year are drawn from a are available to both Junior and Senior Honours stu-
list which includes the following: Hollywood Cinema in dents and, each year are drawn from a list which in-
the 1970s, Hollywood Cinema in the 1980s, Hollywood cludes the following: Hollywood Cinema in the 1970s,
Cinema in the 1990s, Contemporary British Cinema, Hollywood Cinema in the 1980s, Hollywood Cinema in
Documentary, Asian Cinemas, Italian Cinema, Popular the 1990s, Contemporary British Cinema, Documen-
European Cinemas, Research Project in European Cin- tary, Asian Cinemas, Italian Cinema, Popular European
ema, Genre Case Study, Australian Film and Televi- Cinemas, Research Project in European Cinema, Genre
sion, Screen Performance, Television Drama, New Ger- Case Study, Australian Film and Television, Screen
man Cinema, Popular Music in Cinema, Silent Cinema, Performance, Television Drama, New German Cinema,
Film and Television Aesthetics, Children and Televi- Popular Music in Cinema, Silent Cinema, Film and
sion, Television Theory, Feminist Film Theory, Screen Television Aesthetics, Children and Television, Televi-
Violence, Screen Audiences. Courses are usually re- sion Theory, Feminist Film Theory, Screen Violence,
peated every two years so that students are offered max- Screen Audiences. Courses are usually repeated every
imum choice opportunity. Students will be allowed to two years so that students are offered maximum choice
take up to one outside Honours courses over the period opportunity. Students will be allowed to take up to two
of their Honours programme. The Honours Convenor outside Honours courses over the period of their Hon-
must approve the choice of outside course. ours programme. The Honours Convenor must approve
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Goode the choice of outside courses.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Goode
9QSH FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES
3H (SINGLE)
KNRW LEVEL 3: PROJECT FILM &
Credits: 120 Level: 3 TELEVISION STUDIES
Timetable: As per courses Credits: 30 Level: 3
Assessment: Courses (Optional, Core and Dissertation, When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Junior and Senior Honours) contribute to the overall de-
Timetable: flexible - to be agreed
gree in a weight proportional to their credit rating, i.e.
40 credit courses @ 16.67%, 20 credit courses @ 8.33%. Requirements of entry: Normally a ‘C’ in both Film and
A number of different assessment modes will be used Television courses at Level 2
throughout the degree, with individual courses assessed Assessment: Normally written project of 8000 words.
in the way that is considered appropriate. Modes of as- Exceptionally - and with the prior agreement of the
sessment include short and long essays, analyses of films course convener - students may be permitted to sub-
and television programmes, reviews and reports, for- mit their work in alternative formats (e.g. a report, a
mal examinations and class tests, individual and group multi-media presentation) providing they still fulfil the
presentations, individual and group project reports. A published assessment criteria
minimum of 15% of the assessment will be by formal
examination or class tests.
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Aims: This course aims to: 1. To demonstrate indepen-
Aims: 1. to provide a range of topics, approaches and dent study of a specific topic in Film & Television Stud-
methodologies which will enable students to begin to ies at Level 3. 2. To acquire advanced skills in using
construct a learning programme which will reflect the learning resources such as the library and other sources
breadth of film and television studies and their own infor extended review of a subject. 3. To display writing
terests within it; 2. to provide a context for the critical and discursive skills suitable for an in-depth study of a
understanding of the aesthetic debates in the field and topic to Level 3.
to deepen understanding of selected textual practices; 3. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Goode

KLEW THEATRE STUDIES 3: GROUP Aims: (1) To give students the opportunity to become
PROJECT proficient in a variety of approaches to the study of the-
atre, viz. the techniques of historical, sociological and
Credits: 40 Level: 3 theoretical analysis of the theatrical process, past and
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) present. (2) To encourage students to test theoretical
concepts by means of practical experimentation and to
Timetable: 10 x 4 hour weekly workshops
make a critical assessment of the results achieved. (3)
Requirements of entry: TS3: Group project is the ‘early To increase students’ awareness of current debates sur-
exit’ version of TS3: Critical theatre practice and is only rounding the provision of theatre and allied arts in the
available to suitably qualified visiting students enrolling United Kingdom, Europe and beyond, and to facilitate
for semester 1 only. All other categories of student pur- their informed contribution to such debates. (4) To fa-
suing L3 in TS must enrol in the 60 credit two-semester cilitate the establishment of links between students and
course. the professional theatre in Scotland by means of the em-
Assessment: The course is assesed by one project com- ployment of visiting professional practitioners to teach
pleted for the semester 1 exam diet (50% - moderated or lecture, theatre visits and placement schemes. (5)
group mark; 20% - individual contribution - incorpo- To promote in students a facility to communicate both
rating ‘in-class’ activities such as running a warm-up, orally and in writing on topics relevant to the Theatre
delivering a workshop, giving an oral presentation; 30% Studies course. (6) To develop further in students the
- 2500 word reflective journal). ability to work together in groups and/or teams, and
Degree Examination taken in: December to develop their ability to report coherently on collec-
tive or individual findings with rigour and constructive
self-assessment.
Aims: The course aims to - 1. explore some of the ma-
Honours Course Prescription: 3H year One core course
jor cultural debates in contemporary theatre practice;
- Performance Theory and Analysis One practical
2. provide practical methodologies for the exploration
course - chosen from an approved selection. One op-
of key issues and themes in the study of theatre; 3.
tional course - chosen from an approved selection.
empower students to bring together theoretical histor-
ical knowledge, textual analysis and practical skills in Course Co-ordinator: Dr Anselm Heinrich
a problem-solving situation that demands independent
research and group interaction; and, 4. encourage a 101H THEATRE STUDIES 3H (SINGLE)
critical understanding of practice as a research method-
ology and critical output. Credits: 120 Level: 3
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Adrienne Scullion When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
Timetable: Monday to Friday, generally p.m.
101F THEATRE STUDIES 3H (JOINT) Requirements of entry: B pass or better in both Level
2 Theatre Studies courses and fulfilling the normal Fac-
Credits: 60 Level: 3 ulty requirements for entry to Honours.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Assessment: Students take 240 credits of Theatre Stud-
ies courses over the two year joint honours programme
Timetable: Monday to Friday, generally p.m.
but must include: three Theatre Studies core courses
Requirements of entry: B pass or better overall across (Performance Theory and Analysis and the Group
both Level 2 Theatre Studies courses and fulfilling the project in the Junior Honours year, and Current Issues
normal Faculty requirements for entry to Honours in the Senior Honours year); one practical option (in
Co-requisites: Acceptance into Joint Honours by an- the Junior Honours year); one Project element (in the
other relevant Department and compliance with Arts Senior Honours Year); and, one independent research
Faculty regulations on Honours entry. project (Dissertation) to be completed in the Senior
Assessment: Students take 120 credits of TS courses Honours Year. Courses are generally equally weighted
over the two year joint honours programme but must in- 20 credit courses but may be double weighted 40 credit
clude: two Theatre Studies core courses (Performance courses. A number of different assessment modes are
Theory and Analysis in the Junior Honours year and used throughout the degree, with individual courses as-
Current Issues in the Senior Honours year); and, one sessed in a manner appropriate to their learning out-
Practical option (in the Junior Honours year). In addi- comes. Modes of assessment include short and long es-
tion all joint honours students must complete one inde- says, practical work, reflective reports, individual and
pendent research project (Dissertation) as part of their group presentations.
graduating curriculum and, if this is in Theatre Stud- Degree Examination taken in: April/May
ies, it must be completed in the Senior Honours Year. Aims: (1) To give students the opportunity to become
Courses are generally equally weighted 20 credit courses proficient in a variety of approaches to the study of the-
but may be double-weighted 40 credit courses. A num- atre, viz. the techniques of historical, sociological and
ber of different assessment modes are used throughout theoretical analysis of the theatrical process, past and
the degree, with individual courses assessed in a manner present. (2) To encourage students to test theoretical
appropriate to their learning outcomes. Modes of as- concepts by means of practical experimentation and to
sessment include short and long essays, practical work, make a critical assessment of the results achieved. (3)
reflective reports, individual and group presentations. To increase students’ awareness of current debates sur-
Degree Examination taken in: April/May rounding the provision of theatre and allied arts in the

United Kingdom, Europe and beyond, and to facilitate 9QXJ FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES 4H
their informed contribution to such debates. (4) To fa- (SINGLE)
cilitate the establishment of links between students and
the professional theatre in Scotland by means of the em- Credits: 120 Level: 4
ployment of visiting professional practitioners to teach When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
or lecture, theatre visits and placement schemes. (5) Timetable: as per course
To promote in students a facility to communicate both
Assessment: Courses (Optional, Core and Dissertation,
orally and in writing on topics relevant to the Theatre
Junior and Senior Honours) contribute to the overall de-
Studies course. (6) To develop further in students the
gree in a weight proportonal to their credit rating, i. e.
ability to work together in groups and/or teams, and
40 credits courses @ 16.67%, 20 credits courses @ 8.33%.
to develop their ability to report coherently on collec-
A number of different assessment modes will be used
throughout the degree, with individual courses assessed
self-assessment.
in the way that is considered appropriate. Modes of as-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Anselm Heinrich sessment include short and long essays, analyses of films
and television programmes, reviews and reports, for-
9QRG FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES mal examinations and class tests, individual and group
4H (JOINT) presentations, individual and group project reports. A
Credits: 60 Level: 4 examination or class tests.
Timetable: As per courses Aims: 1. to provide a range of topics, approaches and
methodologies which will enable students to complete
Requirements of entry: A B3 for each FTV Level 2
a learning programme which will reflect the breadth
course, or equivalent, achieved at first sitting.
of films and television studies and their own interests
Assessment: Courses (Optional, Core and Dissertation, within it; 2. to provide a context for the advanced crit-
Junior and Senior Honours) contribute to the overall de- ical understanding of the aesthetic, cultural and histor-
gree in a weight proportional to their credit rating, i.e. ical debates in film and television studies; 3. to provide
40 credit courses @ 33.33%, 20 credit courses @ 16.67%. a context for the confident and critical application of
A number of different assessment modes will be used theoretical approaches and methods to specialised ar-
throughout the degree, with individual courses assessed eas of cinema and/or television; 4. to refine skills in
in the way that is considered appropriate. Modes of as- independent research and encourage advanced levels of
sessment include short and long essays, analyses of films scholarship in response to current academic research in
and television programmes, reviews and reports, for- selected fields of study; 5. to consolidate effective pre-
mal examinations and class tests, individual and group sentational skills appropriate for the activities being un-
presentations, individual and group project reports. A dertaken and the context in which they are presented.
Honours Course Prescription: Senior Honours students
examination or class tests.
select four Optional Honours courses (20 credits each)
Degree Examination taken in: April/May and complete a Single Honours Dissertation (40 cred-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September its). Optional Honours courses are available to both
Aims: 1. to provide a range of topics, approaches and Junior and Senior Honours students and, each year are
methodologies which will enable students to complete drawn from a list which includes the following: Hol-
a learning programme which explores key areas in film lywood Cinema in the 1970s, Hollywood Cinema in
and/or television studies and reflects their own inter- the 1980s, Hollywood Cinema in the 1990s, Contem-
ests in the discipline; 2. to provide a context for the porary British Cinema, Documentary, Asian Cinemas,
advanced critical understanding of selected aesthetic, Italian Cinema, Popular European Cinemas, Research
cultural and historical debates in film and/or televi- Project in European Cinema, Genre Case Study, Aus-
sion studies; 3. to provide a context for the confident tralian Film and Television, Screen Performance, Tele-
and critical application of theoretical approaches and vision Drama, New German Cinema, Popular Music in
methods to specialised areas of cinema and/or televi- Cinema, Silent Cinema, Film and Television Aesthet-
sion; 4. to refine skills in independent research and en- ics, Children and Television, Television Theory, Femi-
courage advanced levels of scholarship in response to nist Film Theory, Screen Violence, Screen Audiences.
current academic research in selected fields of study; 5. Courses are usually repeated every two years so that
to consolidate effective presentational skills appropriate students are offered maximum choice opportunity. Stu-
for the activities being undertaken and the context in dents will be allowed to take up to two outside Honours
which they are presented. courses over the period of their Honours programme.
The Honours Convenor must approve the choice of out-
Honours Course Prescription: Senior Honours students
side courses.
select two Optional Honours courses (20 credits each)
and complete a Joint Honours Dissertation (20 credits). Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Goode
Students who are doing a Dissertation as part of their
other subject programme are given the possibility of not 101G THEATRE STUDIES 4H (JOINT)
doing a Dissertation for Film and Television Studies but
taking an Optional Honours course (20 credits) instead. Credits: 60 Level: 4
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ian Goode When Taught: Full Session (September - March)

Theology and Religious Studies
Timetable: Monday to Friday, generally p.m. theoretical analysis of the theatrical process, past and
Requirements of entry: Theatre Studies 2 at Grade B, present. (2) To encourage students to test theoretical
obtained at first sitting. concepts by means of practical experimentation and to
make a critical assessment of the results achieved. (3)
Co-requisites: Acceptance into Joint Honours by an-
To increase students’ awareness of current debates sur-
other relevant Department and compliance with Arts
rounding the provision of theatre and allied arts in the
United Kingdom, Europe and beyond, and to facilitate
Assessment: One core course – Current issues – 15 cred- their informed contribution to such debates. (4) To fa-
its – take away paper One dissertation – 30 credits – cilitate the establishment of links between students and
75% finished thesis and 25% ‘process’ mark One option the professional theatre in Scotland by means of the em-
course – 15 credits – 50% exam and 50% course work ployment of visiting professional practitioners to teach
Degree Examination taken in: April/May or lecture, theatre visits and placement schemes. (5)
Aims: (1) To give students the opportunity to become To promote in students a facility to communicate both
proficient in a variety of approaches to the study of the- orally and in writing on topics relevant to the Theatre
atre, viz. the techniques of historical, sociological and Studies course. (6) To develop further in students the
theoretical analysis of the theatrical process, past and ability to work together in groups and/or teams, and
present. (2) To encourage students to test theoretical to develop their ability to report coherently on collec-
concepts by means of practical experimentation and to tive or individual findings with rigour and constructive
make a critical assessment of the results achieved. (3) self-assessment.
To increase students’ awareness of current debates sur- Course Co-ordinator: Dr Victoria Price
rounding the provision of theatre and allied arts in the
United Kingdom, Europe and beyond, and to facilitate
their informed contribution to such debates. (4) To fa- Theology and Religious Studies
cilitate the establishment of links between students and
the professional theatre in Scotland by means of the em- 8WFU BIBLICAL STUDIES 1A: OLD
ployment of visiting professional practitioners to teach TESTAMENT/TANAKH
or lecture, theatre visits and placement schemes. (5)
To promote in students a facility to communicate both Credits: 20 Level: 1
orally and in writing on topics relevant to the Theatre When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Studies course. (6) To develop further in students the Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday, Thursday, Friday 9.00
ability to work together in groups and/or teams, and am Tutorials: Monday, Wednesday 9.00am
to develop their ability to report coherently on collec-
self-assessment. Co-requisites: None
Honours Course Prescription: 4H year One core course Excluded Courses: None
– Current issues One dissertation One optional course Assessment: 1 essay or project (50%); 1 two hour end
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Victoria Price of course exam (50%)
101J THEATRE STUDIES 4H (SINGLE) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Aims: To introduce students to critical study of the En-
Credits: 120 Level: 4 glish Bible and issues in its interpretation, with special
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) reference to the Old Testament.
Timetable: Monday to Friday, generally p.m. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Yvonne Sherwood
Requirements of entry: Theatre Studies 2 at Grade B,
obtained at first sitting.
0HTU BIBLICAL STUDIES 1B: NEW
Assessment: Students take a total of twelve courses over
TESTAMENT
the two year single honours programme: six in the JH
year and six in the SH year. JH: Performance Analy- Credits: 20 Level: 1
sis – course work and essay (7.5%); Practical pathway
– project and report (10%); three optional courses –
course work and essay (22.5%); one group project – Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday, Thursday, Friday 9.00
project and report (10%). SH: Current issues – take am Tutorials: Monday, Wednesday 9.00am
away paper at the end of the semester (7.5%); Disser- Requirements of entry: None
tation (10%); two optional courses – course work and Co-requisites: None
exam (15%); Cultural policy – report at the end of the
semester (7.5%); Project element – Practical option or
Double-weighted dissertation or Work placement (10%). Assessment: 1 x 1500 word essay (50% weighting);
Percentages are of total Honours assessment. Options 2 hour end of course examination in May/June(50%
offered vary from session to session. weighting).
Aims: (1) To give students the opportunity to become Resit Examination taken in: August/September
proficient in a variety of approaches to the study of the- Aims: To provide a broad introduction to the criticism
atre, viz. the techniques of historical, sociological and and interpretation of the New Testament

Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ward Blanton Aims: Introduction to the broad history of Christian-
ity: origins, major turning points and phases, key per-
sonalities and writings, self-understanding and evolving
9GRU CHRISTIANITY 1B: THEOLOGY thought-patterns. Content: Lectures follow a series of
essential topics illustrating the main contours and land-
Credits: 20 Level: 1 marks of Christianity’s evolution, internal and external,
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) from the first to the twentieth centuries. Highlighted
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday 11am are the varieties of interface between Church, societies
Tutorials: Wednesday and Friday 11am and cultures. The origins of modern Christian diversity
and pluriformity, nationally and internationally, will be
Excluded Courses: It is not possible to take both this
explained. The global approach of the lectures will be
course and its distance learning version.
balanced by exposure in the tutorials to samples of orig-
Assessment: Coursework essay of 1,500 words. Project inal documentary sources.
of 1,500 words (excluding appendices). Students are
Course Co-ordinator: Prof William Hazlett
also required to complete a compulsory but non-assessed
record of their learning progress through the course.
Degree Examination taken in: April/May 456U NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 1
Aims: To explore the various sources (e.g. scripture, When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
tradition, reason and experience) from which Christian
Timetable: Lectures: Tuesday, Thursday and Fridays
theology has emerged within the life of the Church. To
12.00pm - 1.00pm
generate an awareness of key concepts in Christian the-
ology and how these form a living tradition which is Requirements of entry: None
responsive to historical and cultural change. To pro- Co-requisites: None
vide the resources through which students can engage Excluded Courses: Greek 1A
with Christian theology in order to formulate their own
Assessment: Assessed Homework (25% weighting) Ex-
responses to issues of contemporary concern.
ams:1.5 hour Class exam in January (25% weighting) 2
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Heather Walton hour end of course exam in May/June (50% weighting)
156U CLASSICAL HEBREW LANGUAGE Resit Examination taken in: August/September
I Aims: To acquire a reading knowledge of New Testa-
ment Greek.
Course Co-ordinator: Mrs Linda Knox
Timetable: Monday, Tuesday 10-11am
8VCU WORLD RELIGIONS 1A:
Assessment: Assessed homework (25% weighting); 1.5
JUDAISM, CHRISTIANITY AND ISLAM
hours class examination in January (25% weighting);
2 hour end of course examination in May/June (50% Credits: 20 Level: 1
weighting).
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday 4.00
Aims: To cover the basics of classical (Biblical) Hebrew pm Seminars: Wednesday, Friday 4.00 pm
sufficiently to enable independent reading of narrative
materials in the Hebrew Bible.
Co-requisites: None
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Sarah Nicholson
Assessment: Class essay (50% weighting): 2 hour end
9GPU HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY: 1A of course exam in May/June (50% weighting)
CHURCH HISTORY Degree Examination taken in: December
When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December) Aims: Students will examine the approach taken by
three major monotheistic religions - Judaism, Christian-
Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday 3pm ity and Islam - to three major areas of concern: Belief,
Tutorials: Wednesday and Friday 11am Religion in Society and Texts and Scriptures.
Requirements of entry: None Course Co-ordinator: Prof Mona Siddiqui
Co-requisites: None
Assessment: 1 x 1500 word essay (50% weighting); 2
8VDU WORLD RELIGIONS 1B:
hour end of course examination in January (50% weight-
EASTERN RELIGIONS
ing)
Degree Examination taken in: December Credits: 20 Level: 1
Resit Examination taken in: August/September When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March)

Timetable: Lectures: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday 4.00 Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair Hunter
pm Seminars: Wednesday, Friday 4.00 pm
Requirements of entry: None KDLV BIBLICAL STUDIES 2B: STUDY
Assessment: Class essay (50% weighting); 2 hour end OF A NEW TESTAMENT TEXT
of course exam in June (50% weighting)
Resit Examination taken in: August/September When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Aims: The course aims to provide an introduction to Timetable: Monday and Friday, 2-4 p.m.
the history of the major religious traditions of the east, Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or better in
designed to form part of an Arts, Divinity or Social any Level 1 course, preferably in BIBS 1B.
Science degree and to provide a basis for further work Co-requisites: None
in the field of religious studies. Excluded Courses: Students who follow this course are
Course Co-ordinator: Prof Perry Schmidt-Leukel unable to follow what is the Greek version of this course,
Biblical Studies 2B: New Testament Texts (Greek).
0GUV BIBLICAL STUDIES 2A: OLD Assessment: 2 pieces of course work of 2,000 words (60%
TESTAMENT/ TANAKH TEXTS weighting). 2 hour end of course exam in January (40%
weighting)
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Degree Examination taken in: December
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Timetable: Monday and Friday, 2-4 p.m. Aims: This course introduces students to the close read-
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any Level ing of select New Testament texts. This time round the
1 Theology & Religious Studies option. emphasis will fall on texts reading to Paul. Appropriate
Co-requisites: None attention will be given to questions of method.
Excluded Courses: Old Testament/Tanakh Texts (En- Course Co-ordinator: Mr Paul Holloway
glish)
Assessment: One essay of 2000 words (40% weighting); KDMV BIBLICAL STUDIES 2B: STUDY
Project (20% weighting); End of course exam (2 hours) OF A NEW TESTAMENT TEXT
(40% weighting). (GREEK)
Aims: To build on the general knowledge of the texts When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
gained in Level 1. To engage in close reading of selected Timetable: Monday and Friday, 2-4 p.m.
texts from Torah and Prophets. To relate biblical texts Requirements of entry: Normally grade D or better in
to a variety of religious and secular contexts. any non-language Level 1 course, preferably in BIBS
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair Hunter 1B. Level 1 Greek or its equivalent at D or better.
Co-requisites: None
0UAV BIBLICAL STUDIES 2A: OLD Excluded Courses: The non-Greek option: Bibs 2B:
TESTAMENT/ TANAKH TEXTS Study of a New Testament Text is not available to those
(HEBREW) following this Greek option.
Assessment: 1 piece of course work of 2,000 words (30%
Credits: 20 Level: 2 weighting). 2 hour end of course exam in January (40%
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) weighting). Greek class test (30%).
Timetable: Monday and Friday, 2-4 p.m. Degree Examination taken in: December
Requirements of entry: Hebrew 1 or equivalent at grade Resit Examination taken in: August/September
D or better Aims: This course introduces students to the close
Co-requisites: None reading of select New Testament texts in Greek. This
Excluded Courses: Old Testament/Tanakh Texts (En- time round the emphasis will fall on texts relating to
glish) Paul. Appropriate attention will be given to questions
of method.
Assessment: One essay of 2000 words (40% weight-
ing); Hebrew class exam (20% weighting); End of course Course Co-ordinator: Mr Paul Holloway
exam (2 hours) (40% weighting).
Degree Examination taken in: April/May JTEV CHRISTIANITY 2 A: CHURCH IN
Resit Examination taken in: August/September SCOTLAND
Aims: To build on the general knowledge of the texts Credits: 20 Level: 2
gained in Level 1. To engage in close reading of se-
lected texts from Torah and Prophets. To relate bibli-
cal texts to a variety of religious and secular contexts. Timetable: Monday & Friday 9-11am
To acquire advanced skills in reading and interpreting Requirements of entry: Successful completion of Theol-
selected Tanakh texts in Hebrew. ogy level 1 course gaining a D or better.

Assessment: · An essay of 2000 words exploring either world, with particular reference to the Scottish context.
a particular historical period in the life of the Scottish · To introduce students to major topics within ecclesi-
Church. (30%) · An essay of 2000 words interrogat- ology - the nature and mission of the church; theologies
ing a theme of particular significance within the Scot- of ordination and church order; the history and practice
tish context (30%) · A project of 2,500 words exploring of Christian worship - and to the critical debates sur-
an aspect of the life of a Scottish Christian community rounding them in contemporary Christian theology. ·
(40%) To develop an informed and critical approach to contem-
Degree Examination taken in: December porary worship practice · To consider how missiological
concerns should inform the practice of the contempo-
Aims: · To introduce students to the history of Chris-
rary church.
tianity in Scotland since the Victorian era. · To examine
major themes that have emerged as significant for the Course Co-ordinator: Rev Douglas Gay
churches in the Scottish context including social respon-
sibility, sectarianism, ecumenism, mission and decline · JBNV WORLD RELIGIONS 2A: ISLAM
To demonstrate how the emerging discipline of congre-
gational studies can be used to gain an understanding Credits: 20 Level: 2
of the dynamics of Church life at local level. · To ex-
plore how local churches and Christian organizations
are seeking to develop forms of Christian community Timetable: Tuesday and Thursday 3-5pm
appropriate to their contemporary cultural context. Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any non-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Heather Walton language level 1 course in Theology & Religious Studies,
or Grade D or better in Arabic Level 1
Co-requisites: None
JTGV CHRISTIANITY 2B: THEOLOGY
AND ETHICS
Assessment: 2 pieces of course work (40%), 2 hour end-
Credits: 20 Level: 2 of-course exam (60%)
Timetable: Monday & Friday 9-11am Resit Examination taken in: August/September
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in any Level Aims: This course seeks to address common mispercep-
1 theology course tions of Islam’s approach to pluralism, the position of
Co-requisites: None women and ethics. It will examine such issues by inves-
Excluded Courses: None tigating what the Qur’an says about pluralism, the role
of women and various ethical issues. In addition, the
Assessment: 1 x 2000 word essay (40% weighting), 3
course will outline how later Islamic thinkers have in-
hour end of course written examination (60% weighting)
terpreted these Qur’anic injunctions and how they have
Degree Examination taken in: April/May been perceived and practiced within the Islamic com-
Resit Examination taken in: August/September munity.
Aims: To introduce students to the main developments Course Co-ordinator: Prof Mona Siddiqui
in Christian theology from 1750 to the present. To in-
troduce students to the study of Christian ethics, and
how it has taken shape in the modern era.
4FLH DIVINITY (MINISTRY)
HONOURS 3H (SINGLE)
Course Co-ordinator: Ms Julie Clague
JUSV CHRISTIANITY 2C: CHURCH, When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
MINISTRY AND WORSHIP Timetable: To be advised
Credits: 20 Level: 2 Requirements of entry: Religious Studies 1A and 1B;
Biblical Studies 1A and 1B; Theology and Church His-
When Taught: Semester 2 (January - March) tory 1A and 1B; 40 Arts credits; three Level 2 Theology
Timetable: Tuesday & Thursday 9-11 and Religious Studies courses. All courses at average of
Requirements of entry: Normally grade d or better in a grade D with at least one grade C.
level 1 course, preferably either Christianity 1A or 1B. Assessment: Three pieces of course work 30%; One
Assessment: · An essay of 2500 words exploring ei- three hour degree examination 70%
ther the nature and mission of the church in terms Degree Examination taken in: April/May
of the history of doctrine or through the work of a
Aims: (1) To provide a wide-ranging core curriculum
modern/postmodern theologian; OR · An essay of 2500
of courses in the disciplines associated with Theology
words on the nature of ordination within episcopal and
and Religious Studies at Levels 1 and 2. (2) To enable
non-episcopal traditions. (40%) · A project of 3,000
students to pursue independent study of a chosen se-
words exploring an aspect of worship practice in con-
lection of the relevant disciplines in depth by means of
temporary Scottish church life. (60%)
primary and secondary texts, using original languages
Degree Examination taken in: April/May where appropriate, discussion with recognised experts in
Aims: · To address themes and topics relevant to the the disciplines, and interaction with fellow students. (3)
practice of Christian ministry within the contemporary To help students to make connections between different

disciplines and to reflect creatively on the connections KXCW EARLY CHURCH HISTORY
thus effected. (4) To encourage and extend students’ LEVEL 3
powers of original thought and to afford a context for
this in the form of discussion papers and dissertations Credits: 30 Level: 3
using bibliographical resources.(5) To encourage the de- When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
velopment of a range of generic and transferable skills Timetable: Mondays: one two-hour session per week.
such as willingness to learn, good communication skills,
Requirements of entry: Admission to Level 3 of a Gen-
analytic ability, logical argument, the ability to sum-
eral Degree and subject to prerequisite, or to Level 2
marise key issues, problem solving skills, and the ability
but subject to pre-requisite with pass at Grade C at
to work well with others. (6) To encourage students to
least.
reflect on the ways in which both academic learning and
Open to General Degree students admitted to level 3
generic skills relate to the wider society in which they
who have passed Christianity 1A (or approximate equiv-
live.
alent), or General Degree Level 2 students who have
Honours Course Prescription: Four 30-credit courses passed Christianity 1A with at least a Grade C pass.
drawn from Theology and Religious Studies honours Degree Examination taken in: April/May
courses
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ward Blanton Aims: To provide the means of acquiring a deeper
knowledge and understanding of the development of
Christianity in the religious, political and cultural
worlds of Late Antiquity. To induct the class further
4FKH DIVINITY HONOURS 3H
into substantial, original documentary sources in En-
(SINGLE) glish translation. To enable enhanced awareness of var-
ious historiographical and theological interpretations,
Credits: 120 Level: 3 past and present.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Course Co-ordinator: Prof William Hazlett
JXHW OLD TESTAMENT/TANAKH
Requirements of entry: Religious Studies 1A and 1B;
Biblical Studies 1A and 1B; Theology and Church His- TEXTS 3
tory 1A and 1B; 40 Arts Credits; three Level 2 Theology Credits: 30 Level: 3
and Religious Studies courses. All courses at average of
grade D with at least one grade C. When Taught: Semester 1 (September - December)
Timetable: Tuesdays 11am-1pm
Assessment: Three pieces of course work 30%; One
three hour degree examination 70% Requirements of entry: Completion of courses in The-
ology & Religious Studies at Levels 1 and 2 at grade
Degree Examination taken in: April/May D or better, normally including at least one of Biblical
Aims: (1) To provide a wide-ranging core curriculum Studies 1A or Biblical Studies 2A.
of courses in the disciplines associated with Theology Assessment: One essay of 3000 words (40% weighting)
and Religious Studies at Levels 1 and 2. (2) To enable Presentation of work in progress towards essay (10%
students to pursue independent study of a chosen se- weighting) End of course exam (3 hours) (50% weight-
lection of the relevant disciplines in depth by means of ing)
primary and secondary texts, using original languages Degree Examination taken in: April/May
where appropriate, discussion with recognised experts in Resit Examination taken in: August/September
the disciplines, and interaction with fellow students. (3)
To help students to make connections between different Aims: To build on the general knowledge of the texts
disciplines and to reflect creatively on the connections gained in Levels 1 and/or 2 To engage in close reading
thus effected. (4) To encourage and extend students’ of selected texts from different divisions of Tanakh. To
powers of original thought and to afford a context for relate biblical texts to a variety of religious and secular
this in the form of discussion papers and dissertations contexts. To become familiar with a range of theoretical
using bibliographical resources. (5) To encourage the interpretative approaches to texts.
development of a range of generic and transferable skills Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair Hunter
analytic ability, logical argument, the ability to sum- KYPW PRACTICAL THEOLOGY LEVEL
3
reflect on the ways in which both academic learning and Credits: 30 Level: 3
live.
Timetable: Generally one 2-hour lecture or reflection
Honours Course Prescription: Four 30-credit courses group per week of session. Occasional variations due to
drawn from Theology and Religious Studies honours placement programme. Dates and times to be arranged.
courses
Requirements of entry: Open to general degree students
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Ward Blanton admissible to Level 3 of the programme who have passed

Christianity 1b (or appropriate equivalent as agreed disciplines and to reflect creatively on the connections
with convener) at Grade C at least. thus effected. (4) To encourage and extend students’
Aims: To critically consider significant areas of Chris- powers of original thought and to afford a context for
tian practice (such as worship, homiletics and pastoral this in the form of discussion papers and dissertations
care) in the light of contemporary scholarship To as- using bibliographical resources. (5) To encourage the
sess a variety of models of Christian practice in order development of a range of generic and transferable skills
that students become more aware of the values, assump- such as willingness to learn, good communication skills,
tions and traditions that shape their own understand- analytic ability, logical argument, the ability to sum-
ing of Practical Theology To enable students to think marise key issues, problem solving skills, and the ability
reflexively about their own practice through employing to work well with others. (6) To encourage students to
such techniques as journaling, life writing and reflective reflect on the ways in which both academic learning and
group work generic skills relate to the wider society in which they
live.
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Heather Walton
1AHW WISDOM LITERATURE IN THE

KXBW SUFISM LEVEL 3
OLD TESTAMENT
Timetable: Tuesdays: two hours per week.
Timetable: One two hour session per week, plus tutori-
Requirements of entry: Admission to Level 3 of a general als
degree and subject to prerequisite, or to Level 2 but
Requirements of entry: Grade D or better in at least
subject to prerequisite with pass at Grade C at least.
one Level 1 and Level 2 course in Theology & Religious
Open to general degree students admitted to level 3
Studies, including at least one Biblical course.
who have passed World Religions 1A (or approximate
equivalent); or general degree level 2 students who have Co-requisites: None
passed World Religions 1A with at least a Grade C pass. Excluded Courses: Level two versions of the wisdom
Degree Examination taken in: April/May course (including one in distance form).
Resit Examination taken in: August/September Assessment: One 3,000 word essay (50% weighting) and
one three-hour end of course examination (50% weight-
Aims: To offer a history of Sufism from its origins to
ing)
the present, showing its diversity in ritual and belief.
Topics covered will include the formation of Sufism from Degree Examination taken in: December
various pietistic movements, Sufi theology, Sufism and Resit Examination taken in: August/September
gender, Sufism and power, and there will also be an Aims: To explore the definition of wisdom as literary
examination of Sufism in the modern period covering genre and to discuss its significance for the interpreta-
Africa, the Middle East, the Indian sub-continent and tion of certain Old Testament traditions and texts
Europe. Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair Hunter
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Lloyd Ridgeon
4FLJ DIVINITY (MINISTRY) HONOURS
4EXF THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS 4H (SINGLE)
STUDIES 3H (JOINT) M.A.
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) Timetable: To be advised
Timetable: To be advised Requirements of entry: Religious Studies 1A and 1B;
Requirements of entry: Two of Biblical Studies 1A and Biblical Studies 1A and 1B; Theology and Church His-
1B, Theology and Church History 1A and 1B, Religious tory 1A and 1B; 40 Arts credits; three Level 2 Theology
Studies 1A and 1B, plus two level 2 Divinity courses. All and Religious Studies courses. All courses at average of
courses at average of grade D with at least one grade C. grade D with at least one grade C.
Assessment: Four papers with course work (30%), 3 Assessment: Three pieces of course work 30%; One
hour degree examinations (70%) for each OR three pa- three hour degree examination 70%
pers as above and a dissertation. Degree Examination taken in: April/May
Degree Examination taken in: April/May Aims: (1) To provide a wide-ranging core curriculum
Aims: (1) To provide a wide-ranging core curriculum of courses in the disciplines associated with Theology
of courses in the disciplines associated with Theology and Religious Studies at Levels 1 and 2. (2) To enable
and Religious Studies at Levels 1 and 2. (2) To enable students to pursue independent study of a chosen se-
students to pursue independent study of a chosen selection of the relevant disciplines in depth by means of
lection of the relevant disciplines in depth by means of primary and secondary texts, using original languages
primary and secondary texts, using original languages where appropriate, discussion with recognised experts in
where appropriate, discussion with recognised experts in the disciplines, and interaction with fellow students. (3)
the disciplines, and interaction with fellow students. (3) To help students to make connections between different
To help students to make connections between different disciplines and to reflect creatively on the connections

thus effected. (4) To encourage and extend students’ When Taught: Full Session (September - March)
powers of original thought and to afford a context for Timetable: To be advised
this in the form of discussion papers and dissertations
Requirements of entry: Two of Biblical Studies 1A and
using bibliographical resources.(5) To encourage the de-
1B, Theology and Church History 1A and 1B, Religious
velopment of a range of generic and transferable skills
Studies 1A and 1B, plus two level 2 Divinity courses. All
courses at average of grade D with at least one grade C.
marise key issues, problem solving skills, and the ability Assessment: Four papers with course work (30%), 3
to work well with others. (6) To encourage students to hour degree examinations (70%) for each OR three pa-
reflect on the ways in which both academic learning and pers as above and a dissertation.
generic skills relate to the wider society in which they Degree Examination taken in: April/May
live. Aims: (1) To provide a wide-ranging core curriculum
Honours Course Prescription: Two 30-credit courses of courses in the disciplines associated with Theology
drawn from Theology and Religious Studies honours and Religious Studies at Levels 1 and 2. (2) To enable
courses. One 60-credit dissertation. students to pursue independent study of a chosen se-
Course Co-ordinator: Dr Alastair Hunter lection of the relevant disciplines in depth by means of
where appropriate, discussion with recognised experts in
4FKJ DIVINITY HONOURS 4H the disciplines, and interaction with fellow students. (3)
(SINGLE) To help students to make connections between different
disciplines and to reflect creatively on the connections
Credits: 120 Level: 4 thus effected. (4) To encourage and extend students’
When Taught: Full Session (September - March) powers of original thought and to afford a context for
Timetable: To be advised this in the form of discussion papers and dissertations
using bibliographical resources. (5) To encourage the
Requirements of entry: Religious Studies 1A and 1B;
development of a range of generic and transferable skills
Biblical Studies 1A and 1B; Theology and Church His-
tory 1A and 1B; 40 Arts Credits; three Level 2 Theology
and Religious Studies courses. All courses at average of
grade D with at least one grade C.
Assessment: Three pieces of course work 30%; One reflect on the ways in which both academic learning and
three hour degree examination 70% generic skills relate to the wider society in which they
Degree Examination taken in: April/May live.
Aims: (1) To provide a wide-ranging core curriculum
of courses in the disciplines associated with Theology
and Religious Studies at Levels 1 and 2. (2) To enable
students to pursue independent study of a chosen se-
lection of the relevant disciplines in depth by means of
where appropriate, discussion with recognised experts in
the disciplines, and interaction with fellow students. (3)
To help students to make connections between different
disciplines and to reflect creatively on the connections
thus effected. (4) To encourage and extend students’
powers of original thought and to afford a context for
this in the form of discussion papers and dissertations
using bibliographical resources. (5) To encourage the
development of a range of generic and transferable skills
reflect on the ways in which both academic learning and
live.
Honours Course Prescription: Two 30-credit courses
drawn from Theology and Religious Studies honours
courses. One 60-credit dissertation.
Course Co-ordinator: Prof David Jasper
4EXG THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS

STUDIES 4H (JOINT) M.A.

Faculty course lists
Faculty course lists - courses avail- The MA (European Civilisation) aims to enable stu-
dents to explore the cultural heritage of Modern Europe
able for degree programmes through selecting courses drawn from a wide variety
of disciplines, linked by their common European context.
The Faculty course lists below give information on
courses available for particular degree programmes
within those Faculties. Please note that not all Faculties The core subjects for this degree are:
covered by this Catalogue are included in this section. Archaeology
If you require further information, please contact the Celtic Civilisation
relevant Faculty Office. Classical Civilisation (Classics)
Comparative Literature
Consciousness & Cognition 3
Courses available in the Faculty of Creative Writing (Level 3)
Education
Arts Film & Television Studies (specified courses)
History subjects
Designated MA Degrees
History of Art
NB: from time to time, appropriate subjects or courses Humanities Computing
may be added to those listed as forming the core in Languages (40 credits in one language other than En-
each of the degrees below. glish are compulsory)
Credit-bearing courses from the Department of Adult Music
& Continuing Education may form part of the core of Literature subjects
designated degrees as appropriate, e.g. the Popular Philosophy
Music courses 0QC7 and 0QD7 contribute to the core Slavonic Studies
of the Creative & Cultural Studies degree. Students Space, Cyberspace & the Self 3
should consult the Chief Adviser of Studies for further Theatre Studies
information. The Art of Persuasion L3
Biblical Studies
Biblical Texts
MA (Ancient Studies)
Christianity
The MA (Ancient Studies) aims to enhance students’
Classical Hebrew Language
cultural and historical awareness through the pursuit
New Testament Greek
of studies in a variety of disciplines focused on the
World Religions 1A (Judaism, Christianity & Islam)
ancient civilisations of Europe and the Near East.
and World Religions 2A (Islam)
The core subjects for this degree are: The core curriculum for this degree must include (i)
Archaeology at least 40 credits in a language other than English
Civil Law or English Language level 2 (ii) Philosophy and (iii) a
Classical Civilisation (Classics) subject from the above list which is not a language or
Greek (Classical) Philosophy; the core curriculum must not consist solely
Humanities Computing (up to 2 courses) of languages and philosophy.
Latin (Humanity)
Biblical Studies MA (Historical Studies)
Biblical Texts The MA (Historical Studies) aims to enable students
Christianity (Level 1 only) to pursue a broadly based programme of historical study
Classical Hebrew Language incorporating topics from a wide range of countries and
New Testament Greek periods.
World Religions 2C (Hinduism)
The core subjects for this degree are:
MA (Creative & Cultural Studies) Archaeology
The MA (Creative & Cultural Studies) aims to enable Celtic Civilisation
students to develop their understanding and appre- Civil Law
ciation of the performing/visual arts within a broad Classical Civilisation (Classics)
cultural context. Economic & Social History
History of Art
The core subjects for this degree are: History Subjects
Creative Writing (Level 3) Humanities Computing (up to 2 courses)
Film & Television Studies Scottish History
History of Art Biblical Studies
Humanities Computing (up to 2 courses) Biblical Texts
Music Christianity
Space, Cyberspace & the Self 3 World Religions
Theatre Studies
At least 80 credits in this degree must be History
MA (European Civilisation) courses which means in this case Archaeology or

Economic & Social History or one of a selection of

courses in Medieval, Early Modern, Modern, American The core subjects for this degree are:
and Scottish History. Consciousness & Cognition 3
Education
MA (Linguistic Studies) Jurisprudence
The MA (Linguistic Studies) aims to enable students Philosophy
to develop their knowledge of language and their Politics
awareness of linguistic and related cultural issues by Psychology
following a programme which combines the study of a Space, Cyberspace & the Self 3
number of different languages. Biblical Studies
Biblical Texts
The core subjects for this degree are: Christianity
Czech World Religions
Gaelic
English Language Courses from the core must include at least 80 credits
French in Philosophy, at least 20 credits of which must be at
German least at level two. The Level 3 courses in Consciousness
Greek (Classical) and Cognition and Space, Cyberspace & the Self in
Italian this case are considered as Philosophy core courses.
Latin (Humanity)
Polish MA (Scottish Studies)
Portuguese The MA (Scottish Studies) aims to enable students
Russian to enhance their cultural awareness by studying the
Spanish history, language and civilisation of Scotland, past and
Biblical Texts 2A (OT - Hebrew) and Biblical Texts present.
2B (NT - Greek)
Classical Hebrew Language
The core subjects for this degree are:
New Testament Greek
Archaeology of Scotland
Celtic Civilisation
Courses from the core must include at least two and English Language 2
not more than three languages other than English. Gaelic
However, in the case of a student whose native language History 3: Region, Nation, Culture - Scotland and
is not English, English Language may count towards Northern Europe from the 10th to the 20th centuries
fulfilment of this requirement. Scottish History
Scottish Literature
MA (Literary Studies) Christianity 2A (Church in Scotland) and Christianity
2C (Church, Ministry & Worship)
The MA (Literary Studies) gives students the oppor-
tunity to develop their understanding of literature by
studying works which may be drawn from a range of Schedules A and B for the BD and BD(Min)
national cultures.
degrees
The core subjects for this degree are: Schedule A

English Language Level 1
English Literature Hebrew 1
Celtic Civilisation NT Greek 1
Classical Civilisation (Classics) Biblical Studies 1A: Old Testament
Comparative Literature Biblical Studies 1B: New Testament
Creative Writing (Level 3) Christianity 1A: Church History
Humanities Computing (up to 2 courses) Christianity 1B: Theology
Language courses which include the study of literature World Religions 1A: Judaism, Christianity, Islam
Scottish Literature World Religions 1B: Eastern Religions
Slavonic Studies
The Art of Persuasion L3 Level 2
Biblical Studies Biblical Studies 2A: OT/Tanakh (English)
Biblical Texts Biblical Studies 2A: OT/Tanakh (Hebrew)
Classical Hebrew Language Biblical Studies 2B: NT Text (English)
New Testament Greek Biblical Studies 2B: NT Text (Greek)
Christianity 2A: Church in Scotland
MA (Philosophical Studies) Christianity 2B: Theology & Ethics
The MA (Philosophical Studies) aims to enhance Christianity 2C: Church, Ministry & Sacraments
students’ awareness of philosophical issues and of their World Religions 2A: Islam
relevance to other disciplines and areas of life. World Religions 2B: Buddhism

Archaeology 1Z Archaeology in Contemporary Society

Level 3 (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Judaism 3 Archaeology 2G Field Archaeology in Theory &
Old Testament Texts (English) Practice (Level: 2; Credits: 20)
Feminist Biblical Interpretation Archaeology 2H Analytical Archaeology (Level: 2;
Early Church History Credits: 20)
Practical Theology Archaeology 2J Archaeology of Europe & the Mediter-
30 credit Dissertation (level 3) ranean (Level: 2; Credits: 20)
60 credit Dissertation (General) Archaeological Studies 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 80)
Archaeology 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Archaeology 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Schedule B
Archaeology 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Archaeology 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)
Biblical Studies 1A: Old Testament/Tanakh (8WFU)
Biblical Studies 1B: New Testament (0HTU)
Christianity 1A: Church History (9GPU)
Christianity 1B: Theology (9GRU) Astronomy
World Religions 1A: Judaism, Christianity & Islam
(8VCU) Astronomy 1 (Level: 1; Credits: 40)
World Religions 1B: Eastern Religions (8VDU) Astronomy 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 30)
Astronomy 3P (Level: 3; Credits: 60)
Astronomy 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Astronomy 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)
Courses Available in the Faculties of Astronomy 3M (Combined) (Level: 3M; Credits: 75)
Science Astronomy 4M (Combined) (Level: 4M; Credits: 75)
Astronomy 3M* (Combined) (Level: 3M; Credits: 80)
The courses available in the Faculties of Science in Exploring the Cosmos 1X (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
session 2008-2009 are listed below, together with the Exploring the Cosmos lY (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
level at which each course is offered and the number of Exploring the Cosmos 2X (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
credits which each course is worth. Exploring the Cosmos 2Y (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Further details of each course are given in this

Catalogue, under departmental entries, including Biochemistry
a description of the syllabus, the course code for
matriculation purposes, the name of the organising Biochemistry 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
department(s), the course timetable, the methods of Biochemistry 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
assessment and any pre-requisites or co-requisites or Biochemistry Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
other conditions of entry. Biochemistry 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Anatomy Biomedical & Life Sciences

Anatomy 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120) Biology 1A (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Anatomy 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120) Biology 1B (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Anatomy Work Placement Year (Credits: 120) Communicating Science (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Anatomy (Level: 4M; Credits: 120) Level 2 Courses: Full Session
1c Ecology & Conservation 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 20)
2c Microbiology 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 20)
3c Molecules of Life 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 20)
Animal Biology Level 2 Courses: First Semester
Animal Biology 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 120) 1a Basic Genetics 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
2a Forensic Bioscience 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
3a Human Physiology 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
4a Animal Diversity 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Applied Mathematics 7a Human Form & Function 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
10a Building an Organism: Genes, Cells & Development
See under Mathematics 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
11a Biological Clocks 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
12a Plants, Pollution & Global Change 2 (Level: 2;
Archaeology Credits: 10)
13a Immunology 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Archaeology 1X Introduction to Archaeological Prac- 14a Energy Metabolism 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
tice (Level: 1; Credits: 20) Level 2 Courses: Second Semester
Archaeology 1Y The Archaeology of Scotland (Level: lb Molecular Genetics 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
1; Credits: 20) 2b Evolutionary Biology 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)

3b Infection & Immunity 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Environmental Chemistry 2A (Level: 2: Credits: 30)
5b Plant Science: Food & Famine 2 (Level: 2; Credits: Environmental Chemistry 2B (Level: 2; Credits: 30)
10) Chrmistry 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 120)
6b Energy Metabolism 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Chemistry 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
7b Drugs & Disease 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Chemistry 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
8b Cells & Tissues in Health & Disease 2 (Level: 2; Chemistry 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Credits: 10) Chemistry 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)
9b Reproduction & Development 2 (Level: 2; Credits: Chemistry 3M (Single) (Level: 3M; Credits: 140)
10) Chemistry 3M (Combined) (Level: 3M; Credits: 60)
10b Neuroscience & Behaviour 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Chemistry Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
14b Biometrics 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Chemistry European Placement Year (Credits: 120)
15b Extreme Biology 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Chemistry 4M (Single) (Level: 4M; Credits: 160)
16b Physical Principles of Biological Processes 2 (Level: Chemistry 4M (Combined) (Level: 4M; Credits: 60)
2; Credits: 10) Chemistry 5M (Combined) (Level: 5M; Credits: 60)
18b Exercise Science 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Chemistry with Forensic Studies 3 (Level: 3; Credits:
Level 3 120)
Essential Molecular Biology 3 1 (Level: 3; Credits: 60) Chemistry with Forensic Studies 3H (Level: 3H;
Credits: 120)
Chemistry with Forensic Studies 3M (Level: 3M;
Biomedical Sciences
Credits: 140)
Biomedical Sciences 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120) Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry 3 (Level: 3;
Biomedical Sciences 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120) Credits: 120)
Biomedical Sciences Work Placement Year (Credits: Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry 3H (Level: 3H;
120) Credits: 120)
Biomedical Sciences 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120) Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry 4H (Level: 4H;
Credits: 120)
Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry 3M (Level: 3M;
Credits: 140)
Biomolecular Sciences Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry Work Placement
Year (Credits: 120)
Biomolecular Sciences 3 (Biochemistry) (Level: 3;
Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry European Place-
Credits: 120)
ment Year (Credits: 120)
Biomolecular Sciences 3 (Genetics) (Level: 3; Credits:
Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry 4M (Level: 4M;
120)
Credits: 160)
Biomolecular Sciences 3 (Molecular & Cellular Biology)
Environmental Chemistry 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 120)
(Level: 3; Credits: 120)
Environmental Chemistry 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Environmental Chemistry 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Environmental Chemistry 4M (Level: 4M; Credits:
Biotechnology 120) Environmental Chemistry Work Placement Year
(Credits: 120)
Biotechnology 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Biotechnology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Biotechnology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
Biotechnology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120) Chemistry with Medicinal Chemistry
See under Chemistry
Chemical Physics
Chemical Physics 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 120) Computing Science
Chemical Physics 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Chemical Physics 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120) Computing Science 1P Programming (Level: 1; Cred-
Chemical Physics 3M (Level: 3M; Credits: 120) its: 20)
Chemical Physics 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 150) Computing Science 1Q Fundamentals (Level: 1;
Chemical Physics 3M* (Level: 3M; Credits: 160) Credits: 20)
Chemical Physics Work Placement Year (Credits: 120) Computing Science 2P Java Programming 2 (Level: 2;
Credits: 10)
Computing Science 2R Algorithmic Foundation 2
Chemistry Computing Science 2T Computer Systems 2 (Level: 2;
Credits: 10)
Chemistry 1 (Level: 1; Credits: 40)
Computing Science 2U Information Management 2
Chemistry 2X (Level: 2; Credits: 30)
Chemistry 2Y (Level: 2; Credits: 30)
Computing Science 2X Algorithms & Data Structures
1 available only to students taking a combined designated 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
degree in Biology and Chemistry Computing Science 2Y Object-oriented Software

Engineering 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Electronic Engineering

Computing Science 3P Algorithmics (Level: 3; Credits:
10) Electronic Engineering 1X (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Computing Science 3Q Advanced Programming (Level: Electronic Engineering lY (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
3; Credits: 10) Analogue Electronics 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Computing Science 3S Operating Systems (Level: 3; Digital Electronics 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Credits: 10) Electrical Circuits 2 (Level: 2: Credits: 10)
Computing Science 3T Networked Systems Architec- Electronic Design Project 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
ture (Level: 3; Credits: 10) Embedded Processors 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Computing Science 3U Database Systems (Level: 3;
Credits: 10)
Computing Science 3W Interactive Systems (Level: 3;
Credits: 10) Electronic & Software Engineering
Computing Science 3X Professional Software Develop-
Electronic & Software Engineering 3H (Level: 3H;
ment (Level: 3; Credits: 20)
Credits: 120)
Computing Science 3Y Team Project (Level: 3; Credits:
Electronic & Software Engineering 4H (Level: 4H;
20)
Credits: 120)
Computing Science 3Z Programming Languages (Level:
3; Credits: 10)
Computing Science C (Level: 3; Credits: 10)
Computing Science C3 for ESE (Level: 3) Environmental Biogeochemistry
Computing Science 3 Software Engineering Work
Placement (Credits: 10) Environmental Biogeochemistry 3H (Level: 3H; Cred-
Computing Science 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: its: 120)
120) Environmental Biogeochemistry 4H (Level: 4H; Cred-
Computing Science 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: its: 120)
120)
Computing Science 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Cred-
its: 60)
Computing Science 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Cred- Environmental Chemistry
its: 60)
Computing Science 4M (Single) (Level: 4M; Credits: See under Chemistry
120)
Computing Science 5M (Single) (Level: 5M; Credits:
130) Environmental Science
Computing Science 4M (Combined) (Level: 4M;
Credits: 60) Environmental Science 1 (Level: 1; Credits: 40)
Computing Science 5M (Combined) (Level: 5M;
Credits: 60)
See also Mathematical Sciences
Exploring the Cosmos
See under Astronomy
Earth Science Genetics
Genetics 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)

Earth Science 1X: Introduction to the Earth: Minerals, Genetics 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Rocks, Structures 1 (Level: 1; Credits: 20) Genetics Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
Earth Science 1Y: Evolution of the Earth: Life & Genetics 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Environments 1 (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Earth Science 2P The Solid Earth (Level: 2; Credits:
20)
Earth Science 2Q Palaeobiology (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Geography
Earth Science 2R Sediments & Stratigraphy (Level: 2;
Credits: 10) Geography 1 (Level: 1; Credits: 40)
Earth Science 2U Structure Maps & Exploration Geography 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 60)
(Level: 2; Credits: 20) Geography 3B (Level: 3; Credits: 90)
Earth Science 3E (Level: 3; Credits: 120) Geography 3C (Level: 3; Credits: 120)
Earth Science 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120) Geography 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Earth Science 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120) Geography 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Earth Science 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60) Geography 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Earth Science 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60) Geography 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)

Human Biology (Level: 2; Credits: 10)

Mathematics 3P Real & Complex Variables (Level: 3;
Human Biology 3 (Neurosciences) (Level: 3; Credits: Credits: 20)
120) Mathematics 3Q Algebra & Number Theory (Level: 3;
Human Biology 3 (Physiology) (Level: 3; Credits: 120) Credits: 20)
Mathematics 3R Finite Mathematics (Level: 3; Credits:
20)
Immunology Mathematics 3S Differential Equations (Level: 3;
Credits: 20)
Immunology 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120) Mathematics 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Immunology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120) Mathematics 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Immunology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120) Mathematics 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Immunology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120) Mathematics 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)
Mathematics 3M (Single) (Level: 3M; Credits: 120)
Mathematics 4M (Single) (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Mathematics 3M (Combined) (Level: 3M; Credits: 60)
Infection Biology
Mathematics 4M (Combined) (Level: 4M; Credits: 60)
Infection Biology 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 120) Applied Mathematics 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits:
120)
Applied Mathematics 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits;
120)
Marine & Freshwater Biology Applied Mathematics 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H;
Credits: 60)
Marine & Freshwater Biology 3H (Level: 3H; Credits:
Applied Mathematics 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H;
120)
Credits: 60)
Marine & Freshwater Biology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits:
Applied Mathematics 3M (Single) (Level: 3M; Credits:
120)
120)
Marine & Freshwater Biology Work Placement Year
Applied Mathematics 4M (Single) (Level: 4M; Credits:
(Credits: 120)
120)
Marine & Freshwater Biology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits:
Applied Mathematics 3M (Combined) (Level: 3M;
120)
Credits: 60)
Applied Mathematics 4M (Combined) (Level: 4M;
Credits: 60)
Mathematical Sciences See also Mathematical Sciences
Mathematical Sciences 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)

Mathematical Sciences 4H (level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Medical Biochemistry
Medical Biochemistry 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Mathematics Medical Biochemistry 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Medical Biochemistry Work Placement Year (Credits:
Mathematics Skills Test (Level: 1; Credits: 0) 120)
Mathematics 1R (Level: 1; Credits: 20) Medical Biochemistry 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Mathematics 1S (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Mathematics 1T (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Mathematics 1X (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Mathematics 1Y (Level: 1; Credits: 20) Microbiology
Mathematics 2A Multivariable Calculus (Level: 2;
Credits: 10) Microbiology 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Mathematics 2B Linear Algebra (Level: 2; Credits: 10) Microbiology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Mathematics 2C Topics in Applied Maths (Level: 2; Microbiology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
Credits: 10) Microbiology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Mathematics 2D Topics in Linear Algebra & Calculus
Mathematics 2E Introduction to Real Analysis (Level: Molecular & Cellular Biology
2; Credits: 10)
Mathematics 2F Foundations of Pure Mathematics Molecular & Cellular Biology 3H (Level: 3H; Credits:
(Level: 2; Credits: 10) 120)
Mathematics 2P Graphs & Networks (Level: 2; Credits: Molecular & Cellular Biology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits:
10) 120)
Mathematics 2L Linear Modelling (Level: 2; Credits: Molecular & Cellular Biology Work Placement Year
10) (Credits: 120)
Mathematics 2M Financial Modelling (Level: 2; Molecular & Cellular Biology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits:
Credits: 10) 120)
Mathematics 2N Number Theory & Cryptography

Neuroscience Physiology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)

Physiology 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Neuroscience 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120) Physiology 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)
Neuroscience 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Neuroscience Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
Neuroscience 4M (Level: 4M: Credits: 120)
Physiology & Sports Science
Physiology & Sports Science 3H (Level: 3H; Credits:

Parasitology 120)
Physiology & Sports Science 4H (Level: 4H; Credits:
Parasitology 3H (Level: 3H: Credits: 120)
120)
Parasitology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Physiology & Sports Science Work Placement Year
Parasitology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
(Credits: 120)
Parasitology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Physiology & Sports Science 4M (Level: 4M; Credits:
120)
Pharmacology
Pharmacology 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120) Physiology, Sports Science & Nutrition
Pharmacology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Pharmacology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120) Physiology, Sports Science & Nutrition 4H (Level: 4H;
Pharmacology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120) Credits: 120)
Physics Plant Science

Physics 1 (Level: 1; Credits: 40) Plant Science 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Physics 2 (Level: 2; Credits: 60) Plant Science 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Physics 2T C Programming under Linux (Level: 2; Plant Science Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
Credits: 10) Plant Science 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Physics 2U Laboratory Skills (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Physics 3P (Level: 3; Credits: 60)
Physics 3Q (Level: 3; Credits: 80)
Physics 3R (Level: 3; Credits: 120) Psychology
Physics 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Physics 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120) Psychology 1A (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Physics 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60) Psychology 1B (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Physics 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60) Psychology 2A (Level: 2; Credits: 20)
Physics 3M (Single) (Level: 3M; Credits: 120) Psychology 2B (Level: 2; Credits: 20)
Physics 4M (Single) (Level: 4M; Credits: 120) Psychological Studies 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 80)
Physics 5M (Single) (Level: 5M; Credits: 120) Psychology 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Physics 3M (Combined) (Level: 3M; Credits: 60) Psychology 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Physics 4M (Combined) (Level: 4M; Credits: 60) Psychology 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Physics 5M (Combined) (Level: 5M; Credits: 60) Psychology 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)
Physics with Astrophysics Science Fundamentals

Physics with Astrophysics 3R (Level: 3; Credits: 120) Science Fundamentals 1X (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Physics with Astrophysics 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Science Fundamentals 1Y (Level: 1; Credits: 20)
Credits: 120)
Physics with Astrophysics 3M (Single) (Level: 3M;
Credits: 120)
Physics with Astrophysics 4M (Single) (Level: 4M; Software Engineering
Credits: 120)
Physics with Astrophysics 5M (Single) (Level: 5M; Software Engineering 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Credits: 120) Software Engineering 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Software Engineering 5M (Level: 5M; Credits: 120)
Physiology
Sports Medicine
Physiology 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Physiology 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120) Sports Medicine 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Physiology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)

Sports Science
Sports Science 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 120)
Statistics
Statistics 1C Practical Statistics for Psychology, Social
& Life Sciences (Level: 1; Credits: 40)
Statistics 1Y Probability & Statistical Methods (Level:
1; Credits: 20)
Statistics 1Z Design of Experiments, Analysis of
Variance & Statistical Methods for Paired Data (Level:
1; Credits: 20)
Statistics 2R Probability (Level: 2; Credits: 10)
Statistics 2S Statistical Methods (Level: 2; Credits:
10)
Statistics 2X Probability & Likelihood (Level: 2;
Credits: 10)
Statistics 2Y Regression Modelling (Level: 2; Credits:
10)
Statistics 2T Survey Methods & Data Analysis (Level:
2; Credits: 10)
Statistics 2Z Advanced Data Analysis (Level: 2;
Credits: 10)
Statistical Studies 3 (Level: 3; Credits: 40)
Statistics 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Statistics 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Statistics 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Statistics 4H (Combined) (Level: 4H; Credits: 60)
Statistics 3M (Single) (Level: 3M; Credits: 120)
Statistics 3M (Combined)* (Level: 3M; Credits: 60)
Statistics 4M (Combined)* (Level: 4M; Credits: 60)
Statistics 5M (Combined) (Level: 5M; Credits: 60)
See also Mathematical Sciences
Virology
Virology 3H (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Virology 4H (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Virology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
Virology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)
Zoology
Zoology 3H (Single) (Level: 3H; Credits: 120)
Zoology 4H (Single) (Level: 4H; Credits: 120)
Zoology 3H (Combined) (Level: 3H; Credits: 60)
Zoology Work Placement Year (Credits: 120)
Zoology 4M (Level: 4M; Credits: 120)

Index of Courses
Index to Undergraduate Courses
ACCOUNTING & BUSINESS ETHICS 3 APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4M (SINGLE)

(Accounting & Finance), 4 (Mathematics), 131
ACCOUNTING & CIVIC RESPONSIBILITY APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5M (COMBINED
(Accounting & Finance), 4 WITH PHYSICS/ASTRONOMY)
ACCOUNTING AND LITERATURE LEVEL 5
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT CONTROL APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5M (COMBINED)
(Accounting & Finance), 5 LEVEL 5
ACCOUNTING HISTORY (SEMESTER 2) (Mathematics), 132
(Accounting & Finance), 5 APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5M (SINGLE)
ACCOUNTING HISTORY (Mathematics), 132
(Accounting & Finance), 5 ARCHAEOLOGICAL STUDIES 3
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING THEORY (Archaeology), 19
(Accounting & Finance), 5 ARCHAEOLOGY 1X: INTRODUCTION TO AR-
ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING PRAC- CHAEOLOGICAL PRACTICE
TICE (Archaeology), 17
(Accounting & Finance), 6 ARCHAEOLOGY 1Y: ARCHAEOLOGY OF
ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL LAW SCOTLAND
(School of Law), 170 (Archaeology), 17
AESTHETICS AND PHILOSOPHY OF MUSIC ARCHAEOLOGY 1Z: ARCHAEOLOGY IN CON-
(APM) TEMPORARY SOCIETY
(Music), 134 (Archaeology), 17
AESTHETICS AND PHILOSOPHY OF MUSIC ARCHAEOLOGY 2F : FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
(MA/BENG HONS) IN THEORY
(Music), 137 (Archaeology), 18
ANALOGUE ELECTRONICS 2 ARCHAEOLOGY 2G : FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
(Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 93 IN THEORY AND PRACTICE 2
ANATOMY 3H (Archaeology), 18
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 27 ARCHAEOLOGY 2H : ANALYTICAL ARCHAE-
ANATOMY 4H OLOGY
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 36 (Archaeology), 18
ANCIENT EGYPTIAN TEXTS 1 ARCHAEOLOGY 2J : ARCHAEOLOGY OF EU-
(Adult & Continuing Education), 9 ROPE & THE MEDITERRANEAN
ANCIENT EGYPTIAN TEXTS 2 (Archaeology), 18
(Adult & Continuing Education), 9 ARCHAEOLOGY 2K : INTERPRETING AR-
ANIMAL BIOLOGY 3 CHAEOLOGY
ANIMAL DIVERSITY 2 (4A) ARCHAEOLOGY 3 (ARTS)
ANTHROPOLOGY 3H (JOINT) ARCHAEOLOGY 3H (JOINT)
(Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social (Archaeology), 19
Sciences), 205 ARCHAEOLOGY 3H (SINGLE)
ANTHROPOLOGY 4H (JOINT) (Archaeology), 19
(Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social ARCHAEOLOGY 4H (JOINT)
Sciences), 208 (Archaeology), 20
ANTI-DISCRIMINATION LAW IN PRACTICE ARCHAEOLOGY 4H (SINGLE)
(School of Law), 169 (Archaeology), 20
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3H (COMBINED) ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS 1A
(Mathematics), 126 (Humanities Advanced Technology & In-
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3H (SINGLE) formation Institute), 114
(Mathematics), 126 ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS 1B
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3M (COMBINED) (Humanities Advanced Technology & In-
(Mathematics), 126 formation Institute), 115
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3M (SINGLE) ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS 2A
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4H (COMBINED) formation Institute), 115
(Mathematics), 130 ARTS & MEDIA INFORMATICS 2B
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4H (SINGLE) (Humanities Advanced Technology & In-
(Mathematics), 130 formation Institute), 115
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 4M (COMBINED) ARTS AND MEDIA INFORMATICS 3H (JOINT)

Index of Courses
formation Institute), 115 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES 3H

ARTS AND MEDIA INFORMATICS 4H) (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 28
(Humanities Advanced Technology & In- BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES 4H
formation Institute), 116 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 36
ASPECTS OF MODERNITY (ENGINEERING) BIOMETRICS 2 (14B)
(Music), 135 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 22
ASTRONOMY 1 BIOMOLECULAR SCIENCES (BIOCHEMISTRY)
(Physics & Astronomy), 141 3
ASTRONOMY 2 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 28
(Physics & Astronomy), 142 BIOMOLECULAR SCIENCES (GENETICS) 3
ASTRONOMY 3H (COMBINED) B.Sc (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 28
(Physics & Astronomy), 143 BIOMOLECULAR SCIENCES (MOLECULAR &
ASTRONOMY 3M (JOINT) CELLULAR BIOLOGY) 3
(Physics & Astronomy), 143 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 29
ASTRONOMY 3M* (COMBINED) BIOTECHNOLOGY 3H
ASTRONOMY 3P BIOTECHNOLOGY 4H
ASTRONOMY 4H (COMBINED) B.Sc BUILDING AN ORGANISM: GENES, CELLS
(Physics & Astronomy), 149 AND DEVELOPMENT 2 (10A)
ASTRONOMY 4M (JOINT) (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 22
(Physics & Astronomy), 149 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3: CASES IN OP-
ASTRONOMY 4M* (JOINT) ERATIONS MANAGEMENT
(Physics & Astronomy), 149 (Management), 120
ASTRONOMY 5M (JOINT) BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3: MANAGING
(Physics & Astronomy), 150 COMPLEX CHANGE
AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE (Management), 120
(Accounting & Finance), 6 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3: PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
(Management), 120
BACH AND THE LUTHERAN PASSION BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3: STRATEGIC
(Music), 135 MANAGEMENT
BASIC GENETICS 2 (1A) (Management), 120
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 21 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3H (JOINT)
BEGINNERS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LIT- (Management), 121
ERATURE 1 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 3H (SINGLE)
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Management), 121
180 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 4H (JOINT)
BIBLICAL STUDIES 1A: OLD TESTA- (Management), 122
MENT/TANAKH BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 4H (SINGLE)
(Theology and Religious Studies), 223 (Management), 122
BIBLICAL STUDIES 1B: NEW TESTAMENT BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT LEVEL 2B: ORGA-
(Theology and Religious Studies), 223 NIZATIONS & MANAGEMENT
BIBLICAL STUDIES 2A: OLD TESTAMENT/ (Management), 119
TANAKH TEXTS (HEBREW) BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT LEVEL 3: EN-
(Theology and Religious Studies), 225 TREPRENEURSHIP AND BUSINESS
BIBLICAL STUDIES 2A: OLD TESTAMENT/ PLANNING
TANAKH TEXTS (Management), 121
(Theology and Religious Studies), 225 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT LEVEL 3: MAN-
BIBLICAL STUDIES 2B: STUDY OF A NEW AGING IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
TESTAMENT TEXT (GREEK) (Management), 121
(Theology and Religious Studies), 225 BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT 1A: PEOPLE
BIBLICAL STUDIES 2B: STUDY OF A NEW AT WORK
TESTAMENT TEXT (Management), 117
(Theology and Religious Studies), 225 BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT LEVEL 1B:
BIOCHEMISTRY 3H MARKETING
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 28 (Management), 118
BIOCHEMISTRY 4H BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT LEVEL 2A OP-
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 36 ERATIONS & FINANCIAL DECISION
BIOLOGICAL CLOCKS 2 (11A) MANAGEMENT
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 22 (Management), 119
BIOLOGY 1A BUSINESS LAW 1
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 20 (School of Law), 164
BIOLOGY 1B BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS

Index of Courses
BUSINESS REPORTING & FINANCIAL MAN- CHEMICAL PHYSICS 4H (BSC)

AGEMENT 1 (Chemistry), 58
(Accounting & Finance), 1 CHEMICAL PHYSICS 4M
BUSINESS STATISTICS 2 (Chemistry), 58
(Accounting & Finance), 2 CHEMICAL PHYSICS 4M*
(Chemistry), 58
CAPITAL MARKETS THEORY CHEMICAL PHYSICS 5M
(Accounting & Finance), 6 (Chemistry), 59
CHEMICAL PHYSICS 5M* (WP)
CELLS AND TISSUES IN HEALTH AND DIS-
(Chemistry), 59
EASE 2 (8B)
CHEMICAL PHYSICS M PROJECT
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 22
(Chemistry), 60
CELTIC CIVILISATION 1A
CHEMICAL PHYSICS MSCI: WORK PLACE-
(Celtic), 41
MENT YEAR
CELTIC CIVILISATION 1B
(Chemistry), 52
(Celtic), 41
CHEMISTRY 1
CELTIC CIVILISATION 2A
(Chemistry), 49
(Celtic), 42
CHEMISTRY 2X
CELTIC CIVILISATION 2B
(Chemistry), 50
(Celtic), 42
CHEMISTRY 2Y
CELTIC CIVILISATION 3H (JOINT)
(Chemistry), 50
(Celtic), 43
CHEMISTRY 3
CELTIC CIVILISATION 4H (JOINT)
(Chemistry), 53
(Celtic), 45
CHEMISTRY 3H (COMBINED)
CELTIC STUDIES 3H (JOINT) (Chemistry), 53
(Celtic), 43 CHEMISTRY 3H
CELTIC STUDIES 3H (SINGLE) (Chemistry), 53
(Celtic), 43 CHEMISTRY 3M (COMBINED)
CELTIC STUDIES 4H (JOINT) (Chemistry), 53
(Celtic), 45 CHEMISTRY 3M
CELTIC STUDIES 4H (SINGLE) (Chemistry), 53
(Celtic), 45 CHEMISTRY 4H (COMBINED)
CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 3: (Chemistry), 60
CIVIL SOCIETY AND STATE IN EAST CHEMISTRY 4H
CENTRAL EUROPE (Chemistry), 60
(Central & East European Studies), 47 CHEMISTRY 4M (COMBINED)
CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 3: (Chemistry), 61
STATEHOOD, NATIONALITY AND CHEMISTRY 4M
IDENTITY: THE BALTIC STATES (Chemistry), 60
SINCE 1918 CHEMISTRY 5M (COMBINED)
(Central & East European Studies), 47 (Chemistry), 63
CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 3H CHEMISTRY MSCI: WORK PLACEMENT YEAR
(COMBINED) (Chemistry), 53
(Central & East European Studies), 47 CHEMISTRY WITH EUROPEAN PLACEMENT
CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 3H MSCI: EUROPEAN PLACEMENT
(SINGLE) YEAR
CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 4H CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC STUDIES 3
(COMBINED) (Chemistry), 54
(Central & East European Studies), 48 CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC STUDIES 3H
CENTRAL & EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 4H (Chemistry), 54
(SINGLE) CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC STUDIES 3M
CENTRAL AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 1 CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC STUDIES 4H
CENTRAL AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 2 CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC STUDIES 4M
CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3 CHEMISTRY WITH FORENSIC STUDIES MSCI:
(Chemistry), 51 WORK PLACEMENT YEAR
CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3H (Chemistry), 54
(Chemistry), 51 CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY 3
CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3M (Chemistry), 55
(Chemistry), 52 CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY
CHEMICAL PHYSICS 3M* 3H
(Chemistry), 52 (Chemistry), 55

Index of Courses
CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY COMMERCIAL LAW

3M (School of Law), 166
(Chemistry), 55 COMMUNICATING SCIENCE 1
CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 21
4H COMPARATIVE LAW
(Chemistry), 61 (School of Law), 171
CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 1A - HEROES
4M (HEROIC MEN)
(Chemistry), 62 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY 172
MSCI: EUROPEAN PLACEMENT COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 1B - HEROES
YEAR (HEROIC WOMEN)
CHEMISTRY WITH MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY 173
MSCI:WORK PLACEMENT YEAR COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 2A - FRON-
(Chemistry), 55 TIERS (CROSSING BORDERS)
CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING PART (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
1 173
(Educational Studies), 90 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 2B - FRON-
CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING PART TIERS (EXPLORING IDENTITY)
2 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Educational Studies), 91 173
CHRISTIANITY 1B: THEOLOGY COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 3A: CON-
(Theology and Religious Studies), 224 STRUCTING THE LITERARY SELF
CHRISTIANITY 2 A: CHURCH IN SCOTLAND (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Theology and Religious Studies), 225 173
CHRISTIANITY 2B: THEOLOGY AND ETHICS COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 3B: SELF AND
(Theology and Religious Studies), 226 HISTORY IN LITERATURE
CHRISTIANITY 2C: CHURCH, MINISTRY AND (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
WORSHIP 174
(Theology and Religious Studies), 226 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 3H (JOINT)
CIVIL JURISDICTION AND EVIDENCE (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(School of Law), 170 174
CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 1A: EARLY COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 4H (JOINT)
GREECE, FROM TROY TO PLATAEA, (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
776-479 B.C. 175
(Classics), 63 COMPOSITION, HIGHER (BENG)
CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 1B: REPUBLICAN (Music), 138
ROME, 220-19 B.C. COMPOSITION, INTERMEDIATE (MA/BENG
(Classics), 63 HONS)
CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 2A. THE CIVIC DIS- (Music), 137
COURSE OF CLASSICAL ATHENS COMPOSITION, INTERMEDIATE
(Classics), 64 (Music), 135
CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 2B: IMPERIAL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 2
ROME: CITY AND EMPIRE 19 BC - (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 93
180 AD COMPUTING SCIENCE - 1P
(Classics), 65 (Computing Science), 69
CLASSICAL CIVILISATION 3 COMPUTING SCIENCE - 1Q
CLASSICAL GREEK CIVILISATION 1B COMPUTING SCIENCE 2P: JAVA PROGRAM-
(Adult & Continuing Education), 9 MING 2
CLASSICAL HEBREW LANGUAGE I (Computing Science), 69
(Theology and Religious Studies), 224 COMPUTING SCIENCE 2R: ALGORITHMIC
CLASSICS 3H (JOINT) FOUNDATIONS 2
CLASSICS 3H (SINGLE) COMPUTING SCIENCE 2T: COMPUTER SYS-
(Classics), 66 TEMS 2
CLASSICS 4H (JOINT) (Computing Science), 70
(Classics), 67 COMPUTING SCIENCE 2U: INFORMATION
CLASSICS 4H (SINGLE) MANAGEMENT 2
COMMERCIAL BANKING COMPUTING SCIENCE 2X: ALGORITHMS &
(School of Law), 170 DATA STRUCTURES 2
COMMERCIAL LAW FOR BUSINESS (Computing Science), 70
(School of Law), 166 COMPUTING SCIENCE 2Y: OBJECT-

Index of Courses
ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEER- (Adult & Continuing Education), 10

ING 2 CRIMINAL JUSTICE
(Computing Science), 71 (School of Law), 171
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3: DISTRIBUTED IN- CRIMINAL LAW AND EVIDENCE 1
FORMATION MANAGEMENT 3 (School of Law), 164
(Computing Science), 71 CZECH 1
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3: EXTENDED (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
PROJECT 3 192
(Computing Science), 71 CZECH 2
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3: SECURITY 3 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Computing Science), 71 193
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3H (COMBINED) CZECH 3
(Computing Science), 71 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3H (SINGLE) 194
(Computing Science), 72 CZECH 3H (JOINT)
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3P: ALGORITHMICS 3 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3Q: ADVANCED PRO- CZECH 4H (JOINT)
GRAMMING 3 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3S: OPERATING SYS- CZECH LANGUAGE 3
TEMS 3 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3T: NETWORKED SYS-
TEMS 3
DEVELOPING EDUCATIONAL PROVISION IN
(Computing Science), 73
EUROPE
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3U: DATABASE SYS-
(Educational Studies), 92
TEMS 3
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 2
(Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 93
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3W: INTERACTIVE
DIVINITY (MINISTRY) HONOURS 3H (SINGLE)
SYSTEMS 3
(Theology and Religious Studies), 226
DIVINITY (MINISTRY) HONOURS 4H (SINGLE)
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3X: PROFESSIONAL
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 3
DIVINITY HONOURS 3H (SINGLE)
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3Y: TEAM PROJECT 3
DIVINITY HONOURS 4H (SINGLE)
COMPUTING SCIENCE 3Z: PROGRAMMING
DRAWING AND PAINTING: COMPOSITION
LANGUAGES 3
(Adult & Continuing Education), 16
DRUGS AND DISEASE 2 (7B)
COMPUTING SCIENCE 4H (COMBINED)
DUTCH 17TH CENTURY PAINTING
COMPUTING SCIENCE 4H (SINGLE)
COMPUTING SCIENCE 4M (COMBINED)
(Computing Science), 75 EARLY CHURCH HISTORY LEVEL 3
COMPUTING SCIENCE 4M (Theology and Religious Studies), 227
(Computing Science), 75 EARTH SCIENCE 1X: INTRODUCTION TO THE
COMPUTING SCIENCE 5M (COMBINED) EARTH
(Computing Science), 76 (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 99
COMPUTING SCIENCE 5M EARTH SCIENCE 1Y: EVOLUTION OF THE
(Computing Science), 76 EARTH
CONSCIOUSNESS AND COGNITION (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 99
(Humanities Advanced Technology & In- EARTH SCIENCE 2P: SOLID EARTH
formation Institute), 116 (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 100
CONTEMPORARY FINANCIAL REPORTING IS- EARTH SCIENCE 2Q: PALAEOBIOLOGY
SUES (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 100
(Accounting & Finance), 6 EARTH SCIENCE 2R: SEDIMENTS AND
CONTROVERSIES OF THE SCOTTISH EN- STRATIGRAPHY
LIGHTENMENT (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 100
(Adult & Continuing Education), 9 EARTH SCIENCE 2U - STRUCTURE, MAPS
CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION AND EXPLORATION
(Adult & Continuing Education), 10 (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 101
CREATIVE WRITING: WRITING FOR CHIL- EARTH SCIENCE 3
DREN (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 101

Index of Courses
EARTH SCIENCE 3H (SINGLE) ECONOMICS 3: NATURAL RESOURCE ECO-

(Geographical and Earth Sciences), 102 NOMICS (ONLY AVAILABLE IN 2008-
EARTH SCIENCE 4H (SINGLE) 2009)
(Geographical and Earth Sciences), 103 (Economics), 83
ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION 2 (1C) ECONOMICS 3: REGIONAL ECONOMICS AND
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 23 THE SCOTTISH ECONOMY 1
ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY 1A: INDUS- (Economics), 83
TRIALISATION & SOCIAL CHANGE ECONOMICS 3: REGIONAL ECONOMICS AND
1750-1914 THE SCOTTISH ECONOMY 2
(Economic & Social History), 77 (Economics), 83
ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY 1B: ECO- ECONOMICS 3: THE ECONOMICS OF HOUS-
NOMIC & SOCIAL CHANGE SINCE ING MARKETS
1914 (Economics), 83
(Economic & Social History), 77 ECONOMICS 3: THE ECONOMICS OF HOUS-
ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY 2A: EC & SOC ING POLICY (ONLY AVAILABLE IN
HIST OF BRITAIN 1770-1914 2008-2009)
ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY 2B: EC & SOC ECONOMICS 3H (JOINT)
HIST OF BRITAIN SINCE 1914 (Economics), 84
(Economic & Social History), 78 ECONOMICS 3H (SINGLE)
ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY 3: RESEARCH (Economics), 84
METHODS IN ECON & SOCIAL HIS- ECONOMICS 4H (JOINT)
TORY A (Economics), 87
(Economic & Social History), 78 ECONOMICS 4H (SINGLE)
ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY 3: RESEARCH (Economics), 87
METHODS IN ECON & SOCIAL HIS- ECONOMICS FOR BUSINESS ADMINISTRA-
TORY B TION 2
ECONOMIC & SOCIAL HISTORY 3: STUDIES IN ECONOMICS JH PRINCIPAL
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL HISTORY (Economics), 85
(Economic & Social History), 79 ECONOMICS SH PRINCIPAL
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL HISTORY 3H (JOINT) (Economics), 88
(Economic & Social History), 79 ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS ECONOMICS 3H
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL HISTORY 3H (SIN- (COMBINED)
GLE) (Economics), 86
(Economic & Social History), 79 ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS ECONOMICS 3H
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL HISTORY 4H (JOINT) (SINGLE)
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL HISTORY 4H (SIN- ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS ECONOMICS 4H
GLE) (COMBINED)
ECONOMICS 1A ECONOMICS WITH BUSINESS ECONOMICS 4H
(Economics), 80 (SINGLE)
ECONOMICS 1B (Economics), 89
(Economics), 81 EDUCATION IN ITS WIDER CONTEXTS
ECONOMICS 2 (Educational Studies), 92
(Economics), 81 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS 2
ECONOMICS 3: DEVELOPMENT AND POLICY (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 93
IN LESS DEVELOPED COUNTRIES ELECTRONIC DESIGN PROJECT 2
(Economics), 81 (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 93
ECONOMICS 3: ENVIRONMENTAL ECO- ELECTRONIC DEVICES 2
NOMICS (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 94
(Economics), 82 ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING 1X
ECONOMICS 3: FOREIGN DIRECT INVEST- (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 92
MENT & MULTINATIONAL FIRMS IN ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING 1Y
DEVELOPING COUNTRIES (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 93
(Economics), 82 ELECTRONICS AND SOFTWARE ENGINEER-
ECONOMICS 3: GROWTH, FINANCE AND ING 3H (SINGLE)
TRADE IN LESS DEVELOPED COUN- (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 94
TRIES ELECTRONICS AND SOFTWARE ENGINEER-
(Economics), 82 ING 4H (SINGLE)
ECONOMICS 3: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 95
(Economics), 82 EMBEDDED PROCESSORS 2
ECONOMICS 3: INTERNATIONAL TRADE (Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 94
(Economics), 83 ENERGY METABOLISM 2 (14A)

Index of Courses
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 23 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 4H

ENGINEERING ELECTROMAGNETICS 2 (Chemistry), 62
(Electronics & Electrical Engineering), 94 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 4M
ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1A AND 1B (Chemistry), 62
(English Language), 95 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY AND GEOG-
ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1A RAPHY 3H
(English Language), 95 (Chemistry), 56
ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1B ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY AND GEOG-
(English Language), 95 RAPHY 4H
ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3H (JOINT) (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 104
(English Language), 95 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY WITH WORK
ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3H (SINGLE) PLACEMENT (WP YEAR)
(English Language), 96 (Chemistry), 63
ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4H (JOINT) ENVIRONMENTAL LAW
(English Language), 96 (School of Law), 171
ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4H (SINGLE) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 1
(English Language), 96 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 21
ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEVEL 2 ESSENTIAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 3
(English Language), 95 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 29
ENGLISH LITERATURE 1A: INTRODUCTION EUROPEAN LEGAL HISTORY 3
TO LITERARY STUDY (School of Law), 171
(English Literature), 97 EUROPEAN UNION LAW
ENGLISH LITERATURE 1B: WRITING AND (School of Law), 167
SELF EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY 2 (2B)
(English Literature), 97 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 23
ENGLISH LITERATURE 2A:WRITING &IDEOL- EXERCISE SCIENCE 2 (18B)
OGY (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 23
(English Literature), 97 EXPLORING THE COSMOS 1X
ENGLISH LITERATURE 2B WRITING & TEXT (Physics & Astronomy), 141
(English Literature), 97 EXPLORING THE COSMOS 1Y
ENGLISH LITERATURE 3H (JOINT) (Physics & Astronomy), 141
(English Literature), 98 EXPLORING THE COSMOS 2X
ENGLISH LITERATURE 3H (SINGLE) (Physics & Astronomy), 142
(English Literature), 98 EXPLORING THE COSMOS 2Y
ENGLISH LITERATURE 4H (JOINT) (Physics & Astronomy), 142
(English Literature), 98 EXTREME BIOLOGY 2 (15B)
ENGLISH LITERATURE 4H (SINGLE) (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 24
(English Literature), 99
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 1A: ENTREPRENEUR- FAMILY LAW
SHIP AND INNOVATION (School of Law), 164
(Management), 118 FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES 3H (JOINT)
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 1B: ENTREPRENEUR- (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 219
SHIP AND NEW BUSINESS FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES 3H (SINGLE)
(Management), 118 (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 220
ENVIRONMENT OF INTERNATIONAL BUSI- FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES 4H (JOINT)
NESS (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 222
(Accounting & Finance), 1 FILM & TELEVISION STUDIES 4H (SINGLE)
ENVIRONMENTAL ACCOUNTING, FINANCE (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 222
AND REPORTING FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES 1A: READ-
(Accounting & Finance), 6 ING THE SCREEN - CINEMA
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOGEOCHEMISTRY 3H (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 217
(Chemistry), 56 FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES 1B: READ-
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOGEOCHEMISTRY 4H ING THE SCREEN- TELEVISION
(Chemistry), 62 (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 217
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 2A - THE NAT- FINANCE 1
URAL ENVIRONMENT (Accounting & Finance), 1
(Chemistry), 51 FINANCE 2
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 2B - ENVI- (Accounting & Finance), 2
RONMENTAL SYSTEMS AND POLLU- FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1
TION (Accounting & Finance), 1
(Chemistry), 51 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 3 (Accounting & Finance), 3
(Chemistry), 56 FINANCIAL MARKETS & FINANCIAL INSTI-
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 3H TUTIONS
(Chemistry), 56 (Accounting & Finance), 7

Index of Courses
FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS GAELIC 1A

(Accounting & Finance), 7 (Celtic), 41
FOLK BELIEF AND THE WITCH-HUNTS GAELIC 1B
(History), 106 (Celtic), 41
FORENSIC BIOSCIENCE 2 (2A) GAELIC 1C
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 24 (Celtic), 41
FORENSIC MEDICINE 1 GAELIC 2A
(School of Law), 165 (Celtic), 42
FORENSIC PATHOLOGY GAELIC 2B
(School of Law), 169 (Celtic), 42
FORM AND SUBSTANCE OF PRIVATE LAW JU- GAELIC 3
RISPRUDENCE (Celtic), 44
(School of Law), 169 GAELIC 3H (JOINT)
FRENCH 1A (LANGUAGE ONLY) (Celtic), 44
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), GAELIC 3H (SINGLE)
175 (Celtic), 44
FRENCH 1A LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND GAELIC 4H (JOINT)
MODERN FRANCE (Celtic), 46
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), GAELIC 4H (SINGLE)
176 (Celtic), 46
FRENCH 1B (BEGINNERS’ LANGUAGE: INSTI- GENETICS 3H
TUTIONS AND LITERATURE) (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 30
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), GENETICS 4H
176 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 37
FRENCH 1B (LANGUAGE ONLY) GEOGRAPHY (SCI) 3H (SING)
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 102
177 GEOGRAPHY 1: LIVING IN A CHANGING
FRENCH 2 WORLD
177 GEOGRAPHY 2 (ORDINARY)
FRENCH 3 (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 101
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), GEOGRAPHY 3B
177 (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 102
FRENCH 3H (JOINT) GEOGRAPHY 3C
178 GEOGRAPHY 3H (JOINT)
FRENCH 3H (SINGLE) (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 103
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), GEOGRAPHY 4H (JOINT)
178 (Geographical and Earth Sciences), 104
FRENCH 4H (JOINT) GEOGRAPHY 4H (SINGLE)
179 GEOGRAPHY, CHEMISTRY AND THE ENVI-
FRENCH 4H (SINGLE) RONMENT 3
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Chemistry), 57
180 GERMAN 3H (JOINT)
FRENCH LANGUAGE 2 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), 183
177 GERMAN 3H (SINGLE)
FRENCH LANGUAGE 3 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
179 GERMAN 4H (JOINT)
FROM GIOTTO TO GAUGUIN: EUROPEAN (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
PAINTING 1300- 1900 184
(Adult & Continuing Education), 10 GERMAN 4H (SINGLE)
FTV2A: SPECTATORSHIP, AUDIENCES AND (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
IDENTITIES 184
(Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 218 GERMAN LANGUAGE 1A
FTV2B: HISTORY, AESTHETICS AND GENRE (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 218 181
FUNDAMENTALS OF EDUCATION 1A GERMAN LANGUAGE 1B
(Educational Studies), 90 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
FUNDAMENTALS OF EDUCATION 1B 181
(Educational Studies), 90 GERMAN LANGUAGE 2
FUNDAMENTALS OF PSYCHOLOGY (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Adult & Continuing Education), 11 183

Index of Courses
GERMAN LANGUAGE 3A HISTORY 2MED: ENGLAND AND ITS NEIGH-

(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), BOURS C.870-C.1450
184 (History), 106
GERMAN LANGUAGE & LITERATURE 2 HISTORY 3 AM
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (History), 107
182 HISTORY 3 EM
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 1A (History), 107
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), HISTORY 3 MED
181 (History), 107
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 3A HISTORY 3 SCO
184 HISTORY 3H (JOINT)
GERMAN LITERATURE 1A (LITERATURE (History), 108
ONLY/SYNERGY) HISTORY 3H (SINGLE)
182 HISTORY 4H (JOINT)
GREEK 1A (History), 109
(Classics), 63 HISTORY 4H (SINGLE)
GREEK 1B (History), 110
(Classics), 63 HISTORY OF ART 1 (HALF COURSE)
GREEK 2A (History of Art), 110, 111
(Classics), 65 HISTORY OF ART 1
GREEK 2B (History of Art), 110
(Classics), 65 HISTORY OF ART 2 (HALF COURSE)
GREEK 3H (JOINT) (History of Art), 111, 112
(Classics), 66 HISTORY OF ART 2
GREEK 3H (SINGLE) (History of Art), 111
(Classics), 67 HISTORY OF ART 4H (JOINT)
GREEK 4H (JOINT) (History of Art), 113
(Classics), 68 HISTORY OF ART 4H (SINGLE)
GREEK 4H (SINGLE) (History of Art), 114
(Classics), 68 HISTORY OF ART JOINT JUNIOR HONOURS
(History of Art), 112
HISPANIC STUDIES 3 (LANGUAGE)
HISTORY OF ART SINGLE JUNIOR HONOURS
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(History of Art), 113
187
HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY: 1A CHURCH HIS-
HISPANIC STUDIES 3
TORY
187
HUMAN BIOLOGY (NEUROSCIENCE) 3
HISPANIC STUDIES 3H (SINGLE)
HUMAN BIOLOGY (PHYSIOLOGY) 3
187
HISPANIC STUDIES 4H (SINGLE)
HUMAN FORM AND FUNCTION 2 (7A)
188
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 2 (3A)
HISTORIOGRAPHY & CRITICISM
(Music), 137
HUMAN RIGHTS AND SCOTS LAW
HISTORY 1A: MAKING OF EUROPE: THREE
(School of Law), 171
ORDERS 800- 1500
(History), 105
HISTORY 1B: MAKING OF EUROPE: NATION, IMMUNOLOGY 2 (13A)
COMMUNITY & CONFLICT 1500- 2000 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 24
(History), 105 IMMUNOLOGY 3H
HISTORY 1C: THE INDEPENDENT KINGDOM (Immunology, Infection & Inflammation),
OF SCOTLAND 1100 -1707 117
(History), 105 IMMUNOLOGY 4H
HISTORY 2 SCO: SCOTLAND THE STATELESS (Immunology, Infection & Inflammation),
NATION 117
(History), 105 INFECTION AND IMMUNITY 2 (3B)
HISTORY 2AM: SOCIETY, CULTURE & POLI- (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 25
TICS IN NORTH AMERICA INFECTION BIOLOGY 3
(History), 106 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 31
HISTORY 2EM:GOVERNMENT, CULTURE INFORMATION AND COMPUTER SYSTEMS
&SOCIETY IN EUROPE 1550- 1715 BACC
(History), 106 (Accounting & Finance), 3

Index of Courses
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 (HALF) ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1B

INSTITUTIONS AND JUDICIAL CONTROL OF 189
THE EU ITALIAN LANGUAGE 2
(School of Law), 172 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LAW 190
(School of Law), 172 ITALIAN LEVEL 3 LANGUAGE
INTERMEDIATE FICTION WRITING (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Adult & Continuing Education), 16 191
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING ITALIAN LEVEL 3
(Accounting & Finance), 7 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 191
(Accounting & Finance), 7
INTERNATIONAL PRIVATE LAW JURISPRUDENCE
(School of Law), 167 (School of Law), 167
INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT EGYPT 1
(Adult & Continuing Education), 11 LABOUR LAW
INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT EGYPT 2 (School of Law), 168
(Adult & Continuing Education), 11 LATIN 1A: BEGINNING LATIN
INTRODUCTION TO ART THERAPY (Classics), 64
(Adult & Continuing Education), 11 LATIN 1B: READING LATIN
INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STATISTICS 1 (Classics), 64
(Accounting & Finance), 1 LATIN 1C: INTRODUCTORY READING OF
INTRODUCTION TO EVOLUTION AND ECOL- LATIN
OGY (Classics), 64
(Adult & Continuing Education), 12 LATIN 1D: READING LATIN (ADVANCED)
INTRODUCTION TO LATIN (Classics), 64
(Adult & Continuing Education), 12 LATIN 2A: LETTERS AND SOCIETY
INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY OF MIND (Classics), 65
(Adult & Continuing Education), 12 LATIN 2B: AUGUSTAN POETRY
INTRODUCTION TO SCOTTISH LITERATURE: (Classics), 65
BURNS TO MACDIARMID LATIN 3H JOINT
(Adult & Continuing Education), 12 (Classics), 67
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY LATIN 3H SINGLE
(Adult & Continuing Education), 12 (Classics), 67
INTRODUCTION TO THE COMPOSITION AND LATIN 4H JOINT
STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH (Classics), 68
(Adult & Continuing Education), 13 LATIN 4H SINGLE
ISSUES IN DEMOCRACY AND GOVERNMENT (Classics), 69
IN SCOTLAND LAW AND GOVERNMENT
(Politics), 155 (School of Law), 168
ITALIAN 1A LEARNING SOCIETY: ISSUES IN MODERN ED-
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), UCATION 2
189 (Educational Studies), 91
ITALIAN 1B LEGAL THEORY
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (School of Law), 172
189 LEVEL 3: PROJECT FILM & TELEVISION
ITALIAN 2 STUDIES
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 220
190 LIFE OF MAMMALS
ITALIAN 3H (JOINT) (Adult & Continuing Education), 13
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), LISTENING & REPERTORY
190 (Music), 133
ITALIAN 3H (SINGLE) LITERACY 1
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Educational Studies), 91
190 LITERATURE IN SCOTLAND IN THE LATE
ITALIAN 4H (JOINT) 20TH CENTURY
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Adult & Continuing Education), 13
191
ITALIAN 4H (SINGLE) MANAGEMENT 1 (B.ACC)
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Management), 118
191 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 1
ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1A (Accounting & Finance), 2
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 2
189 (Accounting & Finance), 3

Index of Courses
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING & FINANCE 1 VARIABLES

MANAGERIAL & ORGANISATIONAL CON- MATHEMATICS 3Q: ALGEBRA & NUMBER
TEXT E1 THEORY
(Management), 119 (Mathematics), 129
MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND ORGANI- MATHEMATICS 3R: FINITE MATHEMATICS
SATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (Mathematics), 130
(Accounting & Finance), 8 MATHEMATICS 3S: DIFFERENTIAL EQUA-
MARINE & FRESHWATER BIOLOGY 3H TIONS
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 31 (Mathematics), 130
MARINE & FRESHWATER BIOLOGY 4H MATHEMATICS 4H (COMBINED)
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 37 (Mathematics), 131
MARINE MAMMAL FIELD COURSE MATHEMATICS 4H (SINGLE)
(Adult & Continuing Education), 13 (Mathematics), 131
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 3H MATHEMATICS 4M (COMBINED)
(Mathematics), 127 (Mathematics), 132
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 4H MATHEMATICS 4M (SINGLE)
(Mathematics), 131 (Mathematics), 132
MATHEMATICS - THEORY AND PEDAGOGY 1 MATHEMATICS 5M (COMBINED WITH
(Educational Studies), 91 PHYSICS/ASTRONOMY) LEVEL 5
MATHEMATICS 1R (Mathematics), 132
(Mathematics), 122 MATHEMATICS 5M (COMBINED) LEVEL 5
MATHEMATICS 1S (Mathematics), 133
(Mathematics), 122 MATHEMATICS 5M (SINGLE)
MATHEMATICS 1T (Mathematics), 133
(Mathematics), 123 MATHEMATICS MSCI PROJECT
MATHEMATICS 1X (Mathematics), 133
(Mathematics), 123 MATHEMATICS SKILLS TEST
MATHEMATICS 1Y (Mathematics), 123
(Mathematics), 123 MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 3H
MATHEMATICS 2A: MULTIVARIABLE CALCU- (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 31
LUS MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 4H
(Mathematics), 124 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 37
MATHEMATICS 2B: LINEAR ALGEBRA MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE MUSIC (UP TO
(Mathematics), 124 1500)
MATHEMATICS 2C: TOPICS IN APPLIED (Music), 135
MATHEMATICS MICROBIOLOGY 2 (2C)
(Mathematics), 124 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 25
MATHEMATICS 2D: TOPICS IN LINEAR ALGE- MICROBIOLOGY 3H
BRA AND CALCULUS (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 32
(Mathematics), 124 MICROBIOLOGY 4H
MATHEMATICS 2E: INTRODUCTION TO REAL (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 37
ANALYSIS MIND AND WORLD
(Mathematics), 125 (Adult & Continuing Education), 16
MATHEMATICS 2F: FOUNDATIONS OF PURE MOLECULAR & CELLULAR BIOLOGY 3H
MATHEMATICS (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 32
(Mathematics), 125 MOLECULAR & CELLULAR BIOLOGY 4H
MATHEMATICS 2L: LINEAR MODELLING (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 38
(Mathematics), 125 MOLECULAR GENETICS 2 (1B)
MATHEMATICS 2M: FINANCIAL MODELLING (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 25
(Mathematics), 125 MOLECULES OF LIFE 2 (3C)
MATHEMATICS 2N: NUMBER THEORY AND (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 25
CRYPTOGRAPHY MUSICAL TECHNIQUES, FOUNDATION
(Mathematics), 125 (BMUS)
MATHEMATICS 2P: GRAPHS AND NETWORKS (Music), 133
(Mathematics), 126 MUSICAL TECHNIQUES, FOUNDATION
MATHEMATICS 3H (COMBINED) (MA/BENG)
(Mathematics), 128 (Music), 135
MATHEMATICS 3H (SINGLE) MUSICAL TECHNIQUES, INTERMEDIATE
(Mathematics), 128 (MA/BENG HONS)
MATHEMATICS 3M (COMBINED) (Music), 137, 138
(Mathematics), 128 MUSICAL TECHNIQUES, INTERMEDIATE
MATHEMATICS 3M (SINGLE) (Music), 136
(Mathematics), 129 MUSICIANSHIP 1
MATHEMATICS 3P: REAL AND COMPLEX (Music), 133

Index of Courses
NEUROSCIENCE 3H PHYSICS 1
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 32 (Physics & Astronomy), 141
NEUROSCIENCE 4H PHYSICS 2
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 38 (Physics & Astronomy), 142
NEUROSCIENCE AND BEHAVIOUR 2 (10B) PHYSICS 2T: C PROGRAMMING UNDER
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 26 LINUX
NEW TECHNOLOGY AND LIFELONG LEARN- (Physics & Astronomy), 143
ING PHYSICS 2U: LABORATORY SKILLS
(Adult & Continuing Education), 17 (Physics & Astronomy), 143
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 1 PHYSICS 3H (COMBINED)
(Theology and Religious Studies), 224 (Physics & Astronomy), 144
PHYSICS 3H (SINGLE)
OLD TESTAMENT/TANAKH TEXTS 3 (Physics & Astronomy), 145
(Theology and Religious Studies), 227 PHYSICS 3M (COMBINED)
OPERA (ONLY AVAILABLE IN 2008-2009) (Physics & Astronomy), 145
(Music), 136 PHYSICS 3M (SINGLE)
ORCHESTRATION (Physics & Astronomy), 145
(Music), 134 PHYSICS 3M* (COMBINED)
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 (HALF) (Physics & Astronomy), 146
(Chemistry), 57 PHYSICS 3M* (SINGLE)
(Physics & Astronomy), 146
PHYSICS 3P
PARASITOLOGY 3H (Physics & Astronomy), 146
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 33 PHYSICS 3Q
PARASITOLOGY 4H (Physics & Astronomy), 146
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 38 PHYSICS 3R
PERFORMANCE HIGHER (BENG) (Physics & Astronomy), 147
(Music), 138 PHYSICS 4H (COMBINED)
PERFORMANCE LEVEL 1 (FOUNDATION) (Physics & Astronomy), 150
(Music), 134 PHYSICS 4H (SINGLE)
PERFORMANCE LEVEL 2 (INTERMEDIATE) (Physics & Astronomy), 150
(Music), 136 PHYSICS 4M (COMBINED)
PHARMACOLOGY 3H (Physics & Astronomy), 151
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 33 PHYSICS 4M (SINGLE)
PHARMACOLOGY 4H (Physics & Astronomy), 151
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 38 PHYSICS 4M* (COMBINED)
PHILOSOPHICAL ETHICS OF SOCRATES, (Physics & Astronomy), 151
PLATO AND ARISTOTLE PHYSICS 4M* (SINGLE)
(Adult & Continuing Education), 13 (Physics & Astronomy), 152
PHILOSOPHY 1K: KNOWLEDGE AND THE PHYSICS 5M (COMBINED)
WORLD (Physics & Astronomy), 152
(Philosophy), 139 PHYSICS 5M (EXCHANGE)
PHILOSOPHY 1M: RIGHT AND WRONG (Physics & Astronomy), 153
(Philosophy), 139 PHYSICS 5M (SINGLE)
PHILOSOPHY 2K:KNOWLEDGE, MEANING & (Physics & Astronomy), 153
INFERENCE PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 3H (SINGLE)
(Philosophy), 139 (Physics & Astronomy), 147
PHILOSOPHY 2M:MORALITY,POLITICS & AU- PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 3M (SINGLE)
THENTICITY (Physics & Astronomy), 147
(Philosophy), 139 PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 3M* (SINGLE)
PHILOSOPHY 3H (JOINT) (Physics & Astronomy), 148
(Philosophy), 139 PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 3R
PHILOSOPHY 3H (SINGLE) (Physics & Astronomy), 148
(Philosophy), 140 PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 4H (SINGLE)
PHILOSOPHY 4H ( SINGLE) (Physics & Astronomy), 153
(Philosophy), 140 PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 4M (SINGLE)
PHILOSOPHY 4H (JOINT) (Physics & Astronomy), 148
(Philosophy), 140 PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 4M* (SINGLE)
PHILOSOPHY AND EMOTION (Physics & Astronomy), 154
(Adult & Continuing Education), 14 PHYSICS WITH ASTROPHYSICS 5M (SINGLE)
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 3 (HALF) (Physics & Astronomy), 154
(Chemistry), 57 PHYSIOLOGY 3H (COMBINED)
PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGICAL PRO- (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 34
CESSES 2 (16B) PHYSIOLOGY 3H
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 26 (Biomedical and Life Sciences), 34

Index of Courses
PHYSIOLOGY 4H (COMBINED) 185

(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 39 PORTUGUESE 1
PHYSIOLOGY 4H (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 39 185
PHYSIOLOGY & SPORTS SCIENCE 3H PRACTICAL THEOLOGY LEVEL 3
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 33 (Theology and Religious Studies), 227
PHYSIOLOGY & SPORTS SCIENCE 4H PRINCIPLES OF PRIVATE LAW
PHYSIOLOGY, SPORTS SCIENCE AND NUTRI- PROPERTY LAW
TION 4H (School of Law), 168
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 39 PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDIES 3
PLANT SCIENCE 3H (Psychology), 158
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 34 PSYCHOLOGY 1A: BIOLOGICAL AND EXPER-
PLANT SCIENCE 4H IMENTAL
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 39 (Psychology), 157
PLANT SCIENCE: FOOD AND FAMINE 2 (5B) PSYCHOLOGY 1B: SOCIAL, DEVELOPMENTAL
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 26 AND INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES
PLANTS, POLLUTION AND GLOBAL CHANGE (Psychology), 157
2 (12A) PSYCHOLOGY 2A: BIOLOGICAL, COGNITIVE
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 26 AND EXPERIMENTAL
POLISH 1 (Psychology), 157
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), PSYCHOLOGY 2B: SOCIAL, DEVELOPMEN-
192 TAL, AND APPLIED
POLISH 2 (Psychology), 158
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), PSYCHOLOGY 3H (COMBINED)
193 (Psychology), 159
POLISH 3 PSYCHOLOGY 3H (SINGLE)
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Psychology), 159
195 PSYCHOLOGY 4H (SINGLE)
POLISH 3H (JOINT) (Psychology), 160
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), PSYCHOLOGY 4H COMBINED
195 (Psychology), 160
POLISH 4H (JOINT) PSYCHOLOGY LEVEL 3
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Psychology), 159
197 PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW
POLISH LANGUAGE 3 (School of Law), 165
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), PUBLIC POLICY 1
195 (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
POLITICS 1A: INTRODUCTION TO LIBERAL ment of Urban Studies)), 161
DEMOCRACY PUBLIC POLICY 2
(Politics), 155 (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
POLITICS 1B: COMPARATIVE POLITICS ment of Urban Studies)), 161
(Politics), 155 PUBLIC POLICY 3: POLITICAL ECONOMY OF
POLITICS 2A: HISTORY OF POLITICAL WELFARE
THOUGHT (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
(Politics), 155 ment of Urban Studies)), 161
POLITICS 2B: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS PUBLIC POLICY 3: SOCIAL RESEARCH AND
(Politics), 155 INVESTIGATION
POLITICS 3H (JOINT) (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
POLITICS 3H (SINGLE) PUBLIC POLICY 3H (JOINT)
(Politics), 156 (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
POLITICS 4H (JOINT) ment of Urban Studies)), 162
(Politics), 156 PUBLIC POLICY 3H (PRINCIPAL)
POLITICS 4H (SINGLE) (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
POPULAR MUSIC (MA/BENG HONS) PUBLIC POLICY 3H (SINGLE)
(Music), 138 (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
POPULAR MUSIC HISTORY ment of Urban Studies)), 162
(Adult & Continuing Education), 16 PUBLIC POLICY 4H (JOINT)
POPULAR MUSIC STUDIES: AN INTRODUC- (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
TION ment of Urban Studies)), 163
(Adult & Continuing Education), 14 PUBLIC POLICY 4H (PRINCIPAL)
PORTUGUESE 1 (LANGUAGE) (Public Policy (taught within the Depart-
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), ment of Urban Studies)), 163

Index of Courses
PUBLIC POLICY 4H (SINGLE) SLAVONIC AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 3H

(Public Policy (taught within the Depart- (SINGLE)
ment of Urban Studies)), 163 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
196
REPRODUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT 2 (9B) SLAVONIC AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 4H
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 27 (SINGLE)
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
(Accounting & Finance), 8 198
ROMAN LAW OF PROPERTY & OBLIGATIONS SLAVONIC STUDIES 1B: (POST)STALINISM
1 AND CINEMA
(School of Law), 165 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
ROMANTIC SONG (MA/BENG HONS) 192
(Music), 138 SLAVONIC STUDIES 2A: LITERATURE IN THE
ROMANTIC SONG AGE OF IMPERIALISM
(Music), 136 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
RUSSIAN 1 193
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), SLAVONIC STUDIES 2B: CULTURE IN THE AGE
192 OF GLOBALIZATION
RUSSIAN 2 (School of Modern Languages & Cultures),
193 SLAVONIC STUDIES 3H (COMBINED)
RUSSIAN 3
197
SLAVONIC STUDIES 4H (COMBINED)
195
RUSSIAN 3H (JOINT)
199
SLAVONIC STUDIES LEVEL 1A: WRITERS AND
195
COMMUNISM
RUSSIAN 4H (JOINT)
193
198
SOCIAL ACCOUNTING, REPORTING AND FI-
RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 3
NANCE 3 (ONLY AVAILABLE IN 2008-
2009)
196
(Accounting & Finance), 8
SOCIOLOGY 1B: CRITICAL RESEARCH IN
SCIENCE FUNDAMENTALS-1X CONTEMPORARY SOCIETIES
(Chemistry), 50 (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
SCIENCE FUNDAMENTALS-1Y Sciences), 202
(Chemistry), 50 SOCIOLOGY 2B: INTERROGATING MODER-
SCOT LIT 1A: WRITING THE NATION: SCOTT NITY
TO MACDIARMID (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
(Scottish Literature), 199 Sciences), 203
SCOT LIT 1B: WRITING THE NATION: SCOT SOCIOLOGY 3H (JOINT)
LIT POST 1945 (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
SCOT LIT 3A: IMAGINING SCOTLAND 1814- SOCIOLOGY 3H (SINGLE)
1945 (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
SCOT LIT 3B: IMAGINING SCOTLAND: 1945 - SOCIOLOGY 4H (JOINT)
21ST CENTURY (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
SCOTTISH LITERATURE 2A: EARLY SCOT- SOCIOLOGY 4H (SINGLE)
TISH LITERATURE & LANGUAGE (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
SCOTTISH LITERATURE 2B: EARLY SCOT- SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 1A:
TISH LITERATURE & LANGUAGE GLOBAL INEQUALITIES AND DIVER-
(Scottish Literature), 200 SITY
SCOTTISH LITERATURE 3H (JOINT) (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
SCOTTISH LITERATURE 3H (SINGLE) SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 2A: EN-
(Scottish Literature), 201 COUNTERING MODERNITY
SCOTTISH LITERATURE 4H (JOINT) (Sociology, Anthropology & Applied Social
SCOTTISH LITERATURE 4H (SINGLE) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3H
(Scottish Literature), 202 (Computing Science), 74

Index of Courses
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 4H STATISTICS 1Z: DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS

(Computing Science), 76 AND ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 4M (Statistics), 211
(Computing Science), 76 STATISTICS 2R: PROBABILITY
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 5M (Statistics), 211
(Computing Science), 77 STATISTICS 2S: STATISTICAL METHODS
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING SUMMER PLACE- (Statistics), 212
MENT STATISTICS 2T: SURVEY METHODS AND
(Computing Science), 74 DATA ANALYSIS
SONIC ARTS, FOUNDATION (ARTS NON (Statistics), 212
HONS) STATISTICS 2X: PROBABILITY MODELS
(Music), 136 (Statistics), 212
SONIC ARTS, FOUNDATION STATISTICS 2Y: REGRESSION MODELLING
SONIC ARTS, INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS 2Z: ADVANCED DATA ANALYSIS
SOURCES AND INSTITUTIONS OF SCOTS LAW STATISTICS 3H (JOINT)
(School of Law), 166 (Statistics), 213
SPACE, CYBERSPACE AND THE SELF STATISTICS 3H (SINGLE)
(Humanities Advanced Technology & In- (Statistics), 214
formation Institute), 116 STATISTICS 3M (COMBINED)
SPANISH 1A (LANGUAGE) (Statistics), 214
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), STATISTICS 3M (SINGLE)
185 (Statistics), 214
SPANISH 1A STATISTICS 4H (JOINT)
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Statistics), 215
185 STATISTICS 4H (SINGLE)
SPANISH 1B (LANGUAGE) (Statistics), 215
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), STATISTICS 4M (COMBINED)
SPANISH 1B STATISTICS 4M (SINGLE)
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Statistics), 216
186 STATISTICS 5M (COMBINED)
SPANISH 2 (Statistics), 216
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), STATISTICS 5M (SINGLE)
SPANISH 3H (JOINT) SUFISM LEVEL 3
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Theology and Religious Studies), 228
187 SUPPORTING AND UNDERSTANDING LEARN-
SPANISH 3H (SINGLE) ERS AND LEARNING
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Educational Studies), 92
188
SPANISH 4H (JOINT) TAX LAW 2
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (School of Law), 169
188 TAXATION
SPANISH 4H (SINGLE) (Accounting & Finance), 3
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), TEACHERS AND TEACHING
189 (Educational Studies), 92
SPANISH LANGUAGE 2 TEAM PROJECT ESE3 (SOFTWARE)
(School of Modern Languages & Cultures), (Computing Science), 75
186 THE ANCIENT CELTS
SPORTS MEDICINE 4H (Adult & Continuing Education), 15
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 40 THE ART OF THE 20TH CENTURY
SPORTS SCIENCE 3 (Adult & Continuing Education), 15
(Biomedical and Life Sciences), 35 THE CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT
STARS AND THE UNIVERSE (Educational Studies), 91
(Adult & Continuing Education), 14 THE LEARNING SOCIETY: ADULT & CONTIN-
STATISTICAL STUDIES 3 UING EDUCATION 2
(Statistics), 213 (Adult & Continuing Education), 17
STATISTICS 1C: STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOLO- THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ADDICTIONS
GISTS AND SOCIAL SCIENTISTS (Adult & Continuing Education), 15
(Statistics), 210 THEATRE STUDIES 1: READING THE STAGE
STATISTICS 1Y: PROBABILITY AND STATISTI- (Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 218
CAL METHODS THEATRE STUDIES 1: THEATRE AND SOCI-
(Statistics), 211 ETY

Index of Courses
(Theatre Film & T.V. Studies), 218

THEATRE STUDIES 2:CLASSICAL TO MOD-
ERN
THEATRE STUDIES 2:MODERNISM TO POST-
MODERNISM
THEATRE STUDIES 3: GROUP PROJECT
THEATRE STUDIES 3H (JOINT)
THEATRE STUDIES 3H (SINGLE)
THEATRE STUDIES 4H (JOINT)
THEATRE STUDIES 4H (SINGLE)
THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 3H
(JOINT) M.A.
THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 4H
(JOINT) M.A.
UNDERSTANDING ARCHAEOLOGY
VIROLOGY 3H
VIROLOGY 4H
WAR REFORMATION AND UNION: SCOTLAND

1500- 1715
WISDOM LITERATURE IN THE OLD TESTA-
MENT
WORLD RELIGIONS 1A: JUDAISM, CHRIS-
TIANITY AND ISLAM
WORLD RELIGIONS 1B: EASTERN RELIGIONS
WORLD RELIGIONS 2A: ISLAM
WRITING ABOUT MUSIC
(Music), 134
ZOOLOGY 3H (COMBINED)
ZOOLOGY 3H
ZOOLOGY 4H (COMBINED)
ZOOLOGY 4H

Media 106202 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Media 106202 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Media 106202 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 2008 – 2009

for courses in the Faculties

Editor: Ms Helen Clegg

Undergraduate Course Catalogue iii

School of Modern Languages & Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Introduction pare for Honours study by including appropriate Level 1

Undergraduate Course Catalogue v

Part-time study towards a degree Aerospace Engineering:

Undergraduate Course Catalogue vii

viii University of Glasgow

List of departments offering courses in

Undergraduate Course Catalogue ix

Guide to Course Entries

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 1

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 3

93WW ACCOUNTING FOR 87CG ACCOUNTING HISTORY

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 5

92EZ FINANCIAL MARKETS & Course Co-ordinator: Mr Mark Aleksanyan

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 7

1X6D MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 89MU SOCIAL ACCOUNTING,

and role of accounting might change if we approach it 1XM7 CLASSICAL GREEK

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 9

1PJ7 FUNDAMENTALS OF study day - as appropriate for class cohort). 12 meetings

Credits: 10 Level: 1 8JT7 INTRODUCTION TO ART

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 11

KQC7 INTRODUCTION TO them through a number of classical and contemporary

LWP7 INTRODUCTION TO 2XX7 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL

6JA7 LITERATURE IN SCOTLAND IN

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 13

6HY7 THE ANCIENT CELTS Credits: 20 Level: 1

Credits: 20 Level: 1 Degree Examination taken in: April/May

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 15

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 17

Degree Examination taken in: April/May 0AJV ARCHAEOLOGY 2H :

100D ARCHAEOLOGY 3 (ARTS)

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 19

KPLU COMMUNICATING SCIENCE 1 5KYV ANIMAL DIVERSITY 2 (4A)

Credits: 20 Level: 1 Credits: 10 Level: 2

4N7B ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 1 Credits: 10 Level: 2

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 21

Credits: 10 Level: 2 Credits: 10 Level: 2

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 23

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 25

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 27

502H BIOCHEMISTRY 3H employment; To provide you with the basic practical

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 29

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 31

and is not guaranteed merely by satisfying the minimum 408H PHARMACOLOGY 3H

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 33

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 35

Timetable: Lectures, laboratory practical exercises, dis- Timetable: As organised.

Credits: 120 Level: 4

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 37

Credits: 120 Level: 4

Honours Course Prescription: Molecular & Cellular Bi-

427J PHYSIOLOGY & SPORTS SCIENCE 507G PHYSIOLOGY 4H (COMBINED)

Undergraduate Course Catalogue 39

Timetable: As organised. Assessment: Examination in the spring diet and in-